sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
September 29, 2008
Registration No. 333-150876
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Grand Canyon Education,
Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
8221
|
|
20-3356009
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
3300 W. Camelback
Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
(602) 639-7500
(Address, Including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrants
Principal Executive Offices)
Christopher C.
Richardson
General Counsel
Grand Canyon Education,
Inc.
3300 W. Camelback
Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
(602) 639-7500
(Name, Address, Including Zip
Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For
Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Steven D. Pidgeon, Esq.
|
|
Mark A. Stegemoeller, Esq.
|
David P. Lewis, Esq.
|
|
Steven B. Stokdyk, Esq.
|
DLA Piper LLP (US)
|
|
Latham & Watkins LLP
|
2415 East Camelback Road, Suite 700
|
|
355 South Grand Avenue
|
Phoenix, Arizona 85016
|
|
Los Angeles, California 90071
|
(480) 606-5100
|
|
(213) 485-1234
|
|
|
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this
registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
|
Offering Price Per
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Security To be Registered
|
|
|
Registered(1)
|
|
|
Share(2)
|
|
|
Price(2)
|
|
|
Registration Fee(3)
|
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
|
|
12,075,000
|
|
|
$20.00
|
|
|
$241,500,000
|
|
|
$9,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes 1,575,000 shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o)
under the Securities Act.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
$9,039 previously paid
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant
to said Section 8(a), shall determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
Subject
to Completion
Dated September 29, 2008
10,500,000 Shares
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of common stock of Grand
Canyon Education, Inc. We are offering 10,500,000 shares of
our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price of our common
stock is expected to be between $18.00 and $20.00 per share. We
have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global
Market under the symbol LOPE.
Seventy-five percent (75%) of the gross proceeds from the sale
of stock in this offering, before underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be paid to our
existing stockholders as a special distribution.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 10.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We have granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to 1,575,000 additional shares of common
stock from us at the public offering price, less the
underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments
of shares, if any.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or
about ,
2008.
Joint Book-Running Managers
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Merrill Lynch & Co.
|
BMO Capital Markets William
Blair & Company Piper Jaffray
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2008.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ABOUT
THIS PROSPECTUS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
information different from that contained in this prospectus. We
are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of
common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. You should assume that the information contained in
this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this
prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of common stock. Our business,
financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may
have changed since that date.
Until ,
2008 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers, whether or not participating in this offering, that
effect transactions in these securities may be required to
deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers
obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter
in this offering and when selling previously unsold allotments
or subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary sets forth the material terms of
the offering, but does not contain all of the information that
you should consider before investing in our common stock. You
should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an
investment decision, especially the risks of investing in our
common stock described under Risk Factors. Unless
the context otherwise requires, the terms we,
us, our, and Grand Canyon
refer to Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and our predecessor as
context requires.
Overview
We are a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We
are committed to providing an academically rigorous educational
experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of working adults. We utilize an integrated,
innovative approach to marketing, recruiting, and retaining
students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from
approximately 3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately
16,500 students at June 30, 2008, representing a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 46%. At December 31,
2007, our enrollment was approximately 14,800, 85% of our
students were enrolled in our online programs, and 62% of our
students were pursuing masters degrees.
Our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare represent large markets with attractive employment
opportunities. According to a March 2008 report from the
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education
Statistics, or NCES, these disciplines ranked as three of the
four most popular fields of postsecondary education, based on
degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. The U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, or BLS, estimated in its 2008-09 Career Guide that
these fields comprised over 40 million jobs in 2006, many
of which require postsecondary education credentials.
Furthermore, the BLS has projected that the education, business,
and healthcare fields will generate approximately six million
new jobs between 2006 and 2016.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults,
whom we define as students age 25 or older who are pursuing
a degree while employed. As of June 30, 2008, approximately
92% of our online students were age 25 or older. We believe
that working adults are attracted to the convenience and
flexibility of our online programs because they can study and
interact with faculty and classmates during times that suit
their schedules. We also believe that working adults represent
an attractive student population because they are better able to
finance their education, more readily recognize the benefits of
a postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and
completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net
revenue, and operating income over the last several years. Our
enrollment at December 31, 2007 was approximately 14,800,
representing an increase of approximately 38% over our
enrollment at December 31, 2006. Our net revenue and
operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$99.3 million and $4.3 million, respectively,
representing increases of 37.7% and 42.8%, respectively, over
the year ended December 31, 2006. Our enrollment at
June 30, 2008 was approximately 16,500, representing an
increase of approximately 60% over our enrollment at
June 30, 2007. Our net revenue and operating income for the
six months ended June 30, 2008 were $70.3 million, and
$6.3 million, respectively, representing increases of 59.5% and
172.2%, respectively, over the six months ended June 30,
2007. We seek to achieve continued growth in a manner that
reinforces our reputation for providing academically rigorous,
career-oriented
educational programs that advance the careers of our students.
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools, or the Higher Learning Commission, and its predecessor
since 1968, and we were reaccredited by the Higher Learning
Commission in 2007 for the maximum term of ten years. In
addition, we have specialized accreditations for certain
programs from the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and
Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, and
the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education.
We believe that our regional accreditation, together with these
specialized accreditations,
1
reflect the quality of our programs, enhance their
marketability, and improve the employability of our graduates.
We were founded as Grand Canyon College, a traditional, private,
non-profit college, in 1949 and moved to our existing campus in
Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. In February 2004, several of our
current stockholders acquired Grand Canyon University and
converted it to a for-profit institution. Since then, we have
enhanced our senior management team, expanded our online
platform and programs, and initiated a marketing and branding
effort to further differentiate us in the markets in which we
operate and support our continued growth.
Industry
The United States market for postsecondary education represents
a large and growing opportunity. According to the
March 2008 NCES report, total revenue for all
degree-granting postsecondary institutions was over
$385 billion for the
2004-05
school year. In addition, according to a September 2008 NCES
report, approximately 18.0 million students were projected
to be enrolled in postsecondary institutions in 2007 and the
number was projected to grow to 18.6 million by 2010. We
believe that future growth in this market will be driven, in
part, by the increasing number of job openings in occupations
that require bachelors or masters degrees, which a
November 2007 report based on BLS data has projected will grow
approximately 17% and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016,
or nearly double the growth rate the BLS projected for
occupations that do not require postsecondary degrees. Moreover,
according to U.S. Census Bureau data, individuals with a
postsecondary degree are able to obtain a significant
compensation premium relative to individuals without a degree.
The market for online postsecondary education is growing more
rapidly than the overall postsecondary market. A 2007 study by
Eduventures, LLC, an education consulting and research firm,
projected that from 2002 to 2007 enrollment in online
postsecondary programs increased from approximately
0.5 million to approximately 1.8 million, representing
a compound annual growth rate of approximately 30.4%. In
comparison, in September 2008 the NCES projected a compound
annual growth rate of 1.6% in enrollment in postsecondary
programs overall during the same period. We believe this growth
has been driven by a number of factors, including the greater
convenience and flexibility of online programs as compared to
ground-based programs and the increased acceptance of online
programs among academics and employers. According to a 2006
survey by the Sloan Consortium, a trade group focused on online
education, 79.1% of chief academic officers surveyed at
institutions with 15,000 or more students, most of which offer
online programs, and 61.9% of all chief academic officers
surveyed, believe that online learning outcomes are equal or
superior to traditional face-to-face instruction.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe we have the following competitive strengths:
Established presence in targeted, high demand
disciplines. We have an established presence
within our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare. We believe our focused approach enables us to
develop our academic reputation and brand identity within our
core disciplines, recruit and retain quality faculty and staff
members, and meet the educational and career objectives of our
students.
Focus on graduate degrees for working
adults. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform to meet the needs of working
adults, particularly those seeking graduate degrees to obtain
pay increases or job promotions that are directly tied to higher
educational attainment.
Innovative marketing, recruiting, and retention
strategy. We have developed an integrated,
innovative approach to student marketing, recruitment, and
retention to reach our targeted students. We also proactively
provide support to students at key points during their
consideration of, and enrollment at, Grand Canyon University to
enhance the probability of student enrollment and retention.
Commitment to offering academically rigorous, career-oriented
programs. We are committed to offering
academically rigorous educational programs that are designed to
help our students achieve their career
2
objectives. Our programs are taught by qualified faculty,
substantially all of whom hold at least a masters degree
and often have practical experience in their respective fields.
Complementary online capabilities and
campus-based
tradition. We believe that our online
capabilities, combined with our nearly
60-year
heritage as a traditional campus-based university, differentiate
us in the for-profit postsecondary market and enhance the
reputation of our degree programs among prospective students and
employers.
Experienced executive management team with strong operating
track-record. Our executive management team
possesses extensive experience in the management and operation
of publicly-traded for-profit, postsecondary education
companies, as well as other educational services businesses,
including in the areas of marketing to, recruiting, and
retaining students pursuing online and other distance education
degree offerings, and in online content development.
Growth
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase enrollment in existing programs. We
intend to increase enrollment in existing programs within our
three core disciplines, which we believe offer ample opportunity
for growth. We also intend to continue to increase the number of
our enrollment counselors and marketing and student services
personnel to drive enrollment growth and enhance student
retention.
Expand online program and degree offerings. We
develop and offer new programs that we believe have attractive
demand characteristics. We launched 17 new online program
offerings in 2007 and intend to launch a total of 12 new
online programs in 2008, seven of which were launched in the
first six months of 2008, including our first doctoral degree
program. Our new program offerings typically build on existing
programs and offer our students the opportunity to pursue their
specific educational objectives while allowing us to expand our
program offerings with only modest incremental investment.
Further enhance our brand recognition. We
continue to enhance our brand recognition by pursuing online and
offline marketing campaigns, establishing strategic branding
relationships with recognized industry leaders, and developing
complementary resources in our core disciplines that increase
the overall awareness of our offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government
employers. We seek additional relationships with
health care systems, school districts, emergency services
providers, and other employers through which we market our
offerings to their employees. These relationships provide leads
for our programs, build our recognition among employers in our
core disciplines, and enable us to identify new programs and
degrees that are in demand by students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure and drive earnings
growth. We have made significant investments in
our people, processes, and technology infrastructure since 2004.
We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver our
academic programs to a much larger student population with only
modest incremental investment. We intend to leverage our
historical investments as we increase our enrollment, which we
believe will allow us to increase our operating margins over
time.
Risks
Affecting Us
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more
fully in the section entitled Risk Factors
immediately following this Prospectus Summary. In particular,
our business would be adversely affected if:
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to attract and retain students as a result of the
highly competitive markets in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
we are unable to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements to which our business is subject, including
requirements governing the Title IV federal student
financial aid programs, state laws and regulations, and
accrediting commission requirements;
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
we experience any student, regulatory, reputational, or other
events that adversely affect our graduate degree offerings, from
which we currently derive a significant portion of our revenues;
|
|
|
|
|
|
we experience damage to our reputation or other adverse effects
in connection with any compliance audit; regulatory action;
investigation, including the investigation of Grand Canyon
University currently being conducted by the Office of Inspector
General of the U.S. Department of Education; or litigation,
including the pending qui tam action regarding the manner
in which we have compensated our enrollment personnel; or as a
result of negative publicity affecting us or other companies in
the for-profit postsecondary education sector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to attract and retain key personnel needed to
sustain and grow our business;
|
|
|
|
our students are unable to obtain student loans on affordable
terms, or at all;
|
|
|
|
adverse economic or other developments affect demand in our core
disciplines; or
|
|
|
|
we are unable to develop new programs or expand our existing
programs in a timely and cost-effective manner.
|
Corporate
Information
We were formed in Delaware in November 2003 for the purpose of
acquiring the assets of Grand Canyon University. Prior to
completion of this offering, we intend to effect a
reorganization pursuant to which we will transfer substantially
all of our operations to a newly created wholly-owned
subsidiary. Our principal executive offices are located at
3300 West Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85017, and our
telephone number is
(602) 639-7500.
Our website is located at www.gcu.edu. The information
on, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part
of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.
Accreditation
We are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools,
30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago,
Illinois
60602-2504;
telephone
(312) 263-0456;
website www.ncahlc.org. The information on, or accessible
through, the website of the Higher Learning Commission does not
constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this
prospectus.
Industry
Data
We use market data and industry forecasts and projections
throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from market
research, publicly available information, and industry
publications. These sources generally state that the information
they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the
information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections
are based on industry surveys and the preparers experience
in the industry as of the time they were prepared, and there is
no assurance that any of the projected numbers will be reached.
Similarly, we believe that the surveys and market research
others have completed are reliable, but we have not
independently verified their findings.
4
OFFERING
SUMMARY
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
10,500,000 shares |
|
|
|
Common stock outstanding after this offering |
|
41,999,354 shares |
|
|
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $179.7 million, or approximately
$207.6 million if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, based on the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and
after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
|
|
|
|
|
As described in Use of Proceeds and Special
Distribution, we will use the proceeds of this offering to
pay a special distribution to our stockholders of record as of
September 26, 2008, in the amount of 75% of the gross
proceeds received by us from the sale of stock in this offering,
including any proceeds we receive from the underwriters
exercise of their over-allotment option, before underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We
also intend to use up to $16.0 million of the proceeds of
this offering to repurchase an outstanding warrant to purchase
shares of our common stock. We intend to use the remaining
proceeds to pay the expenses of this offering and for general
corporate purposes. |
|
|
|
|
|
The payment of the special distribution in the amount described
above permits a return of capital to all of our stockholders as
of the record date, and does so without significantly decreasing
our capital resources or requiring these stockholders to sell
their shares. Of the estimated aggregate amount of the special
distribution of $149.6 million (exclusive of any amounts
that may be received from the underwriters exercise of the
over-allotment option), assuming an initial public offering
price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,
$81.1 million will be paid in respect of shares of our
capital stock over which our directors and executive officers
are deemed to exercise sole or shared voting or investment
power. These proceeds will be allocated as set forth in the
following table. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(1)
|
|
$
|
45,849
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(1)
|
|
$
|
45,849
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
$
|
16,766
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
$
|
1,736
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
$
|
16,775
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
$
|
81,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Represents shares owned by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
and certain affiliated funds. D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath,
two
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
of our directors, are managing directors of Endeavour Capital
IV, LLC, the general partner of such funds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Special Distribution and Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions Special
Distribution for additional information regarding the
beneficiaries of the special distribution. |
|
Dividend policy |
|
Except with respect to the special distribution, we do not
anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common
stock in the foreseeable future. |
|
Risk factors |
|
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth
under the heading titled Risk Factors and all other
information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to
invest in shares of our common stock. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol |
|
LOPE |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding
following this offering is based on the number of shares of our
common stock outstanding as of September 29, 2008, prior to
the effectiveness of this offering, and excludes
5,249,921 shares of common stock reserved for future
issuance under our stock-based compensation plans. The 5,249,921
shares reserved for future issuance includes 104,998 fully
vested restricted shares to be granted to Brian E. Mueller,
our Chief Executive Officer, and 704,923 fully vested and
2,492,256 unvested stock options to be granted to employees
and a director immediately following the effectiveness of the
offering at the initial public offering price.
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up
to 1,575,000 additional shares from us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
a 1,826 for one split of our outstanding common stock effected
on September 29, 2008;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series A convertible preferred stock into
10,870,178 shares of common stock upon the closing of the
offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the filing of an amendment to our certificate of incorporation
to provide for the automatic conversion of all outstanding
shares of Series C preferred stock into
1,410,526 shares of common stock upon the closing of the
offering based on a conversion price equal to the initial public
offering price per share, assuming an initial public offering
price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the repurchase by us of an outstanding warrant to purchase
909,348 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.58 per
share for $16.0 million in cash, as described under
Use of Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated
bylaws immediately prior to the effectiveness of this offering;
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the rounding of all fractional share amounts to the nearest
whole number.
|
6
SUMMARY
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth our summary financial and other
data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The
statement of operations and other data, excluding period end
enrollment, for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2007, have been derived from our audited
financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The statement of operations and other data,
excluding period end enrollment, for each of the six month
periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, and the balance sheet
data as of June 30, 2008, have been derived from our
unaudited financial statements, which are presented elsewhere in
this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair presentation of such data. Our historical
results are not necessarily indicative of our results for any
future period.
You should read the following summary financial and other data
in conjunction with Selected Financial and Other
Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and our
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment
|
|
|
|
and per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,326
|
|
|
$
|
44,071
|
|
|
$
|
70,275
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
28,063
|
|
|
|
31,287
|
|
|
|
39,050
|
|
|
|
17,555
|
|
|
|
24,028
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
14,047
|
|
|
|
20,093
|
|
|
|
35,148
|
|
|
|
14,186
|
|
|
|
27,473
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,968
|
|
|
|
15,011
|
|
|
|
17,001
|
|
|
|
8,377
|
|
|
|
10,960
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
1,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
56,697
|
|
|
|
69,069
|
|
|
|
94,981
|
|
|
|
41,747
|
|
|
|
63,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,904
|
)
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
|
6,326
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,098
|
)
|
|
|
(2,827
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
(1,507
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(7,726
|
)
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
1,501
|
|
|
|
5,251
|
|
Income tax expense
(benefit)(2)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(521
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
$
|
734
|
|
|
$
|
2,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
18,923
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
19,089
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
36,858
|
|
|
|
35,143
|
|
|
|
35,052
|
|
|
|
32,623
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
817
|
|
|
$
|
2,387
|
|
|
$
|
7,406
|
|
|
$
|
3,234
|
|
|
$
|
3,983
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
2,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,300
|
|
|
$
|
1,473
|
|
|
$
|
2,269
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
5,551
|
|
|
$
|
10,294
|
|
Period end
enrollment:(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
9,032
|
|
|
|
14,847
|
|
Ground
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Adjusted(5)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,206
|
|
|
$
|
21,316
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
80,548
|
|
|
|
94,658
|
|
Capital lease obligations (including short-term)
|
|
|
29,420
|
|
|
|
29,420
|
|
Other indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)
|
|
|
1,894
|
|
|
|
1,894
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
32,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
(deficit)(2)
|
|
|
(8,440
|
)
|
|
|
38,139
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our financial statements at December 31, 2006 and 2007 and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements, in our
financial statements that are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. |
|
(2) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. For all periods subsequent to
such date, we have been subject to corporate-level U.S.
federal and state income taxes. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Factors affecting
comparability Settlement with former owner and
Note 2 to our financial statements that are included
elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) management fees and
expenses that are no longer paid or that will no longer be
payable following completion of this offering. |
|
|
|
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and expenses and
royalty expenses paid to our former owner are not considered
reflective of our core operating performance. |
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance;
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to
enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as are used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and
when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use
Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for,
net income, operating income, or any other performance measure
presented in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash
flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.
Because not all companies use identical calculations, our
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures of other companies. |
8
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, as
discussed under Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Non-GAAP Discussion. |
|
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP measure, for the
periods indicated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
1,526
|
|
|
$
|
901
|
|
|
$
|
3,224
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,822
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
|
1,075
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
1,473
|
|
|
|
2,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
5,438
|
|
|
|
7,645
|
|
|
|
3,797
|
|
|
|
8,595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
1,488
|
|
Plus: management fees and
expenses(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
5,551
|
|
|
$
|
10,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with our former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements, which
are included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects management fees and expenses of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and
$0.1 million and $0.2 million for the six month
periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder, in each case following their investment
in us. The agreements relating to these arrangements have all
terminated or will terminate by their terms upon the closing of
this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
The decrease in the number of ground students on June 30,
2007 and 2008 in comparison to December 31, 2006 and 2007
is attributable to the fact that a portion of our ground
students typically do not enroll in classes during the summer
months. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Seasonality. |
|
(5) |
|
For a description of the offering and pro forma adjustments, see
Capitalization. |
9
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Before making an investment in our common stock, you should
carefully consider the following risks and the other information
contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements
and related notes, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
and Regulation. The risks described below are those
that we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risk
factors described below, and others that we did not anticipate,
could significantly and adversely affect our business,
prospects, financial condition, results of operations, and cash
flows. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could
decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Our
failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements
governing our school could result in financial penalties,
restrictions on our operations or growth, or loss of external
financial aid funding for our students.
For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, we
derived cash receipts equal to approximately 67.9% and 70.2%,
respectively, of our net revenue from tuition financed under
federal student financial aid programs, referred to in this
prospectus as the Title IV programs, which are administered
by the U.S. Department of Education, or Department of
Education. To participate in the Title IV programs, a
school must be authorized by the appropriate state education
agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education, and be certified as
an eligible institution by the Department of Education. In
addition, our operations and programs are regulated by other
state education agencies and additional accrediting commissions.
As a result of these requirements, we are subject to extensive
regulation by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education and education agencies of other states, the Higher
Learning Commission, which is our primary accrediting
commission, specialized accrediting commissions, and the
Department of Education. These regulatory requirements cover the
vast majority of our operations, including our educational
programs, instructional and administrative staff, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and
financial condition. These regulatory requirements also affect
our ability to open additional schools and locations, add new
educational programs, change existing educational programs, and
change our corporate or ownership structure. The agencies that
regulate our operations periodically revise their requirements
and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.
Regulatory requirements are not always precise and clear, and
regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have
interpreted or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation
by us of regulatory requirements could materially adversely
affect us.
If we fail to comply with any of these regulatory requirements,
we could suffer financial penalties, limitations on our
operations, loss of accreditation, termination of or limitations
on our ability to grant degrees and certificates, or limitations
on or termination of our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs, each of which could materially adversely
affect us. In addition, if we are charged with regulatory
violations, our reputation could be damaged, which could have a
negative impact on our stock price and our enrollments. We
cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory
requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to
comply with all of the applicable requirements in the future.
If the
Department of Education does not recertify us to continue
participating in the Title IV programs, our students would
lose their access to Title IV program funds, or we could be
recertified but required to accept significant limitations as a
condition of our continued participation in the Title IV
programs.
Department of Education certification to participate in the
Title IV programs lasts a maximum of six years, and
institutions are thus required to seek recertification from the
Department of Education on a regular basis in order to continue
their participation in the Title IV programs. An
institution must also apply for recertification by the
Department of Education if it undergoes a change in control, as
defined by Department of Education regulations, and may be
subject to similar review if it expands its operations or
educational programs in certain ways.
Our most recent recertification, which was issued on a
provisional basis in May 2005 after an extended review by the
Department of Education following the change in control that
occurred in February 2004,
10
contained a number of conditions on our continued participation
in the Title IV programs. At that time we were required by
the Department of Education to post a letter of credit, accept
restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive certain Title IV funds under the
heightened cash monitoring system of payment (pursuant to which
an institution is required to credit students with Title IV
funds prior to obtaining those funds from the Department of
Education) rather than by advance payment (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV funds from the Department of
Education in advance of disbursement to students). In October
2006, the Department of Education eliminated the letter of
credit requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to
expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened
cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance
payment method. We submitted our application for recertification
in March 2008 in anticipation of the expiration of our
provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The Department
of Education did not make a decision on our recertification
application by June 30, 2008 and therefore our
participation in the Title IV programs has been automatically
extended on a month-to-month basis until the Department of
Education makes its decision. See Regulation
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
Eligibility and certification procedures. There can be no
assurance that the Department of Education will recertify us
while the investigation by the Office of Inspector General of
the Department of Education is being conducted, while the qui
tam lawsuit is pending, or at all, or that it will not
impose restrictions as a condition to approving our pending
recertification application or with respect to any future
recertification. If the Department of Education does not renew
or withdraws our certification to participate in the
Title IV programs at any time, our students would no longer
be able to receive Title IV program funds. Similarly, the
Department of Education could renew our certification, but
restrict or delay our students receipt of Title IV
funds, limit the number of students to whom we could disburse
such funds, or place other restrictions on us. Any of these
outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments
and us.
The
Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education has
commenced an investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is
ongoing and which may result in fines, penalties, other
sanctions, and damage to our reputation in the
industry.
The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education
is responsible for, among other things, promoting the
effectiveness and integrity of the Department of
Educations programs and operations, including compliance
with applicable statutes and regulations. The Office of
Inspector General performs investigations of alleged violations
of law, including cases of alleged fraud and abuse, or other
identified vulnerabilities, in programs administered or financed
by the Department of Education. On August 14, 2008, the
Office of Inspector General served an administrative subpoena on
Grand Canyon University requiring us to provide certain records
and information related to performance reviews and salary
adjustments for all of our enrollment counselors and managers
from January 1, 2004 to the present. Based on the records
and information requested in the subpoena, we believe the Office
of Inspector General is conducting an investigation focused on
whether we have compensated any of our enrollment counselors or
managers in a manner that violated the Title IV statutory
requirements or the related Department of Education regulations
concerning the payment of incentive compensation based on
success in securing enrollments or financial aid. See
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation
rule. We are cooperating with the Office of Inspector
General to facilitate its investigation.
We are currently in the early stages of reviewing documents and
emails that may be responsive to the Office of Inspector
Generals subpoena. The outcome of the Office of Inspector
General investigation may depend in part on information
contained in these materials or any information or testimony
that may be provided by former employees or other third parties.
The Department of Education may impose fines and other monetary
penalties as a result of a violation of the incentive
compensation law and such fines and other monetary penalties may
be substantial. In addition, the Department of Education retains
the authority to impose other sanctions on an institution for
violations of the incentive compensation law. The possible
effects of a determination of a regulatory violation are
described more fully in Regulation Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Potential
effect of regulatory violations. Any such fine or other
sanction could damage our reputation and impose significant
costs on us, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition, and
11
results of operations. Because of the ongoing nature of the
Office of Inspector General investigation, we can neither know
nor predict the ultimate outcome of the investigation or any
liability or other sanctions that might result.
We
were recently notified that a qui tam lawsuit has been filed
against us alleging, among other things, that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors, and we may
incur liability, be subject to sanctions, or experience damage
to our reputation as a result of this lawsuit.
On September 11, 2008, we were served with a qui tam
lawsuit that had been filed against us in August 2007, in
the United States District Court for the District of Arizona by
a then-current employee on behalf of the federal government. All
proceedings in the lawsuit had been under seal until
September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed the first
amended complaint, which had been filed on August 11, 2008.
The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among other things, that we
violated the False Claims Act by knowingly making false
statements, and submitting false records or statements, from at
least 2001 to the present, to get false or fraudulent claims
paid or approved, and asserts that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in violation of
the Title IV law governing compensation of such employees,
and as a result, improperly received Title IV program
funds. See Regulation Regulation of Federal
Student Financial Aid Programs Incentive
compensation rule. The complaint specifically alleges that
some of our compensation practices with respect to our
enrollment personnel, including providing non-cash awards, have
violated the Title IV law governing compensation. While we
believe that our compensation policies and practices at issue in
the complaint have not been based on success in enrolling
students in violation of applicable law, the Department of
Educations regulations and interpretations of the
incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances and some of our practices,
including in respect of non-cash awards, have not been within
the scope of any specific safe harbor provided in
the compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the
amount of unspecified damages sustained by the federal
government in connection with our receipt of Title IV
funding, a civil penalty of $5,000 to $10,000 for each violation
of the False Claims Act, attorneys fees, costs, and
interest.
A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by one or more
individuals (a relator) on behalf of the federal
government for an alleged submission to the government of a
false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or former
employee, is entitled to a share of the governments
recovery in the case. A qui tam action is always filed
under seal and remains under seal until the government decides
whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes,
it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the
government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may
nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation at his or
her own expense on behalf of the government. In our case, the
qui tam lawsuit was initially filed under seal in August
2007 and was unsealed and served on us following the
governments decision not to intervene at this time.
If it were determined that any of our compensation practices
violated the incentive compensation law, we could experience an
adverse outcome in the qui tam litigation and be subject
to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations and could adversely affect our stock price. Because
of the ongoing nature of this action, we can neither know nor
predict the ultimate outcome of this qui tam case or any
liability that might result.
Congress
may change the eligibility standards or reduce funding for the
Title IV programs, which could reduce our student
population, revenue, and profit margin.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the
Title IV programs. The Higher Education Act, which is the
federal law that governs the Title IV programs, must be
periodically reauthorized by Congress, and was most recently
reauthorized in August 2008. The new law contains numerous
revisions to the requirements governing the Title IV programs.
See Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs. In addition, Congress must
determine funding levels for the Title IV programs on an
annual basis, and can change the laws governing the
Title IV programs at any time. Because a significant
percentage of our revenue is derived from the Title IV
programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV program funding or our ability or the ability of
our students to participate in the Title IV programs could
require us to seek to arrange for other sources of financial aid
for our students and could materially
12
decrease our student enrollment. Such a decrease in our
enrollment could have a material adverse effect on us.
Congressional action could also require us to modify our
practices in ways that could increase our administrative and
regulatory costs.
If we
do not meet specific financial responsibility standards
established by the Department of Education, we may be required
to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations in order
to continue participating in the Title IV programs, or we
could lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution
must either satisfy specific quantitative standards of financial
responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education, or
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
and possibly accept operating restrictions as well. These
financial responsibility tests are applied to each institution
on an annual basis based on the institutions audited
financial statements, and may be applied at other times, such as
if the institution undergoes a change in control. These tests
may also be applied to an institutions parent company or
other related entity. The operating restrictions that may be
placed on an institution that does not meet the quantitative
standards of financial responsibility include being transferred
from the advance payment method of receiving Title IV funds
to either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring
system, which could result in a significant delay in the
institutions receipt of those funds. For example, when we
were recertified by the Department of Education to participate
in the Title IV programs in May 2005 following the change
in control that occurred in February 2004, the Department of
Education reviewed our fiscal year 2004 audited financial
statements and advised us that our composite score, which is a
standard of financial responsibility derived from a formula
established by the Department of Education, reflected financial
weakness. As a result of this and other concerns about our
administrative capability, the Department of Education required
us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth
of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, and
in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened cash monitoring
restrictions and returned us to the advance payment method.
However, if, in the future, we fail to satisfy the Department of
Educations financial responsibility standards, we could
experience increased regulatory compliance costs or delays in
our receipt of Title IV funds because we could be required
to post a letter of credit or be subjected to operating
restrictions, or both. Our failure to secure a letter of credit
in these circumstances could cause us to lose our ability to
participate in the Title IV programs, which would
materially adversely affect us.
If we
do not comply with the Department of Educations
administrative capability standards, we could suffer financial
penalties, be required to accept other limitations in order to
continue participating in the Title IV programs, or lose
our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To continue participating in the Title IV programs, an
institution must demonstrate to the Department of Education that
the institution is capable of adequately administering the
Title IV programs under specific standards prescribed by
the Department of Education. These administrative capability
criteria require, among other things, that the institution has
an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the
Title IV programs, has adequate procedures for disbursing
and safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining
records, submits all required reports and financial statements
in a timely manner, and does not have significant problems that
affect the institutions ability to administer the
Title IV programs. If we fail to satisfy any of these
criteria, the Department of Education may assess financial
penalties against us, restrict the manner in which the
Department of Education delivers Title IV funds to us,
place us on provisional certification status, or limit or
terminate our participation in the Title IV programs, any
of which could materially adversely affect us. When we were
recertified by the Department of Education to participate in the
Title IV programs in May 2005 following the change in
control that occurred in February 2004, the Department of
Education required us to post a letter of credit, accept
restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system of payment rather than by advance
payment, due to the Department of Educations concerns
about our administrative capability combined with our financial
weakness under the Department of Educations standards of
financial responsibility.
13
We
would lose our ability to participate in the Title IV
programs if we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation,
and our student enrollments could decline if we fail to maintain
any of our accreditations or approvals.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education in order to
participate in the Title IV programs. We have institutional
accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, which is an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet
accreditation standards relating to, among other things,
performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational
quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources, and
financial stability. We were reaccredited by the Higher Learning
Commission in 2007 for the maximum term of 10 years. While
the Higher Learning Commission concluded that we were in
compliance with its accreditation standards, it did note certain
deficiencies to be addressed by us. See
Regulation Accreditation. In February
2009, we must file a monitoring report with the Higher Learning
Commission addressing our progress in resolving these
deficiencies. If we fail to resolve the Higher Learning
Commissions concerns, the Higher Learning Commission could
ask for another monitoring report, send a team to confirm
progress in addressing the deficiencies, or determine that we
are not making adequate progress in addressing the Higher
Learning Commissions concerns. If we fail to satisfy any
of the Higher Learning Commissions standards, or fail to
address the deficiencies noted in our last review, we could lose
our accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, which would
cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs and could cause a significant decline in
our total student enrollments and have a material adverse effect
on us. In addition, many of our individual educational programs
are also accredited by specialized accrediting commissions or
approved by specialized state agencies. If we fail to satisfy
the standards of any of those specialized accrediting
commissions or state agencies, we could lose the specialized
accreditation or approval for the affected programs, which could
result in materially reduced student enrollments in those
programs and have a material adverse effect on us.
If we
do not maintain our state authorization in Arizona, we may not
operate or participate in the Title IV
programs.
A school that grants degrees or certificates must be authorized
by the relevant education agency of the state in which it is
located. We are located in the state of Arizona and are
authorized by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education. State authorization is also required for our students
to be eligible to receive funding under the Title IV
programs. To maintain our state authorization, we must
continuously meet standards relating to, among other things,
educational programs, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, financial
operations, addition of new locations and educational programs,
and various operational and administrative procedures. If we
fail to satisfy any of these standards, we could lose our
authorization by the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education to offer our educational programs, which
would also cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in
the Title IV programs and have a material adverse effect on
us.
If a
substantial number of our students cannot secure Title IV
loans as a result of decreased lender participation in the
Title IV programs or if lenders increase the costs or
reduce the benefits associated with the Title IV loans they
provide, we could be materially adversely
affected.
The cumulative impact of recent regulatory and market
developments and conditions has caused some lenders to cease
providing Title IV loans to students, including some
lenders that have previously provided Title IV loans to our
students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased
the fees associated with the Title IV loans they provide.
We and other schools have had to modify student loan practices
in ways that could result in higher administrative costs. If the
cost of Title IV loans increases or availability decreases,
some students may not be able to take out loans and may not
enroll in a postsecondary institution. In May 2008, new federal
legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all eligible
students will be able to obtain Title IV loans in the
future and that a sufficient number of lenders will continue to
provide Title IV loans. Among other things, the new
legislation:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to
enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students;
and
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
permits the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort
program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty
agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all
otherwise eligible students at those institutions.
|
We cannot predict if this legislation will be effective in
ensuring students access to Title IV loans. If a
substantial number of lenders cease to participate in the
Title IV loan programs, increase the costs of student
access to such programs, or reduce the benefits available under
such programs, our students may not have access to such loans,
which could cause our enrollments to decline and have a material
adverse effect on us.
An
increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to
attract and retain students.
For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 we
derived cash receipts equal to approximately 67.9% and 70.2%,
respectively, of our net revenue from tuition financed under the
Title IV programs, which include student loans with
interest rates subsidized by the federal government.
Additionally, some of our students finance their education
through private loans that are not subsidized. Interest rates
have reached relatively low levels in recent years, creating a
favorable borrowing environment for students. However, in the
event interest rates increase or Congress decreases the amount
available for federal student aid, our students may have to pay
higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in
interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in
educational costs to our existing and prospective students,
which could result in a significant reduction in our student
population and revenues. Higher interest rates could also
contribute to higher default rates with respect to our
students repayment of their education loans. Higher
default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to
participate in some or all of the Title IV programs, which
could result in a significant reduction in our student
population and our profitability. See We may lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if our
student loan default rates are too high located elsewhere
in Risk Factors for further information.
Our
failure to comply with the regulatory requirements of states
other than Arizona could result in actions taken by those states
that could have a material adverse effect on our
enrollments.
Almost every state imposes regulatory requirements on
educational institutions that have physical facilities located
within the states boundaries. These regulatory
requirements establish standards in areas such as educational
programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new
locations and educational programs, and various operational and
administrative procedures, some of which are different than the
standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over
educational institutions offering online degree programs that
have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In the
future, states could coordinate their efforts in order to more
aggressively attempt to regulate or restrict schools
offering of online education.
In addition to Arizona, we have determined that our activities
in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states. In certain other states, we have
obtained approvals to operate as we have determined necessary in
connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. If we
fail to comply with state licensing or authorization
requirements for a state, or fail to obtain licenses or
authorizations when required, we could lose our state licensure
or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions,
including restrictions on our activities in that state, fines,
and penalties. The loss of licensure or authorization in a state
other than Arizona could prohibit us from recruiting prospective
students or offering educational services to current students in
that state, which could significantly reduce our enrollments and
revenues and materially adversely effect us.
State laws and regulations are not always precise or clear, and
regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have
interpreted or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation
by us of these regulatory requirements or adverse changes in
regulations or interpretations thereof by regulators could
materially adversely affect us.
15
The
inability of our graduates to obtain a professional license or
certification in their chosen field of study could reduce our
enrollments and revenues, and potentially lead to student claims
against us that could be costly to us.
Many of our students, particularly those in our education and
healthcare programs, seek a professional license or
certification in their chosen fields following graduation. A
students ability to obtain a professional license or
certification depends on several factors, including whether the
institution and the students program were accredited by a
particular accrediting commission or approved by a professional
association or by the state in which the student seeks
employment. Additional factors are outside the control of the
institution, such as the individual students own
background and qualifications. If one or more states refuse to
recognize a significant number of our students for professional
licensing or certification based on factors relating to our
institution or programs, the potential growth of those programs
would be negatively impacted and we could be exposed to claims
or litigation by students or graduates based on their inability
to obtain their desired professional license or certification,
each of which could materially adversely affect us.
Increased
scrutiny by various governmental agencies regarding
relationships between student loan providers and educational
institutions and their employees have produced significant
uncertainty concerning restrictions applicable to the
administration of the Title IV loan programs and the
funding for those programs which, if not satisfactorily or
timely resolved, could result in increased regulatory burdens
and costs for us and could adversely affect our student
enrollments.
During 2007 and 2008, student loan programs, including the
Title IV programs, have come under increased scrutiny by
the Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general,
and other parties. Issues that have received extensive attention
include allegations of conflicts of interest between some
institutions and lenders that provide Title IV loans,
questionable incentives given by lenders to some schools and
school employees, allegations of deceptive practices in the
marketing of student loans, and schools leading students to use
certain lenders. Several institutions and lenders have been
cited for these problems and have paid several million dollars
in the aggregate to settle those claims. The practices of
numerous other schools and lenders are being examined by
government agencies at the federal and state level. The Attorney
General of the State of Arizona has requested extensive
documentation and information from us and other institutions in
Arizona concerning student loan practices, and we recently
provided testimony in response to a subpoena from the Attorney
General of the State of Arizona about such practices. While no
penalties have been assessed against us, we do not know what the
results of that review will be.
As a result of this scrutiny, Congress has passed new laws, the
Department of Education has enacted stricter regulations, and
several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state
laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and
school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other
things, limit schools relationships with lenders, restrict
the types of services that schools may receive from lenders,
prohibit lenders from providing other types of loans to students
in exchange for Title IV loan volume from schools, require
schools to provide additional information to students concerning
institutionally preferred lenders, and significantly reduce the
amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in the
Title IV loan programs. The environment surrounding access
to and cost of student loans remains in a state of flux, with
reviews of many institutions and lenders still pending and with
additional legislation and regulatory changes being actively
considered at the federal and state levels. The uncertainty
surrounding these issues, and any resolution of these issues
that increases loan costs or reduces students access to
Title IV loans, may adversely affect our student
enrollments, which could have an adverse effect on us.
Government
agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties may conduct
compliance reviews, bring claims, or initiate litigation against
us based on alleged violations of the extensive regulatory
requirements applicable to us, which could require us to pay
monetary damages, be sanctioned or limited in our operations,
and expend significant resources to defend against those
claims.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to program reviews, audits, investigations, claims of
non-compliance, and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory
agencies, students, stockholders, and other third parties
alleging non-compliance with applicable legal requirements, many
of which are imprecise and subject to interpretation. As we grow
larger, this scrutiny of our business may
16
increase. If the result of any such proceeding is unfavorable
to us, we may lose or have limitations imposed on our state
licensing, accreditation, or Title IV program
participation; be required to pay monetary damages (including
triple damages in certain whistleblower suits); or be subject to
fines, injunctions, or other penalties, any of which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. In this regard, we are
currently subject to an investigation by the Department of
Educations Office of Inspector General, which we believe
is focused on the manner in which we have compensated our
enrollment counselors and managers, and a qui tam lawsuit
brought by a former employee alleging violations in the same
area. See Risk Factors The Office of Inspector
General of the Department of Education has commenced an
investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing and
which may result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and
damage to our reputation in the industry, Risk
Factors We were recently notified that a qui
tam lawsuit has been filed against us alleging, among other
things, that we have improperly compensated certain of our
enrollment counselors, and we may incur liability, be subject to
sanctions, or experience damage to our reputation as a result of
this lawsuit, and Regulation Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Incentive
compensation rule. Claims and lawsuits brought against us,
even if they are without merit, may also result in adverse
publicity, damage our reputation, negatively affect the market
price of our stock, adversely affect our student enrollments,
and reduce the willingness of third parties to do business with
us. Even if we adequately address the issues raised by any such
proceeding and successfully defend against it, we may have to
devote significant financial and management resources to address
these issues, which could harm our business.
A
decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary
institutions, or in the number of students seeking degrees in
our core disciplines, could cause us to experience lower
enrollment at our schools, which could negatively impact our
future growth.
According to a September 2008 report from the NCES, enrollment
in degree-granting, postsecondary institutions is projected to
grow 12.0% over the ten-year period ending fall 2016 to
approximately 19.9 million. This growth is slower than the
23.6% increase reported in the prior ten-year period ended in
fall 2006, when enrollment increased from 14.4 million in
1996 to 17.8 million in 2006. In addition, according to a
March 2008 report from the Western Interstate Commission
for Higher Education, the number of high school graduates that
are eligible to enroll in
degree-granting,
postsecondary institutions is expected to peak at approximately
3.3 million for the class of 2008, falling in the period
between
2007-08 and
2013-14 by
about 150,000 in total before resuming a growth pattern for the
foreseeable future thereafter. In order to maintain current
growth rates, we will need to attract a larger percentage of
students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating
new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields
related to our core disciplines is weaker than expected,
including since the 2007 BLS report predicting strong job growth
in these disciplines was completed, fewer students may seek the
types of degrees that we offer. Our failure to attract new
students, or the decisions by prospective students to seek
degrees in other disciplines, would have an adverse impact on
our future growth.
If our
students were unable to obtain private loans from third-party
lenders, our business could be adversely affected given our
increasing reliance on such lenders as a source of net
revenue.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, private
loans to students at our school represented approximately 5.1%
of our revenue (calculated on a cash basis) as compared to 2.5%
of revenue in fiscal 2006 and 1.9% of revenue in fiscal 2005.
These loans were provided pursuant to private loan programs and
were made available to eligible students to fund a portion of
the students costs of education not covered by the
Title IV programs and state financial aid sources. Private
loans are made to our students by lending institutions and are
non-recourse to us. Recent adverse market conditions for
consumer and federally guaranteed student loans (including
lenders increasing difficulties in reselling or
syndicating student loan portfolios) have resulted, and could
continue to result, in providers of private loans reducing the
availability of or increasing the costs associated with
providing private loans to postsecondary students. In
particular, loans to students with low credit scores who would
not otherwise be eligible for credit-based private loans have
become increasingly difficult to obtain. Prospective students
may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing
prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in
postsecondary education programs. If any of these scenarios were
to occur, our students ability to finance their education
could be
17
adversely affected and our student population could decrease,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
If any
of the education regulatory agencies that regulate us do not
approve or delay their approval of any transaction involving us
that constitutes a change in control, our ability to
operate or participate in the Title IV programs may be
impaired.
If we experience a change in control under the standards of the
Department of Education, the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, the Higher Learning Commission, or any
other applicable state education agency or accrediting
commission, we must notify or seek the approval of each such
agency. These agencies do not have uniform criteria for what
constitutes a change in control. Transactions or events that
typically constitute a change in control include significant
acquisitions or dispositions of the voting stock of an
institution or its parent company, and significant changes in
the composition of the board of directors of an institution or
its parent company. Some of these transactions or events may be
beyond our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change in control from the Department
of Education, the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education, or the Higher Learning Commission could impair our
ability to operate or participate in the Title IV programs,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and
financial condition. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change in control from any other
state in which we are currently licensed or authorized, or from
any of our specialized accrediting commissions, could require us
to suspend our activities in that state or suspend offering the
applicable programs until we receive the required approval, or
could otherwise impair our operations. The potential adverse
effects of a change in control could influence future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance, or redemption of our stock, which could
discourage bids for your shares of our stock and could have an
adverse effect on the market price of your shares.
We have submitted a description of the offering to the
Department of Education, including a description of a voting
agreement that certain of our stockholders will enter into in
connection with this offering. See Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions Voting Agreement. The
Department of Education has informed us that the offering will
not trigger a change in ownership resulting in a change in
control under the Department of Educations regulations.
The Higher Learning Commission has informed us that it will
consider the offering to be a change in control under its
policies, which will require us to obtain the Higher Learning
Commissions approval prior to consummating the offering.
We have filed additional correspondence with the Higher Learning
Commission regarding the information needed to obtain such
approval. As a result of its determination that the offering
will be a change in control, the Higher Learning Commission is
likely to conduct a site visit within six months of consummation
of the offering to confirm the appropriateness of the approval
and to evaluate whether we continue to meet the Higher Learning
Commissions eligibility criteria. In addition, based on
our communications with the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, we believe the offering will be a
change in control under Arizona law. Accordingly, following the
consummation of the offering, we will be required to file an
application with the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education in order to obtain such approval. We
cannot predict whether the Higher Learning Commission or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education will
impose any limitations or conditions on us, or identify any
compliance issues related to us in the context of the change in
control process, that could result in our loss of accreditation
or authorization by such agency, as applicable. Any such loss of
accreditation or authorization would result in our loss of
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and
cause a significant decline in our student enrollments.
We also intend to seek confirmation from other accrediting
commissions and state agencies, as we believe necessary, that
this offering will not constitute a change in control under
their respective standards, or to determine what is required if
any such commission or agency does consider the offering to
constitute a change in control.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses, or other incentive payments to persons involved in
certain recruiting, admissions, or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in the Title IV programs may not
provide, or contract with a third party that provides, any
commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based on success
in enrolling students or
18
securing financial aid to any person involved in student
recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions
regarding the awarding of Title IV program funds. The
Department of Educations regulations set forth 12
safe harbors which describe payments and
arrangements that do not violate the incentive compensation
rule. The Department of Educations regulations make clear
that the safe harbors are not a complete list of permissible
practices under this law. One of these safe harbors permits
adjustments to fixed salary for enrollment personnel provided
that such adjustments are not made more than twice during any
twelve month period, and that any adjustment is not based solely
on the number of students recruited, admitted, enrolled, or
awarded financial aid. While we believe that our compensation
policies and practices have not been based on success in
enrolling students in violation of applicable law, the
Department of Educations regulations and interpretations
of the incentive compensation law do not establish clear
criteria for compliance in all circumstances and, in a limited
number of instances, our actions have not been within the scope
of any specific safe harbor provided in the compensation
regulations. In addition, such safe harbors do not address
non-cash awards to enrollment personnel.
As described in Risk Factors The Office of
Inspector General of the Department of Education has commenced
an investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing
and which may result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and
damage to our reputation in the industry, and in
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation
rule, we are currently subject to an investigation by the
Department of Educations Office of Inspector General,
which we believe is focused on the manner in which we have
compensated our enrollment counselors and managers. In addition,
in recent years several
for-profit
education companies, including us, have been faced with
whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui tam
cases, by current or former employees alleging violations of
this prohibition. See Risk Factors We were
recently notified that a qui tam lawsuit has been filed
against us alleging, among other things, that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors, and we may
incur liability, be subject to sanctions, or experience damage
to our reputation as a result of this lawsuit. If the
Department of Education determines as a result of the pending
investigation that we have violated this law, if we are found to
be liable in the pending qui tam action, or if we or any
third parties we have engaged otherwise violate this law, we
could be fined or sanctioned by the Department of Education, or
subjected to other monetary liability or penalties that could be
substantial, any of which could harm our reputation, impose
significant costs on us, and have a material adverse effect on
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
Our
reputation and our stock price may be negatively affected by the
actions of other postsecondary educational
institutions.
In recent years, regulatory proceedings and litigation have been
commenced against various postsecondary educational institutions
relating to, among other things, deceptive trade practices,
false claims against the government, and non-compliance with
Department of Education requirements, state education laws, and
state consumer protection laws. These proceedings have been
brought by the Department of Education, the U.S. Department
of Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or
SEC, and state governmental agencies, among others. These
allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been
the subject of legislative hearings and regulatory actions at
both the federal and state levels, focusing not only on the
individual schools but in some cases on the larger for-profit
postsecondary education sector as a whole. Adverse media
coverage regarding other for-profit education companies or other
educational institutions could damage our reputation, result in
lower enrollments, revenues, and operating profit, and have a
negative impact on our stock price. Such coverage could also
result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the Department of
Education, Congress, accrediting commissions, state
legislatures, state attorneys general, or other governmental
authorities of all educational institutions, including us.
If the
percentage of our revenue that is derived from the Title IV
programs is too high, we may lose our eligibility to participate
in those programs.
A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in
the Title IV programs if, under a formula that requires
cash basis accounting and other adjustments to the calculation
of revenue, it derives more than 90% of its revenues from those
programs in any fiscal year. The period of ineligibility is at
least the next succeeding fiscal year, and any Title IV
funds already received by the institution and its students in
that succeeding year would have to be returned to the applicable
lender or the Department of Education. Using the
19
Department of Educations formula for this test, we have
calculated that, for our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years, we derived
approximately 71.5% and 74.0%, respectively, of our revenue from
the Title IV programs. The August 2008 reauthorization of
the Higher Education Act makes significant changes to this
revenue requirement, effective upon the date of the laws
enactment. Under the new law, an institution will be subject to
loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs
only if it exceeds the 90% threshold for two consecutive years,
the period of ineligibility is extended to at least two years,
and an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year
will be placed on provisional certification. Recent changes in
federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan limits,
and any additional increases in the future, may result in an
increase in the revenues we receive from the Title IV
programs, which could make it more difficult for us to satisfy
this requirement. Exceeding the 90% threshold and losing our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs would
have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations.
We may
lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs if our student loan default rates are too
high.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some
or all of the Title IV programs if, for three consecutive
years, 25% or more of its students who were required to begin
repayment on their student loans in one year default on their
payment by the end of the following year. In addition, an
institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or
all of the Title IV programs if the default rate of its
students exceeds 40% for any single year. The August 2008
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act extends by one year
the period for which students defaults on their loans will
be included in the calculation of an institutions default
rate, a change that is expected to increase most
institutions default rates. The new law also increases the
threshold for an institution to lose its eligibility to
participate in the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to
30%. These changes to the law take effect for institutions
cohort default rates for federal fiscal year 2009, which are
expected to be calculated and issued by the Department of
Education in 2012. Although our cohort default rates have
historically been significantly below these levels, we cannot
assure you that this will continue to be the case. Any increase
in interest rates or declines in income or job losses for our
students could contribute to higher default rates on student
loans. Exceeding the student loan default rate thresholds and
losing our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs would have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. Any
future changes in the formula for calculating student loan
default rates, economic conditions, or other factors that cause
our default rates to increase, could place us in danger of
losing our eligibility to participate in some or all of the
Title IV programs and materially adversely affect us.
We are
subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and
timely return Title IV program funds for students who
withdraw before completing their educational
program.
A school participating in the Title IV programs must
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds
that it has disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing such programs and must
return those unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the
Department of Education in a timely manner, generally within
45 days of the date the school determines that the student
has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated
and timely returned for a sufficient percentage of students, we
may have to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department
of Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that should
have been returned for such students in the prior fiscal year,
and we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the Department
of Education, which could increase our cost of regulatory
compliance and materially adversely affect us.
We
cannot offer new programs, expand our operations into certain
states, or acquire additional schools if such actions are not
timely approved by the applicable regulatory agencies, and we
may have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to students
enrolled in any such programs, schools, or states if we do not
obtain prior approval.
Our expansion efforts include offering new educational programs.
In addition, we may increase our operations in additional states
and seek to acquire existing schools from other companies. If we
are unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new
programs, operations, or acquisitions from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, or
20
any other applicable state education agency or accrediting
commission, or if we are unable to obtain such approvals in a
timely manner, our ability to consummate the planned actions and
provide Title IV funds to any affected students would be
impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our
expansion plans. If we were to determine erroneously that any
such action did not need approval or had all required approvals,
we could be liable for repayment of the Title IV program
funds provided to students in that program or at that location.
Risks
Related to Our Business
Our
success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our marketing
and advertising programs in recruiting new
students.
Building awareness of Grand Canyon University and the programs
we offer is critical to our ability to attract prospective
students. It is also critical to our success that we convert
prospective students to enrolled students in a cost-effective
manner and that these enrolled students remain active in our
programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from
successfully recruiting, enrolling, and retaining students in
our programs include:
|
|
|
|
|
the reduced availability of, or higher interest rates and other
costs associated with, Title IV loan funds or other sources
of financial aid;
|
|
|
|
the emergence of more successful competitors;
|
|
|
|
factors related to our marketing, including the costs and
effectiveness of Internet advertising and broad-based branding
campaigns and recruiting efforts;
|
|
|
|
performance problems with our online systems;
|
|
|
|
failure to maintain institutional and specialized accreditations;
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us
which restrict schools initiation of new programs and
modification of existing programs;
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us
which restrict the ways schools can compensate their recruitment
personnel;
|
|
|
|
increased regulation of online education, including in states in
which we do not have a physical presence;
|
|
|
|
restrictions that may be imposed on graduates of online programs
that seek certification or licensure in certain states;
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our services and programs;
|
|
|
|
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors, or online or
for-profit education generally;
|
|
|
|
price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable
to match;
|
|
|
|
a decline in the acceptance of online education;
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job
prospects in our core disciplines; and
|
|
|
|
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that
students derive from our programs.
|
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of Grand
Canyon University and the programs we offer, and to recruit,
enroll, and retain students, our enrollments would suffer and
our ability to increase revenues and maintain profitability
would be significantly impaired.
If we
are unable to hire and train new and existing employees
responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our
student recruiting efforts would be adversely
affected.
In order to support our planned revenue growth we intend to
hire, develop, and train a significant number of additional
employees responsible for student recruitment and retain and
continue to develop and train our current student recruitment
personnel. Our ability to develop and maintain a strong student
recruiting function may be affected by a number of factors,
including our ability to integrate and motivate our enrollment
counselors, our ability to effectively train our enrollment
counselors, the length of time it takes new
21
enrollment counselors to become productive, regulatory
restrictions on the method of compensating enrollment
counselors, and the competition in hiring and retaining
enrollment counselors. If we are unable to hire, develop, and
retain a sufficient number of qualified enrollment counselors,
our ability to increase enrollments would be adversely affected.
We
will incur increased costs as a result of being a public
company, and the requirements of being a public company may
divert management attention from our business.
As a public company, we will be subject to a number of
additional requirements, including the reporting requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act and
the listing standards of Nasdaq. These requirements will cause
us to incur increased costs and might place a strain on our
systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other
things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with
respect to our business and financial condition. The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and
internal control over financial reporting, and also requires
that our internal controls be assessed by management and
attested to by our auditors as of December 31 of each year
commencing with our year ending December 31, 2009. In order
to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures and internal control over financial
reporting, significant resources and management oversight will
be required. As a result, our managements attention might
be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, we might not
be able to retain our independent directors or attract new
independent directors for our committees.
We have material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. If we fail to develop or maintain an
effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to
accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a
result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence
in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and
the trading price of our common stock.
During the preparation of our financial statements for 2005,
2006, and 2007, and for the six month period ended June 30,
2008, our management identified material weaknesses in our
internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the
standards established by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, that affected our financial statements for
each of the periods covered by such statements. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting. We have restated our financial
statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007. See
Note 3, Restatement of Financial Statements, to
our financial statements.
We are in the process of remediating these material weaknesses,
but have not yet been able to complete our remediation efforts.
See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting. It will take additional time to
design, implement, and test the controls and procedures required
to enable our management to conclude that our internal control
over financial reporting is effective. We cannot at this time
estimate how long it will take to complete our remediation
efforts. We cannot assure you that measures we plan to take will
be effective in mitigating or preventing significant
deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. Any failure to maintain or implement
required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we
encounter in their implementation, could result in additional
material weaknesses, cause us to fail to meet our periodic
reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our
financial statements. Any such failure could also adversely
affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual
auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting that will be required
when the SECs rules under Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 become applicable to us beginning
with our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ending December 31, 2009, to be filed in early
2010. The existence of a material weakness could result in
errors in our financial statements that could result in further
restatements of our financial statements, cause us to fail to
meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose
confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a
decline in our stock price.
22
We
operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitors with
greater resources could harm our business.
The postsecondary education market is highly fragmented and
competitive. We compete for students with traditional public and
private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and
other for-profit schools, including those that offer online
learning programs. Many public and private schools, colleges,
and universities, including most major colleges and
universities, offer online programs. We expect to experience
additional competition in the future as more colleges,
universities, and for-profit schools offer an increasing number
of online programs. Public institutions receive substantial
government subsidies, and public and private non-profit
institutions have access to government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions, and other financial resources
generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly,
public and private non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources superior to those in the
for-profit sector, and public institutions can offer
substantially lower tuition prices. Some of our competitors in
both the public and private sectors also have substantially
greater financial and other resources than we do. We may not be
able to compete successfully against current or future
competitors and may face competitive pressures that could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations. These competitive factors could cause
our enrollments, revenues, and profitability to significantly
decrease. See Business Competition for
further information.
Capacity
constraints, system disruptions, or security breaches in our
online computer networks could have a material adverse effect on
our ability to attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of the infrastructure of our
online operations are critical to our reputation and to our
ability to attract and retain students. Any computer system
disruption or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in
traffic on the servers that host our online operations, may
result in our online courses and programs being unavailable for
a period of time. In addition, any significant failure of our
computer networks or servers could disrupt our on-campus
operations. Individual, sustained, or repeated occurrences could
significantly damage the reputation of our online operations and
result in a loss of potential or existing students.
Additionally, our online operations are vulnerable to
interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control,
including natural disasters and network and telecommunications
failures. Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to
unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, and
other security problems. A user who circumvents security
measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause
interruptions to or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we
may be required to expend significant resources to protect
against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate
problems caused by these incidents. Any interruption to our
online operations could have a material adverse effect on our
ability to attract students to our online programs and to retain
those students.
We may
not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we
are not able to improve the content of our existing academic
programs or to develop new programs on a timely basis and in a
cost-effective
manner, or at all.
We continually seek to improve the content of our existing
programs and develop new programs in order to meet changing
market needs. The success of any of our programs and courses,
both ground and online, depends in part on our ability to expand
the content of our existing programs, develop new programs in a
cost-effective
manner, and meet the needs of existing and prospective students
and employers in a timely manner, as well as on the acceptance
of our actions by existing or prospective students and
employers. As of June 30, 2008, we offered 74 fully online
programs, 17 of which we introduced in 2007, seven of which we
introduced in the first six months of 2008, and many of which
were based on our existing ground programs. In the future, we
may develop programs solely, or initially, for online use, which
may pose new challenges, including the need to develop course
content without having an existing program on which such content
can be based. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new
programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs in
a timely fashion or as quickly as our competitors are able to
introduce competing programs. If we do not respond adequately to
changes in market conditions, our ability to attract and retain
students could be impaired and our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations could suffer.
23
The development and approval of new programs and courses, both
ground and online, are subject to requirements and limitations
imposed by the Department of Education, state licensing
agencies, and the relevant accrediting commissions, and in
certain cases, such as with our newly approved doctoral program
in education, involves a process that can take several years to
complete. The imposition of restrictions on the initiation of
new educational programs by any of our regulatory agencies, or
delays in obtaining approvals of such programs, may delay our
expansion plans. Establishing new academic programs or modifying
existing academic programs may also require us to make
investments in specialized personnel, increase marketing
efforts, and reallocate resources. We may have limited
experience with the subject matter of new programs.
If we are unable to expand our existing programs, offer new
programs on a timely basis or in a cost-effective manner, or
otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established
programs, our business, prospects, financial condition, and
results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our
failure to keep pace with changing market needs and technology
could harm our ability to attract students.
Our success depends to a large extent on the willingness of
employers to employ, promote, or increase the pay of our
graduates. Increasingly, employers demand that their new
employees possess appropriate technical and analytical skills
and also appropriate interpersonal skills, such as
communication, and teamwork skills. These skills can evolve
rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment.
Accordingly, it is important that our educational programs
evolve in response to those economic and technological changes.
The expansion of existing academic programs and the development
of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective
students or by the employers of our graduates. Even if we are
able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to
begin offering those new programs in a timely fashion or as
quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are
unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements
due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid
technological changes, or other factors, the rates at which our
graduates obtain jobs in their fields of study could suffer, our
ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, and
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
If we
do not maintain existing, and develop additional, relationships
with employers, our future growth may be impaired.
We currently have relationships with large school districts and
healthcare systems, primarily in Arizona, and also recently
began seeking relationships with national and international
employers, to provide their employees with the opportunity to
obtain degrees through us while continuing their employment.
These relationships are an important part of our strategy as
they provide us with a steady source of potential working adult
students for particular programs and also serve to increase our
reputation among high-profile employers. If we are unable to
develop new relationships, or if our existing relationships
deteriorate or end, our efforts to seek these sources of
potential working adult students will be impaired, and this
could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations.
Our
failure to effectively manage our growth could harm our
business.
Our business recently has experienced rapid growth. Growth and
expansion of our operations may place a significant strain on
our resources and increase demands on our executive management
team, management information and reporting systems, financial
management controls and personnel, and regulatory compliance
systems and personnel. We may not be able to maintain or
accelerate our current growth rate, effectively manage our
expanding operations, or achieve planned growth on a timely or
profitable basis. If we are unable to manage our growth
effectively, we may experience operating inefficiencies and our
earnings may be materially adversely affected.
Our
success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key
personnel.
Our success to date has largely depended on, and will continue
to depend on, the skills, efforts, and motivation of our
executive officers, who generally have significant experience
with our company and within the education industry. Our success
also largely depends on our ability to attract and retain highly
qualified faculty, school administrators, and additional
corporate management personnel. We may have difficulties in
24
locating and hiring qualified personnel and in retaining such
personnel once hired. In addition, because we operate in a
highly competitive industry, our hiring of qualified executives
or other personnel may cause us or such persons to be subject to
lawsuits alleging misappropriation of trade secrets, improper
solicitation of employees, or other claims. Other than
non-compete
agreements of limited duration that we have with certain
executive officers, we have not historically sought non-compete
agreements with key personnel and they may leave and
subsequently compete against us. The loss of the services of any
of our key personnel, many of whom are not party to employment
agreements with us, or our failure to attract and retain other
qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could
cause our business to suffer.
The
protection of our operations through exclusive proprietary
rights and intellectual property is limited, and from time to
time we encounter disputes relating to our use of intellectual
property of third parties, any of which could harm our
operations and prospects.
In the ordinary course of our business we develop intellectual
property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of
copyright, trademark, service mark, patent, trade secret, or
other protections. This intellectual property includes but is
not limited to courseware materials and business know-how and
internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the
requirements of operating our business and to comply with the
rules and regulations of various education regulatory agencies.
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service
marks, trade secrets, domain names, and agreements to protect
our intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark
protection in the United States to protect our rights to the
mark Grand Canyon University, as well as distinctive
logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on
agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content
developed by faculty members and other third party content
experts, as well as license agreements pursuant to which we
license the right to brand certain of our program offerings. We
cannot assure you that the measures that we take will be
adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure,
appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the
United States or select foreign jurisdictions, or that third
parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary
rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or
copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource
material, and other content, and offer competing programs to
ours.
In particular, we license the right to utilize the name of Ken
Blanchard in connection with our business school and Executive
MBA programs and have spent significant resources in related
branding efforts. Nevertheless, our license agreement with
Blanchard Education, LLC has a fixed term and may not
necessarily be extended in the future. In addition, third
parties may attempt to develop competing programs or copy
aspects of our curriculum, online resource material, quality
management, and other proprietary content. The termination of
this license agreement, or attempts to compete with or duplicate
our programs, if successful, could adversely affect our
business. Protecting these types of intellectual property rights
can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development
by our competitors of competing courses and programs.
We may from time to time encounter disputes over rights and
obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not
prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not have
obtained sufficient rights in the content of a course. Third
parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or
violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some
third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad,
and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in
such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. Any
such intellectual property claim could subject us to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial
resources and management personnel regardless of whether such
claim has merit, and we may be required to alter the content of
our classes or pay monetary damages, which may be significant.
We are
subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection
and use of personal information, and any violations of such laws
or regulations, or any breach, theft, or loss of such
information, could adversely affect our reputation and
operations.
Possession and use of personal information in our operations
subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. We
collect, use, and retain large amounts of personal information
regarding our applicants, students, faculty, staff, and their
families, including social security numbers, tax return
information, personal and family financial data, and credit card
numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information of
our
25
employees in the ordinary course of our business. Our services
can be accessed globally through the Internet. Therefore, we may
be subject to the application of national privacy laws in
countries outside the U.S. from which applicants and students
access our services. Such privacy laws could impose conditions
that limit the way we market and provide our services.
Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors
that hold and manage confidential information on our behalf may
be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or misuse,
computer hackers, computer viruses, and other security threats.
Confidential information may also inadvertently become available
to third parties when we integrate systems or migrate data to
our servers following an acquisition of a school or in
connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades.
Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored
on our servers, our networks may be targeted by hackers seeking
to access this data. A user who circumvents security measures
could misappropriate sensitive information or cause
interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use
security and business controls to limit access and use of
personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent
those security and business controls, which could result in a
breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in
the storage, use, or transmission of personal information could
result in a breach of privacy for current or prospective
students or employees. Possession and use of personal
information in our operations also subjects us to legislative
and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data
breaches and restrict our use of personal information, and a
violation of any laws or regulations relating to the collection
or use of personal information could result in the imposition of
fines against us. As a result, we may be required to expend
significant resources to protect against the threat of these
security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these
breaches. A major breach, theft, or loss of personal information
regarding our students and their families or our employees that
is held by us or our vendors, or a violation of laws or
regulations relating to the same, could have a material adverse
effect on our reputation and result in further regulation and
oversight by federal and state authorities and increased costs
of compliance.
We
operate in a highly competitive market with rapid technological
change, and we may not have the resources needed to compete
successfully.
Online education is a highly competitive market that is
characterized by rapid changes in students technological
requirements and expectations and evolving market standards. Our
competitors vary in size and organization, and we compete for
students with traditional public and private two-year and
four-year colleges and universities and other for-profit
schools, including those that offer online learning programs.
Each of these competitors may develop platforms or other
technologies, including technologies such as streaming video,
that allow for greater levels of interactivity between faculty
and students, that are superior to the platform and technology
we use, and these differences may affect our ability to recruit
and retain students. We may not have the resources necessary to
acquire or compete with technologies being developed by our
competitors, which may render our online delivery format less
competitive or obsolete.
At
present we derive a significant portion of our revenues and
operating income from our graduate programs.
As of June 30, 2008, approximately 61% of our students were
graduate students. Although we anticipate that this percentage
will decline over time due as a result of our planned growth
emphasis in our undergraduate business and liberal arts
programs, if we were to experience any event that adversely
affected our graduate offerings or the attractiveness of our
programs to prospective graduate students, our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations could
be significantly and adversely affected.
We may
incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution
of class materials posted online for class
discussions.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post
various articles or other third-party content on class
discussion boards. Third parties may raise claims against us for
the unauthorized duplication of material posted online for class
discussions. Any such claims could subject us to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial
resources and management personnel regardless of whether the
claims have merit. Our general liability insurance may not cover
potential claims of this type adequately or at
26
all, and we may be required to alter the content of our courses
or pay monetary damages, which may be significant.
We use
third-party software for our online classroom, and if the
provider of that software were to cease to do business or was
acquired by a competitor, we may have difficulty maintaining the
software required for our online classroom or updating it for
future technological changes, which could adversely affect our
performance.
Our online classroom employs the ANGEL Learning Management Suite
pursuant to a license from ANGEL Learning, Inc. The ANGEL system
is a web-based portal that stores, manages, and delivers course
content; enables assignment uploading; provides interactive
communication between students and faculty; and supplies online
evaluation tools. We rely on ANGEL Learning, Inc. for
administrative support of the ANGEL system and, if ANGEL
Learning, Inc. ceased to operate or was unable or unwilling to
continue to provide us with services or upgrades on a timely
basis, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required
for our online classroom or updating it for future technological
changes. Any failure to maintain our online classroom would have
an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation, and
limit our ability to attract and retain students.
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment, and are typically lowest in our second
fiscal quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter.
Accordingly, our results in any quarter may not indicate the
results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full
year. Student population varies as a result of new enrollments,
graduations, and student attrition. A significant portion of our
general and administrative expenses do not vary proportionately
with fluctuations in revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations
in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal
enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a
result of new program introductions, the timing of colloquia and
events, and increased enrollments of students. These
fluctuations may result in volatility or have an adverse effect
on the market price of our common stock.
We
only recently began operating as a for-profit company and have a
limited operating history as a
for-profit
company. Accordingly, our historical and recent financial and
business results may not necessarily be representative of what
they will be in the future.
We have only operated as a for-profit company with private
ownership interests since February 2004. We have a limited
operating history as a for-profit business on which you can
evaluate our management decisions, business strategy, and
financial results. Moreover, until October 2006, we operated
under various Department of Education limitations on our growth
and activities. As a result, our historical and recent financial
and business results may not necessarily be representative of
what they will be in the future. We are subject to risks,
uncertainties, expenses, and difficulties associated with
changing and implementing our business strategy that are not
typically encountered by established for-profit companies. As a
result, we may not be able to operate effectively as a
for-profit corporation. It is possible that we may incur
significant operating losses in the future and that we may not
be able to achieve or sustain long-term profitability.
Our
current success and future growth depend on the continued
acceptance of the Internet and the corresponding growth in users
seeking educational services on the Internet.
Our business relies in part on the Internet for its success. A
number of factors could inhibit the continued acceptance of the
Internet and adversely affect our profitability, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inadequate Internet infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
security and privacy concerns;
|
|
|
|
the unavailability of cost-effective Internet service and other
technological factors; and
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulation of Internet use.
|
27
If Internet use decreases, or if the number of Internet users
seeking educational services on the Internet does not increase,
our business may not grow as planned.
Government
regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of
doing business, affect our ability to grow or otherwise have a
material adverse effect on our business.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other
online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws
and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign
countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and
regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to
issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and
service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices, and the
requirement that online education institutions qualify to do
business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more
jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other
presence. New laws and regulations or interpretations thereof
related to doing business over the Internet could increase our
costs and materially and adversely affect our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
A
reclassification of our online faculty by federal or state
authorities from independent contractor to employee status could
materially increase our costs.
A majority of our faculty at June 30, 2008 were online
faculty, whom we treat as independent contractors. Because we
classify our online faculty as independent contractors, we do
not withhold federal or state income or other employment-related
taxes, make federal or state unemployment tax or Federal
Insurance Contributions Act, or FICA, payments or provide
workers compensation insurance with respect to our online
faculty. The determination of whether online faculty members are
properly classified as independent contractors or as employees
is based upon the facts and circumstances of our relationship
with our online faculty members. Federal or state authorities
may challenge our classification as incorrect and assert that
our online faculty members must be classified as employees. In
the event that we were to reclassify our online faculty as
employees, we would be required to withhold the appropriate
taxes, make unemployment tax and FICA payments, and pay for
workers compensation insurance and additional payroll
processing costs. If we had reclassified our online faculty
members as employees for 2007, we estimate our additional tax,
workers compensation insurance, and payroll processing
payments would have been approximately $1.2 million for
that year. The amount of additional tax and insurance payments
would increase in the future as the total amount we pay to
online faculty increases. In addition to these known costs, we
could be subject to retroactive taxes and penalties, which may
be significant, by federal and state authorities, which could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
We may
incur significant costs complying with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and similar laws.
Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA,
all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related
to access and use by disabled persons. Additional federal,
state, and local laws also may require modifications to our
properties, or restrict our ability to renovate our properties.
For example, the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or FHAA,
requires apartment properties first occupied after
March 13, 1990 to be accessible to the handicapped. We have
not conducted an audit or investigation of all of our properties
to determine our compliance with present requirements.
Noncompliance with the ADA or FHAA could result in the
imposition of fines or an award or damages to private litigants
and also could result in an order to correct any non-complying
feature. We cannot predict the ultimate amount of the cost of
compliance with the ADA, FHAA, or other legislation. If we incur
substantial costs to comply with the ADA, FHAA, or any other
legislation, we could be materially and adversely affected.
Our
failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations
governing our activities could result in financial penalties and
other costs.
We use hazardous materials at our ground campus and generate
small quantities of waste, such as used oil, antifreeze, paint,
car batteries, and laboratory materials. As a result, we are
subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations
governing, among other things, the use, storage, and disposal of
solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the
clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which
we send or have sent waste for disposal. In the event we do not
maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or
are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials,
we could incur significant
28
costs for
clean-up,
damages, and fines, or penalties which could adversely impact
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
If we
expand in the future into new markets outside the United States,
we would be subject to risks inherent in non-domestic
operations.
If we acquire schools or establish programs in new markets
outside the United States, we will face risks that are inherent
in non-domestic operations, including the complexity of
operations across borders, new regulatory regimes, currency
exchange rate fluctuations, monetary policy risks, such as
inflation, hyperinflation and deflation, and potential political
and economic instability in the countries into which we expand.
Our
failure to obtain additional capital in the future could
adversely affect our ability to grow.
We believe that the proceeds from this offering being retained
by us, funds from operations, cash, and investments will be
adequate to fund our current operating and growth plans for the
foreseeable future. However, we may need additional financing in
order to finance our continued growth, particularly if we pursue
any acquisitions. The amount, timing, and terms of such
additional financing will vary principally depending on the
timing and size of new program offerings, the timing and size of
acquisitions we may seek to consummate, and the amount of cash
flows from our operations. To the extent that we require
additional financing in the future, such financing may not be
available on terms acceptable to us or at all, and,
consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our growth
strategy.
If we
are not able to integrate acquired schools, our business could
be harmed.
From time to time, we may pursue acquisitions of other schools.
Integrating acquired operations into our institution involves
significant risks and uncertainties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies, and
procedures;
|
|
|
|
distraction of managements attention from normal business
operations during the integration process;
|
|
|
|
inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, approval of the
acquisition from the necessary regulatory agencies, or the
imposition of operating restrictions or a letter of credit
requirement on us or on the acquired school by any of those
regulatory agencies;
|
|
|
|
expenses associated with the integration efforts; and
|
|
|
|
unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence process,
including legal contingencies.
|
If we complete one or more acquisitions and are unable to
integrate acquired operations successfully, our business could
suffer.
Risks
Related to the Offering
There
is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know
if one will develop to provide you with adequate
liquidity.
Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. An active and liquid public market
for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this
offering. The price of our common stock in any such market may
be higher or lower than the price you pay. If you purchase
shares of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price
that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you
will pay the price that we negotiated with the representatives
of the underwriters and such price may not be indicative of
prices that will prevail in the open market following this
offering.
29
The
price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you
could lose all or part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent
you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price
you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock
could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or earnings of other companies
in our industry;
|
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements, and our filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by research
analysts who track our common stock or the stocks of other
companies in our industry;
|
|
|
|
changes in our number of enrolled students;
|
|
|
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of laws or
regulations applicable to our business;
|
|
|
|
seasonal variations in our student population;
|
|
|
|
the availability and cost of Title IV funds, other student
financial aid, and private loans;
|
|
|
|
the failure to maintain or keep in good standing our regulatory
approvals and accreditations;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations, or principles;
|
|
|
|
changes in general conditions in the U.S. and global
economies or financial markets, including those resulting from
war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to such events;
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job
prospects in our core disciplines;
|
|
|
|
|
|
litigation involving our company, or investigations or audits by
regulators into the operations of our company or our
competitors, including the investigation of Grand Canyon
University currently being conducted by the Office of Inspector
General of the Department of Education, the pending qui
tam action regarding the manner in which we have compensated
our enrollment personnel, and the review being conducted by the
Attorney General of the State of Arizona regarding
institutions student loan practices; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers, and
significant stockholders.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by
many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes
frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating
performance of these companies. The price of our common stock
could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing
to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially
reduce our stock price.
Our
executive officers, directors, and principal existing
stockholders will continue to own a large percentage of our
voting stock after this offering, which may allow them to
collectively control substantially all matters requiring
stockholder approval and, in the case of certain of our
principal stockholders, will have other unique rights that may
afford them access to our management.
Our directors, executive officers, and principal existing
stockholders will beneficially own approximately
30,645,702 shares, or 72.8%, of our common stock upon the
completion of this offering. Our directors and executive
officers will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately
28,810,572 shares, or 68.4%, of our common stock after the
offering. In addition, pursuant to a voting agreement entered
into among Brent Richardson, Chris Richardson, and certain of
our existing stockholders, the Richardsons will have voting
control over approximately 45.3% or our common stock effective
upon completion of the offering. See Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions Voting Agreement.
Accordingly, the Richardsons could significantly influence the
outcome of any actions requiring the vote or consent of
stockholders, including elections of directors, amendments to
our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, mergers, going
private transactions, and other extraordinary transactions, and
any decisions concerning the terms of any of these transactions.
The ownership and voting positions of these stockholders may
have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change
in control or a change in the composition of our board of
directors. These stockholders may also use their contractual
rights, including access to management, and their large
ownership
30
position to address their own interests, which may be different
from those of our other stockholders, including investors in
this offering.
Your
percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of
capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on
which stockholders vote.
Following the completion of this offering, our board of
directors has the authority, without action or vote of our
stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but
unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon
the exercise of options, shares that may be issued to satisfy
our payment obligations under our incentive plans, or shares of
our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common
stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over
matters on which our stockholders vote, and, in the case of
issuances of preferred stock, likely would result in your
interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of
that preferred stock.
The
sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after
this offering may cause the market price of shares of our common
stock to decline.
Sales of our common stock by existing investors may begin
shortly after the completion of this offering. Sales of a
substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public
market following this offering, or the perception that these
sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common
stock to decline. The shares of our common stock outstanding
prior to this offering will be eligible for sale in the public
market at various times in the future. All of our directors,
executive officers, and stockholders agreed with the
underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of
or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of common stock until
180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the
prior written consent of the representatives identified in the
section of this prospectus entitled Underwriting.
Upon expiration of this
lock-up
period, up to approximately 31,499,354 additional shares of
common stock may be eligible for sale in the public market
without restriction, and up to approximately
26,771,211 shares of common stock held by affiliates may
become eligible for sale, subject to the restrictions under
Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the
Securities Act.
You
will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of your shares.
If you purchase shares in this offering, the value of your
shares based on our actual book value will immediately be less
than the price you paid. This reduction in the value of your
equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part
because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the
initial public offering price when they purchased their shares
of our common stock. Based upon the issuance and sale of
10,500,000 shares of our common stock by us in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00
per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate dilution
of $18.16 in the net tangible book value per share. A $1.00
increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering
price of $19.00 per share would increase or decrease, as
applicable, our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value
per share of common stock by $0.05, and increase or decrease, as
applicable, the dilution per share of common stock to new
investors by $0.95, assuming the number of shares offered by us,
as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the
same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and
after payment of the special distribution to our existing
stockholders. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment
option, or if outstanding options to purchase our common stock
are exercised, investors will experience additional dilution.
For more information, see Dilution.
Provisions
in our charter documents and the Delaware General Corporation
Law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us
and could discourage a takeover and adversely affect existing
stockholders.
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation,
bylaws, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, and
regulations of state and federal education agencies could
diminish the opportunity for stockholders to participate in
acquisition proposals at a price above the then-current market
price of our common stock. For example, while we have no present
plans to issue any preferred stock, our board of directors,
without further stockholder approval, may issue shares of
undesignated preferred stock and fix the
31
powers, preferences, rights, and limitations of such class or
series, which could adversely affect the voting power of your
shares. In addition, our bylaws provide for an advance notice
procedure for nomination of candidates to our board of directors
that could have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing
a change in control. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are
subject to provisions of the DGCL regarding business
combinations, which can deter attempted takeovers in
certain situations. The approval requirements of the Department
of Education, our regional accrediting commission, and state
education agencies for a change in control transaction could
also delay, deter, or prevent a transaction that would result in
a change in control. We may, in the future, consider adopting
additional anti-takeover measures. The authority of our board to
issue undesignated preferred or other capital stock and the
anti-takeover provisions of the DGCL, as well as other current
and any future anti-takeover measures adopted by us, may, in
certain circumstances, delay, deter, or prevent takeover
attempts and other changes in control of the company not
approved by our board of directors. See Description of
Capital Stock for further information.
We
currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock
and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on
your investment is if the price of our common stock
appreciates.
After we make the special distribution to our existing
stockholders using the proceeds of this offering as described
under Use of Proceeds, we do not expect to pay
dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable
future and intend to use cash to grow our business. The payment
of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the
discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such
factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, our overall
financial condition, and any other factors deemed relevant by
our board of directors. Consequently, your only opportunity to
achieve a positive return on your investment in us will be if
the market price of our common stock appreciates.
We
will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this
offering and may not use those proceeds in ways that will
enhance the market value of our common stock.
We have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds we
will receive in this offering. We will use a substantial portion
of the proceeds that we receive from the sale of stock in this
offering to fund the special distribution payable to our
existing stockholders and to use the remainder to redeem an
outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our common stock, to
pay the expenses of this offering, and for general corporate
purposes. As part of your investment decision, you will not be
able to assess or direct how we apply these net proceeds. If we
do not apply these funds effectively, we may lose significant
business opportunities. Furthermore, our stock price could
decline if the market does not view our use of the net proceeds
from this offering favorably.
32
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements,
which include information relating to future events, future
financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive
environment, regulation, and availability of resources. These
forward-looking statements include, without limitation,
statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that
regulatory developments or other matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of
operations, or liquidity; statements concerning projections,
predictions, expectations, estimates, or forecasts as to our
business, financial and operational results, and future economic
performance; and statements of managements goals and
objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that
are not historical facts. Words such as may,
should, could, would,
predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of
future performance or results, and will not necessarily be
accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such
performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking
statements are based on information available at the time those
statements are made or managements good faith belief as of
that time with respect to future events, and are subject to
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or
results to differ materially from those expressed in or
suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors
that could cause such differences include, but are not limited
to:
|
|
|
|
|
our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory framework
applicable to our industry, including Title IV of the
Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder, state laws
and regulatory requirements, and accrediting commission
requirements;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the results of the ongoing investigation by the Department of
Educations Office of Inspector General and the pending
qui tam action regarding the manner in which we have
compensated our enrollment personnel, and possible remedial
actions or other liability resulting therefrom;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the ability of our students to obtain federal Title IV
funds, state financial aid, and private financing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
risks associated with changes in applicable federal and state
laws and regulations and accrediting commission standards;
|
|
|
|
our ability to hire and train new, and develop and train
existing, enrollment counselors;
|
|
|
|
the pace of growth of our enrollment;
|
|
|
|
our ability to convert prospective students to enrolled students
and to retain active students;
|
|
|
|
our success in updating and expanding the content of existing
programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner
or on a timely basis;
|
|
|
|
industry competition, including competition for qualified
executives and other personnel;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with the competitive environment for marketing
our programs;
|
|
|
|
failure on our part to keep up with advances in technology that
could enhance the online experience for our students;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage future growth effectively;
|
|
|
|
general adverse economic conditions or other developments that
affect job prospects in our core disciplines; and
|
|
|
|
other factors discussed under the headings Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Business, and Regulation.
|
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the
statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any
forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in
assumptions, or changes in other factors affecting
forward-looking information, except to the extent required by
applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more
forward-looking
statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make
additional updates with respect to those or other
forward-looking statements.
33
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale of 10,500,000 shares of our
common stock offered by us in this offering will be
approximately $179.7 million (or approximately
$207.6 million if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment
option in full), assuming an initial public offering price of
$19.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
We will pay a special distribution of 75% of the gross proceeds
of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option, that
will be payable promptly upon the completion of this offering
(and following the exercise of the
over-allotment
option, if applicable) to our stockholders of record as of
September 26, 2008. We will make this distribution upon
completion of the offering. See Special Distribution
for further information.
In 2004, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of our common
stock in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction we entered
into relating to our ground campus. Under the original terms of
the warrant, we were entitled to repurchase the warrant for an
aggregate price of $16.0 million. Under an amendment to the
warrant that was effected in connection with our 2005 conversion
from a limited liability company to a corporation, the right to
repurchase the warrant, as well as a right to repurchase any
shares issued upon exercise of the warrant, in each case for
$16.0 million, was transferred to a holding company whose
sole purpose was to hold the equity interests of all of our
members at the time of conversion. In connection with this
offering, if the members of the holding company do not exercise
such right, then we will exercise the right to repurchase the
warrant or the underlying shares. Based on indications of
interest received from such members to date, we expect to use at
least $9.4 million, and up to $16.0 million of the net
proceeds of this offering to repurchase any portion of the
warrant or the underlying shares not purchased by such members.
We will use the remaining proceeds that we receive from this
offering and from the underwriters exercise of their
over-allotment option to pay the expenses of this offering and
for general corporate purposes.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $19.00 per share would increase or decrease, as
applicable, the aggregate amount of the special distribution by
$7.9 million, the per share amount of the special
distribution by $0.25 on an as-if converted basis and the net
proceeds to us by approximately $1.9 million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and, with respect to the
net proceeds to us, after deducting estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and the special distribution noted
above. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of
shares that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease
the special distribution and our net proceeds in proportion to
such increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the
offering price per share, with respect to our net proceeds, less
underwriting discounts and commissions.
34
SPECIAL
DISTRIBUTION
We will pay a special distribution of 75% of the gross proceeds
of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option, that
will be paid promptly upon the completion of this offering (and
following the exercise of the
over-allotment
option, if applicable) to our stockholders of record as of
September 26, 2008. Of the estimated aggregate amount of
the special distribution of $149.6 million (exclusive of
any amounts that may be received from the underwriters
exercise of the over-allotment option), assuming an initial
public offering price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint
of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus,
$81.1 million will be paid in respect of shares of our
capital stock over which our directors and executive officers
are deemed to exercise sole or shared voting or investment
power. These proceeds will be allocated among our directors and
executive officers, as well as persons known to us to own
beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, as set
forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Acquisition
|
|
Original Acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares to Which
|
|
Cost of Shares to Which
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Special
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Relates
|
|
Relates(1)
|
|
|
Distribution(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and
affiliates(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
|
$
|
42,917
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
45,849
|
|
220 GCU, L.P. and
affiliates(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
22,423
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
8,717
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
3,271
|
|
|
|
1,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
9,563
|
|
|
|
32,776
|
|
Staci L.
Buse(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
16,299
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
16,766
|
|
Significant Ventures, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
12,363
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
1,259
|
|
|
|
12,974
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
42,917
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
45,849
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
42,917
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
45,849
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D.
Richardson(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
16,299
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
16,776
|
|
John E.
Crowley(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
1,736
|
|
Christopher C.
Richardson(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
16,308
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
16,775
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,898
|
|
|
$
|
81,127
|
|
35
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. The reported acquisition cost
of shares of common stock represents the value of the capital
contributions originally made to acquire the limited liability
company interests that were converted into common stock upon
such conversion plus capital contributions for which no
additional interests were issued, less capital distributions. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The special distribution is being paid in respect of our common
stock, Series A convertible preferred stock, and
Series C preferred stock, in each case on an as-converted
basis. Upon the closing of this offering, shares of the
Series A convertible preferred stock will convert into
shares of common stock on a 1,826-for-one basis and shares of
the Series C preferred stock will convert into shares of
common stock at a rate equal to their liquidation preference per
share divided by the initial public offering price per share,
which is estimated to be $19.00 per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Endeavour Capital
Fund IV, L.P., Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P., and
Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, L.P., which we refer to
as the Endeavour Entities. Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D.
Mark Dorman, each of whom is a managing director of Endeavor
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner for each of the Endeavour
Entities, are members of our board of directors. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents shares held of record by 220 GCU, L.P., 220
Education, L.P., 220-SigEd, L.P., and SV One, L.P. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC
and Masters Online, LLC, of which Brent Richardson, Chris
Richardson, and Staci Buse are members and, in each case, which
are attributable to, and beneficially owned by, Brent
Richardson, Chris Richardson, or Staci Buse, as applicable. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC,
of which John Crowley is a member, which are attributable to,
and beneficially owned by, John Crowley. |
See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Special Distribution and
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock for additional
information regarding the beneficiaries of the special
distribution and share ownership.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
Except as described under Special Distribution
above, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash
dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The
payment of any dividends in the future will be at the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial
condition, results of operations, earnings, capital
requirements, contractual restrictions, outstanding
indebtedness, and other factors deemed relevant by our board. As
a result, you will need to sell your shares of common stock to
realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to
sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.
36
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
June 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A
convertible preferred stock into 10,870,178 shares of
common stock upon the closing of the offering; and
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C
preferred stock into 1,410,526 shares of common stock upon
the closing of the offering at a conversion rate equal to their
liquidation preference per share divided by the initial public
offering price per share, which is estimated to be $19.00 per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro
forma adjustments above, as well as:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
our sale of 10,500,000 shares of our common stock in this
offering (at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00
per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us;
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
the payment of a special distribution to our existing
stockholders of 75% of the gross proceeds from the sale of
common stock by us in this offering, including any proceeds we
receive from the underwriters exercise of their
over-allotment option, which will occur promptly upon the
consummation of this offering (and the closing of the exercise
of the over-allotment option, if applicable);
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
the repurchase by us of an outstanding warrant to purchase
common stock for $16.0 million in cash as described in
Use of Proceeds; and
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
the amendment and restatement of our certificate of
incorporation in connection with the closing of this offering,
which will increase our authorized capital stock.
|
37
You should read this table together with Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Description of Capital Stock, and our financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
as Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents(1)
|
|
$
|
7,206
|
|
|
$
|
7,206
|
|
|
$
|
21,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
29,420
|
|
|
$
|
29,420
|
|
|
$
|
29,420
|
|
Other indebtedness
|
|
|
1,894
|
|
|
$
|
1,894
|
|
|
$
|
1,894
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
9,700 shares authorized, 5,953 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
2,200 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma
and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
3,900 shares authorized, 3,829 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
13,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undesignated preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and
pro forma; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock: $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares
authorized, 19,218,650 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized,
31,499,354 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
100,000,000 shares authorized, 41,999,354 shares
issued and outstanding pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital(1)
|
|
|
6,508
|
|
|
|
38,854
|
|
|
|
52,859
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(15,150
|
)
|
|
|
(15,150
|
)
|
|
|
(15,150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(8,440
|
)
|
|
|
24,029
|
|
|
|
38,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
55,343
|
|
|
$
|
55,343
|
|
|
$
|
69,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $19.00 per share would increase or decrease
cash, cash equivalents, and short-term marketable securities by
$1.9 million, would increase or decrease additional paid-in
capital by $1.9 million, and would increase or decrease
total stockholders equity and total capitalization by
$1.9 million, after deducting the underwriting discount,
the repurchase of the warrant described in the introductory
paragraph to this table, and the payment of a special
distribution to our existing stockholders of 75% of the gross
proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering.
Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares that
we sell in the offering will increase or decrease our net
proceeds in proportion to such increase or decrease, as
applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less
underwriting discounts and commissions. |
38
DILUTION
Purchasers of the common stock in the offering will suffer an
immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value
per share. Dilution is the amount by which the initial public
offering price paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock
exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common
stock after the offering.
As of June 30, 2008, our pro forma net tangible book value
would have been $21.1 million or, $0.67 per share. Pro
forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of
our total tangible assets reduced by our total liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding
after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding classes
of preferred stock into common stock.
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
represents the amount of total tangible assets reduced by our
total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common
stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding classes of preferred stock into common stock, the
repurchase of our outstanding warrant, the payment of the
estimated amount of the special distribution to certain of our
existing stockholders and the sale of 10,500,000 shares of
common stock in the offering at an initial public offering price
of $19.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus. Our pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value as of June 30, 2008 would have been
$35.2 million, or $0.84 per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.17 per share
to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $18.16 per
share to new investors purchasing shares in the offering. The
following table illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
19.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as
of
June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share of common stock attributable to new investors
|
|
|
4.57
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after payment of underwriting
discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses by us
|
|
|
(0.46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after repurchase of warrant
|
|
|
(0.38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after payment of the special
distribution to certain of our existing stockholders
|
|
|
(3.56
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of
common stock after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share of common stock to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value, and the
dilution to new investors in the offering, will change from the
amounts shown above if the underwriters over-allotment
option is exercised.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $19.00 per share would increase or decrease,
as applicable, our as pro forma adjusted net tangible book value
per share of common stock by $0.05, and increase or decrease, as
applicable, the dilution per share of common stock to new
investors by $0.95, assuming the number of shares offered by us,
as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the
same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares that
we sell in the offering will increase or decrease our net
proceeds in proportion to such increase or decrease, as
applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.
39
The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2008, on the
pro forma as-adjusted basis described above, the differences
between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to
the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us,
the total consideration paid, and the average price per share
paid before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial
public offering price of $19.00 per share of common stock, which
is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
31,499,354
|
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
40,300
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
10,500,000
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
199,500
|
|
|
|
83.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
19.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
41,999,354
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
239,800
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
5.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $19.00 per share would increase or decrease,
as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors, total
consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per
share paid by all stockholders by $10.5 million,
$10.5 million, and $0.25, respectively, assuming the number
of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering
will increase or decrease our net proceeds in proportion to such
increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering
price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
This table does not give effect to the payment of the special
distribution to existing stockholders.
If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after
this offering would be 31,499,354, or 72.3%, and the number of
shares held by new investors would increase to 12,075,000, or
27.7%, of the total number of shares of our common stock
outstanding after this offering.
40
SELECTED
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth selected financial and other data
as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The statement of
operations and other data, excluding period end enrollment, for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and the
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, have
been derived from our audited financial statements, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statement of
operations and other data for the period from February 2,
2004 (date of inception) through December 31, 2004, and the
selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and
2005 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements,
which are not included in this prospectus. The statement of
operations and other data, excluding period end enrollment, for
each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008,
and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008, have been
derived from our unaudited financial statements, which are
presented elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in the
opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal,
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such
data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of
our results for any future period.
You should read the following selected financial and other data
in conjunction with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
to December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004(2)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment and per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
25,629
|
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,326
|
|
|
$
|
44,071
|
|
|
$
|
70,275
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
19,705
|
|
|
|
28,063
|
|
|
|
31,287
|
|
|
|
39,050
|
|
|
|
17,555
|
|
|
|
24,028
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
9,735
|
|
|
|
14,047
|
|
|
|
20,093
|
|
|
|
35,148
|
|
|
|
14,186
|
|
|
|
27,473
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
10,828
|
|
|
|
12,968
|
|
|
|
15,011
|
|
|
|
17,001
|
|
|
|
8,377
|
|
|
|
10,960
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
1,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
40,716
|
|
|
|
56,697
|
|
|
|
69,069
|
|
|
|
94,981
|
|
|
|
41,747
|
|
|
|
63,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(15,087
|
)
|
|
|
(4,904
|
)
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
|
6,326
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,135
|
)
|
|
|
(3,098
|
)
|
|
|
(2,827
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
(1,507
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
|
(7,726
|
)
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
1,501
|
|
|
|
5,251
|
|
Income tax expense
(benefit)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(521
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
$
|
734
|
|
|
$
|
2,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
18,923
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
19,089
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
36,858
|
|
|
|
35,143
|
|
|
|
35,052
|
|
|
|
32,623
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
24,376
|
|
|
$
|
817
|
|
|
$
|
2,387
|
|
|
$
|
7,406
|
|
|
$
|
3,234
|
|
|
$
|
3,983
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
1,136
|
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
2,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,300
|
|
|
$
|
1,473
|
|
|
$
|
2,269
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(4)
|
|
$
|
(13,503
|
)
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
5,551
|
|
|
$
|
10,294
|
|
Period end
enrollment:(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
3,141
|
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
9,032
|
|
|
|
14,847
|
|
Ground
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,476
|
|
|
$
|
2,579
|
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
7,206
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
30,892
|
|
|
|
51,859
|
|
|
|
61,232
|
|
|
|
88,568
|
|
|
|
80,548
|
|
Capital lease obligations (including short-term)
|
|
|
24,360
|
|
|
|
24,789
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
29,420
|
|
Other indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)
|
|
|
4,511
|
|
|
|
2,635
|
|
|
|
2,462
|
|
|
|
2,408
|
|
|
|
1,894
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,590
|
|
|
|
21,390
|
|
|
|
31,948
|
|
|
|
32,469
|
|
Total stockholders/members
deficit(2)
|
|
|
(7,645
|
)
|
|
|
(12,111
|
)
|
|
|
(11,723
|
)
|
|
|
(10,386
|
)
|
|
|
(8,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our financial statements at December 31, 2006, and 2007 and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements, in our
financial statements that are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. |
|
(2) |
|
On February 2, 2004, we acquired the assets of Grand Canyon
University from a non-profit foundation and converted its
operations from non-profit to for-profit status. While the
university has continuously operated since 1949, for accounting
and financial statement reporting purposes, we treat the date of
acquisition and conversion to for-profit status as the date of
inception of our business. |
|
(3) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. For all periods subsequent to
such date, we have been subject to corporate-level U.S.
federal and state income taxes. |
|
(4) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Factors affecting
comparability Settlement with former owner and
Note 2 to our financial statements that are included
elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) management fees and
expenses that are no longer paid or that will no longer be
payable following completion of this offering. |
|
|
|
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and expenses and
royalty expenses paid to our former owner are not considered
reflective of our core operating performance. |
|
|
|
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance;
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to
enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as are used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors
should use Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an
alternative for, net income, operating income, or any other
performance measure presented in accordance with GAAP, or as an
alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a
measure of our liquidity. Because not all companies use
identical calculations, our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical
tool, as discussed under Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Non-GAAP Discussion. |
|
|
|
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA,
which is a non-GAAP measure, for the periods indicated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Restated(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
1,526
|
|
|
$
|
901
|
|
|
$
|
3,224
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,822
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
|
1,075
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
1,473
|
|
|
|
2,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
5,438
|
|
|
|
7,645
|
|
|
|
3,797
|
|
|
|
8,595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
1,488
|
|
Plus: management fees and
expenses(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
5,551
|
|
|
$
|
10,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with the former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements that are
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Reflects management fees and expenses of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and
$0.1 million and $0.2 million for the six month
periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder, in each case following their investment
in us. The agreements relating to these arrangements have all
terminated or will terminate by their terms upon the closing of
this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
The decrease in the number of ground students on June 30,
2007 and 2008 in comparison to December 31, 2006 and 2007
is attributable to the fact that a portion of our ground
students typically do not enroll in classes during the summer
months. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Seasonality. |
43
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with our financial statements and related notes that
appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical
financial information, the following discussion contains
forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and
beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those
discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed
below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in
Risk Factors and Forward-Looking
Statements.
Overview
General
We are a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. At
June 30, 2008, we had approximately 16,500 students. At
December 31, 2007 we had approximately 14,800 students, 85%
of whom were enrolled in our online programs, with 62% pursuing
masters degrees. Since we acquired Grand Canyon University
in February 2004, we have enhanced our senior management team,
expanded our online platform, increased our program offerings,
and initiated a marketing and branding effort to further
differentiate us in the markets in which we operate. We have
also made investments to enhance our student and technology
support services. We believe the changes we have instituted,
combined with our management expertise, provide a platform that
will support continued enrollment and revenue growth.
In 2003, the Board of Trustees of the former owner initiated a
process to evaluate alternatives as a result of the
schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004,
several of our current stockholders acquired the assets of the
school and converted it to a for-profit institution. In May
2005, following this change in control, the Department of
Education recertified us to continue participating in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, subject to
certain restrictions and requirements, including requirements to
post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of
our program offerings and enrollment, and receive Title IV
funds under the heightened cash monitoring system of payment
(pursuant to which an institution is required to credit students
with Title IV funds prior to obtaining those funds from the
Department of Education). In October 2006, based on our
significantly improved financial condition and performance since
the change in control, the Department of Education eliminated
the letter of credit requirement and allowed the growth
restrictions to expire. In 2007, the Department of Education
eliminated the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and
returned us to the advance payment method (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV funds from the Department of
Education in advance of disbursement to students).
Regulatory
For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, we
derived cash receipts equal to approximately 67.9% and 70.2%,
respectively, of our net revenue from tuition financed through
federal student financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of
the Higher Education Act. The following trends and uncertainties
may affect the availability of or our participation in the Title
IV programs.
During 2007 and 2008, student loan programs, including
the Title IV programs, have come under increased scrutiny by the
Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general, and
other parties, including with respect to lending practices
related to such programs and potential conflicts of interest
between educational institutions and their lenders. The Attorney
General of the State of Arizona has requested extensive
documentation and information from us and other institutions in
Arizona concerning student loan practices, and we recently
provided testimony in response to a subpoena from the Attorney
General of the State of Arizona about such practices. As a
result of this nationwide scrutiny, Congress has passed new
laws, the Department of Education has enacted stricter
regulations, and several states have adopted codes of conduct or
enacted state laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders,
schools, and school personnel. The effect of
44
such actions may be to increase the cost of participating in the
Title IV programs and other student loan programs, although we
are unable to calculate such potential costs at this time.
In addition, recent adverse market conditions for consumer loans
in general have affected the student lending marketplace,
causing some lenders to cease providing Title IV loans to
students and causing others to reduce the benefits and increase
the fees for the Title IV loans they provide. While some of the
lenders we regularly engage with have announced decisions to
stop participating in the Title IV loan market generally, to
date there have been no material disruptions in the availability
of Title IV loans to our students. The conditions in the market,
including the effect of recent legislation aimed at broadening
access to Title IV loans, are continuing to evolve and the
ultimate impact of such market conditions on our business, if
any, cannot be predicted. See Regulation
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.
Also, in recent years, several for-profit education companies
have been faced with whistleblower lawsuits, known as
qui tam cases, brought by current or former
employees alleging that their institution had made impermissible
incentive payments to admissions employees. The employees
bringing such lawsuits typically seek, for themselves and for
the federal government, substantial financial penalties against
the subject company. In this regard, on September 11, 2008,
we were served with a qui tam lawsuit that had been filed
against us in August 2007 in the United States District Court
for the District of Arizona by a then-current employee on behalf
of the federal government. All proceedings in the lawsuit had
been under seal until September 5, 2008, when the court
unsealed the first amended complaint, which had been filed on
August 11, 2008. The lawsuit alleges, among other things,
that we have improperly compensated certain of our enrollment
counselors in violation of the Title IV law governing
compensation of such employees, and as a result, improperly
received Title IV program funds. See Risk
Factors We were recently notified that a qui
tam lawsuit has been filed against us alleging, among other
things, that we have improperly compensated certain of our
enrollment counselors, and we may incur liability, be subject to
sanctions, or experience damage to our reputation as a result of
this lawsuit, Business Legal
Proceedings, and Regulation Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Incentive
compensation rule. Further, on August 14, 2008, the
Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education
served an administrative subpoena on Grand Canyon University
requiring us to provide certain records and information related
to performance reviews and salary adjustments for all of our
enrollment counselors and managers from January 1, 2004 to
the present. See Risk Factors The Office of
Inspector General of the Department of Education has commenced
an investigation of Grand Canyon University, which is ongoing
and which may result in fines, penalties, other sanctions, and
damage to our reputation in the industry, and
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation
rule. If it were determined that any of our compensation
practices violated the incentive compensation law, we could be
subject to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other
sanctions or could suffer an adverse outcome in the qui tam
litigation, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and
results of operations and could adversely affect our stock price.
Key
financial metrics
Net
revenue
Net revenue consists principally of tuition, room and board
charges attributable to students residing on our ground campus,
application and graduation fees, and commissions we earn from
bookstore and publication sales, less scholarships. Factors
affecting our net revenue include: (i) the number of
students who are enrolled and who remain enrolled in our
courses; (ii) the number of credit hours per student;
(iii) our degree and program mix; (iv) changes in our
tuition rates; (v) the amount of the scholarships that we
offer; (vi) the number of students housed in, and the rent
charged for, our on-campus student apartments and dormitories;
and (vii) the number of students who purchase books from
our bookstore.
We define enrollments for a particular time period as the number
of students registered in a course on the last day of classes
for each program within that financial reporting period. We
offer three 16-week semesters in a calendar year, with two
starts available per semester for our online students and for
students who typically take evening courses on-campus or onsite
at the facilities of their employer, whom we refer to as
professional
45
studies ground students, and one start available per semester
for our traditional ground students. Enrollments are a function
of the number of continuing students at the beginning of each
period and new enrollments during the period, which are offset
by graduations, withdrawals, and inactive students during the
period. Inactive students for a particular period include
students who are not registered in a class and, therefore, are
not generating net revenue for that period, but who have not
withdrawn from Grand Canyon University.
We believe that the principal factors that affect our
enrollments and net revenue are the number and breadth of the
programs we offer; the attractiveness of our program offerings
and learning experience, particularly for career-oriented adults
who are seeking pay increases or job opportunities that are
directly tied to higher educational attainment; the
effectiveness of our marketing, recruiting and retention
efforts, which is affected by the number and seniority of our
enrollment counselors and other recruiting personnel; the
quality of our academic programs and student services; the
convenience and flexibility of our online delivery platform; the
availability and cost of federal and other funding for student
financial aid; the seasonality of our net revenue, which is
enrollment driven and is typically lowest in our second fiscal
quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter; and general
economic conditions, particularly as they might affect job
prospects in our core disciplines.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and June 30, 2007
and 2008 (which included less than 100 students pursuing
non-degree certificates in each period) by degree type and by
instructional delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Masters degree
|
|
|
6,204
|
|
|
|
73.7
|
|
|
|
7,812
|
|
|
|
73.3
|
|
|
|
9,156
|
|
|
|
62.1
|
|
|
|
7,641
|
|
|
|
74.0
|
|
|
|
10,051
|
|
|
|
60.9
|
|
Bachelors degree
|
|
|
2,218
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
5,598
|
|
|
|
37.9
|
|
|
|
2,691
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
|
|
6,459
|
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,422
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,332
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
16,510
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
73.8
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
78.8
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
84.7
|
|
|
|
9,032
|
|
|
|
87.4
|
|
|
|
14,847
|
|
|
|
89.9
|
|
Ground*
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,422
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,332
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
16,510
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Includes our traditional on-campus
students, as well as our professional studies ground students.
|
For the
2008-09
academic year (the academic year that began in May 2008), our
prices per credit hour are $395 for undergraduate online and
professional studies courses, $420 for graduate online courses
(other than graduate nursing), $510 for graduate online nursing
courses, and $645 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
The overall price of each course varies based upon the number of
credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the
discipline. In addition, we charge a fixed $7,740 block
tuition for undergraduate ground students taking between
12 and 18 credit hours per semester, with an additional $645 per
credit hour for credits in excess of 18. A traditional
undergraduate degree typically requires a minimum of 120 credit
hours. The minimum number of credit hours required for a
masters degree and overall cost for such a degree varies
by program, although such programs typically require
approximately 36 credit hours. Our new doctoral program in
education, which is first being offered in the
2008-09
academic year, costs $770 per credit hour and requires
approximately 60 credit hours.
Based on current tuition rates, tuition for a full program would
equate to approximately $15,000 for an online masters
program, approximately $47,000 for a full four-year online
bachelors program, and approximately $62,000 for a full
four-year bachelors program taken on our ground campus.
The tuition amounts referred to above assume no reductions for
transfer credits or scholarships, which many of our students
utilize to reduce their total program costs. The amount of
tuition received from our students for a full
46
program is reduced to the extent credits are transferred from
other institutions. Additionally, tuition is reduced for some of
our students by scholarships. For the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007, revenue was reduced by
approximately $8.0 million and $10.3 million, respectively,
as a result of scholarships that we offered to our students. For
the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, we offered
scholarships with a total value of approximately
$4.8 million and $7.7 million, respectively.
Tuition increases for students in our online and professional
studies ground programs range from 5.0% to 5.3% for our
2008-09
academic year as compared to 2.6% to 4.2% in the prior academic
year. Tuition increases have not historically been, and may not
in the future be, consistent across our programs due to market
conditions and differences in operating costs of individual
programs. Tuition for our traditional ground programs increased
11.2% for our
2008-09
academic year, as compared to 16.0% for the prior academic year.
The larger increases for our traditional ground programs
generally reflect recovery from a significant decrease in ground
tuition rates that we implemented shortly after the 2004
acquisition in an effort to stabilize enrollments and revenues.
We derive a majority of our net revenue from tuition financed by
the Title IV programs. For the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007, 67.9%, and 70.2%, respectively,
of our net revenue was derived from the Title IV programs.
Our students also rely on scholarships, personal savings,
private loans, and employer tuition reimbursements to pay a
portion of their tuition and related expenses. During fiscal
2007, payments derived from private loans constituted
approximately 5.1% of our net revenue. Third party lenders
independently determine whether a loan to a student is
classified as subprime, and, based on these determinations,
payments derived from subprime loans have historically
constituted less than 0.2% of our net revenue. Our future
revenues could be affected if and to the extent the Department
of Education restricts our participation in the Title IV
programs, as it did during the period between 2005 and 2007.
Current conditions in the credit markets have adversely affected
the environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans.
The legislative and regulatory environment is also changing, and
new federal legislation was recently enacted pursuant to which
the Department of Education is authorized to buy Title IV
loans and implement a lender of last resort program
in certain circumstances. See Risk Factors and
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs. We do not believe these market and
regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date, but we
cannot predict whether the new legislation will improve access
to Title IV funding or the impact of any of these
developments on future performance.
Costs
and expenses
Instructional cost and services. Instructional
cost and services consist primarily of costs related to the
administration and delivery of our educational programs. This
expense category includes salaries and benefits for full-time
and adjunct faculty and administrative personnel, costs
associated with online faculty, information technology costs,
curriculum and new program development costs, and costs
associated with other support groups that provide service
directly to the students. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to the provision of educational services.
Classroom facilities are leased or, in some cases, are provided
by the students employers at no charge to us. We expect
instructional costs and services as a percentage of tuition and
other net revenue to continue to decline as we leverage our
support services that are in place over a larger tuition and
enrollment base.
Selling and promotional. Selling and
promotional expenses include salaries and benefits of personnel
engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and retention of
students, as well as advertising costs associated with
purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, and producing
marketing materials. Our selling and promotional expenses are
generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads,
the efficiency of our marketing and recruiting efforts,
salaries, and benefits for our enrollment personnel, and
expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing
academic programs. This category also includes an allocation of
depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs
attributable to selling and promotional activities. Selling and
promotional costs are expensed as incurred. As a result of the
removal of our growth restrictions in October 2006, we more than
quadrupled the number of our enrollment counselors between
December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2008 in an effort to
increase our recruiting activities and enroll prospective
students. We also leased new enrollment centers in Arizona and
Utah, and we intend to continue to increase the number of our
47
enrollment counselors in these centers to increase enrollment
and enhance student retention. We incur immediate expenses in
connection with hiring new enrollment counselors while these
individuals undergo training, and typically do not achieve full
productivity or generate enrollments from these enrollment
counselors until four to six months after their dates of hire.
Selling and promotional costs also include revenue share
arrangements with related parties pursuant to which we pay a
percentage of the net revenue that we actually receive from
applicants recruited by those entities that matriculate at Grand
Canyon University. The related party bears all costs associated
with the recruitment of these applicants. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and for the six month
periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, we expensed
approximately $2.8 million, $3.7 million,
$4.3 million, $2.1 million, and $2.9 million, respectively,
pursuant to these arrangements. As we increase our internal
recruiting, marketing, and enrollment staff, we expect this
revenue share as a proportion of total revenue to decline.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses include salaries and benefits of
employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human
resources, facilities, compliance, and other corporate
functions. General and administrative expenses also include bad
debt expense and an allocation of depreciation, amortization,
rent and occupancy costs attributable to general and
administrative functions.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our February 2004 acquisition of the assets of Grand Canyon
University by several of our current stockholders, we entered
into a royalty fee arrangement with the former owner in which we
agreed to pay a stated percentage of cash revenue generated by
our online programs. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, and for the six month periods ended
June 30, 2007 and 2008, we expensed $1.6 million,
$2.7 million, $3.8 million, $1.6 million, and $1.5
million, respectively, in connection with this arrangement. This
arrangement has been terminated, as discussed below.
Interest expense. Interest expense consists
primarily of interest charges on our capital lease obligations
and on the outstanding balances of our notes payable and line of
credit.
Factors
affecting comparability
We have set forth below selected factors that we believe have
had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the
comparability of recent or future results of operations:
Conversion to corporate status. On
August 24, 2005, we converted from a Delaware limited
liability company to a Delaware corporation pursuant to
Section 265 of the DGCL. As a limited liability company, we
were treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and state
income tax purposes and, as such, we were not subject to
taxation. For all periods subsequent to such date, we have been
and will continue to be subject to
corporate-level U.S. federal and state income taxes.
Public company expenses. Upon
consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a
public company, and we intend to have our shares listed for
trading on the Nasdaq Global Market. As a result, we will need
to comply with laws, regulations, and requirements that we did
not need to comply with as a private company, including certain
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related SEC
regulations, and the requirements of Nasdaq. Compliance with the
requirements of being a public company will require us to
increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay
our employees, legal counsel, and accountants to assist us in,
among other things, external reporting, instituting and
monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance
function, establishing and maintaining internal control over
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and preparing and distributing
periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under
the federal securities laws. In addition, being a public company
will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and
officer liability insurance. We estimate that incremental annual
public company costs will be between $3.0 million and
$4.0 million.
Settlement with former owner. To
resolve a dispute with our former owner arising from our
acquisition of Grand Canyon University and subsequent lease of
our campus, we entered into a standstill agreement in September
2007 pursuant to which we agreed with the former owner to stay
all pending legal proceedings through April 15, 2008. In
accordance with the terms of the standstill agreement, we made
an initial non-
48
refundable $3.0 million payment to the former owner in
October 2007 and made an additional $19.5 million payment
to the former owner in April 2008, with these amounts
serving as consideration for: (i) the satisfaction in full
of all past and future royalties due to the former owner under a
royalty agreement; (ii) the acquisition by us of a parcel
of real estate owned by the former owner on our campus;
(iii) the termination of a sublease agreement pursuant to
which the former owner leased office space on our campus;
(iv) the assumption by us of all future payment obligations
in respect of certain gift annuities made to the school by
donors prior to the acquisition; (v) the cancellation of a
warrant we issued to the former owner in the lease transaction;
and (vi) the satisfaction in full of a $1.25 million
loan made by the former owner to us in the lease transaction
(including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon). Most of the
amounts payable to the former owner under the royalty
arrangement in 2005, and all of the amounts payable in 2006 and
2007, were accrued and not paid due to the dispute. A portion of
the settlement payments has been treated as a prepaid royalty
asset that will be amortized over 20 years at approximately
$0.3 million per year, which differs from the historical
royalty expense.
Management fees and expenses. In
connection with an August 2005 investment led by Endeavour
Capital, we entered into a professional services agreement with
Endeavour Capitals general partner. Concurrent with the
closing of this offering, the professional services agreement
will terminate by its terms. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and for the six month
periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, we incurred
$0.1 million, $0.3 million, $0.3 million,
$0.1 million, and $0.2 million, respectively, in fees
and expenses under this agreement. In addition, through
December 31, 2006, we were party to two additional
professional services agreements, one with an entity affiliated
with a former director and another affiliated with a significant
stockholder, both of which terminated in accordance with their
respective terms in 2006. For the years ended December 31,
2005 and 2006, we paid an aggregate of $0.4 million and
$0.7 million, respectively, under these agreements. See
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
located elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.
Stock-based and other executive
compensation. Prior to this offering, we have
not granted or issued any stock-based compensation. Accordingly,
we have not recognized any stock-based compensation expense.
Upon the consummation of this offering, we intend to make
substantial awards to our directors, officers, and employees,
including certain grants to our new Chief Executive Officer and
to other employees that will be fully vested upon grant. As a
result, we expect to incur non-cash, stock-based compensation
expenses in future periods, including expenses of approximately
$9.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2008.
In July 2008, we hired a new Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, and Executive Vice President, as well as
other financial and accounting personnel. Accordingly,
compensation expenses, as reflected in our general and
administrative expenses, will be higher beginning in the third
quarter of 2008.
License agreement. In June 2004, we
entered into a license agreement with Blanchard Education, LLC
(Blanchard) relating to our use of the Ken Blanchard
name for our College of Business. The license agreement remains
in effect (unless terminated earlier) until February 6,
2016. Under the terms of that agreement, we agreed to pay
Blanchard royalties and to issue to Blanchard up to
498 shares of common stock, with the actual number of
shares to be issued to be contingent upon our achievement of
stated enrollment levels in the College of Business programs
during the term of the agreement. On December 31, 2006, it
became probable that Blanchard would earn 100 shares under
this agreement associated with the first enrollment threshold
and, during the third quarter 2007, those 100 shares were
earned due to the enrollment threshold being met. On May 9,
2008, the terms of the agreement were amended, pursuant to which
Blanchard was issued a total of 200 shares of common stock
in full settlement of all shares owed and contingently owed
under this agreement. Thus, an additional 100 shares became
earned on that date and all remaining performance conditions
based on enrollment thresholds were terminated. The shares
issued were valued at the date the shares were earned and have
been treated as a prepaid royalty asset that will be amortized
over the remaining term of the license agreement. We will
recognize approximately $0.4 million per year in amortization
expense related to the issuance of the common stock through
February 2016.
49
Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting
Overview. We have material weaknesses
in internal control over financial reporting. In connection with
the preparation of our 2005, 2006, and 2007 financial
statements, and our financial statements for the six month
period ended June 30, 2008, we identified matters involving
our internal control over financial reporting that constituted
material weaknesses as defined under the standards of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and caused us
to conclude that there was more than a remote likelihood that a
material misstatement of our annual or interim financial
statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis
by our employees in the normal course of performing their
assigned functions. We have restated our financial statements as
of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements, to our
financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Material weaknesses. In connection with
the preparation of our 2005, 2006, and 2007 financial
statements, and our financial statements for the six month
period ended June 30, 2008, we identified errors regarding
our accounting for the following transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with our formation in February 2004, an entity
owned in part by our Executive Chairman and our General Counsel
contributed certain intangible assets to us, and we improperly
recorded these contributed assets at our estimate of their fair
value rather than at their carryover basis.
|
|
|
|
In connection with our acquisition of Grand Canyon University
from the former owner in February 2004, we improperly
accounted for a perpetual royalty arrangement between us and the
former owner as goodwill rather than as a current period
expense. Later, in connection with a settlement agreement we
entered into with the former owner in 2007 that provided for a
termination of this royalty arrangement, we improperly accounted
for a partial settlement payment as a current period expense
rather than as a prepaid royalty subject to amortization.
|
|
|
|
In connection with our entry into a lease agreement for our
ground campus and buildings in June 2004, we improperly
accounted for the arrangement as an operating lease rather than
accounting for certain components of the lease as a capital
lease.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In all periods, we failed to properly account for the issuance
of certain common stock and equity linked instruments to third
parties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the six month period ended June 30, 2008, we
concluded that a significant increase in our allowance for
doubtful accounts was required. A portion of the increase has
been determined to be the correction of an error from prior
periods and thus the accompanying financial statements have been
restated to reflect this increase.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We failed to properly account for deferred taxes at the date of
conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation.
|
We believe that certain of the control deficiencies related to
these errors constitute material weaknesses in our internal
control over financial reporting. Such material weaknesses
related to our lack of processes and controls that would ensure
the proper recording of assets, expenses, leases, and equity
instruments in accordance with GAAP.
Management is committed to remediating the control deficiencies
that constitute the material weaknesses described herein by
implementing changes to our internal control over financial
reporting. We have implemented a number of significant changes
and improvements in our internal control over financial
reporting during the second and third quarters of fiscal year
2008. Our Chief Financial Officer has taken responsibility for
implementing changes and improvements in the internal control
over financial reporting and
50
remediate the control deficiencies that gave rise to the
material weaknesses. Specifically, these changes include:
|
|
|
|
|
engaging a new Chief Financial Officer and hiring additional
financial and accounting personnel, all of whom have experience
managing or working in the corporate accounting department of a
large publicly traded education company;
|
|
|
|
making numerous process changes in the financial reporting area,
including additional oversight and review; and
|
|
|
|
conducting training of our accounting staff for purposes of
enabling them to recognize and properly account for transactions
of the type described above.
|
Management plans to continue to implement further changes and
improvements during the remainder of the current fiscal year. We
cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date and
plan to take will remediate the material weaknesses we have
identified. Our current independent registered public accounting
firm has not evaluated the measures we have taken or plan to
take in order to address the material weaknesses described above.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. During the preparation of these
financial statements, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and
assumptions, including those discussed below. We base our
estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the
circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for
making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences
may be material to our financial statements.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies
involve our more significant judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue recognition. Tuition revenue is
recognized monthly over the applicable period of instruction.
Deferred revenue and student deposits in any period represent
the excess of tuition, fees, and other student payments received
as compared to amounts recognized as revenue on the statement of
operations and are reflected as current liabilities on our
balance sheet. Our educational programs have starting and ending
dates that differ from our fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the
end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of our revenue from these
programs is not yet earned in accordance with the SECs
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition in Financial Statements. If a student withdraws
prior to the end of the third week of a semester, we refund all
or a portion of tuition already paid pursuant to our refund
policy, which generally results in a reduction in deferred
revenue and student deposits.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. Bad
debt expense is recorded as a general and administrative
expense. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure, or
refusal of our students to make required payments. We determine
the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts based on an
analysis of our aging of our accounts receivable and historical
bad debt experience. We generally write off accounts receivable
balances deemed uncollectible at the time the account is
returned by an outside collection agency. However, we continue
to reflect accounts receivable with offsetting allowances as
long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of
collection. As a result, our allowance for doubtful accounts has
increased on an annual basis as bad debt expense has exceeded
amounts written off. During the second half of 2008, we expect
to begin to write off existing and new doubtful accounts no
later than one year after the revenue is generated, which will
likely result in a significant
51
reduction in our accounts receivable and related allowances. We
believe our reserves are adequate to cover any write offs we may
make.
Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate the
recoverability of our long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of
assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash
flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is
measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the
assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Income taxes. On August 24, 2005,
we converted from a limited liability company to a corporation.
For all periods subsequent to such date, we have been and will
continue to be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal
and state income taxes. Effective January 1, 2008, we
adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48).
FIN 48 prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We
account for income taxes as prescribed by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes
(SFAS No. 109). SFAS No. 109
prescribes the use of the asset and liability method to compute
the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities
and the related financial amounts using currently enacted tax
laws. We have deferred tax assets, which are subject to periodic
recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are
established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to
the amount that more likely than not will be realized.
Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent
upon achievement of projected future taxable income offset by
deferred tax liabilities. We evaluate the realizability of the
deferred tax assets annually. Since becoming a taxable
corporation, we have not recorded any valuation allowances to
date on our deferred income tax assets.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as
a percentage of net revenue for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)(1)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional cost and services
|
|
|
54.2
|
|
|
|
43.4
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
39.8
|
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
|
27.9
|
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
|
|
19.0
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
109.5
|
|
|
|
95.8
|
|
|
|
95.6
|
|
|
|
94.7
|
|
|
|
91.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(9.5
|
)
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(14.9
|
)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(8.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our financial statements at December 31, 2006 and 2007 and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements, included in our
financial statements, which are presented elsewhere in this
prospectus. |
52
Six
Months Ended June 30, 2008 Compared to Six Months Ended
June 30, 2007
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the six
months ended June 30, 2008 was $70.3 million, an
increase of $26.2 million, or 59.5%, as compared to net
revenue of $44.1 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2007. This increase was primarily due to increased
enrollment and, to a lesser extent, increases in the average
tuition per student caused by tuition price increases and an
increase in the average credits per student, partially offset by
an increase in institutional scholarships. End-of-period
enrollment increased 59.8% between June 30, 2007 and 2008,
as we were able to continue our growth and increase our
recruitment, marketing, and enrollment operations following the
elimination of the Department of Educations growth
restrictions in October 2006.
Instructional cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the six months
ended June 30, 2008 were $24.0 million, an increase of
$6.4 million, or 36.9%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $17.6 million for the six months
ended June 30, 2007. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation and related expenses,
faculty compensation, depreciation and amortization, and other
miscellaneous instructional costs and services of
$2.4 million, $1.8 million, $0.7 million, and
$1.2 million, respectively. These increases are all
attributable to the increased headcount (both staff and faculty)
needed to provide student instruction and support services we
consider necessary as a result of the increase in enrollments.
Our instructional cost and services expenses as a percentage of
net revenue decreased by 5.6% to 34.2% for the six months ended
June 30, 2008, as compared to 39.8% for the six months
ended June 30, 2007. This decrease was a result of the
continued shift of our student population to online programs and
our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost structure of
our campus-based facilities and ground faculty across an
increasing revenue base.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the six months ended June 30,
2008 were $27.5 million, an increase of $13.3 million,
or 93.7%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$14.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007.
This increase was primarily due to increases in selling and
promotional employee compensation and related expenses,
advertising, revenue sharing expense, and other selling and
promotional costs of $8.2 million, $3.5 million,
$0.9 million, and $0.6 million, respectively. These
increases were driven by a substantial expansion in our
marketing efforts following the removal of our growth
restrictions by the Department of Education, which resulted in
an increase in recruitment, marketing, and enrollment staffing,
the opening of new enrollment facilities in Arizona and Utah,
and expenses related to our revenue sharing arrangement. Our
selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of net revenue
increased by 6.9% to 39.1% for the six months ended
June 30, 2008, from 32.2% for the six months ended
June 30, 2007. This increase occurred as a result of a
significant increase in the number of our enrollment counselors
to increase our efforts to enroll prospective students and also
increased marketing and retention staffing. In this regard, we
incur immediate expenses in connection with hiring new
enrollment counselors while these individuals undergo training,
and typically do not achieve full productivity or generate
enrollments from these enrollment counselors until four to six
months after their dates of hire. We plan to continue to add
additional enrollment counselors in the future, although the
number of additional hires as a percentage of the total
headcount should decrease, and we therefore plan to reduce
selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of net revenue
in the future.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the six months ended
June 30, 2008 were $11.0 million, an increase of
$2.6 million, or 30.8%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $8.4 million for the six months
ended June 30, 2007. This increase was primarily due to
increases in bad debt expense; legal, audit, and corporate
insurance; and other general and administrative expenses of
$0.9 million, $0.8 million, and $0.8 million,
respectively. Bad debt expense increased to $4.1 million
for the six months ended June 30, 2008 from
$3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007 as
a result of a proportional increase in net revenue. The increase
in legal, audit, and corporate insurance is primarily related to
legal costs associated with the Sungard matter, which went to
arbitration in the second quarter of fiscal 2008. See
Business Legal Proceedings. The other
general and administrative expense increase was attributable to
expenditures made to continue to support the growth of our
business. Our general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of net revenue decreased by 3.4% to 15.6% for the six
months ended June 30, 2008, from 19.0% for the six months
ended June 30, 2007, primarily due to a decrease in our bad
debt expense and employee compensation and related benefits as a
percentage of revenue between
53
periods from 7.2% and 4.7% of revenue during the first six
months of 2007, respectively, to 5.8% and 3.0% of revenue during
the first six months of 2008, respectively. The improvement in
bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to
an improvement in our aging between periods and an increased
revenue base. The decrease in employee compensation and related
benefits as a percentage of revenue is the result of us
leveraging our current staffing over a larger revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with the former owner related to
online revenue, we incurred royalty expenses for the six months
ended June 30, 2008 of $1.5 million, a decrease of
$0.1 million, or 8.7%, as compared to royalty expenses
incurred of $1.6 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2007 as a result of the elimination of the
obligation to pay royalties to the former owner effective
April 15, 2008. In the future the only expense that will be
recorded will be the amortization of the prepaid royalty asset
that was established as a result of payments made to eliminate
this future obligation. Our royalty expense as a percentage of
net revenue decreased to 2.1% for the six months ended
June 30, 2008 from 3.7% for the six months ended
June 30, 2007.
Interest expense. Our interest expense for
both the six month periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 was
$1.5 million as the average level of borrowings remained
fairly consistent between periods.
Interest income. Our interest income for the
six months ended June 30, 2008 was $0.4 million, a
decrease of $0.3 million from $0.7 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2007, as a result of decreased levels
of cash and cash equivalents.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the
six months ended June 30, 2008 was $2.0 million, an
increase of $1.4 million from $0.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2007. This increase was primarily
attributable to increased income before income taxes, partially
offset by a slight decrease in our effective income tax rate to
38.6% from 40.0%.
Net income. Our net income for the six months
ended June 30, 2008 was $3.2 million, an increase of
$2.3 million, or 257.8%, as compared to net income of
$0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007,
due to the factors discussed above.
Year
Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2006
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2007 was $99.3 million, an increase
of $27.2 million, or 37.7%, as compared to net revenue of
$72.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment and, to
a lesser extent, increases in tuition rates, including a 2.6% to
4.2% tuition increase for students in our online programs that
took effect in May 2007, partially offset by an increase in
institutional scholarships. End-of-period enrollment increased
38.4% in 2007 compared to 2006, as we were able to continue our
growth and increase our recruitment, marketing, and enrollment
operations following the elimination of the Department of
Educations growth restrictions in October 2006.
Instructional cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $39.1 million, an increase of
$7.8 million, or 24.8%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $31.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation expense and student
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments and
the addition of certain academic support services, such as the
establishment of our Office of Assessment and Institutional
Research. Our instructional cost and services expenses as a
percentage of net revenue decreased by 4.1% to 39.3% for the
year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 43.4% for the
year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was a result of
the continued shift of our student population to online programs
and our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost structure
of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty across an
increasing revenue base.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the year ended December 31,
2007 were $35.1 million, an increase of $15.1 million,
or 74.9%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
This increase was driven by a
54
substantial expansion in our marketing efforts following the
removal of our growth restrictions by the Department of
Education, which resulted in an increase in recruitment,
marketing, and enrollment staffing, the opening of new
enrollment facilities in Arizona and Utah, and expenses related
to our revenue sharing arrangement. Our selling and promotional
expenses as a percentage of net revenue increased by 7.5% to
35.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 27.9% for
the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase occurred as
a result of a significant increase in the number of our
enrollment counselors to increase our efforts to enroll
prospective students and also increased marketing and retention
staffing. In this regard, we incur immediate expenses in
connection with hiring new enrollment counselors while these
individuals undergo training, and typically do not achieve full
productivity or generate enrollments from these enrollment
counselors until four to six months after their dates of hire.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $17.0 million, an increase of
$2.0 million, or 13.3%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $15.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Bad debt expense increased to
$6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from
$4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006
primarily as a result of a proportional increase in net revenue.
The general and administrative expense increase was also
attributable to expenditures made to continue to support the
growth of our business. Our general and administrative expenses
as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 3.7% to 17.1% for
the year ended December 31, 2007, from 20.8% for the year
ended December 31, 2006, as we benefited from leveraging
our prior infrastructure investments over a larger enrollment
and revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with the former owner related to
online revenue, we incurred royalty expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 of $3.8 million, an increase of
$1.1 million, or 41.2%, as compared to royalty expenses
incurred of $2.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Our royalty expense as a percentage of
net revenue remained relatively steady for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, increasing to 3.8% from 3.7%.
Interest expense. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2007 was $3.0 million, an
increase of $0.2 million, from $2.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006 due to a higher average level
of borrowings in 2007.
Interest income. Interest income for the year
ended December 31, 2007 was $1.2 million, an increase
of $0.3 million, or 28.5%, from $0.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of increased
levels of cash and cash equivalents, offset by slightly lower
interest rates.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the
year ended December 31, 2007 was $1.0 million, an
increase of $0.5 million, or 92.1%, from $0.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was
primarily attributable to increased income before income taxes,
partially offset by a decrease in our effective income tax rate
to 40.0% from 46.9%.
Net income. Our net income for the year ended
December 31, 2007 was $1.5 million, an increase of
$0.9 million, or 155.2%, as compared to net income of
$0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, due
to the factors discussed above.
Year
Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2005
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $72.1 million, an increase
of $20.3 million, or 39.2%, as compared to net revenue of
$51.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment,
increases in tuition rates, including a 8.3% to 12.5% tuition
increase for students in our online programs that took effect in
May 2006, and reduced levels of institutional scholarships.
End-of-period enrollment increased 26.6% in 2006 compared to
2005, as a result of improved productivity in our recruitment,
marketing, and enrollment operations and the launch of many of
our ground programs in an online delivery format, as limited by
the growth restrictions imposed by the Department of Education,
which were eliminated in October 2006.
55
Instruction cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were $31.3 million, an increase of
$3.2 million, or 11.5%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $28.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation expense and student
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments. Our
instructional cost and services expenses as a percentage of net
revenue decreased by 10.8% to 43.4% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to 54.2% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This decrease in 2006 was a result of
the continued shift of our student population to online
programs, our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost
structure of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty
across an increasing revenue base, and more efficient course
scheduling and faculty utilization.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the year ended December 31,
2006 were $20.1 million, an increase of $6.0 million,
or 43.0%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. As
a percentage of net revenue, our selling and promotional
expenses remained relatively steady for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005, increasing to 27.9% from 27.1%.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were $15.0 million, an increase of
$2.0 million, or 15.8%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $13.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. Bad debt expense increased to
$4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from
$2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 due
to an increase in net revenue and managements assessment
of our rapidly growing student base and changes in payment
trends. Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage
of net revenue decreased by 4.2% to 20.8% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, from 25.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as we benefited from leveraging our
prior infrastructure investments over a larger enrollment and
revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with our former owner, we incurred
royalty expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 of
$2.7 million, an increase of $1.1 million, or 65.4%,
as compared to royalty expenses incurred of $1.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our royalty expense
as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.6% to 3.7% for the
year ended December 31, 2006, from 3.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. These increases were attributable to the
increase in our net revenue derived from our online programs,
which grew at a faster rate than other revenue sources.
Interest expense. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2006 was $2.8 million, a
decrease of $0.3 million, or 8.7%, from $3.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was
primarily due to a lower average level of borrowings in 2006.
Interest income. Interest income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $0.9 million, an increase
of $0.6 million, from $0.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005 as a result of increased levels of cash
and cash equivalents earning interest.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax
expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
$0.5 million, an increase of $4.0 million from income
tax benefit of $3.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily attributable
to our net income before income taxes and a change in our
effective income tax rate to 46.9% from 44.5%.
Net income (loss). Our net income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $0.6 million, an increase
of $4.9 million as compared to net loss of
$4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 due
to the factors discussed above.
56
Quarterly
Results and Seasonality
The following tables set forth certain unaudited financial and
operating data in the first and second quarters of 2008 and each
quarter during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.
We believe that the unaudited information reflects all
adjustments, which include only normal and recurring
adjustments, necessary to present fairly the information below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment data)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(restated)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
16,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,009
|
|
|
$
|
17,580
|
|
|
$
|
21,827
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
7,545
|
|
|
|
7,154
|
|
|
|
7,540
|
|
|
|
9,048
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
4,449
|
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
5,376
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
3,645
|
|
|
|
3,645
|
|
|
|
4,506
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
15,647
|
|
|
|
15,701
|
|
|
|
17,915
|
|
|
|
19,806
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
1,048
|
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
(215
|
)
|
|
|
(499
|
)
|
|
|
(317
|
)
|
|
|
(884
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
|
(191
|
)
|
|
|
(652
|
)
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
442
|
|
|
$
|
(101
|
)
|
|
$
|
(346
|
)
|
|
$
|
603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period end enrollment
|
|
|
9,088
|
|
|
|
8,137
|
|
|
|
10,217
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
23,213
|
|
|
$
|
20,858
|
|
|
$
|
24,401
|
|
|
$
|
30,854
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
8,845
|
|
|
|
8,710
|
|
|
|
9,976
|
|
|
|
11,519
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
6,008
|
|
|
|
8,178
|
|
|
|
10,105
|
|
|
|
10,857
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
4,763
|
|
|
|
3,471
|
|
|
|
5,153
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
|
1,022
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
1,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
19,074
|
|
|
|
22,673
|
|
|
|
24,508
|
|
|
|
28,726
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
4,139
|
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
2,128
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
(448
|
)
|
|
|
(375
|
)
|
|
|
(526
|
)
|
|
|
(454
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
3,691
|
|
|
|
(2,190
|
)
|
|
|
(633
|
)
|
|
|
1,674
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
1,475
|
|
|
|
(875
|
)
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,216
|
|
|
$
|
(1,315
|
)
|
|
$
|
(380
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period end enrollment
|
|
|
11,397
|
|
|
|
10,332
|
|
|
|
13,448
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
35,709
|
|
|
$
|
34,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
11,620
|
|
|
|
12,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
12,586
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
6,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,022
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
29,769
|
|
|
|
34,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
5,940
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
(560
|
)
|
|
|
(515
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
5,380
|
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
2,076
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period end enrollment
|
|
|
17,486
|
|
|
|
16,510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment. Student population varies as a result
of new enrollments, graduations, and student attrition. A
portion of our ground students do not attend courses during the
summer months (June through August), which affects our results
for our second and third fiscal quarters. Because a significant
amount of our campus costs are fixed, the lower revenue
resulting from the decreased enrollment has historically
contributed to operating losses during those periods. As we
increase the relative proportion of our online students, we
expect this summer effect to lessen. Partially offsetting this
summer effect in the third quarter has been the sequential
quarterly increase in enrollments that has occurred as a result
of the traditional fall school start. This increase in
enrollments also has occurred in the first quarter,
corresponding to calendar year matriculation. In addition, we
typically experience higher net revenue in the fourth quarter
due to its overlap with the semester encompassing the
traditional fall school start and in the first quarter due to
its overlap with the first semester of the calendar year. A
portion of our expenses do not vary proportionately with
fluctuations in net revenue, resulting in higher operating
income in the first and fourth quarters relative to other
quarters. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results
to continue as a result of these seasonal patterns.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Liquidity. We financed our operating
activities and capital expenditures during the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and the first six months
of 2008 primarily through cash provided by operating activities
and several private placements of securities. Our unrestricted
cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities were
$14.4 million, $23.2 million, and $7.2 million at
December 31, 2006 and 2007 and June 30, 2008,
respectively.
During 2007, we entered into a line of credit arrangement with a
bank for $6.0 million. As of December 31, 2007, the
entire $6.0 million was drawn. We repaid this line in full
in February 2008 and we terminated the facility in May 2008.
A significant portion of our net revenue is derived from tuition
financed by the Title IV programs. Federal regulations
dictate the timing of disbursements under the Title IV
programs. Students must apply for new loans and grants each
academic year, which starts July 1 for Title IV purposes.
Loan funds are generally provided by lenders in multiple
disbursements for each academic year. The disbursements are
usually received by the start of the second week of the
semester. These factors, together with the timing of our
students beginning their programs, affect our operating cash
flow. We believe we have a favorable working capital profile as
these Title IV funds and a significant portion of other tuition
and fees are typically received by the start of the second week
of a semester and the revenue is recognized and the related
expenses are incurred over the duration of the semester, which
reduces the impact of the growth in our accounts receivables
associated with our enrollment growth.
Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth,
we believe that our cash flow from operations and other sources
of liquidity, including cash, and cash equivalents, will provide
adequate funds for ongoing operations, planned capital
expenditures, and working capital requirements for at least the
next 24 months.
Operating Activities. Net cash used by
operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2008
was $1.3 million. This reduction from the cash provided by
operating activities during the year ended December 31,
2007 is due to the payment of $19.5 million made to our
former owner in April 2008 to satisfy in full all past royalties
due under the royalty agreement and the elimination of the
existing obligation to pay royalties for online student revenues
in perpetuity. Excluding this payment, net cash provided by
operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2008
would have been $11.0 million. Net cash provided by
operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007
was $7.1 million. Our operating cash flows were affected by
our dispute with our former owner; as previously discussed,
during 2007 we accrued $3.8 million of royalties payable to
our former owner and funded a $3.0 million deposit in
connection with a preliminary settlement of that dispute with
our former owner. Excluding the accrual and payment to our
former owner, net
58
cash provided by operating activities would have been
$6.3 million. Our tax payments exceeded our tax expense as
our $5.0 million of income taxes paid represented a
majority of our 2006 and 2007 tax obligations.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was $6.8 million. As previously
discussed, we accrued $2.7 million of royalties payable to
our former owner during fiscal year 2006. Excluding the accrued
royalties to our former owner, net cash provided by operating
activities would have been $4.1 million. Our tax expense
exceeded our income taxes paid as a significant portion of our
income tax payable for fiscal year 2006 was paid in early 2007.
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2005 was $7.0 million which was primarily
driven by our net loss. During the period, we accrued
$1.0 million of royalties payable to our former owner.
Excluding the accrued royalties to our former owner, net cash
used in operating activities would have been $8.0 million.
Investing Activities. Net cash provided by
(used in) investing activities was $(10.0) million,
$6.7 million, and $(7.6) million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and $(4.0)
million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Our cash
used in investing activities is primarily related to the
purchase of property, plant, and equipment and leasehold
improvements. In 2005, we purchased $9.2 million of investments
related to a letter of credit required by the Department of
Education and associated with our growth restrictions. This
letter of credit was released in 2006, resulting in investment
proceeds of $9.0 million. Capital expenditures were
$0.8 million, $2.4 million and $7.4 million for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007,
respectively, and $4.0 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2008. A majority of our historical capital
expenditures are related to our ground campus in Phoenix,
Arizona. Our online business does not require significant
capital expenditures and we expect capital expenditures to
represent a decreasing percentage of net revenue in the future.
However, we will continue to invest in computer equipment and
office furniture and fixtures to support our increasing employee
headcounts.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by
(used in) financing activities was $16.0 million,
$(1.7) million, and $9.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and
$(10.7) million for the six months ended June 30,
2008. During these periods, principal payments on notes payable,
capital lease obligations and our line of credit were offset by
private placements of securities by our stockholders and amounts
drawn on our line of credit. Net cash used in financing
activities for the six months ended June 30, 2008 also
included the $6.0 million related to the repurchase of a
warrant from our former owner pursuant to the standstill
agreement.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms due in each of the
periods presented (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
2-3
|
|
|
4-5
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Long term
debt(1)
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
Capital lease
obligations(1)
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
Tenant improvement
obligations(1)
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease
obligations(2)
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
87.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
14.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
|
$
|
55.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See Note 8, Notes Payable and Capital Lease
Obligations, to our financial statements, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of our
long term debt and capital lease obligations. |
|
(2) |
|
See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to
our financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus, for a discussion of our operating lease obligations. |
59
The foregoing obligations exclude potential royalty payments to
Blanchard Education, LLC under our license agreement, the
amounts of which are contingent on tuition revenue from certain
of our business programs.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or
are reasonably likely to have a material current or future
effect on our financial condition, changes in financial
condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations,
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.
Impact of
Inflation
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our
results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, or 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008.
There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an
adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
Non-GAAP Discussion
In addition to our GAAP results, we use Adjusted EBITDA as a
supplemental measure of our operating performance and as part of
our compensation determinations. Adjusted EBITDA is not required
by or presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be
considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, or
any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP,
or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or
as a measure of our liquidity.
In this prospectus, Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income
(loss) plus interest expense net of interest income, plus income
tax expense (benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA), as adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred
pursuant to an agreement with our former owner that has been
terminated as of April 15, 2008, as discussed above and in
Note 2 to our financial statements, which are included
elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) management fees and
expenses that are no longer paid or that will no longer be
payable following completion of this offering.
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and expenses and
royalty expenses paid to our former owner are not considered
reflective of our core performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA
allows us to compare our current operating results with
corresponding historical periods and with the operational
performance of other companies in our industry because it does
not give effect to potential differences caused by variations in
capital structures (affecting relative interest expense,
including the impact of write-offs of deferred financing costs
when companies refinance their indebtedness), tax positions
(such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in
effective tax rates or net operating losses), the book
amortization of intangibles (affecting relative amortization
expense), and other items that we do not consider reflective of
underlying operating performance. We also present Adjusted
EBITDA because we believe it is frequently used by securities
analysts, investors, and other interested parties as a measure
of performance.
In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the
future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments
described above. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not
be construed as an inference that our future results will be
unaffected by expenses that are unusual, non-routine, or
non-recurring. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical
tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a
substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
Some of these limitations are that it does reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
cash expenditures for capital expenditures or contractual
commitments;
|
|
|
|
changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital
requirements;
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service
interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
the cost or cash required to replace assets that are being
depreciated or amortized; and
|
|
|
|
the impact on our reported results of earnings or charges
resulting from (i) royalties to our prior owner, including
amortization of royalties prepaid in connection with our
settlement, or (ii) management fees and expenses that were
payable until completion of this offering.
|
In addition, other companies, including other companies in our
industry, may calculate these measures differently than we do,
limiting the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA as a comparative
measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should
not be considered as a substitute for net income, operating
income, or any other performance measure derived in accordance
with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating
activities or as a measure of our liquidity. We compensate for
these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and
using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. For more information,
see our financial statements and the notes to those statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA,
which is a non-GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Restated(a)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
1,526
|
|
|
$
|
901
|
|
|
$
|
3,224
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,822
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
|
1,075
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
1,473
|
|
|
|
2,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
5,438
|
|
|
|
7,645
|
|
|
|
3,797
|
|
|
|
8,595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(b)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
1,488
|
|
Plus: management fees and
expenses(c)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(895
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,074
|
|
|
$
|
11,723
|
|
|
$
|
5,551
|
|
|
$
|
10,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Our financial statements at December 31, 2006 and 2007 and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated. See Note 3,
Restatement of Financial Statements in our financial
statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with the former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See Note 2 to our
financial statements included with this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Reflects management fees and expenses of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and
$0.1 million and $0.2 million for the six month
periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder following their investment in us. The
agreements relating to these arrangements have all terminated or
will terminate by their terms upon the closing of this offering.
See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. |
To date, we have not granted or issued any stock-based
compensation. We have adopted and implemented a stock incentive
plan pursuant to which we will periodically grant awards to our
directors, officers, employees, and other eligible participants.
Upon the consummation of this offering and pursuant to this
plan, we intend to make substantial awards to our new Chief
Executive Officer and to other employees, a significant portion
of which will be fully vested upon grant. As a result, we expect
to incur non-cash, stock-based
61
compensation expenses in future periods, including expenses of
approximately $10 million in the second half of 2008.
Although we believe that equity-plan related compensation will
be a key element of our employee relations and long-term
incentives, we intend to exclude it as an expense when
evaluating our core operating performance in any particular
period. Accordingly, following this offering, we intend to
include stock-based compensation expenses, along with management
fees and expenses, royalty expenses to our former owner, and any
other expenses and income that we do not consider reflective of
our core operating performance, as adjustments when calculating
Adjusted EBITDA.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure About Risk
Market risk. We have no derivative financial
instruments or derivative commodity instruments. We invest cash
in excess of current operating requirements in short term
certificates of deposit and money market instruments.
Interest rate risk. We manage interest rate
risk by investing excess funds in cash equivalents and
marketable securities bearing variable interest rates, which are
tied to various market indices. Our future investment income may
fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or
we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell
securities that have declined in market value due to changes in
interest rates. At December 31, 2007 and June 30,
2008, a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not
have a material impact on our future earnings, fair values, or
cash flows. All of our notes payable and capital lease
obligations are fixed rate instruments and are not subject to
fluctuations in interest rates.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). This interpretation, among other
things, creates a two step approach for evaluating uncertain tax
positions. Recognition (step one) occurs when an enterprise
concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical
merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon
examination. Measurement (step two) determines the amount of
benefit that more-likely-than-not will be realized upon
settlement. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously
recognized would occur when a company subsequently determines
that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not
threshold of being sustained. FIN 48 specifically prohibits
the use of a valuation allowance as a substitute for
derecognition of tax positions, and it has expanded disclosures.
We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2008, and our adoption
did not have a material impact on our financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS No. 157) which provides enhanced
guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities.
SFAS No. 157 establishes a common definition of fair
value, provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP
and expands disclosure requirements about fair value
measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial
statements issued in fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. We adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1,
2008, and its adoption did not will have a material impact on
our financial position or results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS No. 159). This standard permits
entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal
year beginning after November 15, 2007.
SFAS No. 159 must be applied prospectively, and the
effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should
be reported as a cumulative - effect adjustment to the opening
balance of retained earnings. We adopted of
SFAS No. 159 on January 1, 2008 and its adoption
did not have a material impact on our financial position or
results of operations.
62
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We
are committed to providing an academically rigorous educational
experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of working adults. We utilize an integrated,
innovative approach to marketing, recruiting, and retaining
students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from
approximately 3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately
16,500 students at June 30, 2008, representing a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 46%. At December 31,
2007, our enrollment was approximately 14,800, 85% of our
students were enrolled in our online programs, and 62% of our
students were pursuing masters degrees.
Our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare represent large markets with attractive employment
opportunities. According to a March 2008 report from the
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education
Statistics, or NCES, these disciplines ranked as three of the
four most popular fields of postsecondary education, based on
degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. The U.S. Department of Labor Bureau of Labor
Statistics, or BLS, estimated in its 2008-09 Career Guide that
these fields comprised over 40 million jobs in 2006, many
of which require postsecondary education credentials.
Furthermore, the BLS has projected that the education, business,
and healthcare fields will generate approximately six million
new jobs between 2006 and 2016.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults,
whom we define as students age 25 or older who are pursuing
a degree while employed. As of June 30, 2008, approximately
92% of our online students were age 25 or older. We believe
that working adults are attracted to the convenience and
flexibility of our online programs because they can study and
interact with faculty and classmates during times that suit
their schedules. We also believe that working adults represent
an attractive student population because they are better able to
finance their education, more readily recognize the benefits of
a postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and
completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net
revenue, and operating income over the last several years. Our
enrollment at December 31, 2007 was approximately 14,800,
representing an increase of approximately 38% over our
enrollment at December 31, 2006. Our net revenue and
operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$99.3 million and $4.3 million, respectively,
representing increases of 37.7% and 42.8%, respectively, over
the year ended December 31, 2006. Our enrollment at
June 30, 2008 was approximately 16,500, representing an
increase of approximately 60% over our enrollment at
June 30, 2007. Our net revenue and operating income for the
six months ended June 30, 2008 were $70.3 million and
$6.3 million, respectively, representing increases of 59.5%
and 172.2%, respectively, over the six months ended
June 30, 2007. We believe our growth is the result of a
combination of factors, including our:
|
|
|
|
|
focus on our core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare;
|
|
|
|
convenient and flexible online delivery platform targeted at
working adults;
|
|
|
|
innovative marketing, recruitment, and retention
approach; and
|
|
|
|
expanding portfolio of academically rigorous, career-oriented
program offerings.
|
We seek to achieve continued growth in a manner that reinforces
our reputation for providing academically rigorous,
career-oriented educational programs that advance the careers of
our students. As part of our efforts to ensure that our students
graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills that will
enable them to succeed following graduation, we have established
an Office of Assessment and Institutional Research to monitor
student and faculty performance and improve student satisfaction.
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission and its predecessor since 1968, and we were
reaccredited in 2007 for the maximum term of ten years. We are
regulated by the Department of Education as a result of our
participation in the federal student financial aid programs
authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act, and, at
the state level, we are licensed to operate and offer our
programs by the
63
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, we have specialized accreditations for certain
programs from the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and
Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, and
the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education.
We believe that our institution-wide state authorization and
regional accreditation, together with these specialized
accreditations, reflect the quality of our programs, enhance
their marketability, and improve the employability of our
graduates.
History
Grand Canyon College was founded in Prescott, Arizona in 1949 as
a traditional, private, non-profit college and moved to its
existing campus in Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. Established as a
Baptist-affiliated institution with a strong emphasis on
religious studies, the school initially focused on offering
bachelors degree programs in education. Over the years,
the school expanded its curricula to include programs in the
sciences, nursing, business, music, and arts. The college
obtained regional accreditation in 1968 from the Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education, North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools, the predecessor to the Higher Learning
Commission, and began offering nursing programs in the early
1980s and masters degree programs in education and
business in the 1980s. In 1989, it achieved university status
and became Grand Canyon University. The university introduced
its first distance learning programs in 1997, and launched its
first online programs in 2003 in business and education. In
early 2000, it discontinued its Baptist affiliation and became a
non-denominational Christian university.
In late 2003, the schools Board of Trustees initiated a
process to evaluate alternatives as a result of the
schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004,
several of our current stockholders acquired the assets of the
school and converted its operations to a for-profit institution.
In May 2005, following this change in control, the Department of
Education recertified us to continue participating in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, subject to
certain restrictions and requirements. In its review, the
Department of Education concluded that we did not satisfy its
standards of financial responsibility and identified other
concerns about our administrative capability. As a result, the
Department of Education required us to post a letter of credit,
accept restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system. At this time, our lead institutional
investor, Endeavour Capital, invested in us and provided the
capital to support the letter of credit requirement as well as
other working capital needs. In October 2006, based on our
significantly improved financial condition and performance, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire. In
2007, the Department of Education eliminated the heightened cash
monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance payment
method.
Since February 2004, we have enhanced our senior management
team, expanded our online platform, increased our program
offerings, and initiated a marketing and branding effort to
further differentiate us in the markets in which we operate. We
have also made investments to enhance our student and technology
support services. We believe these investments, combined with
our management expertise, provide a platform that will support
continued enrollment and revenue growth. Many of our ground
programs continue to include Christian study requirements. While
our online programs do not have such requirements, many include
ethics requirements and offer religious courses as electives.
Industry
Postsecondary education. The United States
market for postsecondary education represents a large and
growing opportunity. According to the March 2008 NCES report,
total revenue for all degree-granting postsecondary institutions
was over $385 billion for the
2004-05
school year. In addition, according to a September 2008 NCES
report, the number of students enrolled in postsecondary
institutions was projected to be approximately 18.0 million
in 2007 and the number was projected to grow to
18.6 million by 2010. We believe that future growth in this
market will be driven, in part, by an increasing number of job
openings in occupations that require bachelors or
masters degrees. A November 2007 report based on BLS data
has projected the number of such jobs to grow approximately 17%
and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016, or nearly double
the growth rate the BLS projects for occupations that do not
require postsecondary degrees. Moreover, individuals with a
postsecondary degree are able to obtain a significant wage
premium relative to
64
individuals without a degree. According to the U.S. Census
Bureau, in 2006, the median income for individuals
age 25 years or older with a bachelors or
masters degree was approximately 70% or 102% higher,
respectively, than for a high school graduate of the same age
with no college education.
According to the March 2008 NCES report, as of 2007 71% of
adults age 25 years or older did not possess a
bachelors or higher degree. In the September 2008
report, the NCES estimated that, as of 2006, adults
age 25 years or older represented 39% of total
U.S. postsecondary enrollments, or approximately
6.9 million students. We believe many of these students are
pursuing a postsecondary degree while employed in order to
increase their compensation or enhance their opportunities for
career advancement, often with their current employer. We
further believe that working adult students represent an
attractive student population because they are better able to
finance their education, more readily recognize the benefits of
a postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and
completion rates than students generally. We expect that adults
age 25 years or older will continue to represent a
large and growing segment of the postsecondary education market.
Online postsecondary education. The market for
online postsecondary education is growing more rapidly than the
overall postsecondary market. A 2007 study by Eduventures, LLC,
an education consulting and research firm, projected that from
2002 to 2007 enrollment in online postsecondary programs
increased from approximately 0.5 million to approximately
1.8 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of
approximately 30.4%. In comparison, in September 2008 the
NCES projected a compound annual growth rate of 1.6% in
enrollment in postsecondary programs overall during the same
period. We believe this growth has been driven by a number of
factors, including the greater convenience and flexibility of
online programs as compared to ground-based programs and the
increased acceptance of online programs among academics and
employers. According to a 2006 survey by the Sloan Consortium, a
trade group focused on online education, 79.1% of chief academic
officers surveyed at institutions with 15,000 or more students,
most of which offer online programs, and 61.9% of all chief
academic officers surveyed, believe that online learning
outcomes are equal or superior to traditional face-to-face
instruction.
Education, business, and healthcare. The
education, business, and healthcare sectors represent a large
and growing market for postsecondary education. According to the
March 2008 NCES report, these fields ranked as three of the
four most popular fields of postsecondary education, based on
degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. We believe the popularity of these fields is driven
by the number and growth of employment opportunities. According
to its 2008-09 Career Guide, the BLS estimates that in 2006
these three fields employed more than 40 million people in
jobs that often require a postsecondary degree. Furthermore, the
BLS has projected that these sectors will generate approximately
six million incremental jobs between 2006 and 2016, not
including job openings resulting from natural attrition. We
believe there is a significant opportunity for education
providers that focus on offering students a career-focused
education in sectors of the workforce with strong job prospects,
particularly where demand for employees is growing but supply is
limited. In a 2007 report, the BLS stated that:
|
|
|
|
|
Education services was the second largest industry in the United
States and accounted for approximately 13 million jobs.
Nearly half of these jobs were teaching positions that require
at least a bachelors degree, and some required a
masters or doctoral degree. The BLS projected that job
openings in the education services sector will grow by
1.4 million between 2006 and 2016 as a result of overall
population growth and a nationwide focus on improving education
and access to education.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management, business, and financial occupations comprised
15 million jobs across all industries. The BLS projected
that job opportunities in this field will grow 10% between 2006
and 2016, adding a total of 1.6 million jobs during that
period.
|
|
|
|
Healthcare was the largest industry in the United States,
accounting for approximately 14 million jobs and
encompassing seven of the 20 fastest growing occupations. The
BLS projected that employment growth in the healthcare sector
will increase by 3.0 million jobs between 2006 and 2016
principally due to increased demand for healthcare services as a
result of growth in the population in older age groups, rising
life expectancy, and advances in medical technology.
|
65
Competitive
Strengths
We believe we have the following competitive strengths:
Established presence in targeted, high demand
disciplines. We have an established presence
within our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare, which, according to the March 2008 NCES report,
ranked as three of the four most popular fields of postsecondary
education, based on degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. We offer our students career-oriented, academically
rigorous educational programs, supported by specialized courses
within their select disciplines, which enable them to advance
their career prospects in these sectors. We seek to leverage our
historical presence in these disciplines with key branding
relationships, such as our relationship with business author and
industry leader Ken Blanchard, to differentiate our reputation
in the market place. We believe our focused approach enables us
to develop our academic reputation and brand identity within our
core disciplines, recruit and retain quality faculty and staff
members, and meet the educational and career objectives of our
students.
Focus on graduate degrees for working
adults. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform to meet the needs of working
adults, particularly those seeking graduate degrees to obtain
pay increases or job promotions that are directly tied to higher
educational attainment. We believe that working adults are
attracted to the convenience and flexibility of our online
delivery platform because they can study and interact with
faculty and classmates during times that suit their schedules.
We also believe that working adults represent an attractive
student population because they are better able to finance their
education, more readily recognize the benefits of a
postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and completion
rates than students generally. At June 30, 2008,
approximately 63.3% of our online students were enrolled in
graduate degree programs.
Innovative marketing, recruiting, and retention
strategy. We have developed an integrated,
innovative approach to student marketing, recruitment, and
retention to reach our targeted students. We utilize Internet
marketing, seminar and event-based marketing, referrals, and
employer relationships to reach our targeted students. We
provide our enrollment counselors, who serve as our primary
contact with prospective students during the recruitment
process, with career advancement opportunities that promote
longevity and an entrepreneurial drive. We believe that our
enrollment counselors help project a consistent message
regarding our programs and increase the success rate of
converting leads to new enrollments. Finally, we have
implemented a detailed process for recruiting, enrolling, and
retaining new students through which we proactively provide
support to students at key points during their consideration of,
and enrollment at, Grand Canyon University to enhance the
probability of student enrollment and retention.
Commitment to offering academically rigorous, career-oriented
programs. We are committed to offering
academically rigorous educational programs that are designed to
help our students achieve their career objectives. Our programs
are taught by qualified faculty, substantially all of whom hold
at least a masters degree and often have practical
experience in their respective fields. We continually review and
assess our programs and faculty to ensure that our programs
provide the knowledge and skills that lead to successful student
outcomes. We provide extensive student support services,
including administrative, library, career, and technology
support services, to help maximize the success of our students.
Our Office of Assessment and Institutional Research manages our
efforts to track student and faculty performance by monitoring
student outcomes and developing transparent, measurable
outcomes-based education programs.
Complementary online capabilities and campus-based
tradition. We believe that our online
capabilities, combined with our nearly
60-year
heritage as a traditional campus-based university, differentiate
us in the for-profit postsecondary market and enhance the
reputation of our degree programs among students and employers.
Our online students benefit from our flexible, interactive
online platform, which we believe offers a highly effective
delivery medium for our programs, yet are enrolled in a
university with a traditional campus, faculty, facilities, and
athletic programs. We require our online faculty to undergo
training in the delivery of online programs before teaching
their initial course, while our full-time ground faculty help
maintain the consistency and quality of our online programs by
supervising and conducting peer reviews of our online faculty,
and participating as subject matter experts in the development
of our online curricula. Our campus also offers our ground
students, faculty, and staff an opportunity to participate in a
traditional college experience.
66
Experienced executive management team with strong operating
track-record. Our executive management team
possesses extensive experience in the management and operation
of publicly-traded for-profit, postsecondary education
companies, as well as other educational services businesses,
including in the areas of marketing to, recruiting, and
retaining students pursuing online and other distance education
degree offerings. Our Executive Chairman and former Chief
Executive Officer, Brent Richardson, has worked in the
education services sector for more than 20 years and has
extensive experience in content development and prospective
student identification and recruitment. Dr. Kathy Player,
our President, has been with Grand Canyon University for
10 years, has played a key role in developing our
reputation for academic rigor and quality, and has been
instrumental in developing our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research.
Effective July 1, 2008, we hired Brian Mueller, Stan Meyer,
and Dan Bachus to serve as our Chief Executive Officer,
Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer,
respectively. Mr. Mueller has been involved in the
education industry for over 25 years, most recently as the
president of Apollo Group, Inc., a for-profit, postsecondary
education company and the parent company of the University of
Phoenix. Mr. Meyer, who also has over 25 years of
experience in the education industry, most recently served as
the executive vice president of marketing and enrollment for
Apollo Group, Inc. Mr. Bachus, who is a certified public
accountant, has worked in the education industry for
approximately seven years, including as the chief
accounting officer and controller for Apollo Group, Inc.
Growth
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase enrollment in existing programs. We
continue to increase enrollment in our three core disciplines by
identifying, enrolling, and retaining students seeking careers
in the education, business, and healthcare fields. We believe,
due to the depth of the market in our core disciplines, that our
existing programs, some of which were only recently launched,
provide ample opportunity for growth. Our three core disciplines
serve markets that currently comprise over 40 million jobs,
many of which require postsecondary education, and the BLS has
projected in its 2008-09 Career Guide that these sectors will
continue to grow. In 2007, we increased the number of our
enrollment counselors by over 200 to increase our efforts to
enroll prospective students in these fields. We intend to
continue to increase the number of our enrollment counselors and
our marketing personnel, and to provide these individuals with
the training and resources necessary to effectively and
efficiently drive enrollment growth and student retention.
Expand online program and degree offerings. We
develop and offer new programs that we believe have attractive
demand characteristics. We launched 17 new online program
offerings in 2007, including the Ken Blanchard Executive MBA
program, and intend to launch a total of 12 new online programs
in 2008, seven of which were launched in the first six months of
2008. We recently launched our first doctoral degree program, a
Doctorate of Education in Organizational Leadership. Our new
program offerings typically build on existing programs and
incorporate additional specialized courses, which offers our
students the opportunity to pursue programs that address their
specific educational objectives while allowing us to expand our
program offerings with only modest incremental investment. We
also seek to add new programs in additional targeted
disciplines, such as our recently launched programs in
psychology and digital media.
Further enhance our brand recognition. We
continue to enhance our brand recognition by pursuing online and
offline marketing campaigns, establishing strategic branding
relationships with recognized industry leaders, and developing
complementary resources in our core disciplines that increase
the overall awareness of our offerings. In our marketing
efforts, we emphasize the academic rigor and career orientation
of our programs. We seek to promote our brand by establishing
relationships with industry leaders, such as Ken Blanchard, who
have recognizable identities with potential students and further
validate the quality and relevance of our program offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government
employers. We seek additional relationships with
health care systems, school districts, emergency services
providers, and other employers through which we can market our
offerings to their employees. As evidence of our success in
these initiatives to date, in the first six months of 2008, we
taught courses at 29 hospitals and had direct billing
arrangements with 24 employers covering programs being pursued
by over 1,000 of their employees. We recently
67
established a national account sales team, consisting of
professionals with significant sales and marketing experience,
that seeks to develop strategic relationships on a regional,
national, and international basis across a wide range of
employers. These relationships provide leads for our programs,
build our recognition among employers in our core disciplines,
and enable us to identify new programs and degrees that are in
demand by students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure and drive earnings
growth. We have made significant investments in
our people, processes, and technology infrastructure since 2004.
We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver our
academic programs to a much larger student population with only
modest incremental investment. Our current infrastructure is
capable of supporting a significantly larger number of
enrollment counselors, and we intend to expand this group in
order to continue to drive enrollment growth. We implemented a
new learning management system in 2007 to better serve the
demands of our growing student population and have expanded our
student and technology support capabilities to support a larger
student base. We have also invested in administrative and
management personnel and systems to prepare for our anticipated
growth. We intend to leverage our historical investments as we
increase our enrollment, which we believe will allow us to
increase our operating margins over time.
Our
Approach to Academic Quality
Some of the key elements that we focus on to promote a high
level of academic quality include:
|
|
|
|
|
Academically rigorous, career oriented
curricula. We create academically rigorous
curricula that are designed to enable all students to gain the
foundational knowledge, professional competencies, and
demonstrable skills required to be successful in their chosen
fields. Our curriculum is designed and delivered by faculty that
are committed to delivering a high quality, rigorous education.
We design our curricula to address specific career-oriented
objectives that we believe working adult students in the
disciplines we serve are seeking. Through this combination, we
believe that we produce graduates that can compete and become
leaders in their chosen fields.
|
|
|
|
Qualified faculty. We demonstrate our
commitment to high quality education by hiring and contracting
qualified faculty with relevant practical experience.
Substantially all of our current faculty members hold at least a
masters degree in their respective field and approximately
38% of our faculty members hold a doctoral degree. Many of our
faculty members are able to integrate relevant, practical
experiences from their professional careers into the courses
they teach. We invest in the professional development of our
faculty members by providing training in ground and online
teaching techniques, hosting events and discussion forums that
foster sharing of best practices, and continually assessing
teaching effectiveness through peer reviews and student
evaluations.
|
|
|
|
Standardized course design. We employ a
standardized curriculum development process to ensure a
consistent learning experience with frequent faculty-student
interaction in our courses. We thereafter continuously review
our programs in an effort to ensure that they remain consistent,
up-to-date,
and effective in producing the desired learning outcomes. We
also regularly review student surveys to identify opportunities
for course modifications and upgrades.
|
|
|
|
Effective student services. We establish teams
comprised of academic and administrative personnel that act as
the primary support contact point for each of our students,
beginning at the application stage and continuing through
graduation. In recent years, we have also concentrated on
improving the technology used to support student learning,
including enhancing our online learning platform and further
improving student services through the implementation of online
interfaces. As a result, many of our support services, including
academic, administrative, library, and career services, are
accessible online, generally allowing users to access these
services at a time and in a manner that is generally convenient
to them.
|
|
|
|
Continual academic oversight. We have
centralized the academic oversight and assessment functions for
all of our programs through our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research, which continuously evaluates the
academic content, delivery method, faculty performance, and
desired learning outcomes for each of our programs. We
continuously assess outcomes data to determine whether our
students graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills
that are
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
necessary to succeed in the workplace. The Office and Assessment
and Institutional Research also initiates and manages periodic
examinations of our curricula by internal and external reviewers
to evaluate and verify program quality and workplace
applicability. Based on these processes and student feedback, we
determine whether to modify or discontinue programs that do not
meet our standards or market needs, or to create new programs.
The Office and Assessment and Institutional Research also
oversees regular reviews of our programs conducted by
accrediting commissions.
|
We also offer, for both our online and ground programs, the
following features in an effort to enrich the academic
experience of current and prospective students:
|
|
|
|
|
Flexibility in program delivery. We also seek
to meet market demands by providing students with the
flexibility to take courses exclusively online or to combine
online coursework with various campus and onsite options. For
example, based on market demand, particularly in connection with
our nursing programs, we have established satellite locations at
multiple hospitals that allow nursing students to take clinical
courses onsite while completing other course work online. We
have established similar onsite arrangements with other major
employers, including schools and school districts through which
students can pursue student teaching opportunities. This
flexibility raises our profile among employers, encourages
students to take and complete courses and eliminates
inconveniences that tend to lessen student persistence.
|
|
|
|
Small class size. Over 90% of our online
classes had 25 or fewer students, with no classes exceeding 40
students, and over 80% of our ground classes had 25 or fewer
students. These class sizes provide each student with the
opportunity to interact directly with course faculty and to
receive individualized feedback and attention while also
affording our faculty with the opportunity to engage proactively
with a manageable number of students. We believe this
interaction enhances the academic quality of our programs by
promoting opportunities for students to participate actively and
thus build the requisite knowledge, competencies, and skills.
|
69
Accreditation
and Program Approvals
We believe that the quality of our academic programs is
evidenced by the college- and program-specific accreditations
and approvals that we have pursued and obtained. Grand Canyon
University has been continually accredited by the Higher
Learning Commission and its predecessor since 1968, obtaining
its most recent
ten-year
reaccreditation in 2007. We are licensed in Arizona by the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, we have obtained the following specialized
accreditations and approvals for our core program offerings:
|
|
|
|
|
College
|
|
Specialized Accreditations and Program Approvals
|
|
Current Period
|
|
College of Education
|
|
The Arizona State Board of Education
approves our College of Education to offer Institutional
Recommendations for the certification of elementary, secondary,
and special education teachers and school administrators.
|
|
2006 - 2008*
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs accredits our Master of Business
Administration degree program and our Bachelor of Science degree
programs in Accounting, Business Administration, and Marketing.
|
|
2007 - 2017
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education accredits our Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Nursing
and Master of Science (M.S.) Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 - 2016 (B.S.)
2006 - 2011 (M.S.)
|
|
|
The Arizona State Board of Nursing
approves our Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Nursing and Master of
Science (M.S.) Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 - 2016 (B.S.)
2006 - 2011 (M.S.)
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of
Athletic Training Education accredits our Athletic Training
Program.
|
|
2008 - 2013
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
We have had our site visit related
to the renewal of this specialized program approval and are not
aware of any factors that could cause this specialized program
approval not to be renewed in the ordinary course.
|
Our regional accreditation with the Higher Learning Commission,
and our specialized accreditations and approvals for our core
programs, reflect the quality of, and standards we set for, our
programs, enhance their marketability, and improve the
employability of our graduates.
Curricula
We offer the degrees of Master of Arts in Teaching, Master of
Education, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science,
Bachelor of Arts, and Bachelor of Science and a variety of
programs leading to each of these degrees. Many of our degree
programs also offer the opportunity to obtain one or more
emphases. We require students to take a minimum of three
designated courses to achieve a given emphasis. We also offer
certificate programs, which consist of a series of courses
focused on a particular area of study, for students who seek to
enhance their skills and knowledge. In addition, we recently
were approved to offer our first doctoral program in education,
which began in May 2008.
70
We offer our academic programs through our four distinct
colleges:
|
|
|
|
|
the College of Education, which has a nearly
60-year
history as one of Arizonas leading teachers colleges
and consistently graduates teachers who meet or exceed state
averages on the Arizona Educator Proficiency Assessment exams;
|
|
|
|
the Ken Blanchard College of Business, which has a well-known
brand among our target student population, an advisory board
that includes nationally recognized business leaders, and a
reputation for offering career-oriented degree programs,
including an Executive MBA and programs in leadership,
innovation, and entrepreneurship;
|
|
|
|
the College of Nursing and Health Sciences, which has a strong
reputation within the Arizona healthcare community and is the
second largest nursing program in Arizona; and
|
|
|
|
the College of Liberal Arts, which develops and provides many of
the general education course requirements in our other colleges
and also serves as one of the vehicles through which we offer
programs in additional targeted disciplines.
|
We license the right to utilize the name of Ken Blanchard in
connection with our business school and Executive MBA Programs.
See Intellectual Property.
71
Under the overall leadership of our senior academic affairs
personnel and the deans of the individual colleges, each of the
colleges organizes its academic programs through various
departments and schools. At December 31, 2007, we offered
82 academic degree programs and emphases, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Education
|
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Master of Arts in Teaching
|
|
|
|
Ken Blanchard Executive MBA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Education
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Education Administration
Institutional Recommendation (IR)
Education Administration
Organizational Leadership
Education Administration
School Leadership
Elementary Education IR
Elementary Education
Non-IR
Curriculum and Instruction: Reading
Curriculum and Instruction:
Technology
Secondary Education IR
Secondary Education Non-IR
Special Education for Certified Special
Educators
Teaching English to Speakers of Other
Languages
Special Education IR
Special Education Non-IR
School Counseling K-12*
Elementary/Special Education*
Elementary Education Early
Childhood Education
Elementary Education
English
Elementary Education
Math
Elementary Education
Science
Secondary Education
Biology*
Secondary Education
Business Education
and Technology
Secondary Education
Chemistry*
Secondary Education
Mathematics
Secondary Education
Social Studies
Secondary Education
Physical Education
|
|
Master of Business Administration
Master of Science
Bachelor of Science
|
|
General Management
Health Systems Management
Leadership
Management of Information Systems
Marketing
Six Sigma
Leadership Leadership Disaster Preparedness Crisis Management Executive Fire Leadership
Accounting Business Administration Business Administration Healthcare Management Business
Administration Management of Information Systems Marketing Applied Management Accounting Finance Entrepreneurial Studies Public Safety Administration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
English for Secondary Teachers*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates program was offered on
ground only.
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences
|
|
College of Liberal Arts
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Master of Science Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Family Nurse Practitioner*
Nursing Leadership in Healthcare
Systems
Clinical Nurse Specialist*
Clinical Nurse Specialist (Education
Focus)*
Nursing Education
Biology Basic Science*
Biology Pre-Medicine*
Biology Pre-Pharmacy*
Biology Pre-Physician
Assistant*
Biology Pre-Physical Therapy*
Biology Pre-Occupational
Therapy*
Biology Pre-Veterinary*
Health Science: Professional Development
and Advanced Patient Care
Medical Imaging Sciences
Athletic Training*
Corporate Fitness and Wellness*
|
|
Bachelor of Arts in History*
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
Justice Studies*
Psychology
Sociology*
Communications Digital Media*
Communications Graphic Design*
Communications Public
Relations*
English Literature*
Interdisciplinary Studies
Communication
Christian Leadership
Intercultural Studies
Christian Studies
Biblical/Theological Studies
Christian Studies Pastoral
Ministry
Christian Studies Worship
Ministry
Christian Studies Youth
Ministry
Christian Leadership
|
|
|
Physical Education*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recreation*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undergraduate Minors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Athletic Coaching*
Behavioral Sciences* Business
Critical Thinking and Expression*
Exercise Science* Family Studies Health Education* History*
|
|
Justice Studies*
Physical Education*
Political Science*
Psychology*
Recreation*
Social Sciences*
Sociology*
Spanish*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates program was offered on
ground only.
|
We have established relationships with health care systems,
school districts, emergency services providers, and other
employers through which we offer programs onsite to provide
flexibility and convenience to students and their employers. For
example, for our nursing programs, we offer clinical courses
onsite at hospitals and other healthcare centers with which we
have relationships, and also arrange to allow these students to
complete their clinical work onsite. We refer to students
attending a program with us through such relationships as
professional studies ground students.
We offer our programs through three 16-week semesters in a
calender year, with two starts available per semester for our
online students and our professional studies ground students and
one start available per semester for our traditional ground
students. During each semester, classes may last for five,
eight, or 16 weeks. Depending on the program, students generally
enroll in one to three courses per semester. We require online
students to complete two courses of three credits hours each
during a 16-week semester, with each student concentrating on
one course during each eight-week period. While there is no
explicit requirement, we communicate to our online students our
expectation that they access their online student classroom at
least four times each week in order to maintain an active
dialogue with their professors and classmates. Our online
programs provide a digital record of student interactions for
the course instructor to assess students levels of
engagement and demonstration of required competencies.
New
Program Development
We typically identify a potential new degree program or emphasis
area through market demand or from proposals developed by
faculty, staff, students, alumni, or partners, and then perform
an analysis of the
73
development cost and the long-term demand for the program. If,
following this analysis, we decide to proceed with the program,
our Curriculum Design and Development Team designates a subject
matter expert who works with other faculty and our curriculum
development personnel to design a program that is consistent
with our academically rigorous, career-oriented program
standards. The program is then reviewed by the dean of the
applicable college, the Academic Affairs Committee, our
President, and our provost and chief academic officer and,
finally, presented for approval to our Program Standards and
Evaluation Committee. Upon approval, the subject matter expert
develops a course syllabus and our Marketing Department creates
a marketing plan to publicize the new program. Our average
program development process is six months from proposal to
course introduction. The development process is typically longer
if we are expanding into a new field or offering a new type of
degree.
Assessment
In 2007, we established our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research to serve as our central resource for
assessing and continually improving our curricula, student
satisfaction and learning outcomes, and overall institutional
effectiveness. Among other things, the assessment team reviews
student course satisfaction surveys, analyzes archived student
assignments to assess whether a given program is developing
students foundational knowledge, professional
competencies, and skills to achieve the expected learning
outcomes, supervises and analyzes faculty peer reviews, and
monitors program enrollment and retention data. Based on this
data and the conclusions of the assessment team, we modify
programs as necessary to meet our student satisfaction and
educational development standards and make recommendations as to
adding or modifying programs.
Faculty
Our faculty includes full-time, ground-based faculty who teach
under a nine-month or twelve-month teaching contract, as well as
adjunct ground-based faculty and online faculty who we contract
to teach on a
course-by-course
basis for a specified fee. As of June 30, 2008, we employed
452 ground-based faculty members, of which 53 were full-time and
399 were part-time adjuncts, and maintained a pool of over 1,000
online faculty members, all of whom had completed our required
training and 753 of which taught at least one course during the
first six months of 2008. Substantially all of our current
faculty members hold at least a masters degree in their
respective field and approximately 38% of our faculty members
hold a doctoral degree. On occasion, we engage a limited number
of faculty members who may not hold a graduate degree, but who
evidence significant professional experience and achievement in
their respective subject areas.
We establish full-time, adjunct and online positions based on
program and course enrollment. As enrollment increases, we
expect to continue to increase our online faculty pool. We
manage faculty workload by limiting our faculty to a maximum of
four courses per semester and by restricting the number of
students per class.
We attract faculty through referrals by current faculty members
and advertisements in education and trade association journals,
as well as from direct inquiries through our website. We require
each new online faculty member to complete an online orientation
and training program that leads to certification and assignment.
We believe that potential faculty members are attracted to us
because of the opportunity to teach academically rigorous,
career-oriented material to motivated working adult students.
We believe that the quality of our faculty is critical to our
success, particularly because faculty members have more
interaction with our students than any other university
employee. Accordingly, we regularly review the performance of
our faculty, including by engaging our full-time ground faculty
and other specialists to conduct peer reviews of our online
faculty, monitoring the amount of contact that faculty have with
students in our online programs, reviewing student feedback, and
evaluating the learning outcomes achieved by students. If we
determine that a faculty member is not performing at the level
that we require, we work with the faculty member to improve
performance, including by assigning him or her a mentor or
through other means. If the faculty members performance
does not improve, we terminate the faculty members
contract or employment.
74
Student
Support Services
Encouraging students that enter Grand Canyon University to
complete their degree programs is critical to the success of our
business. We focus on developing and providing resources that
support the student educational experience, simplify the student
enrollment process, acclimate students to our programs and our
online environment, and track student performance toward degree
completion. Many of our support services, including academic,
administrative, and library services, are accessible online and
are available to our online and ground students, allowing users
to access these services at a time and in a manner that is
generally convenient to them. The student support services we
provide include:
Academic services. We provide students with a
variety of services designed to support their academic studies.
Our Center for Academic and Professional Success offers new
student orientation, academic advising, technical support,
research services, writing services, and other tutoring to all
our online and campus students.
Administrative services. We provide students
with the ability to access a variety of administrative services
both telephonically and via the Internet. For example, students
can register for classes, apply for financial aid, pay their
tuition and access their transcripts online. We believe this
online accessibility provides the convenience and self-service
capabilities that our students value. Our financial aid
counselors provide personalized online and telephonic support to
our students.
Library services. We provide a mix of online
and ground resources, services, and instruction to support the
educational and research endeavors of all students, faculty, and
staff, including ground and online libraries and a qualified
library staff that is available to help faculty and students
with research, teaching, and library resource instruction.
Collectively, our library services satisfy the criteria
established by the Higher Learning Commission and other
accrediting and approving bodies for us to offer undergraduate,
masters and doctoral programs.
Career services. For those students seeking to
change careers or explore new career opportunities, we offer
career services support, including resume review and evaluation,
career planning workshops, and access to career services
specialists for advice and support. Other resources that we
offer include a Job Readiness Program, which advises students on
matters such as people skills, resumes and cover letters, mock
interviews, and business etiquette; a job board, which
advertises employment postings and career exploration
opportunities; career counseling appointments and consultations;
and career fairs.
Technology support services. We provide online
technical support 16 hours per day during the week and
14 hours per day on weekends to help our students remedy
technology-related issues. We also provide online tutorials and
Frequently Asked Questions for students who are new
to online coursework.
Marketing,
Recruitment, and Retention
Marketing. We engage in a range of marketing
activities designed to position us as a provider of academically
rigorous, career-oriented educational programs, build strong
brand recognition in our core disciplines, differentiate us from
other educational providers, raise awareness among prospective
students, generate enrollment inquiries, and stimulate student
and alumni referrals. Our online target market includes working
adults focused on program quality, convenience, and career
advancement goals. Our ground target market includes traditional
college students, working adults seeking a high quality
education in a traditional college setting, and working adults
seeking to take classes with a cohort onsite at their
employers facility. In marketing our programs to
prospective students, we emphasize the value of the educational
experience and the academic rigor and career orientation of the
programs, rather than the cost or speed to graduation. We
believe this approach reinforces the qualities that we want
associated with our brand and also attracts students who tend to
be more persistent in starting and finishing their programs.
We have established dedicated teams, consisting of both
marketing and enrollment personnel, at each of our colleges to
lead our efforts to attract new students. We believe that these
blended groups, organized around each core discipline, promote
more effective internal communication within our sales and
marketing functions, allow deeper penetration within our target
markets due to each teams singular focus on a core
discipline, and
75
enable us to gain a better understanding of the attributes of
our students who ultimately enroll and graduate so that we can
target our marketing and enrollment processes accordingly.
To generate student leads, our marketing and enrollment
personnel employ an integrated marketing approach that utilizes
a variety of lead sources to identify prospective students.
These lead generation sources include:
|
|
|
|
|
Internet and affiliate advertising, which generates the majority
of our leads and which includes purchasing leads from
aggregators and also engaging in targeted, direct email
advertising campaigns, and coordinated campaigns with various
affiliates;
|
|
|
|
search engine optimization techniques, through which we seek to
obtain high placement in search engine results in response to
key topic and word searches and drive traffic to our website;
|
|
|
|
seminar and event marketing, in which our marketing and
enrollment personnel host group events at various venues,
including community colleges, corporations, and hospitals;
|
|
|
|
referrals from existing students, alumni, and employees;
|
|
|
|
a national accounts program that seeks to develop relationships
with employers in our core disciplines, including healthcare
providers, school districts, emergency services providers, and
large corporations, that may be interested in providing
dedicated and customized online and onsite educational
opportunities to their employees, and to encourage senior
executives to participate in executive training
programs; and
|
|
|
|
print and direct mail advertising campaigns, and other public
relations and communications efforts, including promoting our
athletic programs and student and alumni events.
|
Recruitment. Once a prospective student has
indicated an interest in enrolling in one of our programs, our
lead management system identifies and directs an enrollment
counselor to initiate immediate communication. The enrollment
counselor serves as the primary, direct contact for the
prospective student and the counselors goal is to help
that individual gain sufficient knowledge and understanding of
our programs so that he or she can assess whether there is a
good match between our offerings and the prospective
students goals. Upon the prospective students
submission of an application, the enrollment counselor, together
with our student services personnel, works with the applicant to
gain acceptance, arrange financial aid, if needed, register for
courses, and prepare for matriculation.
Our enrollment counselors typically have prior education
industry or sales experience. Each counselor undergoes a
standardized three-week training program that involves both
classroom and supervisor-monitored fieldwork and provides the
counselor with training in financial aid, regulatory
requirements, general sales skills, and our history and
heritage, mission, and academic programs. As of June 30,
2008, we employed over 450 enrollment counselors at facilities
in Arizona and Utah and have capacity at our existing locations
to support approximately 700 enrollment counselors, which we
expect to be sufficient to handle our growth plans through 2009.
We believe we can obtain additional capacity to accommodate our
growth plans beyond 2009 on terms acceptable to us.
Retention. We employ a retention team whose
purpose is to support the student in advancing from
matriculation through graduation. At June 30, 2008, our
retention team consisted of 19 retention
specialists, whom, among other things, monitor
triggering events, such as the failure to buy books
for a registered course or to participate in online orientation
exercises, which signal that a student may be at-risk for
dropping out. Upon identifying an at-risk student, specialists
proactively interact with the student to resolve any issues and
encourage the student to continue with his or her program. In
2006, we developed and introduced our concierge
system, which is a software program that monitors and manages
the resolution of student issues, such as financial aid or
technology problems, that, if left unresolved, may lead to
dissatisfaction and lower student persistence. Under this
system, each reported problem is issued a ticket
that is accessible by all functional groups within Grand Canyon
University and remains outstanding until the problem is
resolved. The system directs the ticket to personnel best able
to resolve the problem, and escalates the ticket to higher
levels if not resolved within appropriate time periods. We have
found that personally involving our employees in the student
educational process, and proactively seeking to resolve issues
before they become larger problems, can
76
significantly increase retention rates among students. The
concierge system also provides our marketing and enrollment
personnel with greater insight into the qualities exhibited by
successful students, which enables our enrollment team to
recruit and enroll higher quality applicants.
Admissions
Admission is available to qualified students who are at least
16 years of age. Applicants to our graduate programs must
generally have an undergraduate degree from an accredited
college, university, or program with a grade point average of
2.8 or greater, or a graduate degree from such a college,
university, or program. Undergraduate applicants may qualify in
various ways, including by having a high school diploma and an
unweighted grade point average of 2.25 or greater or a composite
score of 920 or greater on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, or a
passing score of 520 or greater on the General Education
Development (GED) tests. Some of our programs require a higher
grade point average
and/or other
criteria to qualify for admission. In addition, some students
who do not meet the qualifications for admission may be admitted
at our discretion. A student being considered for admission with
specification may be asked to submit additional information such
as personal references and an essay addressing academic history.
Students may also need to schedule an interview to help clarify
academic goals and help us make an informed decision.
Enrollment
At June 30, 2008, we had 16,510 students enrolled in
our courses, of which 14,847, or 89.9%, were enrolled in our
online programs, and 1,663, or 10.1%, were enrolled in our
ground programs. Of our online students, which were
geographically distributed throughout all 50 states of the
United States, and Canada, 91.7% were age 25 or older. Of
our ground students, which, although we draw students from
throughout the United States, were predominantly comprised of
students from Arizona, 82.1% were age 25 or older.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at
June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 (which included
less than 100 students pursuing non-degree certificates) by
degree type and by instructional delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Masters
|
|
|
10,051
|
|
|
|
60
|
.9
|
|
|
|
9,156
|
|
|
|
62
|
.1
|
%
|
Bachelors
|
|
|
6,459
|
|
|
|
39
|
.1
|
|
|
|
5,598
|
|
|
|
37
|
.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
16,510
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
Online
|
|
|
14,847
|
|
|
|
89
|
.9
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
84
|
.7
|
%
|
Ground*
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
15
|
.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
16,510
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Includes our traditional ground
students, as well as our professional studies ground students.
Enrollment of our ground students is typically lower at
June 30 as compared to December 31 because a portion
of our ground students are not enrolled in classes during the
summer months.
|
Tuition
and Fees
Our tuition rates vary by type and length of program and by
degree level. For all graduate and undergraduate programs,
tuition is determined by the number of courses taken by each
student. For our
2008-09
academic year (the academic year that began in May 2008), our
prices per credit hour are $395 for undergraduate online and
professional studies courses, $420 for graduate online courses
(other than graduate nursing), $510 for graduate online nursing
courses, and $645 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
The overall price of each course varies based upon the number of
credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the
discipline of the course. In addition, we charge a fixed $7,740
block tuition for undergraduate ground students
taking between 12 and 18 credit
77
hours per semester, with an additional $645 per credit hour for
credits in excess of 18. A traditional undergraduate degree
typically requires a minimum of 120 credit hours. The minimum
number of credit hours required for a masters degree and
overall cost for such a degree varies by program although such
programs typically require approximately 36 credit hours. Our
new doctoral program in education, which is first being offered
in the 2008-09 academic year, costs $770 per credit hour and
requires approximately 60 credit hours.
We offer tuition scholarships to select students, including
online students, athletes, employees, and participants in
programs we offer through relationships with employers. For the
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the six months
ended June 30, 2008, our revenue was reduced by
approximately $8.0 million, $10.3 million, and
$7.7 million, respectively, as a result of scholarships
that we offered to our students.
We have established a refund policy for tuition and fees based
upon semester start dates. If a student drops or withdraws from
a course during the first week of the semester, 100% of the
charges for tuition and fees are refunded, while during the
second and third weeks of a semester 75% and 50%, respectively,
of the tuition charges are refunded but none of the fees.
Following the third week of the semester, tuition and fees are
not refunded. Fees charged by us include application and
graduation fees of $100 and $150, respectively, as well as fees
for dropping or withdrawing from courses after the beginning of
the semester. This tuition and fees refund policy is different
from, and applies in addition to, the return of Title IV
funds policy we are required to use as a condition of our
participation in the Title IV programs.
Sources
of Student Financing
Our students finance their education through a combination of
methods, as follows:
Title IV programs. The federal government
provides for grants and loans to students under the
Title IV programs, and students can use those funds at any
institution that has been certified as eligible by the
Department of Education. Student financial aid under the
Title IV programs is primarily awarded on the basis of a
students financial need, which is generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount the student and the students family can reasonably
contribute to that cost. All students receiving Title IV
program funds must maintain satisfactory academic progress
toward completion of their program of study. In addition, each
school must ensure that Title IV program funds are properly
accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible
students.
During fiscal 2007, we derived approximately 74.0% of our
revenue (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with
Department of Education standards) from tuition financed under
the Title IV programs. The primary Title IV programs
that our students receive funding from are the Federal Family
Education Loan, or FFEL, Program, and the Federal Pell Grant, or
Pell, Program, which are described below:
|
|
|
|
|
FFEL. Under the FFEL Program, banks and other
lending institutions make loans to students. The FFEL Program
includes the Federal Stafford Loan Program, the Federal PLUS
Program (which provides loans to graduate and professional
studies students as well as parents of dependent undergraduate
students), and the Federal Consolidation Loan Program. If a
student defaults on an FFEL loan, payment to the lender is
guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is
then reimbursed by the Department of Education. Students who
demonstrate financial need may qualify for a subsidized Stafford
loan. With a subsidized Stafford loan, the federal government
pays the interest on the loan while the student is in school and
during grace periods and any approved periods of deferment,
until the students obligation to repay the loan begins.
Unsubsidized Stafford loans are not based on financial need, and
are available to students who do not qualify for a subsidized
Stafford loan or, in some cases, in addition to a subsidized
Stafford loan. Loan funds are disbursed to us, and we in turn
disburse the amounts in excess of tuition and fees to students.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective July 1, 2008, under the Federal Stafford Loan
Program, a dependent undergraduate student can borrow up to
$5,500 for the first academic year, $6,500 for the second
academic year, and $7,500 for each of the third and fourth
academic years. Students classified as independent,
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
and dependent students whose parents were denied a parent loan
for undergraduate students, can obtain up to an additional
$4,000 for each of the first and second academic years and an
additional $5,000 for each of the third and fourth academic
years. Students enrolled in graduate programs can borrow up to
$20,500 per academic year. Students enrolled in certain
graduate-level health programs can receive an additional $12,500
per academic year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pell. Under the Pell Program, the Department
of Education makes grants to undergraduate students who
demonstrate financial need. Effective July 1, 2008, the
maximum annual grant a student can receive under the Pell
Program is $4,731. Under the August 2008 reauthorization of the
Higher Education Act, students will be able for the first time
to receive Pell Grant funds for attendance on a year-round
basis, which means that the amount a student can receive in a
given year will be more than the traditionally defined maximum
annual amount.
|
Our students also receive funding under other Title IV
programs, including the Federal Perkins Loan Program, the
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the
Federal Work-Study Program, the National Science and Mathematics
Access to Retain Talent Grant Program, and the Academic
Competitiveness Grant Program.
Other financial aid programs. In addition to
the Title IV programs listed above, eligible students may
participate in several other financial aid programs or receive
support from other governmental sources. These include veterans
educational benefits administered by the U.S. Department of
Veterans Affairs and state financial aid programs. During fiscal
2007 and the first six months of 2008, we derived an immaterial
amount of our net revenue from tuition financed by such programs.
Private loans. Some of our students also use
private loan programs to help finance their education. Students
can apply to a number of different lenders for private loans at
current market interest rates. Private loans are intended to
fund a portion of students cost of education not covered
by the Title IV programs and other financial aid. During
fiscal 2007, payments derived from private loans constituted
approximately 5.1% of our cash revenue. Third-party lenders
independently determine whether a loan to a student is
classified as subprime, and, based on these determinations,
payments to us derived from subprime loans constituted
approximately 0.2% of our cash revenue.
Other sources. We derived the remainder of our
net revenue from tuition that is self-funded or attributable to
employer tuition reimbursements.
Technology
Systems and Management
We believe that we have established a secure, reliable, scalable
technology system that provides a high quality online
educational environmental and gives us the capability to
substantially grow our online programs and enrollment.
Online course delivery and management. In
2007, we implemented the ANGEL Learning Management Suite, which
is a web-based system and collaboration portal that stores,
manages, and delivers course content; provides interactive
communication between students and faculty; enables assignment
uploading; and supplies online evaluation tools. The system also
provides centralized administration features that support the
implementation of policies for content format and in-classroom
learning tools. We continually seek to develop and implement
features that enhance the online classroom experience, such as
delivering course content through streaming video, which we
expect to begin for selected courses in the fall of 2008.
Internal administration. We utilize a
commercial customer relations management package to distribute,
manage, track, and report on all prospective student leads
developed, both internally and externally. We also utilize a
commercial software package to track Title IV funds,
student records, grades, accounts receivable, and accounts
payable. Each of these packages is scalable to capacity levels
well in excess of current requirements.
Infrastructure. We operate two data centers,
one at our campus and one at a third party co-location facility.
All of our servers are networked and we have redundant data
backup. We manage our technology
79
environment internally. Our wide area network uses
multi-protocol label switching technology for maximum
availability and flexibility. Student access is provided through
redundant data carriers in both data centers and is load
balanced for maximum performance. Real-time monitoring provides
current system status across server, network, and storage
components.
Ground
Campus
Our ground campus is located on approximately 90 acres in
the center of the Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area, near
downtown Phoenix. Our campus facilities currently consist of 43
buildings with more than 500,000 square feet of space,
which include 63 classrooms, three lecture halls, a 500-seat
theater, three student computer labs with 150 computers that are
available to students 18 hours per day, a 68,000-volume
physical library, and a media arts complex that provides
communications students with audio and video equipment. We house
our ground students in on-campus student apartments and
dormitories that can collectively hold up to 800 students.
We have 18 athletic teams that compete in Division II of
the National Collegiate Athletic Association. Our athletic
facilities include two gymnasiums, which accommodate basketball,
volleyball, and wrestling, as well as facilities for our
baseball, softball, tennis, lacrosse, and swimming programs. Our
baseball program has produced more than ten Major League
Baseball players.
We believe our ground-based programs and traditional campus not
only offers our ground students, faculty, and staff an
opportunity to participate in a traditional college experience,
but also provides our online students, faculty, and staff with a
sense of connection to a traditional university. Additionally,
our full-time ground faculty play an important role in
integrating online faculty into our academic programs and
ensuring the overall consistency and quality of the ground and
online student experience. We believe our mix of a rapidly
growing online program, anchored by a traditional ground-based
program with a nearly
60-year
history and heritage, differentiates us from most other
for-profit postsecondary education providers.
Employees
In addition to our faculty, as of June 30, 2008, we
employed 979 staff and administrative personnel in university
services, academic advising and academic support, enrollment
services, university administration, financial aid, information
technology, human resources, corporate accounting, finance, and
other administrative functions. None of our employees is a party
to any collective bargaining or similar agreement with us. We
consider our relationships with our employees to be good.
Competition
There are more than 4,000 U.S. colleges and universities
serving traditional and adult students. Competition is highly
fragmented and varies by geography, program offerings, modality,
ownership, quality level, and selectivity of admissions. No one
institution has a significant share of the total postsecondary
market.
Our ground program competes with Arizona State University,
Northern Arizona University, and the University of Arizona, the
in-state public universities, as well as two-year colleges
within the state community college system. To a limited extent,
our ground program also competes with geographically proximate
universities with similar religious heritages, including Azusa
Pacific University, Baylor University, and Seattle Pacific
University. Our online programs compete with local, traditional
universities geographically located near each of our prospective
students, and with other for-profit postsecondary schools that
offer online degrees, particularly those schools that offer
online graduate programs within our core disciplines, including
Capella University, University of Phoenix, and Walden
University. In addition, many public and private schools,
colleges, and universities, including most major colleges and
universities, offer online programs.
Non-profit institutions receive substantial government
subsidies, and have access to government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources
generally not available to
for-profit
schools. Accordingly, non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources that are
80
superior to those in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of
our competitors, including both traditional colleges and
universities and other for-profit schools, have substantially
greater name recognition and financial and other resources than
we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for
potential students. We also expect to face increased competition
as a result of new entrants to the online education market,
including established colleges and universities that had not
previously offered online education programs.
We believe that the competitive factors in the postsecondary
education market include:
|
|
|
|
|
availability of career-oriented and accredited program offerings;
|
|
|
|
the types of degrees offered and marketability of those degrees;
|
|
|
|
reputation, regulatory approvals, and compliance history of the
school;
|
|
|
|
convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and
classes;
|
|
|
|
qualified and experienced faculty;
|
|
|
|
level of student support services;
|
|
|
|
cost of the program;
|
|
|
|
marketing and selling effectiveness; and
|
|
|
|
the time necessary to earn a degree.
|
Property
Our ground campus occupies approximately 90 acres in
Phoenix, Arizona. We lease the campus under a lease that expires
in 2024. Renewal terms under this lease allow for us to extend
the current lease for up to four additional five-year terms. We
also lease two additional enrollment facilities, one in Utah and
one in Arizona. We believe our existing facilities are adequate
for current requirements and that additional space can be
obtained on commercially reasonable terms to meet future
requirements.
Intellectual
Property
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service
marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements with third
parties to protect our proprietary rights. In many instances,
our course content is produced for us by faculty and other
subject matter experts under work for hire agreements pursuant
to which we own the course content in return for a fixed
development fee. In certain limited cases, we license course
content from a third party on a royalty fee basis.
We are parties to an exclusive license agreement with Blanchard
Education, LLC pursuant to which we license the right to name
our business school The Ken Blanchard College of
Business and to use the name of Ken Blanchard to promote
our business school and business degree programs. In return, we
pay royalties to the licensor equal to a fixed percentage of our
net tuition received in respect of our upper level business
courses. The agreement expires in June 2011, and is
automatically renewable for an additional five years unless
terminated by either party within six months prior to such
expiration date.
We rely on trademark and service mark protections in the United
States for our name and distinctive logos, along with various
other trademarks and service marks related to our specific
offerings. We also own domain name rights to
www.gcu.edu, as well as other words and
phrases important to our business.
Legal
Proceedings
On February 28, 2007, we filed a complaint against SunGard
Higher Education Managed Services, Inc. in the Maricopa County
Superior Court, Case
No. CV2007-003492,
for breach of contract, breach of implied
81
covenant of good faith and fair dealing, breach of warranty,
breach of fiduciary duty, tortious interference with business
expectancy, unjust enrichment, and consumer fraud related to a
technology services agreement between the parties. In response,
SunGard moved to stay the litigation and compel arbitration. The
court granted the motion to stay, and compelled the parties to
arbitrate. SunGard has also counterclaimed alleging breach of
contract relating to the parties technology services
agreement. Following discovery, the arbitration occurred in late
May 2008 and final arguments were heard in July 2008. We are
seeking approximately $1.4 million from SunGard, and
SunGard has counterclaimed for approximately $1.7 million.
On August 14, 2008, the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Education served an administrative subpoena on
Grand Canyon University requiring us to provide certain records
and information related to performance reviews and salary
adjustments for all of our enrollment counselors and managers
from January 1, 2004 to the present. See
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Incentive compensation
rule. Because of the ongoing nature of the Office of
Inspector General investigation, we can neither know nor predict
the ultimate outcome of the investigation or any liability or
other sanctions that may result.
On September 11, 2008, we were served with a qui tam
lawsuit that had been filed against us in August 2007, in
the United States District Court for the District of Arizona by
a then-current employee on behalf of the federal government. All
proceedings in the lawsuit had been under seal until
September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed the first
amended complaint, which had been filed on August 11, 2008.
The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among other things, that we
violated the False Claims Act by knowingly making false
statements, and submitting false records or statements, from at
least 2001 to the present, to get false or fraudulent claims
paid or approved, and asserts that we have improperly
compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in violation of
the Title IV law governing compensation of such employees,
and as a result, improperly received Title IV program
funds. The complaint specifically alleges that some of our
compensation practices with respect to our enrollment personnel,
including providing non-cash awards, have violated the
Title IV law governing compensation. While we believe that
the compensation policies and practices at issue in the
complaint have not been based on success in enrolling students
in violation of applicable law, the Department of
Educations regulations and interpretations of the
incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances, and some of these practices,
including in respect of non-cash awards, are not within the
scope of any specific safe harbor provided in the
compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the amount
of unspecified damages sustained by the federal government in
connection with our receipt of Title IV funding, a civil
penalty of $5,000 to $10,000 for each violation of the False
Claims Act, attorneys fees, costs, and interest. A number
of similar lawsuits have been filed in recent years against
educational institutions that receive Title IV funds. We
plan to contest the qui tam complaint vigorously.
If it were determined that any of our compensation practices
violated the incentive compensation law, we could experience an
adverse outcome in the qui tam litigation and be subject
to substantial monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations and could adversely affect our stock price. The case
is in its early stages and it is possible that, during the
course of the litigation, other information may be discovered
that would adversely affect the outcome of the litigation.
From time to time, we are a party to various other lawsuits,
claims, and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary
course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as
plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which,
individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or
results of operation.
82
REGULATION
We are subject to extensive regulation by state education
agencies, accrediting commissions, and the federal government
through the Department of Education under the Higher Education
Act. The regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies
cover the vast majority of our operations, including our
educational programs, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition.
As an institution of higher education that grants degrees and
certificates, we are required to be authorized by appropriate
state education authorities. In addition, in order to
participate in the federal programs of student financial
assistance for our students, we must be accredited by an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through
which an institution submits to qualitative review by an
organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the
accrediting commission and the stated aims and purposes of the
institution. The Higher Education Act requires accrediting
commissions recognized by the Department of Education to review
and monitor many aspects of an institutions operations and
to take appropriate action if the institution fails to meet the
accrediting commissions standards.
Our operations are also subject to regulation by the Department
of Education due to our participation in federal student
financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher
Education Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the
Title IV programs. The Title IV programs include
educational loans with below-market interest rates that are
guaranteed by the federal government in the event of a
students default on repaying the loan, and also grant
programs for students with demonstrated financial need. To
participate in the Title IV programs, a school must receive
and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education
agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education, and be certified as
an eligible institution by the Department of Education.
Our business activities are planned and implemented to comply
with the standards of these regulatory agencies. We employ a
full-time director of compliance who is knowledgeable about
regulatory matters relevant to student financial aid programs
and our Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer,
and General Counsel also provide oversight designed to ensure
that we meet the requirements of our regulated operating
environment.
State
Education Licensure and Regulation
We are authorized to offer our programs by the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, the regulatory agency
governing private postsecondary educational institutions in the
state of Arizona, where we are located. We do not presently have
campuses in any states other than Arizona. We are required by
the Higher Education Act to maintain authorization from the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in order
to participate in the Title IV programs. This authorization
is very important to us and our business. To maintain our state
authorization, we must continuously meet standards relating to,
among other things, educational programs, facilities,
instructional and administrative staff, marketing and
recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and
educational programs, and various operational and administrative
procedures. Failure to comply with the requirements of the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could
result in us losing our authorization to offer our educational
programs, which would cause us to lose our eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and which, in turn,
could force us to cease operations. Alternatively, the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could restrict
our ability to offer certain degree programs.
Most other states impose regulatory requirements on out-of-state
educational institutions operating within their boundaries, such
as those having a physical facility or recruiting students
within the state. State laws establish standards in areas such
as instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and
other operational matters, some of which are different than the
standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. Laws in
some states limit schools ability to offer educational
programs and award degrees to residents of those states. Some
states also prescribe financial regulations that are different
from those of the Department of Education, and many require the
posting of surety bonds.
83
In addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction
over educational institutions offering online degree programs
that have no physical location or other presence in the state
but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. New laws,
regulations, or interpretations related to doing business over
the Internet could increase our cost of doing business and
affect our ability to recruit students in particular states,
which could, in turn, negatively affect enrollments and revenues
and have a material adverse effect on our business.
We have determined that our activities in certain states
constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization under
the requirements of the state education agency in those states.
In other states, we have obtained approvals as we have
determined necessary in connection with our marketing and
recruiting activities or where we have determined that our
licensure or authorization can facilitate the teaching
certification process in a particular state for graduates of our
College of Education. We review the licensure requirements of
other states when appropriate to determine whether our
activities in those states constitute a presence or otherwise
require licensure or authorization by the respective state
education agencies. We believe we are licensed or authorized in
those jurisdictions where a license or authorization is
currently required, and we do not believe that any of the states
in which we are currently licensed or authorized, other than
Arizona, are individually material to our operations.
Nevertheless, because we enroll students in all 50 states and
the District of Columbia, we expect that other state regulatory
authorities will request that we seek licensure or authorization
in their states in the future. Although we believe that we will
be able to comply with additional state licensing or
authorization requirements that may arise or be asserted in the
future, if we fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements for a state, or fail to obtain
licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose our
state licensure or authorization by that state or be subject to
other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in
that state, fines, and penalties. The loss of licensure or
authorization in a state other than Arizona could prohibit us
from recruiting prospective students or offering services to
current students in that state, which could significantly reduce
our enrollments.
State
Professional Licensure
Many states have specific requirements that an individual must
satisfy in order to be licensed as a professional in specified
fields, including fields such as education and healthcare. These
requirements vary by state and by field. A students
success in obtaining licensure following graduation typically
depends on several factors, including the background and
qualifications of the individual graduate, as well as the
following factors, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program were approved by the
state in which the graduate seeks licensure, or by a
professional association;
|
|
|
|
whether the program from which the student graduated meets all
requirements for professional licensure in that state;
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program are accredited and, if
so, by what accrediting commissions; and
|
|
|
|
whether the institutions degrees are recognized by other
states in which a student may seek to work.
|
Many states also require that graduates pass a state test or
examination as a prerequisite to becoming certified in certain
fields, such as teaching and nursing. Many states will certify
individuals if they have already been certified in another state.
Our College of Education is approved by the Arizona State Board
of Education to offer Institutional Recommendations
(credentials) for the certification of elementary, secondary,
and special education teachers and school administrators. Our
College of Nursing and Health Services is approved by the
Arizona State Board of Nursing for the Bachelor of Science in
Nursing and Master of Science Nursing degrees. Due
to
84
varying requirements for professional licensure in each state,
we inform students of the risks associated with obtaining
professional licensure and that it is each students
responsibility to determine what state, local, or professional
licensure and certification requirements are necessary in his or
her individual state.
Accreditation
We have been institutionally accredited since 1968 by the Higher
Learning Commission and its predecessor, each a regional
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. Our accreditation was reaffirmed in 2007 for the
maximum term of 10 years as part of a regularly scheduled
reaffirmation process. Accreditation is a private,
non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of
educational institutions and their programs in areas including
student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality,
faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and
resources, and financial stability. To be recognized by the
Department of Education, accrediting commissions must adopt
specific standards for their review of educational institutions,
conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions, and publicly
designate those institutions that meet their criteria. An
accredited school is subject to periodic review by its
accrediting commissions to determine whether it continues to
meet the performance, integrity and quality required for
accreditation.
There are six regional accrediting commissions recognized by the
Department of Education, each with a specified geographic scope
of coverage, which together cover the entire United States. Most
traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting
colleges and universities are accredited by one of these six
regional accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning
Commission, which accredits Grand Canyon University, is the same
regional accrediting commission that accredits such universities
as the University of Arizona, Arizona State University, and
other degree-granting public and private colleges and
universities in the states of Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado,
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri,
Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is important to
us for several reasons, including the fact that it enables our
students to receive Title IV financial aid. Other colleges
and universities depend, in part, on an institutions
accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications
to graduate schools. Employers rely on the accredited status of
institutions when evaluating candidates credentials, and
students and corporate and government sponsors under tuition
reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that
an institution maintains quality educational standards. If we
fail to satisfy the standards of the Higher Learning Commission,
we could lose our accreditation by that agency, which would
cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs.
In connection with our reaccreditation by the Higher Learning
Commission in 2007, the Higher Learning Commission identified
certain deficiencies in the areas of library staffing and
resources, assessment, and resources for our on-ground
operations. We are addressing these deficiencies and expect to
provide a monitoring report regarding our progress in these
areas to the Higher Learning Commission in February 2009.
In addition to institution-wide accreditation, there are
numerous specialized accrediting commissions that accredit
specific programs or schools within their jurisdiction, many of
which are in healthcare and professional fields. Accreditation
of specific programs by one of these specialized accrediting
commissions signifies that those programs have met the
additional standards of those agencies. In addition to being
accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, we also have the
following specialized accreditations:
|
|
|
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
accredits our Master of Business Administration degree program
and our Bachelor of Science degree programs in Accounting,
Business Administration, and Marketing;
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education accredits our
Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science
Nursing degree programs; and
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education
accredits our Athletic Training Program.
|
85
If we fail to satisfy the standards of any of these specialized
accrediting commissions, we could lose the specialized
accreditation for the affected programs, which could result in
materially reduced student enrollments in those programs.
Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible to participate in the Title IV programs, an
institution must comply with specific requirements contained in
the Higher Education Act and the regulations issued thereunder
by the Department of Education. An institution must, among other
things, be licensed or authorized to offer its educational
programs by the state in which it is physically located (in our
case, Arizona) and maintain institutional accreditation by an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. We submitted our application for recertification in
March 2008 in anticipation of the expiration of our
provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The Department
of Education did not make a decision on our recertification
application by June 30, 2008 and therefore our
participation in the Title IV programs has been automatically
extended on a
month-to-month
basis until the Department of Education makes its decision.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools
through the Title IV programs, the large number of students
and institutions participating in these programs, and
allegations of fraud and abuse by certain for-profit educational
institutions have caused Congress to require the Department of
Education to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over
for-profit educational institutions. As a result, our
institution is subject to extensive oversight and review.
Because the Department of Education periodically revises its
regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and
regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the
Title IV program requirements will be applied in all
circumstances.
Significant factors relating to the Title IV programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional action. Congress must
reauthorize the Higher Education Act on a periodic basis,
usually every five to six years, and the most recent
reauthorization occurred in August 2008. The reauthorized Higher
Education Act reauthorized all of the Title IV programs in
which we participate, but made numerous revisions to the
requirements governing the Title IV programs, including
provisions relating to the relationships between institutions
and lenders that make student loans, student loan default rates,
and the formula for revenue that institutions are permitted to
derive from the Title IV programs. In addition, in 2007
Congress enacted legislation that reduces interest rates on
certain Title IV loans and government subsidies to lenders
that participate in the Title IV programs. In May 2008,
Congress enacted additional legislation to attempt to ensure
that all eligible students will be able to obtain Title IV
loans in the future, and that a sufficient number of lenders
will continue to provide Title IV loans. Additional
legislation is also pending in Congress. We are not in a
position to predict with certainty whether any of the pending
legislation will be enacted. The elimination of certain
Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for
participation in such programs, or the substitution of
materially different programs could increase our costs of
compliance and could reduce the ability of some students to
finance their education at our institution.
In addition, Congress must determine the funding levels for the
Title IV programs on an annual basis through the budget and
appropriations process. A reduction in federal funding levels
for the Title IV programs could reduce the ability of some
of our students to finance their education. The loss of or a
significant reduction in Title IV program funds available
to our students could reduce our enrollments and revenue.
Eligibility and certification procedures. Each
institution must apply periodically to the Department of
Education for continued certification to participate in the
Title IV programs. Such recertification generally is
required every six years, but may be required earlier, including
when an institution undergoes a change in control. An
institution may also come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a
new educational program or modifying the academic credentials it
offers. The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards and in certain other circumstances, such
as when an institution is certified for the first time or
undergoes a change in control. During the period of provisional
certification, the institution must comply with any additional
conditions included in the schools program participation
agreement with the
86
Department of Education. In addition, the Department of
Education may more closely review an institution that is
provisionally certified if it applies for recertification or
approval to open a new location, add an educational program,
acquire another school, or make any other significant change. If
the Department of Education determines that a provisionally
certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities
under its program participation agreement, it may seek to revoke
the institutions certification to participate in the
Title IV programs without advance notice or opportunity for
the institution to challenge the action. Students attending
provisionally certified institutions remain eligible to receive
Title IV program funds.
The Department of Education issued our current program
participation agreement in May 2005, after an extended review
following the change in control that occurred in February 2004.
In the May 2005 recertification, the Department of Education
placed us on provisional certification status and imposed
certain conditions on us, including a requirement that we post a
letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of our
program offerings and enrollment, and receive certain
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment (pursuant to which an institution is required to
credit students with Title IV funds prior to obtaining
those funds from the Department of Education) rather than by
advance payment (pursuant to which an institution receives
Title IV funds from the Department of Education in advance
of disbursement to students). In October 2006, the Department of
Education eliminated the letter of credit requirement and
allowed the growth restrictions to expire, and in August 2007,
it eliminated the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and
returned us to the advance payment method.
Since May 2005 we have been certified to participate in
Title IV programs on a provisional basis. We submitted our
application for recertification in March 2008 in anticipation of
the expiration of our provisional certification on June 30,
2008. The Department of Education did not make a decision on our
recertification application by June 30, 2008 and therefore
our provisional certification to participate in the
Title IV programs has been automatically extended on a
month-to-month basis until the Department of Education makes its
decision. Provisional certification means that the Department of
Education may more closely review applications for
recertification, new locations, new educational programs,
acquisitions of other schools, or other significant changes. For
a school that is certified on a provisional basis, the
Department of Education may revoke the institutions
certification without advance notice or advance opportunity for
the institution to challenge that action. For a school that is
provisionally certified on a month-to-month basis, the
Department of Education may allow the institutions
certification to expire at the end of any month without advance
notice, and without any formal procedure for review of such
action. To our knowledge, such action is very rare and has only
occurred upon a determination that an institution is in
substantial violation of material Title IV requirements.
For the foreseeable future, we do not have plans to establish
new locations, acquire other schools, or make other significant
changes in our operations. With the exception of our newly
instituted doctoral program in education, which is accredited
but not yet eligible for Title IV funding and which is
immaterial to our operations, we do not have any plans to
initiate new educational programs that would require approval of
the Department of Education. Accordingly, we do not believe that
our continued provisional certification on a month-to-month
basis has had or will have any material impact on our day-to-day
operations. However, there can be no assurance that the
Department of Education will recertify us while the
investigation by the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Education is being conducted, while the qui
tam lawsuit is pending, or at all, or that it will not
impose restrictions as a condition of approving our pending
recertification application or with respect to any future
recertification. If the Department of Education does not renew
or withdraws our certification to participate in the
Title IV programs at any time, our students would no longer
be able to receive Title IV program funds. Similarly, the
Department of Education could renew our certification, but
restrict or delay our students receipt of Title IV
funds, limit the number of students to whom we could disburse
such funds, or place other restrictions on us.
Administrative capability. Department of
Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an
institution must establish that it has the requisite
administrative capability to participate in the
Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability
standards, an institution must, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements;
|
|
|
|
have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the
Title IV programs;
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory
academic progress of its students;
|
|
|
|
not have student loan cohort default rates above specified
levels;
|
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and
safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining required
records;
|
|
|
|
administer the Title IV programs with adequate checks and
balances in its system of internal controls;
|
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred
or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity
that is cause for debarment or suspension;
|
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students;
|
|
|
|
refer to the Department of Educations Office of Inspector
General any credible information indicating that any student,
parent, employee, third-party servicer or other agent of the
institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct
involving the Title IV programs;
|
|
|
|
submit all required reports and financial statements in a timely
manner; and
|
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.
|
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, the
Department of Education may:
|
|
|
|
|
require the institution to repay Title IV funds its
students previously received;
|
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance method of payment of
Title IV funds to heightened cash monitoring status or the
reimbursement system of payment;
|
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification
status; or
|
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or
terminate the institutions participation in the
Title IV programs.
|
If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of
Educations administrative capability requirements, our
students could lose, or be limited in their access to,
Title IV program funding.
Financial responsibility. The Higher Education
Act and Department of Education regulations establish extensive
standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as
Grand Canyon University must satisfy in order to participate in
the Title IV programs. The Department of Education
evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards on an
annual basis, based on the institutions annual audited
financial statements, as well as when the institution applies to
the Department of Education to have its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs recertified. The most
significant financial responsibility standard is the
institutions composite score, which is derived from a
formula established by the Department of Education based on
three financial ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital
resources, financial viability and ability to borrow;
|
|
|
|
primary reserve ratio, which measures the institutions
ability to support current operations from expendable
resources; and
|
|
|
|
net income ratio, which measures the institutions ability
to operate at a profit or within its means.
|
The Department of Education assigns a strength factor to the
results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to
positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness
and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The Department
of Education then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio
and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to
produce a composite score for the institution. The composite
score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed
financially responsible without the need for further Department
of Education oversight. In addition to having an acceptable
composite score, an institution must, among other things,
provide the administrative resources necessary to comply with
Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial
obligations including required refunds to students and any
Title IV liabilities and debts, be current in its debt
payments, and not receive an adverse, qualified, or disclaimed
opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.
88
When we were recertified by the Department of Education in 2005
to continue participating in the Title IV programs, the
Department of Education advised us that we did not satisfy its
standards of financial responsibility, based on our fiscal year
2004 financial statements, as submitted to the Department of
Education. As a result of this and other concerns about our
administrative capability, the Department of Education required
us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth
of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, based
upon its review of our fiscal year 2005 financial statements. We
subsequently submitted our fiscal year 2006 and 2007 financial
statements to the Department of Education as required, and we
calculated that our composite score for those years
exceeded 1.5. We therefore believe that we meet the
Department of Educations financial responsibility
standards for our most recently completed fiscal year.
If the Department of Education were to determine that we did not
meet the financial responsibility standards due to a failure to
meet the composite score or other factors, we would expect to be
able to establish financial responsibility on an alternative
basis permitted by the Department of Education, which could
include, in the Departments discretion, posting a letter
of credit, accepting provisional certification, complying with
additional Department of Education monitoring requirements,
agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an
arrangement other than the Department of Educations
standard advance funding arrangement, such as the reimbursement
system of payment or heightened cash monitoring,
and/or
complying with or accepting other limitations on our ability to
increase the number of programs we offer or the number of
students we enroll.
The requirement to post a letter of credit or other sanctions
imposed by the Department of Education could increase our cost
of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our cash flows. If
we are unable to meet the minimum composite score or comply with
the other standards of financial responsibility, and could not
post a required letter of credit or comply with the alternative
bases for establishing financial responsibility, our students
could lose their access to Title IV program funding.
Return of Title IV funds for students who
withdraw. When a student who has received
Title IV funds withdraws from school, the institution must
determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student
has earned. If the student withdraws during the
first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the
amount of Title IV program funds that the student has
earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student
received or for which the student would otherwise be eligible.
If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the
student is deemed to have earned 100% of the Title IV
program funds he or she received. The institution must then
return the unearned Title IV program funds to the
appropriate lender or the Department of Education in a timely
manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the
date the institution determined that the student withdrew. If
such payments are not timely made, the institution will be
required to submit a letter of credit to the Department of
Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the
institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its
most recently completed fiscal year. Under Department of
Education regulations, late returns of Title IV program
funds for 5% or more of the withdrawn students in the audit
sample in the institutions annual Title IV compliance
audit for either of the institutions two most recent
fiscal years or in a Department of Education program review
triggers this letter of credit requirement. We did not exceed
this 5% threshold in our annual Title IV compliance audit
for either of our two most recent fiscal years.
The 90/10 Rule. A requirement of
the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the 90/10
Rule provides that an institution loses its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs, if, under a complex
regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other
adjustments to the calculation of revenue, the institution
derives more than 90% of its revenues for any fiscal year from
Title IV program funds. This rule applies only to
for-profit postsecondary educational institutions, including us.
Any institution that violates the rule becomes ineligible to
participate in the Title IV programs as of the first day of
the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which it exceeds
the 90% threshold, and it is unable to apply to regain its
eligibility until the next fiscal year. If an institution
exceeds the 90% threshold for a fiscal year and it and its
students have received Title IV funds for the next fiscal
year, it will be required to return those funds to the
89
applicable lender or the Department of Education. The August
2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes
significant revisions to the 90/10 Rule, effective
upon the date of the laws enactment. Under the revised
law, an institution is subject to loss of eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs only if it exceeds the
90% threshold for two consecutive years, the period of
ineligibility is extended to at least two years, and an
institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single year will be
placed on provisional certification. Using the Department of
Educations formula under the 90/10 Rule, for
our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years we derived approximately 71.5 %
and 74.0%, respectively, of our revenues (calculated on a cash
basis) from Title IV program funds. Recent changes in
federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan limits,
and any additional increases in the future, may result in an
increase in the revenues we receive from the Title IV
programs, which could make it more difficult for us to satisfy
the
90/10
Rule. However, such effects may be mitigated by other
provisions of the recent Higher Education Act reauthorization
that allow institutions, when calculating their compliance with
this revenue test, to exclude from their Title IV revenues
for a three-year period the additional federal student loan
amounts that became available starting in July 2008, and to
include more non-Title IV revenues, such as revenues from
institutional loans under certain circumstances.
Student loan defaults. Under the Higher
Education Act, an educational institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV
programs if defaults by its students on the repayment of their
FFEL student loans exceed certain levels. For each federal
fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of
student defaults for each institution (known as a cohort
default rate). An institutions FFEL cohort default
rate for a federal fiscal year is calculated by determining the
rate at which borrowers who became subject to their repayment
obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted by the end of
the following federal fiscal year.
If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its
FFEL cohort default rates for each of the three most recent
federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institutions
participation in the FFEL program and Pell program ends
30 days after that notification, unless the institution
appeals that determination in a timely manner on specified
grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an
institutions participation in the FFEL program ends
30 days after notification by the Department of Education
that its most recent FFEL cohort default rate is greater than
40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on
specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An
institution whose participation ends under either of these
provisions may not participate in the relevant programs for the
remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives
the notification and for the next two fiscal years.
If an institutions FFEL cohort default rate equals or
exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on
provisional certification status. Provisional certification does
not limit an institutions access to Title IV program
funds, but an institution on provisional status is subject to
closer review by the Department of Education if it applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school, or make any other
significant change, and the Department of Education may revoke
such institutions certification without advance notice if
it determines that the institution is not fulfilling material
Title IV program requirements. Our cohort default rates on
FFEL program loans for the 2004, 2005, and 2006 federal fiscal
years, the three most recent years for which such rates have
been calculated, were 1.4%, 1.8%, and 1.6%, respectively. The
August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes
significant revisions to the requirements concerning FFEL cohort
default rates. Under the revised law, the period for which
students defaults on their loans are included in the
calculation of an institutions cohort default rate has
been extended by one additional year, which is expected to
increase the cohort default rates for most institutions. That
change will be effective with the calculation of
institutions cohort default rates for federal fiscal year
2009, which are expected to be calculated and issued by the
Department of Education in 2012. The revised law also increased
the threshold for ending an institutions participation in
the relevant Title IV programs from 25% to 30%, effective
in 2012.
Incentive compensation rule. An institution
that participates in the Title IV programs may not provide
any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly
or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial
aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment,
admissions, or financial aid awarding activity. The Department
of Educations regulations set forth 12 safe
harbors which
90
describe payments and arrangements that do not violate the
incentive compensation rule. The Department of Educations
regulations make clear that the safe harbors are not a complete
list of permissible practices under this law. One of these safe
harbors permits adjustments to fixed salary for enrollment
personnel provided that such adjustments are not made more than
twice during any twelve month period, and that any adjustment is
not based solely on the number of students recruited, admitted,
enrolled, or awarded financial aid. While we believe that our
compensation policies and practices have not been based on
success in enrolling students in violation of applicable law,
the Department of Educations regulations and
interpretations of the incentive compensation law do not
establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances
and, in a limited number of instances, our actions have not been
within the scope of any specific safe harbor provided in the
compensation regulations. In addition, such safe harbors do not
address non-cash awards to enrollment personnel. The
restrictions of the incentive compensation rule also extend to
any third-party companies that an educational institution
contracts with for student recruitment, admissions, or financial
aid awarding services. Since 2005, we have engaged Mind Streams,
LLC to assist us with student recruitment activities.
In recent years, several for-profit education companies have
been faced with whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui
tam cases, brought by current or former employees
alleging that their institution had made impermissible incentive
payments. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by
one or more individuals (a relator) on behalf of the
federal government for an alleged submission to the government
of a false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or
former employee, is entitled to a share of the governments
recovery in the case. A qui tam action is always filed
under seal and remains under seal until the government decides
whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes,
it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the
government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may
nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation at his or
her own expense on behalf of the government.
In this regard, on September 11, 2008, we were served with
a qui tam lawsuit that had been filed against us in
August 2007, in the United States District Court for the
District of Arizona by a then-current employee on behalf of the
federal government. All proceedings in the lawsuit had been
under seal until September 5, 2008, when the court unsealed
the first amended complaint, which had been filed on
August 11, 2008. The qui tam lawsuit alleges, among
other things, that we violated the False Claims Act by knowingly
making false statements, and submitting false records or
statements, from at least 2001 to the present, to get false or
fraudulent claims paid or approved, and asserts that we have
improperly compensated certain of our enrollment counselors in
violation of the Title IV law governing compensation of
such employees, and as a result, improperly received
Title IV program funds. The complaint specifically alleges
that some of our compensation practices with respect to our
enrollment personnel, including providing non-cash awards, have
violated the Title IV law governing compensation. While we
believe that our compensation policies and practices at issue in
the complaint have not been based on success in enrolling
students in violation of applicable law, the Department of
Educations regulations and interpretations of the
incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances and some of our practices,
including in respect of non-cash awards, have not been within
the scope of any specific safe harbor provided in the
compensation regulations. The complaint seeks treble the amount
of unspecified damages sustained by the federal government in
connection with our receipt of Title IV funding, a civil
penalty of $5,000 to $10,000 for each violation of the False
Claims Act, attorneys fees, costs, and interest. In our
case, the qui tam lawsuit was initially filed under seal
in 2007 and was unsealed and served on us following the
governments decision not to intervene at this time.
The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education
is responsible for, among other things, promoting the
effectiveness and integrity of the Department of
Educations programs and operations, including compliance
with applicable statutes and regulations. The Office of
Inspector General performs investigations of alleged violations
of law, including cases of alleged fraud and abuse, or other
identified vulnerabilities, in programs administered or financed
by the Department of Education, including matters related to the
incentive compensation rule. On August 14, 2008, the Office
of Inspector General served an administrative subpoena on Grand
Canyon University requiring us to provide certain records and
information related to performance reviews and salary
adjustments for all of our enrollment counselors and managers
from January 1, 2004 to the present. Based on the records
and information requested in the subpoena, we believe the Office
of Inspector
91
General is conducting an investigation focused on whether we
have compensated any of our enrollment counselors or managers in
a manner that violated the Title IV statutory requirements
or the related Department of Education regulations concerning
the payment of compensation based on success in securing
enrollments or financial aid. The Department of Education may
impose fines and other monetary penalties as a result of a
violation of the incentive compensation law and such fines and
other monetary penalties may be substantial. In addition, the
Department of Education retains the authority to impose other
sanctions on an institution for violations of the incentive
compensation law. The possible effects of a determination of a
regulatory violation are described more fully in
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs Potential effect of
regulatory violations. We are cooperating with the Office
of Inspector General to facilitate its investigation.
Any fine or other sanction resulting from the Department of
Education investigation or otherwise, or any monetary liability
resulting from the qui tam action, could damage our
reputation and impose significant costs on us, which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. Because of the ongoing
nature of the Office of Inspector General investigation and the
qui tam action, we can neither know nor predict the
ultimate outcome of the investigation or lawsuit or any
liability or other sanctions that might result.
Compliance reviews. We are subject to
announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by
various external agencies, including the Department of
Education, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing
agencies, agencies that guarantee FFEL loans, the Department of
Veterans Affairs, and accrediting commissions. As part of the
Department of Educations ongoing monitoring of
institutions administration of the Title IV programs,
the Higher Education Act also requires institutions to annually
submit to the Department of Education a Title IV compliance
audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in
accordance with applicable federal and Department of Education
audit standards. In addition, to enable the Department of
Education to make a determination of an institutions
financial responsibility, each institution must annually submit
audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
Department of Education regulations.
Privacy of student records. The Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA, and the
Department of Educations FERPA regulations require
educational institutions to protect the privacy of
students educational records by limiting an
institutions disclosure of a students personally
identifiable information without the students prior
written consent. FERPA also requires institutions to allow
students to review and request changes to their educational
records maintained by the institution, to notify students at
least annually of this inspection right, and to maintain records
in each students file listing requests for access to and
disclosures of personally identifiable information and the
interest of such party in that information. If an institution
fails to comply with FERPA, the Department of Education may
require corrective actions by the institution or may terminate
an institutions receipt of further federal funds. In
addition, educational institutions are obligated to safeguard
student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or
GLBA, a federal law designed to protect consumers personal
financial information held by financial institutions and other
entities that provide financial services to consumers. GLBA and
the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among
other things, develop and maintain a comprehensive, written
information security program designed to protect against the
unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial
information of students, parents, or other individuals with whom
such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution
fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be
required to take corrective actions, be subject to monitoring
and oversight by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and be
subject to fines or penalties imposed by the FTC. For-profit
educational institutions are also subject to the general
deceptive practices jurisdiction of the FTC with respect to
their collection, use, and disclosure of student information.
Potential effect of regulatory violations. If
we fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing the
Title IV programs, the Department of Education could impose
one or more sanctions, including transferring us to the
reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, requiring us
to repay Title IV program funds, requiring us to post a
letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education as a
condition for continued Title IV certification, taking
emergency action against us, initiating proceedings to impose a
fine or to limit,
92
suspend, or terminate our participation in the Title IV
programs, or referring the matter for civil or criminal
prosecution. Since we are provisionally certified to participate
in the Title IV programs on a month-to-month basis, the
Department of Education could allow our certification to expire
at the end of any month without advance notice and without any
formal procedure for review of such action. In addition, the
agencies that guarantee FFEL loans for our students could
initiate proceedings to limit, suspend, or terminate our
eligibility to provide FFEL loans in the event of certain
regulatory violations. If such sanctions or proceedings were
imposed against us and resulted in a substantial curtailment or
termination of our participation in the Title IV programs,
our enrollments, revenues, and results of operations would be
materially and adversely affected.
If we lost our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs, or if the amount of available Title IV program
funds was reduced, we would seek to arrange or provide
alternative sources of revenue or financial aid for students. We
believe that one or more private organizations would be willing
to provide financial assistance to our students, but there is no
assurance that this would be the case. The interest rate and
other terms of such financial aid would likely not be as
favorable as those for Title IV program funds, and we might
be required to guarantee all or part of such alternative
assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection
with securing such alternative assistance. It is unlikely that
we would be able to arrange alternative funding on any terms to
replace all the Title IV funding our students receive.
Accordingly, our loss of eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of
available Title IV program funding for our students, would
be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, even if we could arrange or provide alternative
sources of revenue or student financial aid.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a
result of our participation in the Title IV programs, we
are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to
regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory
agencies, but also by other government agencies and third
parties, such as present or former students or employees and
other members of the public.
Uncertainties, increased oversight, and changes in student
loan environment. During 2007 and 2008, student
loan programs, including the Title IV programs, have come
under increased scrutiny by the Department of Education,
Congress, state attorneys general, and other parties. Issues
that have received extensive attention include allegations of
conflicts of interest between some institutions and lenders that
provide Title IV loans, questionable incentives given by
lenders to some schools and school employees, allegations of
deceptive practices in the marketing of student loans, and
schools leading students to use certain lenders. Several
institutions and lenders have been cited for these problems and
have paid several million dollars in the aggregate to settle
those claims. The practices of numerous other schools and
lenders are being examined by government agencies at the federal
and state level. The Attorney General of the State of Arizona
has requested extensive documentation and information from us
and other institutions in Arizona concerning student loan
practices, and we recently provided testimony in response to a
subpoena from the Attorney General of the State of Arizona about
such practices. While no penalties have been assessed against
us, we do not know what the results of that review will be. As a
result of this scrutiny, Congress has passed new laws, the
Department of Education has enacted stricter regulations, and
several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state
laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and
school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other
things, limit schools relationships with lenders, restrict
the types of services that schools may receive from lenders,
prohibit lenders from providing other types of funding to
schools in exchange for Title IV loan volume, require
schools to provide additional information to students concerning
institutionally preferred lenders, and significantly reduce the
amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in the
Title IV loan programs. In addition, recent adverse market
conditions for consumer loans in general have begun to affect
the student lending marketplace.
The cumulative impact of these developments and conditions has
caused some lenders to cease providing Title IV loans to
students, including some lenders that have previously provided
Title IV loans to our students. Other lenders have reduced
the benefits and increased the fees associated with the
Title IV loans they do provide. We and other schools have
had to modify student loan practices in ways that result in
higher administrative costs. If the costs of their Title IV
loans increase, some students may decide not to take out loans
and not enroll in a postsecondary institution. In May 2008, new
federal legislation was enacted to
93
attempt to ensure that all eligible students will be able to
obtain Title IV loans in the future and that a sufficient
number of lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans.
Among other things, the new legislation:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to
enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students;
and
|
|
|
|
permits the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort
program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty
agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all
otherwise eligible students at those institutions.
|
We cannot predict whether this legislation will be effective in
ensuring students access to Title IV loan funding.
The environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans
remains in a state of flux, with reviews of many institutions
and lenders still pending and with additional legislative and
regulatory changes being actively considered at the federal and
state levels. The uncertainty surrounding these issues, and any
resolution of these issues that increases loan costs or reduces
students access to Title IV loans, may adversely
affect our student enrollments.
Regulatory
Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other
Changes
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with
expanding our operations or other changes are subject to review
or approval by the applicable regulatory agencies.
Adding teaching locations, implementing new educational
programs, and increasing enrollment. The
requirements and standards of state education agencies,
accrediting commissions, and the Department of Education limit
our ability in certain instances to establish additional
teaching locations, implement new educational programs, or
increase enrollment in certain programs. Many states require
review and approval before institutions can add new locations or
programs, and Arizona also limits the number of undergraduate
nursing students we may enroll (which represents a small portion
of our overall nursing program). The Arizona State Board for
Private Postsecondary Education, the Higher Learning Commission,
and other state education agencies and specialized accrediting
commissions that authorize or accredit us and our programs
generally require institutions to notify them in advance of
adding new locations or implementing new programs, and upon
notification may undertake a review of the quality of the
facility or the program and the financial, academic, and other
qualifications of the institution. For instance, following
applications we filed in December 2006, we received approval
from the Higher Learning Commission and the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education in March 2008 to add our
first doctoral level program.
With respect to the Department of Education, if an institution
participating in the Title IV programs plans to add a new
location or educational program, the institution must generally
apply to the Department of Education to have the additional
location or educational program designated as within the scope
of the institutions Title IV eligibility. However, a
degree-granting institution such as us is not required to obtain
the Department of Educations approval of additional
programs that lead to an associate, bachelors,
professional, or graduate degree at the same degree level as
programs previously approved by the Department of Education.
Similarly, an institution is not required to obtain advance
approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful
employment in the same or a related recognized occupation as an
educational program that has previously been designated by the
Department of Education as an eligible program at that
institution if it meets certain minimum-length requirements.
However, as a condition for an institution to participate in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, the Department of
Education can require prior approval of such programs or
otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add
or the extent to which an institution can modify existing
educational programs. If an institution that is required to
obtain the Department of Educations advance approval for
the addition of a new program or new location fails to do so,
the institution may be liable for repayment of the Title IV
program funds received by the institution or students in
connection with that program or enrolled at that location.
Acquiring other schools. While we have not
acquired any other schools in the past, we may seek to do so in
the future. The Department of Education and virtually all state
education agencies and accrediting commissions require a company
to seek their approval if it wishes to acquire another school.
In our case, we would need to obtain the approval of the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education or other
94
state education agency that licenses the school being acquired,
the Higher Learning Commission, any other accrediting commission
that accredits the school being acquired, and the Department of
Education. The level of review varies by individual state and
accrediting commission, with some requiring approval of such an
acquisition before it occurs while others only consider approval
after the acquisition has occurred. The approval of the
applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions
is a necessary prerequisite to the Department of Education
certifying the acquired school to participate in the
Title IV programs under our ownership. The restrictions
imposed by any of the applicable regulatory agencies could delay
or prevent our acquisition of other schools in some
circumstances.
Provisional certification. Each institution
must apply to the Department of Education for continued
certification to participate in the Title IV programs at
least every six years, or when it undergoes a change in control,
and an institution may come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding an
educational program, or modifying the academic credentials that
it offers.
The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards. In addition, if a company acquires a
school from another entity, the acquired school will
automatically be placed on provisional certification when the
Department of Education approves the transaction. During the
period of provisional certification, the institution must comply
with any additional conditions or restrictions included in its
program participation agreement with the Department of
Education. Students attending provisionally certified
institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program
funds, but if the Department of Education finds that a
provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institutions certification to
participate in the Title IV programs without advance notice
or advance opportunity for the institution to challenge that
action. In addition, the Department of Education may more
closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if
it applies for recertification or approval to open a new
location, add an educational program, acquire another school, or
make any other significant change.
We are currently provisionally certified to participate in the
Title IV programs on a month-to-month basis. The Department
of Education issued our current program participation agreement
in May 2005, after an extended review following the change in
control that occurred in February 2004. The Department of
Educations 2005 recertification imposed certain conditions
on us, including a requirement that we post a letter of credit,
accept restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system of payment rather than by advance
payment. In October 2006, the Department of Education eliminated
the letter of credit requirement and allowed the growth
restrictions to expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated the
heightened cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to the
advance payment method. We submitted our application for
recertification in March 2008 in anticipation of the expiration
of our provisional certification on June 30, 2008. The
Department of Education did not make a decision on our
recertification application by June 30, 2008 and therefore
our participation in the Title IV programs has been
automatically extended on a
month-to-month
basis until the Department of Education makes its decision.
There can be no assurance that the Department of Education will
recertify us while the investigation by the Office of Inspector
General of the Department of Education is being conducted, while
the qui tam lawsuit is pending, or at all, or that it
will not impose restrictions as a condition of approving our
pending recertification application or with respect to any
future recertification.
Change in ownership resulting in a change in
control. Many states and accrediting commissions
require institutions of higher education to report or obtain
approval of certain changes in control and changes in other
aspects of institutional organization or control. The types of
and thresholds for such reporting and approval vary among the
states and accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning
Commission provides that an institution must obtain its approval
in advance of a change in ownership in order for the institution
to retain its accredited status, but the Higher Learning
Commission does not set specific standards for determining when
a transaction constitutes a change in ownership. In addition, in
the event of a change in ownership, the Higher Learning
Commission requires an onsite evaluation within six months in
order to continue the institutions accreditation. Our
other specialized accrediting commissions also require an
institution to obtain similar approval before or after the event
that constitutes the change in control under their standards.
95
Many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common
stock in the definition of a change in control requiring
approval, but their thresholds for determining a change in
control vary widely. The standards of the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education provide that an institution
undergoes a change in control if there is a transfer of 50% or
more of its voting stock over a five-year period. In our case,
we believe the five-year period to apply this standard would
begin after our prior change in control in February 2004 and
therefore would include the acquisition of voting stock by the
Endeavour Entities in 2005, as well as the issuance and sale of
voting stock in connection with the offering. A change in
control under the definition of one of the other state agencies
that regulate us might require us to obtain approval of the
change in control in order to maintain our authorization to
operate in that state, and in some cases such states could
require us to obtain advance approval of the change in control.
Under Department of Education regulations, an institution that
undergoes a change in control loses its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and must apply to the
Department of Education in order to reestablish such
eligibility. If an institution files the required application
and follows other procedures, the Department of Education may
temporarily certify the institution on a provisional basis
following the change in control, so that the institutions
students retain access to Title IV program funds until the
Department of Education completes its full review. In addition,
the Department of Education will extend such temporary
provisional certification if the institution timely files other
required materials, including the approval of the change in
control by its state authorizing agency and accrediting
commission and an audited balance sheet showing the financial
condition of the institution or its parent corporation as of the
date of the change in control. If the institution fails to meet
any of these application and other deadlines, its certification
will expire and its students will not be eligible to receive
Title IV program funds until the Department of Education
completes its full review, which commonly takes several months
and may take longer. If the Department of Education approves the
application after a change in control, it will certify the
institution on a provisional basis for a period of up to
approximately three years.
For corporations that are neither publicly traded nor closely
held, such as us prior to this offering, Department of Education
regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change
in control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in
the voting stock of the corporation or its parent corporation.
For such a corporation, the Department of Education will
generally find that a transaction results in a change in control
if a person acquires ownership or control of 25% or more of the
outstanding voting stock and control of the corporation, or a
person who owns or controls 25% or more of the outstanding
voting stock and controls the corporation ceases to own or
control at least 25% of the outstanding voting stock or ceases
to control the corporation. With respect to this offering, the
Richardson family will continue to own or control more than 25%
of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation following the
offering.
We have submitted a description of the offering to the
Department of Education, which has informed us that the proposed
offering will not trigger a change in ownership resulting in a
change in control under the Department of Educations
regulations.
The Higher Learning Commission has informed us that it will
consider the offering to be a change in control under its
policies, which will require us to obtain the Higher Learning
Commissions approval prior to consummating the offering.
We have filed additional correspondence with the Higher Learning
Commission regarding the information needed to obtain such
approval. As a result of its determination that the offering
will be a change in control, the Higher Learning Commission is
likely to conduct a site visit within six months of consummation
of the offering to confirm the appropriateness of the approval
and to evaluate whether we continue to meet the Higher Learning
Commissions eligibility criteria. In addition, based on
our communications with the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, we believe the offering will be a
change in control under Arizona law. Accordingly, following the
consummation of the offering, we will be required to file an
application with the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education in order to obtain such approval. We
cannot predict whether the Higher Learning Commission or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education will
impose any limitations or conditions on us, or identify any
compliance issues related to us in the context of the change in
control process, that could result in our loss of accreditation
or authorization by such agency, as applicable. Any failure to
comply with the requirements of either the Higher Learning
Commission or the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
96
Education, or a failure to obtain their approval of the change
in control, could result in our loss of accreditation or
authorization by such agency, as applicable, which, in turn,
would result in our loss of eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs and cause a significant decline in our
student enrollments.
We also intend to seek confirmation from other accrediting
commissions and state agencies, as we believe necessary, that
this offering will not constitute a change in control under
their respective standards, or to determine what is required if
any such commission or agency does consider the offering to
constitute a change in control. We do not expect that this
offering will result in a change in control for any of those
agencies, or that any of those agencies will require us to
obtain their approval in connection with this offering. If any
of those agencies deemed this offering to be a change in
control, we would have to apply for and obtain approval from
that agency, in some cases in advance of this offering,
according to its procedures.
A change in control also could occur as a result of future
transactions in which we are involved following the consummation
of this offering. Some corporate reorganizations and some
changes in the board of directors are examples of such
transactions. In addition, Department of Education regulations
provide that a change in control occurs for a publicly traded
corporation, which we will be after this offering, if either:
(i) there is an event that would obligate the corporation
to file a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the SEC disclosing a change in control, or (ii) the
corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the
total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the
largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder
ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the
largest stockholder. These standards are subject to
interpretation by the Department of Education. A significant
purchase or disposition of our voting stock in the future,
including a disposition of voting stock by the Richardson
family, could be determined by the Department of Education to be
a change in control under this standard. The potential adverse
effects of a change in control could influence future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the
adverse regulatory effect of a change in control also could
discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an
adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Additional state regulation. Most state
education agencies impose regulatory requirements on educational
institutions operating within their boundaries. Some states have
sought to assert jurisdiction over
out-of-state
educational institutions offering online degree programs that
have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In addition
to Arizona, we have determined that our activities in certain
states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states, and in other states we have obtained
approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our
marketing and recruiting activities. We review the licensure
requirements of other states when appropriate to determine
whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or
otherwise require licensure or authorization by the respective
state education agencies. Because we enroll students from all
50 states and the District of Columbia, we expect we will
have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in
the future. If we fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements for any state, we may be subject to
the loss of state licensure or authorization by that state, or
be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our
activities in that state, fines, and penalties. The loss of
licensure or authorization in a state other than Arizona could
prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or offering
services to current students in that state, which could
significantly reduce our enrollments.
97
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our
executive officers, directors, and
director-nominees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Executive Chairman
|
Brian E. Mueller
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
General Counsel and Director
|
Daniel E. Bachus
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
W. Stan Meyer
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Chief Administrative Officer
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
Dr. Kathy Player
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Grand Canyon University President
|
Chad N. Heath
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
Director
|
D. Mark Dorman
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Director
|
David J. Johnson
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director-Nominee
|
Jack A. Henry
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Director-Nominee
|
Brent D. Richardson has been serving as our Executive
Chairman since July 1, 2008. Mr. Richardson previously
served as our Chief Executive Officer from 2004 to
July 2008. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Richardson served as
chief executive officer of Masters Online, LLC, a company that
provided online educational programs and marketing services to
several regionally and nationally accredited universities. Prior
to 2000, Mr. Richardson served as director of sales and
marketing and later general manager of the Educational Division
of Private Networks, a company that produced customized distance
learning curricula for the healthcare and automotive industries.
Mr. Richardson has over 20 years of experience in the
education industry. Mr. Richardson earned his Bachelor of
Science degree in Finance from Eastern Illinois University.
Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson are brothers.
Brian E. Mueller has been serving as our Chief Executive
Officer since July 1, 2008. From 1987 to 2008,
Mr. Mueller was employed by Apollo Group, Inc., a
for-profit, postsecondary education company and the parent
company of the University of Phoenix, serving since January 2006
as its president and a director. Mr. Mueller previously
served as the chief operating officer of Apollo Group from
December 2005 to January 2006, as chief executive officer of the
University of Phoenix Online, a unit of the University of
Phoenix, from March 2002 to November 2005, and as chief
operating officer and senior vice president of the University of
Phoenix Online from May 1997 to March 2002. From 1987 to May
1997, Mr. Mueller held several positions in operations
management for Apollo Group. From 1983 to 1987, Mr. Mueller
was a professor at Concordia University. Mr. Mueller earned
his Master of Arts in Education degree and his Bachelor of Arts
degree in Education from Concordia University.
John E. Crowley has been serving as our Chief Operating
Officer since 2004. Prior to 2004, Mr. Crowley served as
the President of Educational Resources, a national distributor
of educational software, technology solutions, and related
services, and as president of Youth In Motion, Inc., a
distributor of educational materials. Mr. Crowley earned
his Bachelor of Finance degree and Master of Business
Administration degree from Western New England College.
Christopher C. Richardson has been serving as our General
Counsel since 2007 and as a director since 2004. From 2004 to
2007, Mr. Richardson served as legal counsel in our Office
of General Counsel. Prior to 2004, Mr. Richardson served as
the chief operating officer for Masters Online, LLC, a company
that provided online educational programs and marketing services
to several regionally and nationally accredited universities.
Mr. Richardson earned his Bachelor of Arts degree in
Political Science from Brigham Young
98
University, and Juris Doctor from the University of Arizona
College of Law, where he graduated summa cum laude. Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson are brothers.
Daniel E. Bachus has been serving as our Chief Financial
Officer since July 1, 2008. From January 2007 until June
2008, Mr. Bachus served as chief financial officer for Loreto
Bay Company, a real estate developer. From 2000 to 2006, Mr.
Bachus served as the chief accounting officer and controller of
Apollo Group, Inc., a for-profit, postsecondary education
company and the parent company of the University of Phoenix.
From 1992 to 2000, Mr. Bachus was employed by Deloitte
& Touche LLP, most recently as an audit senior manager. Mr.
Bachus earned his Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy from
the University of Arizona and his Master in Business
Administration degree from the University of Phoenix. Mr. Bachus
is also a certified public accountant.
W. Stan Meyer has been serving as our Executive Vice
President since July 1, 2008. From August 2002 to June
2008, Mr. Meyer was employed by Apollo Group, Inc., a
for-profit, postsecondary education company and the parent
company of the University of Phoenix, serving since June 2006 as
its executive vice president of marketing and enrollment.
Mr. Meyer previously served as a regional vice president of
the University of Phoenix Online, a unit of the University of
Phoenix, and division director of Axia College and of the School
of Advanced Studies. From 1983 to 2002, Mr. Meyer held
several positions with the Concordia University system,
including director for Concordia Universitys education
network. Mr. Meyer earned a Doctor of Education in
Institutional Management degree and a Master of Business
Administration degree from Pepperdine University and a Bachelor
of Arts in Communications degree from Concordia University.
Timothy R. Fischer has been serving as our Chief
Administrative Officer since July 1, 2008. Mr. Fischer
previously served as our Chief Financial Officer from 2005 until
July 2008. Prior to 2005, Mr. Fischer served as an
independent management and financial consultant to both public
and private companies in the Phoenix, Arizona area.
Mr. Fischer is a member of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and is licensed as a certified
public accountant by the New Mexico State Board of Public
Accountancy. Mr. Fischer earned his Bachelor of Business
Administration degree from Eastern New Mexico University.
Michael S. Lacrosse has been serving as our Chief
Information Officer since August 2006. From February 2001 to
August 2006, Mr. Lacrosse served as chief information
officer of Trax Technology, a global transportation management
firm, and 21st Century Learning, an educational technology
company which provides supplemental curriculum to K-12 students,
professional development opportunities for teachers and
administrators, as well as programs for parents.
Dr. Kathy Player has been serving as Grand Canyon
University President since July 31, 2008. From 2007 to July
2008 she served as our Provost and Chief Academic Officer. From
1998 to 2007, Dr. Player served in several other leadership
roles at Grand Canyon University, including most recently
as Dean of the Ken Blanchard College of Business.
Dr. Player earned her Doctorate of Education degree in
Counseling Psychology from the University of Sarasota, a Master
of Business Administration degree and a Master of Science degree
in Nursing Leadership from Grand Canyon University, a Master of
Science degree in Counseling from Nova Southeastern University,
and a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing from St.
Josephs College.
Chad N. Heath has been serving as a director of Grand
Canyon University since 2005. Mr. Heath is a managing
director of Endeavour Capital, a private equity firm based in
Portland, Oregon that currently manages over $925 million
in equity capital. Prior to joining Endeavour Capital,
Mr. Heath served as a principal at Charterhouse Group
International, a New York-based private equity firm focused on
middle-market transactions. Prior to Charterhouse,
Mr. Heath worked in the investment banking division of
Merrill Lynch. Mr. Heath currently sits on the board of
directors of Barrett-Jackson Holdings, LLC (dba: Barrett-Jackson
Auction Company) and Skagit Northwest Holdings, Inc. (dba:
Dri-Eaz Products). Mr. Heath received a Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration degree, magna cum laude, from
Georgetown University.
D. Mark Dorman has been serving as a director of
Grand Canyon University since 2005. Mr. Dorman is a
managing director of Endeavour Capital. Prior to joining
Endeavour Capital, Mr. Dorman served as an investment
banker at Green Manning & Bunch, a Denver-based
investment banking firm focused on merger and acquisition
transactions and advisory work for middle-market clients across
the West. He also served in the investment banking groups of
Boettcher & Company and Morgan Stanley.
Mr. Dorman currently sits on the boards of directors of PSI
Services Holding Inc. (dba: Policy Studies); SpeeCo, Inc.;
Skagit Northwest
99
Holdings, Inc. (dba: Dri-Eaz Products); and Barrett-Jackson
Holdings, LLC (dba: Barrett-Jackson Auction Company).
Mr. Dorman received a Bachelor of Science degree from
Lewis & Clark College and a Master of Business
Administration degree from Harvard Business School.
David J. Johnson has been nominated and has agreed to
serve as a member of our board of directors effective upon the
closing of the offering. From 1997 to 2006, Mr. Johnson
served as chief executive officer and chairman of the board of
KinderCare Learning Centers, Inc., a for-profit provider of
early childhood education and care services, and from 1991 to
1996, he served as president, chief executive officer, and
chairman of the board of Red Lion Hotels, Inc., a hotel company,
each of which were portfolio companies of Kohlberg Kravis
Roberts & Co. Prior to that time, Mr. Johnson
served as a general partner of Hellman & Friedman, a
private equity investment firm, from 1989 to 1991, as president,
chief operating officer and director of Dillingham Holdings, a
diversified company, from 1986 to 1988, and as president and
chief executive officer of Cal Gas Corporation, a principal
subsidiary of Dillingham Holdings, which was also a portfolio
company of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., from 1984 to
1987. Mr. Johnson holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the
University of Oregon and a Master of Business Administration
degree from the University of Southern California.
Jack A. Henry has been nominated and has agreed to serve
as a member of our board of directors effective upon the closing
of the offering. Mr. Henry began his career with Arthur
Andersen in 1966, and in 2000 retired as the managing partner of
the Phoenix office. In 2000, Mr. Henry formed Sierra Blanca
Ventures LLC, a private investment and advisory firm. He
currently serves on the boards of directors of White Electronics
Design Corporation and Point Blank Solutions, both of which are
public reporting companies, and several other private companies.
Mr. Henry previously served on the boards of directors of
Simula, Inc., SOS Staffing Services, Inc., Vodavi
Technology, Inc., Tickets.com, and VistaCare, Inc., all public
reporting companies. Mr. Henry currently serves as
President of the Arizona Chapter of the National Association of
Corporate Directors. Mr. Henry holds a Bachelor of Business
Administration degree and a Master of Business Administration
degree from the University of Michigan.
Other than Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson, who are
brothers, there are no family relationships among any of our
directors or executive officers.
In conjunction with the hiring of our new management team, we
anticipate that John E. Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer,
will transition out of his role with us within the next
12 months in order to pursue other interests.
Apollo Group, Inc. and certain of its current and former
officers and directors, including Messrs. Mueller and
Bachus, are named as defendants in various litigation matters
arising out of alleged misconduct in connection with
Apollos stock option grant practices and related financial
statement reporting. As disclosed in Apollo Groups most
recent Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q,
one of these cases, a derivative action, has been settled
subject to final Court approval. A securities class action
arising from substantially the same facts and allegations is
ongoing. In addition to the litigation in connection with the
stock grant process, Mr. Bachus was also originally named
as a defendant in a securities class action relating to
Apollos disclosures regarding a preliminary Department of
Education program review report. Mr. Bachus was dismissed as a
defendant in this matter prior to trial. A subsequent jury
verdict in plaintiffs favor in that action has been
overturned by the trial court, although the trial courts
decision is expected to be appealed. Mr. Bachus also was
originally named as a defendant in a related, ongoing derivative
action, but was not named in the current, amended complaint in
that action.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of four persons,
including two independent directors, Messrs. Heath and
Dorman. Effective upon consummation of this offering, our board
will consist of at least six directors, our four current
directors and our two director-nominees, four of whom will be
independent.
Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each
director other than Brent D. Richardson and Christopher C.
Richardson, and each director nominee, is
independent, as defined by the Marketplace Rules of
the Nasdaq Stock Market. Under the Marketplace Rules, a director
can be independent only if the director does not trigger a
categorical bar to independence and our board of directors
affirmatively determines that the
100
director does not have a relationship which, in the opinion of
our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of
independent judgment by the director in carrying out the
responsibilities of a director.
With respect to Messrs. Dorman and Heath, our board of
directors considered their roles as managing directors of
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, which is the general partner of the
Endeavour Entities, and the fact that the Endeavour Entities own
a significant, although non-controlling, number of shares of our
capital stock. See Beneficial Ownership of Common
Stock. In addition, the board of directors considered the
fact that we are a party to a professional services agreement
with Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, which will terminate by its
terms upon the closing of this offering, pursuant to which
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC serves as a consultant to our board of
directors on business and financial matters in exchange for a
consulting fee. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Endeavour Professional Services
Agreement. The board of directors also considered the fact
that we are a party to a stockholders agreement with the
Endeavour Entities, which will terminate by its terms upon the
closing of this offering, and an investor rights agreement with
the Endeavour Entities, among others, in connection with their
ownership of our capital stock, portions of which will survive
the closing of this offering. See Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions Stockholders
Agreement and Investor Rights
Agreement. After reviewing the existing relationships
between us and the Endeavour Entities, and considering that the
affiliation between Messrs. Dorman and Heath and the
Endeavour Entities will positively align their interests with
those of our public stockholders, our board of directors has
affirmatively determined (with Messrs. Dorman and Heath
abstaining) that, in its judgment, Messrs. Dorman and Heath
meet the applicable independence standards established by the
Nasdaq Stock Market.
At each annual meeting, our stockholders elect our full board of
directors. Directors may be removed at any time for cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
power then entitled to vote.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors directs the management of our business
and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its
business through meetings of the board of directors. Effective
upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will
establish three standing committees: an audit committee; a
compensation committee; and a nominating and governance
committee. In addition, from time to time, special committees
may be established under the direction of the board of directors
when necessary to address specific issues. The composition of
the board committees will comply, when required, with the
applicable rules of Nasdaq and applicable law. Our board of
directors will adopt a written charter for each of the standing
committees. These charters will be available on our website
following the completion of the offering.
Audit Committee. Our audit committee will
consist of Messrs. Henry (chair) and Johnson, each of whom will
be independent, as defined under and required by the
rules of Nasdaq and the federal securities laws. Mr. Henry
also qualifies as an audit committee financial
expert, as defined by the federal securities laws and
required by Nasdaq. Our audit committee will be directly
responsible for, among other things, the appointment,
compensation, retention, and oversight of our independent
registered public accounting firm. The oversight includes
reviewing the plans and results of the audit engagement with the
firm, approving any additional professional services provided by
the firm and reviewing the independence of the firm. Commencing
with our first report on internal controls over financial
reporting, the committee will be responsible for discussing the
effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting
with the firm and relevant financial management.
Compensation Committee. Our compensation
committee will consist of Messrs. Johnson (chair), Heath, and
Dorman, each of whom is or will be independent, as
defined under and required by the rules of Nasdaq, a
non-employee director under Section 16 of the
Exchange Act, and an outside director for purposes
of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or the Code. The compensation committee will be
responsible for, among other things, supervising and reviewing
our affairs as they relate to the compensation and benefits of
our executive officers. In carrying out these responsibilities,
the compensation committee will review all components of
executive compensation for consistency with our compensation
philosophy and with the interests of our stockholders.
101
Nominating and Governance Committee. Our
nominating and governance committee will consist of Messrs.
Heath (chair) and Dorman, each of whom is
independent, as defined under and required by the
rules of Nasdaq. The nominating and governance committee will be
responsible for, among other things, identifying individuals
qualified to become board members; selecting, or recommending to
the board, director nominees for each election of directors;
developing and recommending to the board criteria for selecting
qualified director candidates; considering committee member
qualifications, appointment and removal; recommending corporate
governance principles, codes of conduct and compliance
mechanisms; and providing oversight in the evaluation of the
board and each committee.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
There are no interlocking relationships requiring disclosure
under the applicable rules promulgated under the
U.S. federal securities laws.
Limitation
of Liability and Indemnification
For information concerning limitation of liability and
indemnification applicable to our directors, executive officers
and, in certain cases, employees, please see Description
of Capital Stock located elsewhere in this prospectus.
102
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with Compensation of Named Executive
Officers and the related tables that follow.
Overview
The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis is to
provide information about each material element of compensation
that we pay or award to, or that is earned by, our named
executive officers, who consist of our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, and our three other most
highly compensated executive officers. For our 2007 fiscal year,
our named executive officers were:
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson, our Chief Executive Officer;
|
|
|
|
John E. Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer;
|
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson, our General Counsel;
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Fischer, currently our Chief Administrative Officer
and formerly our Chief Financial Officer; and
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse, our Chief Information Officer.
|
This compensation discussion and analysis addresses and explains
the compensation practices we followed in 2007, the numerical
and related information contained in the summary compensation
and related tables presented below, and actions we have taken
regarding executive compensation since the end of our 2007
fiscal year, including in connection with our hiring of
additional senior management personnel.
Compensation
Determinations
Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with a
relatively small number of stockholders, including our lead
outside investor, Endeavour Capital, and we have not been
subject to exchange listing requirements requiring us to have a
majority independent board or to exchange or SEC rules relating
to the formation and functioning of board committees, including
audit, nominating, and compensation committees. As such, most,
if not all, of our compensation policies, and determinations
applicable to our named executive officers, have been the
product of negotiation between our named executive officers and
Endeavour Capital. For additional information regarding the
compensation committee of our board of directors that will
oversee our compensation program following the completion of
this offering, please see Management Board
Committees.
Objectives
of Compensation Programs
We pay our executive officers based on business performance and
individual performance, and, in setting compensation levels, we
take into consideration our past practices and our current and
anticipated future needs, and the relative skills and experience
of each individual executive. To date, we have not utilized the
services of a compensation consultant and have not engaged in
any benchmarking when making policy-level or individual
compensation determinations. Rather, compensation decisions to
date have been the product of negotiations between
Messrs. Heath and Dorman, who constitute all of our
non-employee directors, and our named executive officers.
Compensation philosophy. Under our
compensation philosophy, a named executive officers total
compensation will vary based on our overall performance and with
the particular named executive officers personal
performance and contribution to overall results. This philosophy
generally applies to all of our employees, with a more
significant level of variability and compensation at risk
depending upon an employees function and level of
responsibility. Our overall goals in implementing this
philosophy are to attract, motivate, and retain highly qualified
individuals responsible for guiding us and creating value for
our investors.
103
Compensation objectives. We believe that the
compensation program we follow helps us achieve the following
objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be related to
performance. We believe that the
performance-based portion of an individuals total
compensation should increase as the individuals business
responsibilities increase. Thus, a material portion of executive
compensation should be linked to our and the individuals
performance, which also serves to align the named executive
officers interests with those of our investors.
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be competitive and cost effective. We
believe that our compensation programs should foster an
innovative, high integrity, and performance-oriented culture
that serves to attract, motivate, and retain executives and
other key employees with the appropriate skill sets to lead us
through expected future growth in a dynamic and competitive
environment. Accordingly, we should provide compensation in
amounts necessary to achieve these goals and which is of fair
value relative to other positions in Grand Canyon University.
|
Company compensation policies. A named
executive officers total in-service compensation consists
of base salary, a cash bonus, and limited perquisites. With
regard to these components, we have in the past adhered to the
following compensation policies:
|
|
|
|
|
Founders with significant equity stakes require limited
incentives. As founders of our company, Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have significant equity ownership in Grand
Canyon University. We believe that the Richardsons
ownership stake provides a level of motivation that would not be
appreciably enhanced through material cash bonus opportunities
or the grant of further equity incentives. Accordingly, in 2007,
the Richardsons were compensated solely through base salary and
limited perquisites.
|
|
|
|
Base salaries should be the largest component of
compensation. Our compensation programs should reflect base
salaries as being compensation for the named executive officers
to perform the essential elements of their respective jobs, and
cash bonuses as a reward for superior company and individual
performance. In this regard, base salary should be the largest
component of cash compensation, with cash bonuses being
significantly less than base salaries.
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be paid in cash. As a
private company whose equity securities were not publicly traded
prior to completion of this offering, we believed that the true
compensatory value to be accorded to equity-based incentives
would be difficult for both us and a recipient to determine.
Accordingly, we have not in the past utilized equity-based
incentives and have instead focused entirely on providing the
opportunity for our named executive officers to earn total cash
compensation at levels that enable us to achieve the motivation
and retention goals described above.
|
We believe our policies have helped us achieve our compensation
objectives of motivation and retention, as evidenced by the
limited turnover in our executive officer ranks over the past
several years.
Compensation
Programs Design and Elements of Compensation
We choose to pay each element of compensation to further the
objectives of our compensation program, which, as noted,
includes the need to attract, retain, and reward key leaders
critical to our success by providing competitive total
compensation.
Elements of In-Service Compensation. For our
2007 fiscal year, our executive compensation mix included base
salary, discretionary cash bonuses, and other benefits generally
available to all employees. Perquisites were not a significant
component of executive compensation. We generally determine the
nature and amount of each element of compensation as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Base salary. We typically agree upon a base
salary with a named executive officer at the time of initial
employment, which may or may not be reflected in an employment
agreement. The amount of base salary agreed upon, which is not
at risk, reflects our views as to the individual
executives
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
past experience, future potential, knowledge, scope of
anticipated responsibilities, skills, expertise, and potential
to add value through performance, as well as competitive
industry salary practices. Although minimum base salaries for
Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson are set by
their respective employment agreements, as described below, we
review executive salaries annually and may adjust them based on
an evaluation of the companys performance for the year and
the performance of the functional area(s) under an
executives scope of responsibility. For example, base
salaries for each of Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris
Richardson were increased from $250,000 in fiscal 2006 to
$292,019 in fiscal 2007 as a result of the growth in our net
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for 2006, which was driven, in part,
by the leadership and execution of our strategy by these named
executive officers. We also consider qualitative criteria, such
as education and experience requirements, complexity, and scope
or impact of the position compared to other executive positions
internally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonuses. We provide cash bonuses, which are
at-risk, to recognize and reward our named executive officers
with cash payments above base salary based on our success in a
given year. In the past, we have awarded bonuses on a
discretionary basis, and we have not implemented or followed a
formal bonus plan tied to specific financial and non-financial
objectives.
|
|
|
|
Perquisites. We seek to compensate our named
executive officers at levels that eliminate the need for
perquisites and enable each individual officer to provide for
his or her own needs. Accordingly, in 2007, the only perquisite
we provided to any of our named executive officers was allowing
Brent Richardson to utilize a car leased by Grand Canyon
University.
|
|
|
|
Other. We offer other employee benefits to key
executives for the purpose of meeting current and future health
and security needs for the executives and their families. These
benefits, which we generally offer to all eligible employees,
include medical, dental, and life insurance benefits; short-term
disability pay; long-term disability insurance; flexible
spending accounts for medical expense reimbursements; and a
401(k) retirement savings plan. The 401(k) retirement savings
plan is a defined contribution plan under Section 401(a) of
the Code. Employees may make pre-tax contributions into the
plan, expressed as a percentage of compensation, up to
prescribed IRS annual limits.
|
Elements of Post-Termination Compensation and
Benefits. We are a party to written agreements
that provide certain of our named executive officers with
post-termination salary and benefit continuation while the
officer searches for new employment. We believe that the amounts
of these payments and benefits and the periods of time during
which they would be provided are fair and reasonable, and we
have not historically taken into account any amounts that may be
received by a named executive officer following termination when
establishing current compensation levels. The elements of
post-termination compensation that we provide consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Salary continuation. Each of Brent Richardson,
John Crowley, and Chris Richardson has a written employment
agreement under which he will receive continuing salary payments
for a stated period of time following termination of employment,
unless such termination constitutes termination for cause. Under
these agreements, Brent Richardson would continue to receive his
then-current base salary for a period of 12 months
following termination of employment, while John Crowley and
Chris Richardson would receive such salary continuation for a
period of six months following termination of employment,
subject to an option by us to extend the period to
12 months if we seek to extend their post-termination
non-compete and related covenants.
|
|
|
|
Benefits continuation. Under their agreements,
Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson would
also receive continuation of benefits during the applicable
salary continuation period.
|
105
Impact
of Performance on Compensation
In the past, we have reviewed overall company and individual
performance in connection with our review of named executive
officer compensation.
Company performance. In reviewing our
performance, we focus principally on the achievement of net
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA levels, and on maintaining
regulatory compliance. We presently define Adjusted EBITDA as
net income (loss) plus interest expense net of interest income,
plus income tax expense (benefit), and plus depreciation and
amortization (EBITDA), as adjusted for (i) royalty payments
incurred pursuant to an agreement with our former owner that has
been terminated as of April 15, 2008, as discussed herein
and in Note 2 to our financial statements included with
this prospectus, and (ii) management fees and expenses that
are no longer paid or that will no longer be payable following
completion of this offering. We focus on Adjusted EBITDA in
connection with our compensation decisions because we believe
that it provides useful information regarding our operating
performance and executive performance as it does not give effect
to items that management does not consider to be reflective of
our core operating performance. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
Non-GAAP Discussion.
As such, we believe it is fair and reasonable to our executives
to assess their individual performance on the same basis as our
performance is assessed by our board of directors and investors.
Individual performance. In reviewing
individual performance, we also look at an executives
achievement of non-financial objectives that, with respect to a
given named executive officer, may include achieving objectives
related to some or all of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
enrollment growth;
|
|
|
|
program development and expansion; and
|
|
|
|
regulatory compliance.
|
Conclusion
We believe that the compensation amounts paid to our named
executive officers for their service in 2007 were reasonable and
appropriate and in our best interests.
Actions
Taken in Current Fiscal Year
Equity Plans. As discussed above, we have
historically relied upon base salaries and cash bonuses to
attract, motivate and retain our named executive officers. We
have adopted a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or our Incentive
Plan, and a 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, to
enhance the link between the creation of stockholder value and
executive incentive compensation and to give our directors,
executive officers, and other employees appropriate motivation
and rewards for achieving increases in share value. Although
Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson are eligible to
participate in the Incentive Plan, as a result of their
significant ownership stake in us, we do not believe that their
motivation will be appreciably enhanced through participation in
the Incentive Plan and, at this time, we do not anticipate
granting any material awards under the Incentive Plan to them.
The Incentive Plan became effective on September 27, 2008
following approval by our stockholders on such date, and the
ESPP, which was also approved by our stockholders on
September 27, 2008, will be effective upon consummation of
this offering.
Incentive Plan. We have authorized and
reserved a total of 4,199,937 shares of our common stock
for issuance under the Incentive Plan. This reserve
automatically increases on a cumulative basis on January 1,
2009 and each subsequent anniversary through 2017, by an amount
equal to the smaller of (a) 2.5% of the number of shares of
common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding
December 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by our
board of directors. We will make appropriate adjustments in the
number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the
Incentive Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or
enlargement of participants rights in the event of a stock
split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject
to awards that expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again
become available for
106
issuance under the Incentive Plan. The shares available will not
be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to
satisfy tax withholding obligations. Only the net number of
shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or
options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of
previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares
available under the Incentive Plan.
We may grant awards under the Incentive Plan to our employees,
officers, directors, or consultants, or those of any future
parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity.
While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we
may grant nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock
units, performance shares, performance units, and cash-based
awards or other stock-based awards to any eligible participant.
Only members of the board of directors who are not employees at
the time of grant will be eligible to participate in the
non-employee director awards component of the Incentive Plan.
The board of directors or the compensation committee will set
the amount and type of non-employee director awards to be
awarded on a periodic, non-discriminatory basis. Non-employee
director awards may be granted in the form of nonstatutory stock
options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and
restricted stock unit awards.
In the event of a change in control, as described in the
Incentive Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or
continue all or any awards outstanding under the Incentive Plan
or substitute substantially equivalent awards. Any awards that
are not assumed or continued in connection with a change in
control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in
control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in
control. The compensation committee may provide for the
acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon
such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the
vesting of all non-employee director awards will automatically
be accelerated in full. The Incentive Plan also authorizes the
compensation committee, in its discretion and without the
consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding
award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange
for a payment to the participant with respect to each share
subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess
of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the
change in control transaction over the exercise price per share,
if any, under the award.
In conjunction with adoption of the Incentive Plan, our board of
directors has approved a comprehensive policy relating to the
granting of stock options and other equity-based awards. Under
this policy:
|
|
|
|
|
all stock option grants, restricted stock awards, and other
equity based awards, which we collectively refer to as
stock-based grants, must be approved by the compensation
committee;
|
|
|
|
all stock-based grants will be approved at formal meetings
(including telephonic) of the compensation committee;
|
|
|
|
the date for determining the strike price and similar
measurements will be the date of the meeting (or a date shortly
after the meeting) or, in the case of an employee, director, or
consultant not yet hired, appointed, or retained, respectively,
the subsequent date of hire, appointment, or retention, as the
case may be;
|
|
|
|
if our board of directors implements an annual stock-based
grant, the grant will be approved at a regularly scheduled
meeting of the compensation committee during the first part of
the year, but after the annual earnings release, if any. We
believe that coordinating any annual award grant after our
annual earnings release, if any, will generally result in this
grant being made at a time when the public is in possession of
all material information about us;
|
|
|
|
the annual grant to executive officers and directors, if any,
will occur at the same time as the annual grant to other
employees;
|
|
|
|
we will not intentionally grant stock-based awards before the
anticipated announcement of materially favorable news or
intentionally delay the grant of stock-based awards until after
the announcement of materially unfavorable news; and
|
|
|
|
the compensation committee will approve stock-based grants only
for persons specifically identified at the meeting by management.
|
107
In connection with the initial public offering, we plan to issue
704,923 fully vested and 2,492,256 unvested stock options with
an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price to
employees and a director under this Incentive Plan.
ESPP. We have authorized and reserved a total
of 1,049,984 shares of our common stock for sale under the
ESPP. In addition, the ESPP provides for an automatic annual
increase in the number of shares available for issuance under
the plan on January 1 of each year beginning in 2009 and
continuing through and including January 1, 2017 equal to
the lesser of (a) 1.0% of our then issued and outstanding shares
of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31,
(b) 1,049,984 shares, or (c) a number of shares
as our board of directors may determine. We will make
appropriate adjustments in the number of authorized shares and
in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or
enlargement of participants rights in the event of a stock
split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject
to purchase rights which expire or are canceled will again
become available for issuance under the ESPP.
Our employees, and the employees of any future parent or
subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity, will be
eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily
employed by us, or such other entity, if applicable, for more
than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any
calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted a right
to purchase stock under the ESPP if: (a) the employee
immediately after such grant would own stock possessing 5% or
more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes
of our capital stock, or (b) the employees rights to
purchase stock under the ESPP and Incentive Plan would accrue at
a rate that exceeds $25,000 in value for each calendar year of
participation in such plans.
The ESPP will be implemented through a series of sequential
offering periods, generally three months in duration beginning
on the first trading days of February, May, August, and November
each year. The administrator is authorized to establish
additional or alternative sequential or overlapping offering
periods and offering periods having a different duration or
different starting or ending dates, provided that no offering
period may have a duration exceeding 27 months.
Amounts accumulated for each participant, generally through
payroll deductions, will be credited toward the purchase of
shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period at
a price generally equal to 95% of the fair market value of our
common stock on the purchase date. Prior to commencement of an
offering period, the administrator will be authorized to change
the purchase price discount for that offering period, but the
purchase price may not be less than 85% of the lower of the fair
market value of our common stock at the beginning of the
offering period or at the end of the offering period.
The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase in any
three-month offering period will be the lesser of (a) that
number of shares determined by multiplying
(i) 100 shares by (ii) the number of months
(rounded to the nearest whole month) in the offering period and
rounding to the nearest whole share, or (b) that number of
whole shares determined by dividing (i) the product of
$1,979.17 and the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole
month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole
dollar by (ii) the fair market value of a share of our
common stock at the beginning of the offering period. Prior to
the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may
alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any
participant during the offering period or specify a maximum
aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all
participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares
remain available under the plan to permit all participants to
purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be
entitled, the administrator will make a pro rata allocation of
the available shares. Any amounts withheld from
participants compensation in excess of the amounts used to
purchase shares will be refunded.
In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor
corporation may assume our rights and obligations under the
ESPP. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume
such rights and obligations, then the purchase date of the
offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date
prior to the change in control, and the number of shares of
stock subject to outstanding purchase rights will not be
adjusted.
Executive Employment Agreements. Effective
July 1, 2008, we entered into employment agreements with
Brian E. Mueller, Daniel E. Bachus, and W. Stan Meyer that
govern the terms of their service as our
108
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Executive
Vice President, respectively. Effective September 10, 2008, we
entered into new employment agreements with each of
Brent D. Richardson and Chris C. Richardson. Each
agreement has a four-year term and automatically renews for one
year periods after the initial four-year term unless either
party provides written notice that it does not wish to renew the
respective agreement. Except with respect to certain items of
compensation, as described below, the terms of each agreement
are similar in all material respects.
The agreement with each of Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
provides for a base salary of $297,500, entitles each to receive
performance bonuses as determined by the board based upon Grand
Canyon Universitys achievement of performance, budgetary,
and other objectives, as set in advance by the board. The
agreements do not set a target performance bonus amount and, as
discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, although Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson are eligible to participate in
the Incentive Plan, we do not anticipate granting any material
awards under the Incentive Plan to them and their agreements do
not provide for any such awards.
The agreement with Mr. Mueller provides for a base salary
of $500,000 per year and a fixed bonus of $250,000 for 2008. It
also entitles Mr. Mueller to earn incentive compensation
for future years targeted at 100% of his base salary, subject to
the satisfaction of criteria to be established by our
compensation committee. Subject to the approval of the
compensation committee and immediately prior to the completion
of this offering, Mr. Mueller is also entitled to receive
(i) a grant of an option to purchase approximately
1.0 million shares of our common stock, which will vest
ratably, on an annual basis, over a five-year period, and
(ii) a grant of 104,998 shares of our common stock
which shares shall be fully vested on the grant date. The shares
subject to the foregoing grants will have a grant or exercise
price equal to the initial public offering price.
The agreement with Mr. Bachus provides for a base salary of
$275,000 per year and a fixed bonus of $68,750 for 2008. It also
entitles Mr. Bachus to earn incentive compensation for
future years targeted at 50% of his base salary, subject to the
satisfaction of criteria to be established by our compensation
committee. Subject to the approval of the compensation committee
and immediately prior to the completion of this offering,
Mr. Bachus is also entitled to receive a grant of an option
to purchase approximately 0.4 million shares of our common
stock, which will vest ratably, on an annual basis, over a
five-year period and will have an exercise price equal to the
initial public offering price.
The agreement with Mr. Meyer provides for a base salary of
$300,000 per year and a fixed bonus of $75,000 for 2008. It also
entitles Mr. Meyer to earn incentive compensation for
future years targeted at 50% of his base salary, subject to the
satisfaction of criteria to be established by our compensation
committee. Subject to the approval of the compensation committee
and immediately prior to the completion of this offering,
Mr. Meyer is also entitled to receive a grant of an option
to purchase approximately 0.4 million shares of our common
stock, which will vest ratably, on an annual basis, over a
five-year period and will have an exercise price equal to the
initial public offering price.
The number of shares actually issued or granted to
Messrs. Mueller, Meyer, and Bachus will be based on the
number of shares outstanding after the offering and after giving
effect to the conversion of our Series A preferred stock
and Series C preferred stock. The outstanding shares of
Series C preferred stock convert into shares of common
stock upon the closing of the offering based on a conversion
price equal to the initial public offering price per share, and
for purposes of calculating the share numbers above, we have
assumed an initial public offering price of $19.00 per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus.
Each agreement entitles the executive to receive customary and
usual fringe benefits generally available to our senior
management, and to be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
business expenses.
The agreements prohibit the executives from engaging in any work
that creates an actual conflict of interest with us, and include
customary non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that
prohibit the executives, during their employment with us and for
12 months thereafter, from (i) owning (except
ownership of less than 1% of any class of securities which are
listed for trading on any securities exchange or which are
traded in the over the counter market), managing, controlling,
participating in, consulting with, rendering
109
services for, or in any manner engaging in the operation of a
for-profit, postsecondary education institution or any other
business that is in the same line of business as us;
(ii) soliciting funds on behalf of, or for the benefit of,
any for-profit, postsecondary education institution (other than
us) or any other entity that competes with us;
(iii) soliciting our current or prospective students to be
students for any other for-profit, postsecondary education
institution; (iv) inducing or attempting to induce any of
our employees to leave our employ, or in any way interfering
with the relationship between us and any of our employees; or
(v) inducing or attempting to induce any of our students,
customers, suppliers, licensees, or other business partners to
cease doing business with, or modify its business relationship
with, us, or in any way interfere with or hinder the
relationship between any such student, customer, supplier,
licensee, or business partner and us. Each of the executives has
separately entered into a confidentiality agreement with us.
The agreements also entitle the executives to certain benefits
upon their respective separations from us. If the executives are
terminated for cause (as defined in the agreement) or resign
without good reason (as defined in the agreement), the
executives are entitled only to their respective base salary,
pro rated to the date of separation. If the executives are
terminated without cause or resign for good reason, subject to
their respective compliance with the covenants described above
and execution of a full release of all claims against us, the
executives will be entitled to receive 12 months of base
salary, as in effect at the time of separation, payable in
accordance with our payroll cycle and in compliance with
Section 409A of the Code, 12 months of COBRA premiums,
and partial acceleration of the vesting of their stock options
to the next vesting date. If, within the 12 months after a
change in control (as defined in the agreement), the executives
are terminated other than for cause or they resign for good
reason, they shall be entitled to the same severance package as
described above for similar separation reasons, plus the full
vesting of all stock options held by the executives.
Named Executive Officer Salary
Adjustments. Effective January 1, 2008, the
base salary of each of Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris
Richardson was increased by $5,000 per year to $297,500.
Other than as described above, there have been no other material
changes to items of compensation applicable to our named
executive officers or directors for fiscal 2008.
Compensation
of Named Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the total compensation earned for
services rendered during fiscal year 2007 by our named executive
officers.
2007
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
|
Bonus(2)
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
292,019
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,312
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
307,331
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306,019
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R.
Fischer(4)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
194,500
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,500
|
|
Chief Administrative Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
160,385
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185,385
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson,
represents the minimum base salary payable under their
respective employment agreements of $250,000, as adjusted for
fiscal year 2007 by the board of directors. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents cash bonuses awarded to the recipients by the board
of directors on a discretionary basis. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the value of lease payments made by Grand Canyon
University on a vehicle utilized by Mr. Richardson. |
110
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Fischer was appointed our Chief Administrative Officer
effective July 1, 2008. During 2007, he served as our Chief
Financial Officer. |
Employment
Agreements
We were a party to employment agreements with Brent D.
Richardson, John E. Crowley, and Christopher C. Richardson
relating to 2007 compensation. In 2008, we entered into
employment agreements with Brian E. Mueller, Daniel
E. Bachus, and W. Stan Meyer and new employment
agreements with Brent D. Richardson and
Chris C. Richardson. Our board of directors approved
the terms of each agreement. The material terms of the
agreements with Messrs. Richardson, Crowley, and Richardson,
which governed their 2007 compensation, are summarized below.
See Actions Taken in Current Fiscal Year
Executive Employment Agreements for a summary of the terms
of the new agreements with Brent and Chris Richardson and
the agreements with Messrs. Mueller, Bachus, and Meyer.
Agreement with Brent D. Richardson. Effective
August 24, 2005, we and Brent Richardson entered into an
employment agreement. The agreement remains in effect until
Mr. Richardsons death, disability, separation from
Grand Canyon as a result of a determination of the board of
directors that separation is in our best interests, or a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Richardson. The agreement
provides for a minimum base salary of $250,000 per year, which
may be increased in the discretion of the board of directors.
Mr. Richardson may also receive a discretionary performance
bonus, which may be awarded by the board of directors based upon
the achievement of performance, budgetary, or other objectives
that may, from time to time, be set by the board of directors.
Mr. Richardson is also entitled to insurance, vacation,
holidays, and other benefits that are consistent with those that
we provide to our practices for our employees generally.
The agreement provides for certain benefits upon separation, as
further described in the Severance and Change of Control
Payments section below. The agreement also contains
customary covenants requiring Mr. Richardson to maintain
the confidentiality of information obtained in his capacity as
an owner and member of our senior management team and
prohibiting Mr. Richardson from, for a period of
24 months following any separation event,
(i) competing with us, (ii) soliciting funds on behalf
of or for the benefit of another regionally accredited higher
education institution, (iii) soliciting current or
prospective students, (iv) inducing or attempting to induce
our employees to leave employment with us, and
(v) interfering with our business relationships generally.
Mr. Richardson is also prohibited from making any
disparaging remarks about us.
Agreement with John E. Crowley. Effective
August 24, 2005, we and John Crowley entered into an
employment agreement. The agreement remains in effect until
Mr. Crowleys death, disability, separation from us as
a result of a determination of the board of directors that
separation is in our best interests, or a voluntary resignation
by Mr. Crowley. The agreement provides for a minimum base
salary of $250,000 per year, which may be increased in the
discretion of the board of directors. Mr. Crowley may also
receive a discretionary performance bonus, which may be awarded
by the board of directors based upon the achievement of
performance, budgetary, or other objectives that may, from time
to time, be set by the board of directors. Mr. Crowley is
also entitled to insurance, vacation, holidays, and other
benefits that are consistent with those that we provide to our
practices for our employees generally. The agreement provides
for certain benefits upon separation, as further described in
the Severance and Change of Control Payments section
below. The agreement also contains substantially similar
covenants as those in the agreements with Brent Richardson, as
described above.
Agreement with Christopher C.
Richardson. Effective August 24, 2005, we
and Chris Richardson entered into an employment agreement. The
agreement with Chris Richardson contains substantially the same
terms as the agreement with John Crowley. The agreement also
provides for certain benefits upon separation as further
described in the Severance and Change of Control
Payments section below.
111
Severance and Change of Control Payments. The
employment agreements with Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and
Chris Richardson entitle them to certain severance payments and
other benefits in the event of certain types of terminations,
which are summarized below. The table below reflects the amount
of compensation to be paid to each of them in the event of
termination of such executives employment. The amounts
shown assume that such termination was effective as of
December 31, 2007, and thus includes amounts earned through
such time and are estimates of the amounts that would be paid
out to the executives upon their termination. All payments will
comply with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent Section 409A
applies. The actual amounts to be paid out can only be
determined at the time of such executives separation from
the company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer
|
|
Triggering
Event(1)(2)
|
|
Payment/Benefit
|
|
Material Conditions
|
|
Potential
Value(3)
|
|
|
Brent Richardson
|
|
Separation by Mr. Richardson for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
12 months following separation
|
|
Mr. Richardson must abide by the confidentiality,
non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement
covenants discussed above for 24 months
|
|
$
|
300,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Richardson, separation by Mr. Richardson without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Richardson will receive benefits
as determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
8,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Crowley
|
|
Separation by Mr. Crowley for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
six months following separation, with the option by us to extend
such payments (and related benefits) for up to 12 months
following separation
|
|
Mr. Crowley must abide by the confidentiality, non-competition,
non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants discussed above
for 12 months (subject to extension to 24 months)
|
|
|
295,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Crowley, separation by Mr. Crowley without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Crowley will receive benefits as
determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
2,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chris Richardson
|
|
Separation by Mr. Richardson for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
six months following separation, with the option by us to extend
such payments (and related benefits) for up to 12 months
following separation
|
|
Mr. Richardson must abide by the confidentiality,
non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement
covenants discussed above for 12 months (subject to extension to
24 months)
|
|
|
300,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Richardson, separation by Mr. Richardson without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Richardson will receive benefits
as determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
8,354
|
|
112
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Good Reason is generally defined in the employment
agreements to include a resignation within 30 days after
the occurrence of any one of the following: (a) the failure
by us to pay amounts owed to the executive following
15 days prior written notice of such failure; (b) the
assignment to the executive of duties materially inconsistent
with the executives title or the failure to elect or
reelect the executive to his position; or (c) a requirement
by us that the executive perform services at a location that is
more than 50 miles from our main campus. |
|
(2) |
|
Cause is generally defined in the employment
agreements to include: (a) the executives commission
of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, any other
willful act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud with
respect to us or our customers or suppliers, misappropriation of
our funds or assets for personal use or engaging in conduct
bringing substantial public disgrace or disrepute to us;
(b) the executives neglect of duties following
notice, gross misconduct in performance of duties or material
and repeated failure to perform duties; (c) the
executives engaging in conduct that constitutes cause for
separation under applicable law, and (d) the
executives breaching the confidentiality, non-competition,
non-solicitation,
and
non-disparagement
covenants applicable to him. |
|
(3) |
|
Assumes that, in the case of Chris Richardson and John Crowley,
we exercise our option to extend severance payments beyond the
required six month period, as described in the table above. Also
assumes health insurance premiums of $696.20 per month, $248.74
per month, and $696.20 per month for Brent Richardson, John
Crowley, and Chris Richardson, respectively, over the periods
indicated. |
Compensation
of Directors
To date, we have not paid our directors any compensation for
their services in that capacity. We do reimburse our
non-employee directors for all reasonable expenses incurred by
them to attend board and committee meetings.
Beginning upon the completion of this offering, we intend to pay
our non-employee directors an annual cash retainer of $30,000
for their board service and a per meeting fee of $2,000 for each
meeting of the board attended. We also intend to pay the members
of our audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate
governance committees an additional annual cash retainer of
$5,000, with the chair of the audit committee receiving an
additional annual cash retainer of $5,000, and the chairs of the
other committees each receiving an additional annual cash
retainer of $2,500. In addition, non-employee directors will be
eligible to receive awards under our Incentive Plan valued at
$35,000 per year. We will reimburse all directors for reasonable
expenses incurred to attend our board and board committee
meetings.
Effective upon completion of this offering, we anticipate that
we will appoint David J. Johnson, one of our
director-nominees, as our lead independent director. For such
services, Mr. Johnson would receive (i) a grant of an
option to purchase approximately 0.1 million shares of our
common stock equal, which will vest ratably, on an annual basis,
over a three-year period, and (ii) in addition to the other
items of compensation specified herein, an annual retainer of
$33,333, payable in quarterly installments. The number of shares
actually issued or granted to Mr. Johnson will be based on
the number of shares outstanding after the offering and after
giving effect to the conversion of our Series A preferred
stock and Series C preferred stock. The outstanding shares
of Series C preferred stock convert into shares of common
stock upon the closing of the offering based on a conversion
price equal to the initial public offering price per share, and
for purposes of calculating the share number above, we have
assumed an initial public offering price of $19.00 per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus.
113
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Policies
and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a written
code of business conduct and ethics, or code of conduct,
effective as of the date of and applicable to transactions on or
after the offering, pursuant to which our executive officers,
directors, and principal stockholders, including their immediate
family members and affiliates, will not be permitted to enter
into a related person transaction with us without the prior
consent of our audit committee, or other independent committee
of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for
our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict
of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with
an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or any of
such persons immediate family members or affiliates, in
which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, will first be
presented to our audit committee for review, consideration, and
approval. All of our directors, executive officers, and
employees will be required to report to our audit committee any
such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the
proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the facts
and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit
committee, including, but not limited to, the risks, costs and
benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability
of other sources for comparable services or products, and, if
applicable, the impact on a directors independence. Our
audit committee shall approve only those agreements that, in
light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent
with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in
the good faith exercise of its discretion. Under the policy, if
we should discover related person transactions that have not
been approved, the audit committee will be notified and will
determine the appropriate action, including ratification,
rescission, or amendment of the transaction. This policy has not
been and will not be applied to the transactions described below.
Stockholders
Agreement
In connection with our conversion from a limited liability
company to a corporation and the related investment in us by the
Endeavour Entities, 220 GCU, L.P. and certain of its affiliates,
and certain other investors on August 24, 2005, we entered
into a stockholders agreement with the Endeavour Entities and
certain other parties. The stockholders agreement, as amended,
contains agreements among the parties with respect to the
election of our directors and restrictions on the issuance or
transfer of shares, including special corporate governance
provisions. Each of our current directors was appointed pursuant
to the terms of the stockholders agreement. Upon the completion
of this offering, the stockholders agreement will terminate in
accordance with its terms.
Investor
Rights Agreement
In connection with the August 24, 2005 transaction referred
to above, we also entered into an investor rights agreement with
the Endeavour Entities, 220 GCU, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates, and certain other named parties. The investor rights
agreement, as amended, contains agreements among the parties
with respect to registration rights, information rights and
certain operating covenants that we must comply with during the
term of the agreement. Upon the completion of this offering, the
investor rights agreement will terminate with respect to the
information rights and other covenants, but will remain in
effect with respect to the registration rights provisions. See
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights for a description of the registration rights that
will remain in effect following the closing of this offering.
Voting
Agreement
As discussed in Regulation Regulatory
Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other
Changes Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change in
Control, the Department of Education and many states and
accrediting commissions require institutions of higher education
to report or obtain approval of certain changes in control and
changes in other aspects of institutional organization or
control. In connection with this offering, certain of our
stockholders have entered into a proxy and voting agreement,
which will become effective upon the closing of the offering,
pursuant to which such persons will grant to Brent D.
Richardson, our Executive Chairman, and Christopher C.
Richardson, our General Counsel and director, a five-year
irrevocable proxy to exercise voting
114
authority with respect to all shares of our common stock on an
as-converted basis held by such persons, excluding shares of
common stock issued upon conversion of the Series A
convertible preferred shares held by 220 GCU, L.P., with the
result that, upon the closing of this offering, the Richardsons
will have voting authority with respect to approximately 45.3%
of our outstanding shares of capital stock. See Beneficial
Ownership of Common Stock.
Endeavour
Professional Services Agreement
In connection with the August 24, 2005 transaction referred
to above, we entered into a professional services agreement with
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC. Under the agreement, we engaged
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC as a consultant to our board of
directors on business and financial matters, including, without
limitation, corporate strategy, budgeting, acquisition and
divestiture strategies, and debt and equity financings. Under
the agreement, we paid Endeavour Capital IV, LLC a one time fee
of $340,667 upon execution of the agreement and agreed to pay
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC a consulting fee of $250,000 per year
thereafter, subject to annual increases as determined by the
board of directors (not including those directors appointed by
Endeavour) based on performance. In addition, we agreed to
reimburse Endeavour Capital IV, LLC for reasonable legal, due
diligence, travel and other out-of-pocket expenses, and to
indemnify Endeavour Capital IV, LLC and its affiliates for any
action or inaction related to the agreement, except as a result
of their gross negligence or intentional misconduct. The fees
paid by us to Endeavour Capital IV, LLC in 2005, 2006, and 2007
constituted less than 5% of Endeavour Capital IV, LLCs
consolidated gross revenues for each such year. The professional
services agreement will terminate by its terms upon the closing
of this offering.
Financing
Transactions
The following summarizes sales by us of our capital stock to
certain of our directors, executive officers, holders of more
than 5% of our voting securities, and their affiliates and
immediate family members in private placement financing
transactions since 2005.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance. On March 31, 2005, we sold
$14.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes to the
Endeavour Entities. On August 24, 2005, we sold
5,953 shares of our newly designated Series A
convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3,233.67 per
share, or $19.3 million in total gross proceeds, of which
4,948 shares were sold to the Endeavour Entities and
1,005 shares were sold to 220 GCU, L.P. A substantial
portion of the purchase price paid by the Endeavour Entities was
paid through the contributions to us of the notes that were
previously issued to the Endeavour Entities. The general partner
of the Endeavour Entities is Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, of which
Mr. D. Mark Dorman and Mr. Chad N. Heath, two of our
directors, are managing directors. Mr. Charles M. Preston
III, one of our former directors, is an affiliate of
220 Management, LLC, which is the general partner of 220
GCU GP, L.P., the general partner of 220 GCU, L.P.
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance. On December 31, 2005, we issued
2,163 shares of our newly designated Series B
preferred stock and received gross proceeds of approximately
$7.0 million, or $3,236.25 per share, in the form of a
stock subscription receivable. The receivable was subsequently
paid in April 2006. Of these shares, 1,298 were sold to the
Endeavour Entities and 865 were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises,
LLC. Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC is a limited liability company
whose members include Brent Richardson, our Executive Chairman,
John Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer, and Chris Richardson,
our General Counsel and a director. Later in 2006, the shares of
Series B preferred stock sold to the Endeavour Entities
were redeemed for cash at their stated repurchase price.
Series C Preferred Stock Issuance. On
December 18, 2007 and January 11, 2008, we sold an
aggregate of 3,829 shares of our newly designated
Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $3,500.00
per share, or approximately $13.4 million in total gross
proceeds, of which 1,675 shares were sold to the Endeavour
Entities, 834 shares were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises,
LLC, and 935 shares were sold to the 220 Entities. The
purchase price payable by Rich Crow Enterprises for its shares
of Series C preferred stock was paid in part by the
exchange of the 865 outstanding shares of Series B
preferred stock it purchased in 2006.
115
Special
Distribution
We will pay a special distribution of 75% of the gross proceeds
of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option, that
will be paid promptly upon the completion of this offering (and
following the exercise of the over-allotment option, if
applicable) to our stockholders of record as of
September 26, 2008. The payment of the special distribution
with the gross proceeds of this offering permits a return of
capital to all of our stockholders of record as of the record
date, and does so without significantly decreasing our capital
resources or requiring these stockholders to sell their shares.
Assuming an initial public offering price of $19.00 per share,
which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, we estimate that the amount of the
special distribution will be $149.6 million, or $4.75 per
common share on an as-if converted basis (exclusive of any
amounts that may be received from the underwriters
exercise of the over-allotment option).
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $19.00 per share would increase or decrease, as
applicable, the aggregate amount of the special distribution by
$7.9 million and the per share amount of the special
distribution by $0.25, assuming the number of shares offered by
us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains
the same. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of
shares that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease
the special distribution in proportion to such increase or
decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering price per
share.
Of the estimated aggregate amount of the special distribution,
$81.1 million will be paid in respect of shares of our
capital stock over which our directors and executive officers
are deemed to exercise sole or shared voting or investment
power. These proceeds will be allocated among our directors and
executive officers, as well as persons known to us to own
beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, as set
forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Acquisition
|
|
Original Acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares to Which
|
|
Cost of Shares to Which
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Special
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Relates
|
|
Relates(1)
|
|
|
Distribution(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and
affiliates(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
|
$
|
42,917
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
45,849
|
|
220 GCU, L.P. and
affiliates(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
22,423
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
8,717
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
3,271
|
|
|
|
1,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
9,563
|
|
|
|
32,776
|
|
Staci L.
Buse(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
16,299
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
16,776
|
|
Significant Ventures, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
12,363
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
1,259
|
|
|
|
12,974
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
42,917
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
45,849
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Acquisition
|
|
Original Acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares to Which
|
|
Cost of Shares to Which
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Special
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Relates
|
|
Relates(1)
|
|
|
Distribution(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
August 24, 2005
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
42,917
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
21,863
|
|
|
|
45,849
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D.
Richardson(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
16,299
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
16,776
|
|
John E.
Crowley(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
1,736
|
|
Christopher C.
Richardson(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
16,308
|
|
Series C preferred stock
|
|
December 18, 2007
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
16,775
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,898
|
|
|
$
|
81,127
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. The reported acquisition cost
of shares of common stock represents the value of the capital
contributions originally made to acquire the limited liability
company interests that were converted into common stock upon
such conversion plus capital contributions for which no
additional interests were issued, less capital distributions. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The special distribution is being paid in respect of our common
stock, Series A convertible preferred stock, and
Series C preferred stock, in each case on an as-converted
basis. Upon the closing of this offering, shares of the
Series A convertible preferred stock will convert into
shares of common stock on a 1,826-for-one basis and shares of
the Series C preferred stock will convert into shares of
common stock at a rate equal to their liquidation preference per
share divided by the initial public offering price per share,
which is estimated to be $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Represents shares held of record by the Endeavour Entities.
Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D. Mark Dorman, each of whom is a
managing director of Endeavor Capital IV, LLC., the general
partner of each of the Endeavour Entities, are members of our
board of directors. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents shares held of record by 220 GCU, L.P., 220
Education, L.P., 220-SigEd, L.P., and SV One, L.P. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC
and Masters Online, LLC, of which Brent Richardson, Chris
Richardson, and Staci Buse are members and, in each case, which
are attributable to, and beneficially owned by, Brent
Richardson, Chris Richardson, or Staci Buse, as applicable. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents shares held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC,
of which John Crowley is a member, which are attributable to,
and beneficially owned by, John Crowley. |
For additional information regarding share ownership, see
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.
117
Arrangement
with Mind Streams
We are a party to an agreement with Mind Streams, LLC, which is
owned and operated, in part, by Gail Richardson, father to Brent
Richardson, our Executive Chairman, and Chris Richardson,
our General Counsel and a director. Pursuant to this agreement,
Mind Streams identifies qualified applicants for admission to
Grand Canyon University in return for which it is a paid a
stated percentage of the net revenue (calculated as tuition
actually received, less scholarships, refunds, and allowances)
derived by us from those identified applicants that matriculate
at Grand Canyon University. The term of the agreement runs
through December 31, 2010, and can be terminated by either
party upon 45 days prior written notice. We
previously were a party to an agreement with 21st Century
Learning, which was owned by Gail Richardson, Brent Richardson,
and Chris Richardson, providing for a similar revenue sharing
arrangement. This agreement was terminated in 2005 when we
entered into the agreement with Mind Streams. For the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, and for the six
months ended June 30, 2008, we expensed $2.8 million,
$3.7 million, $4.3 million, and $2.9 million,
respectively, to these parties pursuant to this arrangement for
students enrolled and expenses reimbursed.
Arrowhead
Management
We previously had a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for
administrative facilities with Arrowhead Holdings Management
Co., LLC, which is owned by, among others, irrevocable trusts
for the benefit of Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson. We
paid approximately $0.2 million to Arrowhead for services
and reimbursements during the year ended December 31, 2005.
This agreement was terminated at the end of 2005.
Center
for Educational Excellence
The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC was created to
explore opportunities to promote and enhance the academic
experience we offer. John Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer,
is a member of The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC. For
the year ended December 31, 2007 and the six months ended
June 30, 2008, we paid approximately $0.6 million and
$0.2 million, respectively, of expenses incurred by The
Center for Educational Excellence, LLC, of which
$0.3 million and $0, respectively, were reimbursed to us.
Arrangement
with Vergo Marketing
From time to time we obtain marketing services from Vergo
Marketing, Inc., of which the sister-in-law of Brent Richardson,
our Executive Chairman, is a significant stockholder and chief
executive officer. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we
paid Vergo Marketing, Inc. $0.5 million for such services.
Youth in
Motion Consulting Arrangement
Youth in Motion, Inc. is owned by John Crowley, our Chief
Operating Officer. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, we
paid to Youth in Motion, Inc. $0.2 million,
$0.1 million, $0, and $0, respectively, for consulting
services rendered.
Significant
Ventures Consulting Agreement
Significant Ventures, LLC held approximately 9.3% of our common
stock immediately prior to this offering. On January 8,
2004, we entered into a consulting agreement with Significant
Ventures, Inc., predecessor to Significant Ventures, LLC. This
consulting agreement terminated by its terms on
December 31, 2006. For the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007 and the six months ended June 30,
2008, we paid $0.1 million, $0.4 million, $0, and $0,
respectively, to Significant Ventures for services rendered and
expenses reimbursed pursuant to this arrangement.
118
220
Consulting Agreement
On January 8, 2004, we entered into a consulting agreement
with 220 Partners, LLC, which is affiliated with Charles M.
Preston III, one of our former directors who is an affiliate of
certain of our significant stockholders. This consulting
agreement terminated by its terms on December 31, 2006. For
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and the
six months ended June 30, 2008, we paid $0.3 million,
$0.3 million, $0, and $0, respectively, to 220 Partners,
LLC for services rendered and expenses reimbursed pursuant to
this arrangement.
119
BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30,
2008, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock being
offered in this offering, for:
|
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to own
beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and director-nominees;
|
|
|
|
each of our executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
|
The information in the following table has been presented in
accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under SEC rules,
beneficial ownership of a class of capital stock includes any
shares of such class as to which a person, directly or
indirectly, has or shares voting power or investment power and
also any shares as to which a person has the right to acquire
such voting or investment power within 60 days through the
exercise of any stock option, warrant or other right. If two or
more persons share voting power or investment power with respect
to specific securities, each such person is deemed to be the
beneficial owner of such securities. Except as we otherwise
indicate below and under applicable community property laws, we
believe that the beneficial owners of the common stock listed
below, based on information they have furnished to us, have sole
voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each holder listed
below is 3300 W. Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona
85017.
For purposes of calculating beneficial ownership, we have
assumed that, as of June 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
The outstanding shares of our Series A convertible
preferred stock are converted into 10,870,178 shares of common
stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
The outstanding shares of our Series C preferred stock,
which will convert into common stock upon the closing of the
offering based on a conversion price equal to the initial public
offering price per share, are converted into
1,410,526 shares of common stock at an initial public
offering price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will issue 10,500,000 shares of common stock in the
offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will grant 104,998 shares of fully vested restricted
stock to Brian E. Mueller, and fully vested options to
purchase 28,296 shares of our common stock to each of
Timothy N. Fischer, Michael S. Lacrosse, and Kathy
Player, immediately following the effectiveness of the offering;
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent and Chris Richardson will be granted the right to vote an
additional 12,160,950 shares of our common stock as a
result of the voting agreement that will be effective upon the
closing of this offering, as described in the notes below the
table.
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to the
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
|
Offering(1)
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Over-Allotment(2)
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and
affiliates(3)
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
30.6
|
%
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
%
|
220 GCU, L.P. and
affiliates(4)
|
|
|
6,935,807
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
%
|
|
|
6,935,807
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
%
|
|
|
6,935,807
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
%
|
Staci L.
Buse(5)
|
|
|
3,445,801
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
3,445,801
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
3,445,801
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
Significant Ventures,
LLC(6)
|
|
|
2,896,051
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
|
|
2,896,051
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
2,896,051
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Directors and Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D.
Richardson(7)(10)
|
|
|
3,445,801
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
19,053,417
|
|
|
|
45.3
|
%
|
|
|
19,053,417
|
|
|
|
43.6
|
%
|
Brian E. Mueller
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104,998
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
104,998
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
John E.
Crowley(8)
|
|
|
394,728
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
394,728
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
394,728
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Christopher C.
Richardson(9)(10)
|
|
|
3,446,666
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
19,053,417
|
|
|
|
45.3
|
%
|
|
|
19,053,417
|
|
|
|
43.6
|
%
|
Daniel E. Bachus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W. Stan Meyer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy N. Fischer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,296
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
28,296
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,296
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
28,296
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Kathy Player
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,296
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
28,296
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(11)
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
30.6
|
%
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
%
|
D. Mark
Dorman(11)
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
30.6
|
%
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
9,652,157
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
%
|
David J. Johnson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jack A. Henry
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors, director-nominees, and executive officers as a
group (12 persons)
|
|
|
16,939,352
|
|
|
|
53.8
|
%
|
|
|
28,895,460
|
|
|
|
68.5
|
%
|
|
|
28,895,460
|
|
|
|
66.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% |
|
(1) |
|
The percentage of beneficial ownership as to any person as of a
particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares
beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of
shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting
or investment power within 60 days after such date, by the
sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date plus the
number of shares as to which such person has the right to
acquire voting or investment power within 60 days after
such date. Consequently, the denominator for calculating
beneficial ownership percentages may be different for each
beneficial owner. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts presented assume that the over-allotment option is
exercised in full. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of: |
|
|
|
|
|
7,692,938 shares of common stock issuable upon the
conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock and approximately 525,402 shares of common stock
issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C
preferred stock, in each case held of record by Endeavour
Capital Fund IV, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
|
|
471,108 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and
approximately 32,215 shares of common stock issuable upon
the conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each
case held of record by Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P.;
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
871,002 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and
approximately 59,493 shares of common stock issuable upon
the conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock, in
each case held of record by Endeavour Capital Parallel
Fund IV, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC is the general partner of the
Endeavour Entities, and has voting and dispositive power with
respect to the shares held by the Endeavour Entities.
Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D. Mark Dorman, each of whom is a
managing director of Endeavour Capital IV, LLC and serves on our
board of directors, disclaim beneficial ownership of these
shares except to the extent of his respective pecuniary
interest. The address for these entities is 920 SW Sixth Avenue,
Suite 1400, Portland, Oregon 97204.
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
1,835,130 shares of common stock issuable upon the
conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock and approximately 125,341 shares of common stock
issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C
preferred stock, in each case held of record by 220 GCU, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,297,172 shares of common stock and approximately
59,728 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by 220 Education, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,037,752 shares of common stock and approximately
47,784 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by 220-SigEd, L.P.; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,421,404 shares of common stock and approximately
111,495 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of
record by SV One, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
220 Management, LLC is the general partner of 220 GCU GP,
L.P. and SV One GP, L.P., which are the general partners of 220
GCU, L.P. and SV One L.P., respectively. 220 Management, LLC is
also the general partner of 220 Education, L.P., which is the
general partner of 220 SigEd, L.P. 220 Management, LLC has
dispositive power with respect to the shares held by 220 GCU,
L.P., 220 Education, L.P., 220 SigEd, L.P., and SV One, L.P.,
which we collectively refer to as the 220 Entities, and is
affiliated with Charles M. Preston III, one of our former
directors who directly or indirectly controls 220 Education,
L.P. The address for these entities is
c/o 220
Partners, LLC, One American Center, 600 Congress Avenue,
Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78701. Pursuant to a proxy and
voting agreement to be effective upon the closing of this
offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
have voting power over the shares beneficially owned by the 220
Entities other than the shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock. Each of
Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson disclaim
beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of
such voting interest.
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Consists of 3,347,452 shares of common stock held of record
by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
98,349 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Ms. Staci L. Buse, who is the sister
of Brent Richardson and Chris Richarson. Pursuant to a proxy and
voting agreement to be effective upon the closing of this
offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
have voting power over the shares beneficially owned by
Ms. Buse. Each of Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris
Richardson disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except
to the extent of such voting interest. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Consists of 2,767,321 shares of common stock and
approximately 128,730 shares of common stock issuable upon
the conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock.
Michael Clifford is the managing director of and has dispositive
power with respect to the shares held by Significant Ventures,
LLC. The address for Significant Ventures, LLC is 243 North
Highway 101, Suite 11, Solana Beach, California 92075.
Pursuant to a proxy and voting agreement to be effective upon
the closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have voting power over the shares beneficially
owned by Significant Ventures, LLC. Each of Messrs. Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson disclaim beneficial ownership of
such shares, except to the extent of such voting interest. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Prior to this offering, the total for Brent D. Richardson
consists of 3,347,452 shares of common stock held of record
by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
98,349 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Richardson. |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Consists of 382,435 shares of common stock and
approximately 12,294 shares of common stock issuable upon
the conversion of Series C preferred stock, in each case
held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC, in each case which
are attributable to, and beneficially owned by, Mr. John
Crowley. Pursuant to a proxy and voting agreement to be
effective upon the closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent
Richardson |
122
|
|
|
|
|
and Chris Richardson have voting power over the shares
beneficially owned by Mr. Crowley. Each of
Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson disclaim
beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of
such voting interest. |
|
|
|
(9) |
|
Prior to this offering, the total for Christopher C. Richardson
consists of 3,348,317 shares of common stock held of record
by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
98,349 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of
Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Richardson. |
|
|
|
(10) |
|
Following this offering, the total for Brent D. Richardson and
Christopher C. Richardson consists of: |
|
|
|
|
|
3,347,452 shares of common stock held of record by Rich
Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
98,349 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Brent D. Richardson.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,348,317 shares of common stock held of record by
Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
98,349 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of
Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, Mr. Christopher C. Richardson.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,347,452 shares of common stock held of record by Rich
Crow Enterprises, LLC and Masters Online, LLC and
98,349 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC, in each case which are attributable to, and
beneficially owned by, the sister of Messrs. Brent
Richardson and Chris Richardson.
|
|
|
|
|
|
382,435 shares of common stock held of record by Rich Crow
Enterprises, LLC and approximately 12,294 shares of common
stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred
stock held of record by Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC, in each case
which are attributable to, and beneficially owned by,
Mr. John Crowley.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The shares held by the 220 Entities and the shares
held by Significant Ventures, as described in Notes (4) and (5)
above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
310,694 shares of common stock and 12,998 shares of
common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred
stock held of record by other stockholders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to a proxy and voting agreement to be effective upon
the closing of this offering, Messrs. Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have voting power over the shares beneficially
owned by their sister and by Mr. Crowley, as well as those
covered by the 220 Entities (except as noted in
note (4) above), Significant Ventures, and the other
stockholders. Each of Messrs. Brent Richardson and Chris
Richardson disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except
to the extent of such voting interest.
|
|
|
|
(11) |
|
Consists of 9,035,048 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock and
617,109 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of Series C preferred stock, in each case held of record by
the Endeavour Entities (see note (3) above).
Messrs. Chad N. Heath and D. Mark Dorman, each of whom is a
managing member of Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, the general
partner of the Endeavour Entities, and serves on our board of
directors, disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except
to the extent of his respective pecuniary interest. |
123
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following description of our capital stock summarizes
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as
they will be in effect upon completion of the offering. As of
the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital stock
consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock,
$0.01 par value per share, and 15,800 shares of
preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 9,700
are designated as Series A convertible preferred stock,
2,200 are designated as Series B preferred stock (which are
no longer outstanding) and 3,900 are designated as Series C
preferred stock. Immediately after completion of this offering,
after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding
Series A convertible preferred stock and Series C
preferred stock into common stock and the effectiveness of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our
authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares
of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and
10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock,
$0.01 par value per share.
The following description of the material provisions of our
capital stock and our charter and bylaws is only a summary, does
not purport to be complete and is qualified by applicable law
and the full provisions of our charter and bylaws. You should
refer to our charter and bylaws as in effect upon the closing of
this offering, which are included as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Common
Stock
As of June 30, 2008, there were 31,499,354 shares of
our common stock outstanding and held of record by fourteen
stockholders, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series A preferred stock into 10,870,178 shares of
common stock and all outstanding shares of Series C
preferred stock into 1,410,526 shares of common stock based
on a conversion price equal to the initial public offering price
per share, which is estimated to be $19.00 per share, which is
the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus.
Voting Rights. Holders of common stock are
entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by
stockholders. All shares of common stock rank equally as to
voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have no
preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund
provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment and
are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.
Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights
of holders of preferred stock, for as long as such stock is
outstanding, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive
ratably any dividends when and as declared from time to time by
the board of directors out of funds legally available for
dividends. We have never declared or paid cash dividends. We
currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation
and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash
dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.
Liquidation Rights. Upon a liquidation or
dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary,
creditors and holders of our preferred stock with preferential
liquidation rights will be paid before any distribution to
holders of our common stock. After such distribution, holders of
common stock are entitled to receive a pro rata distribution per
share of any excess amount.
Undesignated
Preferred Stock
Under our charter, which will be effective upon the completion
of this offering, the board of directors has authority to issue
undesignated preferred stock without stockholder approval. The
board of directors may also determine or alter for each class of
preferred stock the voting powers, designations, preferences,
and special rights, qualifications, limitations, or restrictions
as permitted by law. The board of directors may authorize the
issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights
that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of
the holders of the common stock. Issuing preferred stock
provides flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions
and other corporate purposes, but could also, among other
things, have the effect of
124
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our
company and may adversely affect the market price of our common
stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common
stock.
Warrants
As of June 30, 2008, we had outstanding a warrant to
purchase an aggregate of 909,348 shares of our common stock
at an exercise price of approximately $0.58 per share,
subject to adjustments to the exercise price and number of
shares of common stock underlying these warrants upon the
occurrence of specified events, including any recapitalization,
consolidation or merger, or sale of all assets. Under the
original terms of the warrant, we were entitled to repurchase
the warrant for an aggregate price of $16.0 million. Under
an amendment to the warrant that was effected in connection with
our 2005 conversion from a limited liability company to a
corporation, the right to repurchase the warrant, as well as a
right to repurchase any shares issued upon exercise of the
warrant, in each case for $16.0 million, was transferred to
a holding company owned by our original investors. In connection
with this offering, if the members of the holding company do not
exercise such right, then we will exercise the right to
repurchase the warrant or the underlying shares. Based on
indications of interest received from such members to date, we
expect to use at least $9.4 million and up to
$16.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to
repurchase any portion of the warrant or the underlying shares
not purchased by such members. Following such repurchase and
depending upon whether any members purchase a portion of the
warrant, following the closing of the offering we would have
between zero and 374,678 shares of common stock issuable
upon exercise of outstanding warrants. See Use of
Proceeds for further information.
Registration
Rights
We are a party to an amended investor rights agreement with the
Endeavour Entities, the 220 Entities, and certain other parties
pursuant to which we agreed, under certain circumstances, to
register shares of common stock held by each of the parties to
the agreement under the Securities Act. The registration rights
provisions of the investor rights agreement grant to the
Endeavour Capital funds the right, beginning 90 days
following the completion of this offering, to cause us, at our
expense, to use our reasonable commercial efforts to register
such securities held by the Endeavour Capital funds for public
resale, subject to certain limitations. The exercise of this
right will be limited to two requests. In the event that we
register any of our common stock following completion of this
offering, the Endeavour Capital funds and the other holders are
entitled to piggyback registration rights in which
they may require us to include their securities in future
registration statements that we may file, either for our own
account or for the account of other security holders exercising
registration rights. In addition, after we have completed our
initial public offering, these entities have the right to
request that their shares of common stock be registered on a
Registration Statement on
Form S-3
so long as the anticipated aggregate sales price of such
registered securities as of the date of filing of the
Registration Statement on
Form S-3
is at least $1 million. These registration rights are
subject to various conditions and limitations, including the
right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of
registrable securities that may be included in the offering. We
are generally required to bear all of the expenses of these
registrations, except underwriting discounts and selling
commissions and transfer taxes, if any. Registration of any
securities pursuant to these registration rights will result in
shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the
Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of such
registration.
Provisions
of Delaware Law and our Charter and Bylaws with Anti-Takeover
Implications
Charter
and Bylaw Provisions
Our charter and bylaws will, upon completion of this offering,
include a number of provisions that may have the effect of
encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or
other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board
of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover
attempts. These provisions include the items described below.
Board Composition and Filling Vacancies. Our
bylaws will provide that directors may be removed only for cause
by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
voting power of all the outstanding shares
125
of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors voting together as a single class. Furthermore, any
vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including
a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board,
may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our
directors then in office even if less than a quorum.
No Written Consent of Stockholders. Our
charter will provide that all stockholder actions are required
to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or
special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action
by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
Meetings of Stockholders. Our bylaws will
provide that only a majority of the members of our board of
directors then in office may call special meetings of
stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of
the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special
meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that
may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those
matters properly brought before the meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements. Our bylaws will
establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder
proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election
as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of
our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of
stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our
corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is
to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at
our principal executive offices not less than 120 days
prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for
the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information
specified in the bylaws.
Amendment to Bylaws and Charter. As required
by the DGCL, any amendment of our charter must first be approved
by a majority of our board of directors and, if required by law
or our charter, thereafter be approved by a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and a
majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to
vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the
provisions relating to stockholder action, directors, limitation
of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of
incorporation must be approved by no less than
662/3
percent of the voting power of all of the shares of capital
stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in
any election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority
vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations
set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the
affirmative vote of at least
662/3
percent of the voting power of all of the shares of capital
stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in
any election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Blank Check Preferred Stock. Our charter will
provide for 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred
stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of
preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more
difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by
means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise.
For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary
obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a
takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our
stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of
preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one
or more private offerings or other transactions that might
dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or
insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our
certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad
power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and
unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of
preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets
available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock.
The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers,
including voting rights, of these holders and may have the
effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control
of us.
Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporate Law
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the
provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general,
Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation
from engaging in a business combination with an
interested stockholder for a three-year period
following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested
stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a
prescribed manner. A business combination includes,
among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale, or other
transaction
126
resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder.
An interested stockholder is a person who, together
with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three
years prior to the determination of interested stockholder
status, 15% or more of the corporations voting stock.
Under Section 203, a business combination between a
corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless
it satisfies one of the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
before the stockholder became interested, the board of directors
approved either the business combination or the transaction
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also
officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or
|
|
|
|
at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the
business combination was approved by the board of directors of
the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting
of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by
the interested stockholder.
|
Limitations
of Director Liability and Indemnification Directors, Officers
and Employees
As permitted by the DGCL, provisions in our charter and bylaws
that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will
limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors.
Consequently, directors will not be personally liable to us or
our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability
under the federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or
rescission.
In addition, our bylaws provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion
of our board of directors, certain employees, to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions,
including an exception for indemnification in connection with a
proceeding (or counterclaim) initiated by such persons; and
|
|
|
|
we will advance expenses, including attorneys fees, to our
directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors,
certain officers and employees, in connection with legal
proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.
|
Contemporaneous with the completion of this offering, we intend
to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our
executive officers and directors. These agreements provide that,
subject to limited exceptions and among other things, we will
indemnify each of our executive officers and directors to the
fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each
indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which a right to
indemnification is available.
We also intend to maintain general liability insurance that
covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising
out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as
directors or officers, including
127
liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification
for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be
permitted to directors, officers, or persons who control Grand
Canyon University, we have been informed that in the opinion of
the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a
lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary
duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the
likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and
officers, even though such an action, if successful, might
otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a
stockholders investment may be adversely affected to the
extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against
directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification
provisions. We believe that these provisions, the
indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to
attract and retain talented and experienced directors and
officers.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification
will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim
for such indemnification.
Nasdaq
Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public
market for the common stock. We have applied to have our common
stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject
to notice of issuance, under the symbol LOPE.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
128
SHARES
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an
aggregate of 42,104,352 shares of common stock (inclusive
of stock grants made in connection with the offering under the
Incentive Plan). Of these shares, 10,500,000 shares of
common stock to be sold in this offering, or
12,075,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, will be freely tradable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act,
unless the shares are held by any of our affiliates, as that
term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All
remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private
transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered
under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with
Rule 144 or Rule 701, each of which is discussed
below. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will
have outstanding stock options held by employees and directors
for the purchase of 3,212,575 shares of common stock.
The holders of all of our currently outstanding stock and
holders of substantially all of our currently outstanding stock
options are subject to
lock-up
agreements under which they have agreed not to transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock
or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, which is
subject to extension in some circumstances, as discussed below.
As a result of the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144
and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our
common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering)
will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
no shares will be available for sale on the date of this
prospectus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
no shares will be available for sale under Rule 144 or
Rule 701 beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
all of our shares of common stock shares will be eligible for
sale upon the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements, as more particularly and except as described below,
beginning after expiration of the
lock-up
period pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701.
|
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate,
has not been our affiliate for the previous three months, and
who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at
least six months may sell all such shares. An affiliate or a
person who has been our affiliate within the previous
90 days, and who has beneficially owned shares of our
common stock for at least six months, may sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
one percent of the number of shares of common stock then
outstanding, which will equal approximately 421,044 shares
immediately after this offering; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on
Form 144 with respect to the sale.
|
All sales under Rule 144 are subject to the availability of
current public information about us. Sales under Rule 144
by affiliates or persons who have been affiliates within the
previous 90 days are also subject to manner of sale
provisions and notice requirements. Upon expiration of the
180-day
lock-up
period, subject to any extension of the
lock-up
period under circumstances described below, approximately
31,604,352 shares of our outstanding restricted securities
will be eligible for sale under Rule 144.
Registration
Statement on
Form S-8
We intend to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act covering up to 5,249,921 shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under our Incentive Plan and
our ESPP. These registration statements are expected to be filed
soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically
become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered
under such registration statements will be available for sale in
the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting
restrictions with us or are
129
otherwise subject to the
lock-up
agreements and manner of sale and notice requirements that apply
to affiliates under Rule 144 described above.
Lock-Up
Agreements
For a description of the
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters that restrict sales of shares
by us, or directors, executive officers, and stockholders, see
the information under the heading Underwriting.
Registration
Rights
For a description of registration rights with respect to our
common stock, see the information under the heading titled
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights.
130
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of the material
U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to
non-U.S. Holders
with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of
our common stock. In general, a
Non-U.S. Holder
is any holder of our common stock other than the following:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien
individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United
States or meets the substantial presence test under
section 7701(b)(3) of the Code;
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or
organized in the United States or under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust, if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more
U.S. persons can control all substantial decisions of the
trust, or (ii) it has a valid election to be treated as a
U.S. person in effect.
|
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code,
Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial
opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service,
or IRS, and all other applicable authorities, all of which are
subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This
discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal
income and estate taxation or any aspects of state, local, or
non-U.S.
taxation, nor does it consider any specific facts or
circumstances that may apply to particular
Non-U.S. Holders
that may be subject to special treatment under the
U.S. federal income tax laws, such as insurance companies,
tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers,
dealers in securities, and U.S. expatriates. If a
partnership is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the
treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend
upon the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. This discussion assumes that the
Non-U.S. Holder
will hold our common stock as a capital asset, generally
property held for investment.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS
REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND
NON-U.S. INCOME
AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING, AND
DISPOSING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.
Dividends
As described above under Dividend Policy, except in
connection with our special distribution, we do not anticipate
declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in
the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on
our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for
U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current and
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under
U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those
distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and
profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first
reduce the recipients basis in our common stock, but not
below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of
stock as described below under Gain on Sale or
Other Disposition of Common Stock.
In general, dividends paid to a
Non-U.S. Holder
will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to
30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate
prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the
dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business
carried on by the
Non-U.S. Holder
within the United States. Under applicable Treasury Regulations,
a
Non-U.S. Holder
will be required to satisfy certain certification requirements,
generally on IRS
Form W-8BEN,
directly or through an intermediary, in order to claim a reduced
rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If
tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount prescribed
by an applicable income tax treaty, a refund of the excess
amount may generally be obtained by filing an appropriate claim
for refund with the IRS.
131
Dividends that are effectively connected with such a
U.S. trade or business (and where a tax treaty applies, are
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained
by the recipient) generally will not be subject to
U.S. withholding tax if the
Non-U.S. Holder
files the required forms, including IRS
Form W-8ECI,
or any successor form, with the payor of the dividend, but
instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the
Non-U.S. Holder
were a resident of the United States. A corporate
Non-U.S. Holder
that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to
an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower
rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, with respect
to effectively connected dividends (subject to adjustment).
Gain on
Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock
In general, a
Non-U.S. Holder
will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain
realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of the
Non-U.S. Holders
shares of common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business
carried on by the
Non-U.S. Holder
within the United States;
|
|
|
|
the
Non-U.S. Holder
is an individual who holds shares of common stock as capital
assets and is present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year of disposition and various other
conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest
by reason of our status as a United States real property
holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the
five-year period preceding the disposition or the
Non-U.S. Holders
holding period for our common stock.
|
If the recipient is a
non-United
States holder described in the first bullet above, the recipient
will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the
sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates,
and corporate
non-United
States holders described in the first bullet above may be
subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower
rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If
the recipient is an individual
non-United
States holder described in the second bullet above, the
recipient will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain
derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by United States
source capital losses.
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a
USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a
USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real
property relative to the fair market value of our other business
assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a
USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as
long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established
securities market, such common stock will be treated as
U.S. real property interests only if the
Non-U.S. Holder
actually or constructively held more than 5% of our common stock.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of
dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the
amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the
recipient. These information reporting requirements apply even
if withholding was not required because the dividends were
effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced by an
applicable income tax treaty. Under tax treaties or other
agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax
authorities in the recipients country of residence.
Payments made to a
Non-U.S. Holder
that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to
backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless a
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies as to its foreign status, which certification may be
made on IRS
Form W-8BEN.
Proceeds from the disposition of common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder
effected by or through a United States office of a broker will
be subject to information reporting and backup withholding,
currently at a rate of 28% of the gross proceeds, unless the
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies to the payor under penalties of perjury as to,
132
among other things, its address and status as a
Non-U.S. Holder
or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, United States
information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a
payment of disposition proceeds if the transaction is effected
outside the United States by or through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker. However, if the broker is, for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled foreign
corporation, a foreign person who derives 50% or more of its
gross income for specified periods from the conduct of a
U.S. trade or business, specified U.S. branches of
foreign banks or insurance companies or a foreign partnership
with certain connections to the United States, information
reporting but not backup withholding will apply unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the holder
is a
Non-U.S. Holder
and other conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
|
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount
of tax withheld is applied to the U.S. federal income tax
liability of persons subject to backup withholding. If backup
withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal
income taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided the required
documents are filed with the IRS.
Estate
Tax
Our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who
is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as
specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes)
at the time of death will be includible in the individuals
gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless
an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
133
UNDERWRITING
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement
dated ,
2008, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below,
for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as the
representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of
common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriter
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are
obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the
offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered
by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting
agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the offering may be terminated.
We have granted to the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to
1,575,000 additional shares from us at the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of
common stock.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a
selling concession of $ per share.
After the initial public offering, the representative may change
the public offering price and concession.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated
expenses we will pay:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses payable by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The representatives have informed us that they do not expect
sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being
offered.
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file
with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act
relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares
of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make
any offer, sale, pledge, disposition, or filing, without the
prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
However, in the event that either (1) during the last
17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
waive such extension in writing.
Our directors, executive officers, and stockholders have agreed
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our
common stock or securities
134
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares
of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have
the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge, or other
arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether
any of these transactions is to be settled by delivery of our
common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or
publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge,
or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge,
or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written
consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the
event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
waive such extension in writing.
The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public
offering price up to approximately 525,000 shares of the
common stock for employees, directors, and other persons
associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing
common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for
sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to
the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any
reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the
underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the
other shares.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities
under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the
underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
We have applied to list the shares of common stock on the Nasdaq
Global Market under the symbol LOPE.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have
from time to time performed, and may in the future perform,
various financial advisory, commercial banking, and investment
banking services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary
course of business, for which they received, or will receive,
customary fees and expenses.
Prior to the offering, there has been no market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiation between us and the underwriters and will not
necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock
following the offering. The principal factors that will be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the underwriters;
|
|
|
|
the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we
will compete;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our management;
|
|
|
|
the prospects for our future earning;
|
|
|
|
the present state of our development and our current financial
condition;
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
the offering.
|
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
will correspond to the price at which the common stock will
trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an
active trading market for the common stock will develop and
continue after the offering.
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with
Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
135
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option.
In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is
greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by
either exercising their over-allotment option
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares
than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked
short position, the position can only be closed out by buying
shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely
to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could
be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open
market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who
purchase in the offering.
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result
the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering
and one or more of the underwriters participating in this
offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that
will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
136
NOTICE TO
EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA RESIDENTS
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, which we refer
to as a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and
agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State, which we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, it
has not made and will not make an offer of shares of common
stock to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the
publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common
stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another
Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in
that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the
Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and
including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of
shares of common stock to the public in that Relevant Member
State at any time,
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to
operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or
regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of
(1) an average of at least 250 employees during the
last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000, and (3) an annual net turnover of more
than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts;
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than
qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive)
subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any
such offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the
publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this section, the expression an offer
of shares of common stock to the public in relation to any
shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common
stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to
purchase or subscribe the shares of common stock, as the same
may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing
the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
NOTICE TO
UNITED KINGDOM RESIDENTS
Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and
agrees as follows:
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated
and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an
invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity
(within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services
and Markets Act of 2000, or FSMA) to persons who have
professional experience in matters relating to investments
falling with Article 19(5) of the FSMA (Financial
Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which
section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and
(b) it has complied with, and will comply with all
applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by
it in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
NOTICE TO
CANADIAN RESIDENTS
Resale
Restrictions
The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made
only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement
that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities
regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common
stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be
made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending
on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to
be made under available statutory exemptions or under a
discretionary exemption granted by the
137
applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers
are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the
common stock.
Representations
of Purchasers
By purchasing the common stock in Canada and accepting a
purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us and the
dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
|
|
|
|
|
the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities
laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a
prospectus qualified under those securities laws,
|
|
|
|
where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as
principal and not as agent,
|
|
|
|
the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale
Restrictions, and
|
|
|
|
the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of
specified information concerning its purchase of the common
stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to
collect the information.
|
Further details concerning the legal authority for this
information is available on request.
Rights of
Action Ontario Purchasers Only
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who
purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period
of distribution will have a statutory right of action for
damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for
rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains
a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser
relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages
is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from
the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving
rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on
which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action
for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from
the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a
purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission,
the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against
us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed
the price at which the common stock were offered to the
purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the
securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have
no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not
be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven
to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock
as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights
are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other
rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The
foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario
purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text
of the relevant statutory provisions.
Enforcement
of Legal Rights
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may
not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of
process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a
substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those
persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it
may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those
persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian
courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
Taxation
and Eligibility for Investment
Canadian purchasers of the common stock should consult their own
legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of
an investment in the common stock in their particular
circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for
investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
138
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by
DLA Piper LLP (US), Phoenix, Arizona. The underwriters have been
represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles,
California.
EXPERTS
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our financial statements as of
December 31, 2006 and 2007, and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2007, as set forth in
their report. We have included our financial statements in the
prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in
reliance on Ernst & Young LLPs report, given on
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1,
which includes amendments and exhibits, under the Securities Act
and the rules and regulations under the Securities Act for the
registration of common stock being offered by this prospectus.
This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all the information that is in the
registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Certain
portions of the registration statement have been omitted as
allowed by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Statements in
this prospectus that summarize documents are not necessarily
complete, and in each case you should refer to the copy of the
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You
may read and copy the registration statement, including exhibits
and schedules filed with it, and reports or other information we
may file with the SEC at the public reference facilities of the
SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
rooms. In addition, the registration statement and other public
filings can be obtained from the SECs Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to
information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act and we will file annual, quarterly and current reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
139
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. (the Company) as of
December 31, 2006 (restated) and 2007 (restated), and the
related statements of operations, preferred stock and
stockholders deficit, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2007 (as restated).
These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. at December 31, 2006
(restated) and 2007 (restated), and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2007 (as restated), in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the
accompanying financial statements as of December 31, 2006
and 2007 and the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 have been restated for corrections of
errors in the Companys calculations of estimated
uncollectible accounts, nonemployee share-based payments, and
deferred taxes upon conversion to a taxpaying entity.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
May 12, 2008, except for Note 3, as to which the date is
August 11, 2008, and Note 17, as to which the date is
September 29, 2008
F-2
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Balance
Sheets
(In
thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
7,206
|
|
|
$
|
7,206
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$7,380 and $12,158 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, and
$15,442 at June 30, 2008.
|
|
|
4,798
|
|
|
|
7,114
|
|
|
|
6,930
|
|
|
|
6,930
|
|
Due from related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,001
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
2,317
|
|
|
|
2,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
23,036
|
|
|
|
42,314
|
|
|
|
21,548
|
|
|
|
21,548
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
29,017
|
|
|
|
33,849
|
|
|
|
36,460
|
|
|
|
36,460
|
|
Restricted cash and investments
|
|
|
3,074
|
|
|
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
3,370
|
|
|
|
3,370
|
|
Prepaid royalties
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
8,409
|
|
|
|
8,409
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
2,806
|
|
|
|
5,308
|
|
|
|
5,308
|
|
Deposit with former owner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
61,232
|
|
|
$
|
88,568
|
|
|
$
|
80,548
|
|
|
$
|
80,548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS
DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,181
|
|
|
$
|
3,434
|
|
|
$
|
4,532
|
|
|
$
|
4,532
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,044
|
|
|
|
6,893
|
|
|
|
6,582
|
|
|
|
156,207
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
2,535
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
1,646
|
|
|
|
1,646
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
|
6,133
|
|
|
|
10,369
|
|
|
|
10,973
|
|
|
|
10,973
|
|
Royalty payable to former owner
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
7,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to related parties
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
1,472
|
|
|
|
1,472
|
|
Line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
1,132
|
|
|
|
1,132
|
|
Current portion of notes payable
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
20,698
|
|
|
|
37,166
|
|
|
|
26,749
|
|
|
|
176,374
|
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
28,779
|
|
|
|
28,078
|
|
|
|
28,288
|
|
|
|
28,288
|
|
Notes payable, less current portion
|
|
|
2,088
|
|
|
|
1,762
|
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
51,565
|
|
|
|
67,006
|
|
|
|
56,519
|
|
|
|
206,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 7,500 shares at December 31,
2006, and 9,700 shares at December 31, 2007 and
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 5,953 shares at
December 31, 2006, 2007 and June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $57,750 at December 31, 2007
and June 30, 2008
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
Series B 12% preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 2,200 shares at December 31,
2006, 2007 and June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 865 shares at
December 31, 2006, and 0 shares at December 31,
2007 and June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $0 at December 31, 2007 and
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C 8% preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 0 shares at December 31, 2006,
and 3,900 shares at December 31, 2007 and
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 0 shares at
December 31, 2006, and 3,829 shares at
December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value $26,829 at December 31, 2007
and June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
13,859
|
|
|
|
13,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 100,000,000 shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding 18,853,450 shares at
December 31, 2006, 19,036,050 shares at
December 31, 2007, and 19,218,650 shares at
June 30, 2008.
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
7,953
|
|
|
|
7,719
|
|
|
|
6,508
|
|
|
|
(143,117
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(19,900
|
)
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
|
|
(15,150
|
)
|
|
|
(15,150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(11,723
|
)
|
|
|
(10,386
|
)
|
|
|
(8,440
|
)
|
|
|
(158,065
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders deficit
|
|
$
|
61,232
|
|
|
$
|
88,568
|
|
|
$
|
80,548
|
|
|
$
|
80,548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-3
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Operations
(In
thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,326
|
|
|
$
|
44,071
|
|
|
$
|
70,275
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
28,063
|
|
|
|
31,287
|
|
|
|
39,050
|
|
|
|
17,555
|
|
|
|
24,028
|
|
Selling and promotional, including $2,839 in 2005; $3,742 in
2006, and $4,293 in 2007, $2,064 and $2,925 for the six months
ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, to related parties
|
|
|
14,047
|
|
|
|
20,093
|
|
|
|
35,148
|
|
|
|
14,186
|
|
|
|
27,473
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,968
|
|
|
|
15,011
|
|
|
|
17,001
|
|
|
|
8,377
|
|
|
|
10,960
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
1,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
56,697
|
|
|
|
69,069
|
|
|
|
94,981
|
|
|
|
41,747
|
|
|
|
63,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,904
|
)
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
|
6,326
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,098
|
)
|
|
|
(2,827
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
(1,507
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(7,726
|
)
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
1,501
|
|
|
|
5,251
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(521
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
$
|
734
|
|
|
$
|
2,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss), per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
18,923
|
|
|
|
18,853
|
|
|
|
19,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
36,858
|
|
|
|
35,143
|
|
|
|
35,052
|
|
|
|
32,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma earnings per common share
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-4
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Preferred Stock and Stockholders Deficit
(In
thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members/Stockholders Deficit
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Convertible
|
|
Series B
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Membership Interests
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
Amount
|
|
Shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
Capital
|
|
Income
|
|
Deficit
|
|
Total
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
8,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,645
|
)
|
Distribution to members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
Exchange of membership interests for common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,000,000
|
)
|
|
|
(8,327
|
)
|
|
|
18,260,000
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
8,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of Promissory Notes into Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock for services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
593,450
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for cash,
net of issuance costs of $639
|
|
|
1,624
|
|
|
|
4,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock for cash, net of
issuance costs of $20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
|
|
6,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss (Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005 (Restated)
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
|
|
6,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,853,450
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
8,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,498
|
)
|
|
|
(12,111
|
)
|
Net income (Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,298
|
)
|
|
|
(4,200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value assigned to Blanchard shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
Dividend on Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006 (Restated)
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,853,450
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
7,953
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
(19,900
|
)
|
|
|
(11,723
|
)
|
Net income (Restated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(865
|
)
|
|
|
(2,780
|
)
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
|
2,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of amounts due to related party with Series C
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock for cash, net of
issuance costs of $36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,995
|
|
|
|
10,409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Blanchard shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182,600
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
Dividend on Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
Accretion of Series C Preferred Stock Dividend
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 (Restated)
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,829
|
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,036,050
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
7,719
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
|
|
(10,386
|
)
|
Net income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
Unrealized losses on available for-sale securities, net of taxes
of $49 (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,155
|
|
Undeclared dividends on Series C Preferred Stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(521
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(521
|
)
|
Issuance of Blanchard shares (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182,600
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,996
|
|
Cancellation of IAS warrant, net of $2,316 deferred taxes
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,684
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,684
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2008 (unaudited)
|
|
|
5,953
|
|
|
$
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
3,829
|
|
|
$
|
13,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
19,218,650
|
|
|
$
|
192
|
|
|
$
|
6,508
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
(15,150
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-5
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Statements
of Cash Flows
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Restated)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
$
|
1,526
|
|
|
$
|
901
|
|
|
$
|
3,224
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
2,632
|
|
|
|
4,664
|
|
|
|
6,257
|
|
|
|
3,185
|
|
|
|
4,052
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
1,473
|
|
|
|
2,269
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(3,693
|
)
|
|
|
(2,148
|
)
|
|
|
(1,656
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(5,356
|
)
|
|
|
(5,974
|
)
|
|
|
(8,573
|
)
|
|
|
(4,139
|
)
|
|
|
(3,868
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
|
|
(442
|
)
|
|
|
(230
|
)
|
|
|
(266
|
)
|
Due to/from related parties
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
288
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(727
|
)
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
1,098
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,351
|
)
|
|
|
(646
|
)
|
|
|
3,802
|
|
|
|
1,639
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
2,280
|
|
|
|
(2,294
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
1,405
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
|
2,668
|
|
|
|
1,538
|
|
|
|
4,236
|
|
|
|
2,165
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
Prepaid royalties to former owner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,920
|
)
|
Royalty payable to former owner
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
1,629
|
|
|
|
(7,428
|
)
|
Deposit with former owner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(6,972
|
)
|
|
|
6,800
|
|
|
|
7,103
|
|
|
|
3,792
|
|
|
|
(1,264
|
)
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(817
|
)
|
|
|
(2,387
|
)
|
|
|
(7,406
|
)
|
|
|
(3,234
|
)
|
|
|
(3,983
|
)
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(9,152
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,499
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale or maturity of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,045
|
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
2,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(9,969
|
)
|
|
|
6,658
|
|
|
|
(7,555
|
)
|
|
|
(3,296
|
)
|
|
|
(4,012
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on notes payable and capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(2,306
|
)
|
|
|
(1,179
|
)
|
|
|
(1,230
|
)
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
(719
|
)
|
Repayment on line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
Proceeds from line of credit and other debt obligations
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of Institute Warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
Repayment of Institute Note Payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,250
|
)
|
Net proceeds from issuances of preferred stock
|
|
|
4,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from related party payable on preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
Redemptions of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to members and dividends on preferred stock
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(497
|
)
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts paid related to initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,484
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
16,044
|
|
|
|
(1,676
|
)
|
|
|
9,301
|
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
|
|
(10,728
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(897
|
)
|
|
|
11,782
|
|
|
|
8,849
|
|
|
|
(252
|
)
|
|
|
(16,004
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
3,476
|
|
|
|
2,579
|
|
|
|
14,361
|
|
|
|
14,361
|
|
|
|
23,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,579
|
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
14,109
|
|
|
$
|
7,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
2,994
|
|
|
$
|
2,523
|
|
|
$
|
2,645
|
|
|
$
|
1,318
|
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
397
|
|
|
$
|
4,964
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing
Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of equipment through capital lease obligations
|
|
$
|
858
|
|
|
$
|
5,945
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
$
|
365
|
|
|
$
|
760
|
|
Issuance of Series B and Series C preferred stock for
notes receivable
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of senior secured notes to Series A convertible
preferred stock
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange of membership interest into common stock
|
|
|
8,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receipt of marketable securities for Series B preferred
stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C preferred stock for settlement of
balances owed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of dividends on Series C preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
Value assigned to Blanchard shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
2,996
|
|
Assumption of future obligations under gift annuities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
Deferred tax on repurchase of Institute Warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,316
|
)
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-6
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data)
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (the Company) was
formed in Delaware in November 2003 as a limited liability
company, under the name Significant Education, LLC, for the
purpose of acquiring the assets of Grand Canyon University from
a non-profit foundation on February 2, 2004. On
August 24, 2005, the Company converted from a limited
liability company to a corporation and changed its name to
Significant Education, Inc. On May 9, 2008, the Company
changed its name to Grand Canyon Education, Inc. The Company is
a regionally accredited provider of online postsecondary
education services focused on offering graduate and
undergraduate degree programs in its core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to online
programs, the Company offers courses at its campus in Phoenix,
Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. The Company
is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
All references in the notes to the financial statements
regarding per share information have been restated to their
equivalent based on the conversion of the membership units of
Significant Education, LLC into shares of common stock of
Significant Education, Inc.
The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements as of
June 30, 2008 and for the six month periods ended
June 30, 2007 and 2008 have been prepared in accordance
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles,
consistent in all material respects with those applied in the
accompanying audited financial statements as of
December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2007, except for certain
new accounting standards adopted on January 1, 2008 as
further described in Note 2, Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies, Income Taxes and New Accounting
Standards. Such interim financial information is unaudited
but reflects all adjustments that in the opinion of management
are necessary for the fair presentation of the interim periods
presented. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of
results for a full year.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Formation
and Transactions with Former Owner
On January 29, 2004, the Company entered into an asset
purchase agreement (the Purchase Agreement) with the
Grand Canyon University Institute for Advanced Studies (the
Institute or former owner), an Arizona
nonprofit corporation, pursuant to which the Company acquired
substantially all of the operating assets (excluding the ground
campus and related buildings) of Grand Canyon University (the
University), including all accreditations,
licensures, and approvals necessary to offer its ground and
online education programs. In consideration for the purchase of
such assets, the Company paid the Institute $500 in cash,
assumed certain liabilities, and agreed to pay the Institute a
royalty equal to 5% of the revenue generated by the Company
through its online education program for each year in the period
2004 through 2008 and 4% for each year thereafter, in perpetuity
(the Royalty Agreement). The consideration paid and
liabilities assumed exceeded the fair value of the assets
acquired by $2,941 which was recorded as goodwill. The
transaction closed on February 2, 2004 at which time the
Company commenced its operations.
On June 25, 2004, the Company entered into an ancillary
agreement (the Ancillary Agreement) with the
Institute, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase the
ground campus and related buildings (the Campus)
excluding one building and the underlying real estate, from the
Institute for the following consideration:
|
|
|
|
|
$26,750 in cash;
|
|
|
|
the assumption of a $1,500 note payable to a third party (the
Kirksville Note);
|
F-7
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance by the Company to the Institute of a warrant (the
Institute Warrant) to purchase a 10.0% non-dilutable
equity interest in the Company for an exercise price of $1
during a one month period beginning in July 1, 2011 subject
to a right for the Company to repurchase the warrant at any time
prior to its exercise for $6,000.
|
The value of the warrant was estimated at $420 which
approximates 10% of the estimated fair value of the Company at
the date of grant and was included as a component of the cost of
the campus and related buildings.
In connection with the Ancillary Agreement, (i) the Company
assigned its right to purchase the Campus to Spirit Finance
Acquisitions, LLC (Spirit), (ii) following such
assignment, Spirit acquired the Campus from the Institute for
cash, (iii) Spirit leased the Campus to the Company under a
long-term lease (the Spirit Lease) in connection
with which the Company issued to Spirit a warrant, and
(iv) the Institute loaned the Company $1,250 payable
over seven years (the Institute Loan).
Shortly after the completion of the acquisition, the Company and
the Institute became involved in certain disputes, with the
Company alleging breaches of representations and warranties
concerning the Universitys operations, its compliance with
Department of Education regulations, and the Institutes
failure to adequately disclose liabilities in the Purchase
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreement. In addition, the Company
withheld payment of amounts due under the Royalty Agreement and
the Institute Loan. At December 31, 2007, the Company had
withheld payment of approximately $7,428 in payments due under
the Royalty Agreement and approximately $840 of principal and
interest payments under the Institute Loan. As a result of these
disputes, the Company commenced legal proceedings in March 2006
and the Institute brought counterclaims.
In September 2007, the Company and the Institute entered into a
standstill agreement pursuant to which they agreed to stay all
legal proceedings through April 15, 2008. In accordance
with the terms of the standstill agreement, the Company made an
initial non-refundable, non-creditable $3,000 payment to the
Institute and received an option to pay an additional $19,500 to
the Institute by April 15, 2008, which would serve, in its
entirety, as consideration for:
|
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction in full of all past royalties due to the
Institute under the Royalty Agreement and the elimination of the
existing obligation to pay royalties for online student revenues
in perpetuity;
|
|
|
|
the repurchase of the Institute Warrant;
|
|
|
|
the acquisition by the Company of the real property and related
building located on the Campus that was owned by the Institute
and not transferred in connection with the Ancillary Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the termination of a sublease agreement pursuant to which the
Institute leased office space on the Campus;
|
|
|
|
the assumption by the Company of all future payment obligations
in respect to certain gift annuities made to the school by
donors prior to the acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
the satisfaction in full of the $1,250 Institute Loan (including
all accrued and unpaid interest thereon).
|
On April 15, 2008, the Company exercised its option and
paid the additional $19,500 to the Institute and the Institute
relinquished any and all rights it had to be involved in Grand
Canyon University, and all parties released any and all claims
they may have had against the other parties.
F-8
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Accounting
for the April 15, 2008 Settlement of the Standstill
Agreement
The following table provides a tabular depiction of the
Companys allocation of the $22,500 total payment to the
Institute to each of the assets acquired, obligations settled,
and liabilities assumed, based on the Companys fair value
estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Initial Payment
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
Optional Payment
|
|
|
19,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Payment to be allocated
|
|
$
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) Obligations settled
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued royalties due under Royalty Agreement (as of
April 15, 2008)
|
|
$
|
8,730
|
|
Repurchase of Institute Warrant
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Repayment of Institute Loan, including accrued interest
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
Other amounts due to the Institute
|
|
|
327
|
|
2) Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
|
|
Assumption of gift annuities obligation, at fair value
|
|
|
(887
|
)
|
3) Cost to be allocated to assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
Real property and prepaid royalty asset
|
|
|
6,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value estimates
|
|
$
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, the total payment was applied
to the following items, in the order indicated: (1) to
satisfy all past royalties due to the Institute; (2) to
redeem the Institute Warrant, based on the original terms of
such warrant; (3) to satisfy a loan provided by the
Institute, including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon;
and (4) to satisfy other amounts due to the Institute.
The standstill agreement also required the Company to assume
future payment obligations in respect of certain gift annuities
made to the school by donors prior to the acquisition, which
represents a liability assumed under the standstill agreement
and was recognized based on the fair value of such annuities at
the option exercise date.
The remaining $6,073 of the total payment was allocated to the
remaining acquired assets based on their individual fair value
relative to the total fair value of those assets. The Company
recognized the real property (i.e., land) and related
building acquired from the Institute in the transaction as an
asset at the option exercise date and these assets totaling $129
and $24, respectively, have been classified within
Property and Equipment on our balance sheet at
June 30, 2008.
The $5,920 value of the settlement of future royalty payment
obligations to the Institute was determined based on its
relative fair value at the option exercise date and is included
in the accompanying balance sheet at June 30, 2008 as a
Prepaid Royalty, and will be amortized over a period
of 20 years.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
F-9
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made
to the prior year balances to conform to the current period.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company invests cash in excess of current operating
requirements in short term certificates of deposit and money
market instruments. The Company considers all highly liquid
investments with maturities of three months or less at the time
of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Restricted
Cash and Investments
The Company owns certain marketable securities that are pledged
as collateral for a Standby Letter of Credit as further
described in Note 4. The Company considers its investments
in such marketable securities as available-for-sale securities,
in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115,
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities. Available-for-sale investments are carried at
fair value as determined by quoted market prices, with
unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate
component of stockholders deficit. Unrealized losses
considered to be other-than-temporary are recognized currently
in earnings. The cost of securities sold is based on the
specific identification method. Amortization of premiums,
accretion of discounts, interest and dividend income and
realized gains and losses are included in investment income.
Because these investments are pledged as collateral, the Company
classifies all such amounts as long term assets.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, and line of credit approximate
their fair value based on the liquidity or the short-term
maturities of these instruments. The carrying value of notes
payable and capital lease obligations approximate fair value
based upon market interest rates available to the Company for
debt of similar risk and maturities.
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS
No. 157), establishes a fair value hierarchy that
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure
fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy
gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets
for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the
lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3).
At June 30, 2008 the fair value of municipal and
U.S. agency securities were determined using Level 1
of the hierarchy of valuation inputs, with the use of observable
market prices in the active market. The unit of account used for
valuation is the individual underlying security. The municipal
securities are comprised of city and county bonds related to
schools, water and sewer, and housing bonds. The
U.S. agency securities are comprised of Fannie Mae and
Federal Home Loan Bank bonds. Because these securities held by
the Company are investments, assessment of non-performance risk
is not applicable as such considerations are only applicable in
evaluating the fair value measurements for liabilities.
The fair value of the prepaid royalty asset related to the
settlement of future royalty payment obligations to the
Institute was determined using an income approach, based on
managements forecasts of revenue to be generated through
its online education program using Level 3 of the hierarchy
of valuation inputs. The rate utilized to discount net cash
flows to their present values is 35%. This discount rate was
determined after consideration of the Companys weighted
average cost of capital giving effect to estimates of the
Companys risk-free rate, beta coefficient, equity risk
premium, small size risk premium, and company-specific risk
premium.
F-10
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or
refusal of its students to make required payments. The Company
determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts
based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience and
the aging of the accounts receivable. The Company writes-off
account receivable balances deemed uncollectible on a regular
basis. However, the Company continues to reflect accounts
receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management
believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection. Bad
debt expense is recorded as a general and administrative expense
in the statement of operations.
See also Note 3, Restatement of Financial
Statements, for the discussion of the restatement to the
allowance for doubtful accounts.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line
method. Normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
Expenditures that materially extend the useful life of an asset
are capitalized. Construction in progress represents items not
yet placed in service and are not depreciated. The Company
capitalizes interest pursuant to SFAS No. 34,
Capitalization of Interest Costs. The Company used its
interest rates on the specific borrowings used to finance the
improvements, which approximated 8.7% in 2006, 2007, and 2008
given the amount of the specific debt exceeded the in process
value of the project at all times. The Company did not have any
projects that required it to capitalize interest cost in 2005.
Interest cost capitalized and incurred in the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and the six months ended
June 30, 2007 and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Interest incurred
|
|
$
|
3,098
|
|
|
$
|
2,925
|
|
|
$
|
3,102
|
|
|
$
|
1,579
|
|
|
$
|
1,534
|
|
Interest capitalized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
3,098
|
|
|
$
|
2,827
|
|
|
$
|
2,975
|
|
|
$
|
1,515
|
|
|
$
|
1,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. Household improvements and
furniture and fixtures, computer equipment, and vehicles have
estimated useful lives of 10, four, and, five years,
respectively. Buildings are under 20 year capital leases.
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived
assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used
is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset
to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated
by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the
assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market
value of net assets acquired, including identified intangible
assets. Goodwill is tested annually or more frequently if
circumstances indicate potential
F-11
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
impairment, by comparing its fair value to its carrying amount
as defined by SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets.
The determination of whether or not goodwill is impaired
involves significant judgment. Although the Company believes its
goodwill is not impaired, changes in strategy or market
conditions could significantly impact these judgments and may
require future adjustments to the carrying amount of goodwill.
Income
Taxes
On August 24, 2005, the Company converted from a limited
liability company to a corporation. For all periods subsequent
to such date, the Company has been and will continue to be
subject to corporate-level U.S. federal and state
income taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes as
prescribed by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes. SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the
asset and liability method to compute the differences between
the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related
financial amounts using currently enacted tax laws.
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a
more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected
to be taken in a tax return. We recognize interest and penalties
related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
The Company has deferred tax assets, which are subject to
periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are
established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to
the amount that more likely than not will be realized.
Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent
upon achievement of projected future taxable income offset by
deferred tax liabilities.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from
courses taught by the Company online, at its traditional campus
in Phoenix, Arizona, and onsite at facilities of employers.
Tuition revenue is recognized monthly over the applicable period
of instruction, net of scholarships provided by the Company. If
a student withdraws prior to the end of the third week of a
semester, the Company will refund all or a portion of tuition
already paid pursuant to its refund policy. Deferred revenue and
student deposits in any period represent the excess of tuition,
fees, and other student payments received as compared to amounts
recognized as revenue on the statement of operations and are
reflected as current liabilities in the accompanying balance
sheet. The Companys educational programs have starting and
ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at
the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these
programs is not yet earned in accordance with the SECs
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition in Financial Statements. Textbook sales and
other revenues are recognized as sales occur or services are
performed and represent less than 10% of total revenues.
Instructional
Costs and Services
Instructional cost and services consist primarily of costs
related to the administration and delivery of the Companys
educational programs. This expense category includes salaries
and benefits for full-time and adjunct faculty and
administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty,
information technology costs, curriculum and new program
development costs (which are expensed as incurred) and costs
associated with other support groups that provide services
directly to the students. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to the provision of educational services,
primarily at the Companys Phoenix, Arizona campus.
F-12
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Selling
and Promotional
Selling and promotional expenses include salaries and benefits
of personnel engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and
retention of students, as well as advertising costs associated
with purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, and
producing marketing materials. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to selling and promotional activities at the
Companys facilities in Phoenix, Arizona and Orem, Utah.
Selling and promotional costs are expensed as incurred.
Advertising costs, which include marketing leads, events, and
promotional materials for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007 were $3,423, $4,674, and $10,213
respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2007
and 2008 were $3,575 and $7,070, respectively.
The Company is party to revenue share arrangements with related
parties pursuant to which it pays a percentage of the net
revenue that it actually receives from applicants recruited by
those entities that matriculate at Grand Canyon University. The
related party bears all costs associated with the recruitment of
these applicants. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, the Company expensed approximately $2,839,
$3,742, and $4,293, respectively, and for the six months ended
June 30, 2007 and 2008, $2,064 and $2,925, respectively,
pursuant to these arrangements. As of December 31, 2006 and
2007, and as of the six months ended June 30, 2008, $475,
$416, and $740, respectively, were due to these related parties.
General
and Administrative
General and administrative expenses include salaries and
benefits of employees engaged in corporate management, finance,
human resources, compliance, and other corporate functions.
General and administrative expenses also include bad debt
expense, as well as an allocation of depreciation, amortization,
rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the departments
providing general and administrative functions.
Royalty
to Former Owner
In connection with the February 2, 2004 acquisition of the
assets of Grand Canyon University from a non-profit foundation,
the Company entered into a royalty fee arrangement with the
former owner in which the Company agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by its online programs. In
early 2005, in connection with a dispute with the former owner,
the Company continued to accrue but did not pay the royalty. As
of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company had accrued an
aggregate of $3,646 and $7,428, respectively, in such payments,
which amounts are included in royalty to former
owner in the accompanying balance sheets. The Company
settled all future royalty obligations with the former owner in
April 2008 as described above under Formation and
Transactions with Former Owner. The royalties accrued
through April 2008 were applied against the payments made to the
former owner.
Insurance/Self-Insurance
The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance
for a number of risks, including claims related to employee
health care, workers compensation, general liability, and
business interruption. Liabilities associated with these risks
are estimated based on, among other things, historical claims
experience, severity factors, and other actuarial assumptions.
The Companys loss exposure related to self-insurance is
limited by stop loss coverage on a per occurrence and aggregate
basis. Expected loss accruals are based on estimates, and while
the Company believes the amounts accrued are adequate, the
ultimate loss may differ from the amounts provided.
F-13
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Concentration
of Credit Risk
The Company may extend credit for tuition to some students. A
substantial portion is repaid through the students
participation in federally funded financial aid programs.
Transfers of funds from the financial aid programs to the
Company are made in accordance with the U.S. Department of
Education (Department of Education) requirements. A
majority of the Companys revenues are derived from tuition
financed under the Title IV programs of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as amended (the Higher Education
Act). The financial aid and assistance programs are
subject to political and budgetary considerations and are
subject to extensive and complex regulations. The Companys
administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by
various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory violation could be
the basis for the initiation of potentially adverse actions
including a suspension, limitation, or termination proceeding,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through
a Department of Education prescribed application and eligibility
certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally
made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout
their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically
apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs
first to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining funds are
distributed directly to the student.
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income
The only item of accumulated other comprehensive income relates
to unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale marketable
securities at December 31, 2006 and 2007, which totaled $35
(net of taxes of $23) and $79 (net of taxes of $52),
respectively, and which totaled $10 (net of taxes of $4) at
June 30, 2008.
Segment
Information
The Company operates as a single educational delivery operation
using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and
educational delivery needs of both its ground and online
students regardless of geography. The Companys chief
operating decision maker manages the Companys operations
as a whole and no expense or operating income information is
generated or evaluated on any component level.
New
Accounting Standards
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, which
provides enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure
assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 157 establishes a
common definition of fair value, provides a framework for
measuring fair value under U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles and expands disclosure requirements about
fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for
financial statements issued in fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. The Companys adoption of SFAS No. 157 had
no material impact on its financial position or results of
operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS No. 159). This standard permits
entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal
year beginning after November 15, 2007.
SFAS No. 159 must be applied prospectively, and the
effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should
be reported as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening
balance of retained earnings. The adoption of
SFAS No. 159 had no material impact on the
Companys financial position or results of operations.
F-14
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
3.
|
Restatement
of Financial Statements
|
During the six month period ended June 30, 2008, the
Company concluded that a significant increase in its allowance
for doubtful accounts was required. A portion of the increase
has been determined to be the correction of an error from prior
periods and thus the accompanying financial statements have been
restated to reflect this increase. This error occurred in prior
years because the Company did not properly consider all
available information related to its actual collection and
write-off experience. Accordingly, the Company has restated its
allowances for doubtful accounts for all prior periods presented
to reflect the increase in bad debts for these prior periods
after additional analysis in 2008 of $1,933, $1,794, and $2,352
in each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and
2007 respectively. In addition, the Company made an error in the
accounting for the shares to be issued to Blanchard under the
License Agreement as discussed in Note 11 to the Financial
Statements. The correction of this error resulted in an increase
in prepaid royalties and paid-in capital of $282 and $116 in
2006 and 2007, respectively, and the recognition of $36 of
amortization expense in 2007. The Company also determined that
it had made an error in the accounting for deferred taxes at the
date of conversion from a limited liability company to a
corporation. The correction of this error resulted in an
increase in the income tax benefit for the year ended
December 31, 2005 of $761.
Below is a summary of the impact of the restatement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
8,525
|
|
|
$
|
4,798
|
|
|
$
|
13,193
|
|
|
$
|
7,114
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,592
|
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
2,338
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
1,304
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
25,339
|
|
|
|
23,036
|
|
|
|
46,046
|
|
|
|
42,314
|
|
Prepaid royalties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
2,806
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
62,477
|
|
|
|
61,232
|
|
|
|
91,163
|
|
|
|
88,568
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS
DEFICIT
|
Common stock
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
7,671
|
|
|
|
7,953
|
|
|
|
7,321
|
|
|
|
7,719
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
|
|
(19,900
|
)
|
|
|
(15,383
|
)
|
|
|
(18,374
|
)
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(10,479
|
)
|
|
|
(11,723
|
)
|
|
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
(10,386
|
)
|
Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders deficit
|
|
|
62,477
|
|
|
|
61,232
|
|
|
|
91,163
|
|
|
|
88,568
|
|
F-15
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
$
|
54,760
|
|
|
$
|
56,697
|
|
|
$
|
67,279
|
|
|
$
|
69,069
|
|
|
$
|
92,499
|
|
|
$
|
94,981
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(2,967
|
)
|
|
|
(4,904
|
)
|
|
|
4,832
|
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
6,828
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,016
|
)
|
|
|
(3,098
|
)
|
|
|
(2,909
|
)
|
|
|
(2,827
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070
|
)
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(5,707
|
)
|
|
|
(7,726
|
)
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
|
(4,286
|
)
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
Earnings (loss), per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Restricted
Cash and Investments
|
The following is a summary of amounts included in Restricted
cash and investments. The Company considers all investments as
available for sale;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Money Market Funds
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
U.S. Agency
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,016
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Money Market Funds
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
567
|
|
U.S. Agency
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,166
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Money Market Funds
|
|
$
|
2,804
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,804
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,353
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
The unrealized losses on the Companys investments in
Municipal Securities were caused by interest rate increases. The
cash flows of the Agency instruments are guaranteed by an agency
of the U.S. government while Municipal Securities are
backed by the issuing municipalitys credit worthiness.
Contractual maturities of the marketable securities are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
Due in one year or less
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
359
|
|
|
$
|
2,904
|
|
Due in one to five years
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
Due in five to ten years
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
1,567
|
|
|
|
1,572
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,074
|
|
|
$
|
3,298
|
|
|
$
|
3,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains and losses resulting from the sale of
available-for-sale securities were $0 for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and $112 for the six
months ended June 30, 2008. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively the net
unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities were $0,
$35, and $44, net of tax effect, respectively, and $(69), net of
tax effect, for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
|
|
5.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
Buildings under capital lease
|
|
$
|
20,562
|
|
|
$
|
20,562
|
|
|
$
|
20,562
|
|
Equipment under capital leases
|
|
|
1,726
|
|
|
|
2,236
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,369
|
|
|
|
8,073
|
|
|
|
9,583
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
|
|
|
5,225
|
|
|
|
9,515
|
|
|
|
11,464
|
|
Other
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
2,757
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
1,991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,232
|
|
|
|
42,211
|
|
|
|
46,927
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(5,215
|
)
|
|
|
(8,362
|
)
|
|
|
(10,467
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
29,017
|
|
|
$
|
33,849
|
|
|
$
|
36,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property
and equipment, including assets under capital lease, totaled
$1,849, $2,298, and $3,270 for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, and $1,454 and $2,132 for
the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2008.
F-17
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
$
|
1,569
|
|
|
$
|
3,775
|
|
|
$
|
4,800
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
|
|
1,561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,044
|
|
|
$
|
6,893
|
|
|
$
|
6,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Financing
Arrangements
|
At December 31, 2007, the Company had a line of credit with
a bank that provided for borrowings of up to $6,000. The line
was intended to provide funding for operations as needed and was
collateralized by equipment and fixtures owned by the Company.
The interest rate on the line was equal to LIBOR plus 2.0% (6.8%
as of December 31, 2007). As of December 31, 2007 the
amount outstanding under this line of credit was $6,000. The
line of credit was paid in full in February 2008 and terminated
in May 2008.
During 2004, the Company entered into the Spirit Lease. In
connection with the Spirit Lease, the Company is required to
maintain a $2,000 letter of credit in favor of Spirit. The
letter of credit is secured by a pledge of certain Company
assets that are included in Restricted cash and investments in
the accompanying balance sheet. In conjunction with the terms of
the Spirit Lease, Spirit provided the Company with funding to be
used for certain leasehold and other capital improvements. At
December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, the Company was
obligated to spend $2,287 and $1,258, respectively, by July 2010
on such improvements.
|
|
8.
|
Notes
Payable and Capital Lease Obligations
|
Notes payable and capital lease obligations consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease for buildings (monthly payments of $277 at an
implicit interest rate of 8.7% through 2024)
|
|
$
|
29,161
|
|
|
$
|
28,451
|
|
|
$
|
28,814
|
|
Capital leases for equipment (various leases extending into
2012, with implicit interest rates ranging from 7.4% to 9.3%,
monthly payments totaling $35)
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
29,420
|
|
Less: Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
1,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,779
|
|
|
$
|
28,078
|
|
|
$
|
28,288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
Notes Payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institute Loan; 8 quarterly payments of $60 through June 2006
and $120 for 20 quarters through June 2011; implicit interest at
23.6%
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Kirksville Note; monthly payments of $20; interest at 3.9%
through September 2011
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
Various Gift Annuities; quarterly payments of $34 extending
through 2018; interest at 10%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
884
|
|
Notes payable for vehicles requiring monthly payments with
interest rates ranging from 9.5% to 11.0% extending into January
2013
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,462
|
|
|
|
2,408
|
|
|
|
1,894
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,088
|
|
|
$
|
1,762
|
|
|
$
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Spirit Lease provides the Company with the use of the campus
land and buildings for a term of twenty years and provides the
Company with four options to extend the term of the lease term
for five year periods through 2044. In accordance with SFAS
No. 13, Accounting for Leases, the lease of the
campus land was treated as an operating lease and the lease of
the buildings was treated as a capital lease. The lease includes
scheduled
bi-annual
adjustments based on the lesser of 5.0% or 125% of the change in
the Consumer Price Index. Under the original lease terms, Spirit
provided an advance to make tenant improvements of $6,250 that
were received in 2004 and 2005. Through December 31, 2007
and June 30, 2008, the Company had expended $3,963 and
$4,992, respectively, of the amounts advanced for approved
capital improvement projects, and is required to spend the
remaining amounts through 2010. In June 2006, Spirit agreed to
provide an additional $5,800 of lease funding for tenant
improvements. Through December 31, 2007, the Company has
expended $4,555 and utilized $3,589 of the tenant improvement
funds. As of June 30, 2008, the Company has expended and
utilized an additional $1,157 and $761, respectively, leaving
$88 in available funding. The lease provides the Company with an
option to purchase the property at the greater of fair value or
Spirits total investment in the property.
F-19
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Payments due under the notes payable and future minimum lease
payments under the capital lease obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
Capital Lease
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations
|
|
|
Notes Payable
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
3,744
|
|
|
$
|
646
|
|
2009
|
|
|
3,544
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3,471
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
2011
|
|
|
3,397
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
2012
|
|
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
34,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,462
|
|
|
$
|
2,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Portion representing interest
|
|
|
23,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Leases
The Company leases certain land, buildings and equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates
through 2023. Future minimum lease payments under operating
leases due each year are as follows at December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
2,203
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2,153
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2,003
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
20,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum payments
|
|
$
|
30,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense and related taxes and operating expenses
under operating leases for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006 and 2007 and for the six months ended June 30,
2007 and 2008 was $2,052, $2,136, $2,260, $1,041 and
$1,097, respectively.
Legal
Matters
On February 28, 2007, the Company filed a complaint against
SunGard Higher Education Managed Services, Inc. in the Maricopa
County Superior Court, Case
No. CV2007-003492,
for breach of contract, breach of implied covenant of good faith
and fair dealing, breach of warranty, breach of fiduciary duty,
tortious interference with business expectancy, unjust
enrichment, and consumer fraud related to technology services
agreement between the parties. In response, SunGard moved to
stay the litigation and compel arbitration. The court granted
the motion to stay, and compelled the parties to arbitrate.
SunGard has also
F-20
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
counterclaimed alleging breach of contract relating to the
parties technology services agreement. Following
discovery, the arbitration occurred in late May 2008 and final
arguments were heard in July 2008.
From time to time, the Company is a party to various lawsuits,
claims, and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary
course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. When
the Company is aware of a claim or potential claim, it assesses
the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a
loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated, the Company records a liability for the loss. If the
loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be
reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the
specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is
reasonably possible and the amount involved is material. With
respect to the majority of pending litigation matters, the
Companys ultimate legal and financial responsibility, if
any, cannot be estimated with certainty and, in most cases, any
potential losses related to those matters are not considered
probable. The Company has reserved approximately $750 for losses
related to litigation and asserted claims where the
Companys ultimate exposure is considered probable and the
potential loss can be reasonably estimated, which is classified
within accrued liabilities on the accompanying December 31,
2007 and June 30, 2008 balance sheet. Upon resolution of
any pending legal matters, the Company may incur charges in
excess of presently established reserves. Management does not
believe that any such charges would, individually or in the
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows,
including those matters described in Note 17
Litigation.
Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing
net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share reflects
the assumed conversion of all potentially dilutive securities,
consisting of preferred stock and common stock warrants for
which the estimated fair value exceeds the exercise price, less
shares which could have been purchased with the related
proceeds, unless anti-dilutive. Contingently issuable stock,
such as issuances to Blanchard Education, LLC (as discussed in
Note 11), is also included in the diluted shares
computation if enrollment levels have been attained, unless
anti-dilutive. For 2005, diluted earnings (loss) per common
share is computed on the same basis as basic earnings (loss) per
common share, as the inclusion of potential common shares
outstanding would be anti-dilutive.
The table below reflects the calculation of the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding on an as if converted basis
used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common
share. For 2005, the basic and diluted common shares outstanding
is computed by the weighted average membership units outstanding
prior to the Companys conversion to a corporation, on a
converted basis as if the conversion to a
F-21
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
corporation occurred on January 1, 2005 combined with the
weighted number of shares of common stock outstanding after the
conversion to a corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Month Period
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic common shares outstanding
|
|
|
18,469,990
|
|
|
|
18,853,450
|
|
|
|
18,922,838
|
|
|
|
18,853,450
|
|
|
|
19,089,004
|
|
Effect of dilutive preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,494,788
|
|
|
|
12,393,062
|
|
|
|
12,449,668
|
|
|
|
10,870,178
|
|
Effect of dilutive warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,509,572
|
|
|
|
3,805,384
|
|
|
|
3,748,778
|
|
|
|
2,625,788
|
|
Effect of contingently issuable common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted common shares outstanding
|
|
|
18,469,990
|
|
|
|
36,857,810
|
|
|
|
35,143,196
|
|
|
|
35,051,896
|
|
|
|
32,623,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average securities that could potentially dilute
earnings per share in the future that are not included above as
they are anti-dilutive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A contingently redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
2,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B contingently redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock warrants
|
|
|
4,267,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
Preferred
Stock and Equity Transactions
|
Preferred
Stock
As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, the
following series of preferred stock have been authorized:
Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company entered into a Series A convertible preferred
stock (the Series A) purchase agreement on
August 24, 2005. The holders of Series A are entitled
to vote and to receive dividends, when and as declared by the
board of directors from time to time, in each case on an
as-converted to common stock basis. The shares of Series A
may convert into common stock at any time at the option of the
holder thereof at the then applicable conversion rate, and all
shares of Series A automatically convert into common stock
at the then applicable conversion rate upon the consummation of
a registered initial public offering that results in net cash
proceeds to the Company (after deducting applicable underwriting
discounts and commissions) of not less than $30,000 and that has
an offering price per share to the public of not less than $5
(as adjusted to reflect
F-22
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
stock dividends, stock splits, combinations and similar actions)
(a qualified public offering). In the event of
liquidation, or a change in control, as defined, the holders of
the Series A are entitled to receive in preference to
holders, other than holders of Series B preferred stock
(the Series B) and Series C preferred stock
(the Series C), any distributions of the assets of
the Company equal to three times the original purchase price of
the shares, or $9,702 per share, subject to certain adjustments.
On, or at any time, or from time to time, after
February 24, 2009 and before August 24, 2009, each
holder of the Series A may offer to the Company in writing
the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of such holders
outstanding shares of the Series A during the six month
period following the Companys receipt of such offer for
value greater than the then current liquidation value or fair
value as determined by an independent appraisal or public
market. A majority of the board of directors (excluding the
members of the board who are holders of the
Series A) may accept or reject the offer. If the board
of directors chooses not to redeem the Series A during this
optional redemption period, then the holders of a majority of
the Series A may, at their option, take voting control of
the Company, pursuant to which, in any vote by the holders of
the common stock, the holders of the Series A shall be
deemed to have that number of votes, on an as-converted to
common stock basis, necessary to comprise a majority of the
common stock entitled to vote on such matter.
During 2005, the Company issued 1,624 shares of
Series A and received net proceeds of $4,610. Additionally,
the Company converted $14,000 of principal on senior secured
promissory notes into 4,329 shares of Series A.
Series B
Preferred Stock
On December 31, 2005, the Company entered into a
Series B preferred stock purchase agreement. The holders of
Series B were entitled to receive, in preference to the
holders of Series A, when and as declared by the board of
directors, cumulative dividends at a rate of 12.0% per year,
less the amount of any dividends actually paid. Such dividends
accrued whether or not declared by the board of directors, and
whether or not there were funds legally available to pay
dividends. The Series B is non-voting.
On December 31, 2005 the Company issued 2,163 shares
Series B and received net proceeds of $6,980 in the form of
a stock subscription receivable. The receivable was subsequently
paid in April 2006. On November 6, 2006, the Company
redeemed 1,298 shares of the Series B for an aggregate
redemption price of $4,200 plus accrued and unpaid dividends of
$286. Dividends of $241 on the remaining shares of Series B
were declared by the board of directors of which $213 were paid
as of December 31, 2006. During 2007, the Company declared
$320 of dividends on the Series B of which $153 was paid
with the remaining balance accrued for as dividends payable. The
remaining 865 shares of Series B were exchanged for
800 shares of Series C on December 17, 2007. The
fair value of the shares of Series C issued in exchange for
such shares of Series B was equal to the carrying amount of
the shares of Series B at the date of the exchange. As of
December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, no shares of
Series B remain outstanding.
Series C
Preferred Stock
On December 18, 2007, the Company entered into a
Series C preferred stock purchase agreement and
subscription agreement. The holders of Series C are
entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the all
other classes of stock, when and as declared by the board of
directors or upon a liquidation event, cumulative dividends at a
rate of 8.0% per year, less the amount of any dividends actually
paid. Such dividends accrue whether or not declared by the board
of directors, whether or not there are funds legally available
to pay dividends, and compound on an annual basis. In the event
of liquidation, or a change in control, as defined, the holders
of the Series C are entitled to receive, in preference to
all other shareholders, any distributions of
F-23
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
the assets of the Company equal to two times the original
purchase price of the shares, or $7,000 per share, subject to
certain adjustments, plus all accumulated but unpaid dividends.
The Series C is non-voting.
On December 18, 2007 the Company issued 1,359 shares
of Series C stock and received net proceeds of $4,720 in
cash and a subscription receivable of $5,725 for the remaining
1,636 shares, which were paid for and issued in January
2008. Additionally, the Company issued 34 shares of
Series C in consideration for amounts owed to one of the
Series B stockholders and converted 865 shares of
Series B for 800 shares of Series C as noted
above. Cumulative undeclared dividends on the Series C were
$29 at December 31, 2007.
In May 2008, the board of directors and stockholders of the
Company authorized an amendment to be made to the Companys
certificate of incorporation that provides for the Series C
preferred stock to convert automatically into common stock upon
the closing of a qualified public offering. The amendment is
anticipated to be filed, and would become effective, prior to
the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to the
qualified public offering. The number of shares of common stock
to be issued upon conversion will be equal to the aggregate
liquidation preference of the Series C preferred stock
divided by the public offering price of the common stock.
Common
Stock
On August 24, 2005, in connection with its conversion from
a limited liability company to a corporation, the Company issued
and exchanged one share of common stock to its membership
holders in exchange for each 182,600 of their previously
outstanding membership units in the limited liability company.
Concurrently, the Company also issued 593,450 shares of
common stock to a prospective investor in settlement of a legal
action. Each share of the Companys common stock is
entitled to one vote. All shares of common stock rank equally as
to voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have
no preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking
fund provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment,
and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights. Subject to the
prior rights of holders of preferred stock, the holders of
common stock are entitled to share ratably in any dividends and
in any assets remaining upon liquidation after satisfaction of
the rights of the holders of preferred stock.
In June 2004, the Company entered into a license agreement with
Blanchard relating to the Companys use of the Ken
Blanchard name for its College of Business. Under the terms of
that agreement the Company agreed to issue to Blanchard up to
909,348 shares of common stock with the actual number
issued to be contingent upon the Companys achievement of
stated enrollment levels in its College of Business during the
term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2006, the Company
deemed it probable that 182,600 shares would be earned and,
as of August 15, 2007, those 182,600 shares were
earned and due to Blanchard under this agreement, On May 9,
2008, the Company and Blanchard amended the terms of the
agreement pursuant to which Blanchard was issued
365,200 shares of the Companys common stock in full
settlement of all shares owed and contingently owed under this
agreement. The fair value of the shares issued to Blanchard as
part of the license agreement of $3,394 was determined at the
date it became probable that shares would then be earned and
then adjusted until the date the shares were earned. This amount
is included in the balance sheet as a component of Prepaid
Royalty and will be amortized through operations as an
expense over the remaining term of the license agreement.
Warrants
to Purchase Common Stock
On June 25, 2004, the Company issued a warrant to the
Institute (the Institute Warrant) to purchase a
10.0% non-dilutive membership interest (later amended to be
common stock), at an exercise price of $1. The Institute Warrant
was to have been exercisable for a one month period beginning on
July 1, 2011. The Company had the right to repurchase the
Institute Warrant prior to the exercise period for $6,000. On
F-24
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
April 15, 2008 the Institute Warrant was repurchased with
the execution of the settlement discussed in Note 2. The
repurchase was accounted for as a reduction of equity, net of
related tax benefit of $2,316.
On June 28, 2004, the Company issued to Spirit a warrant to
purchase a 5.0% membership interest in common stock of the
Company (the Spirit Warrant) for $526, as adjusted
to be 909,348 shares of common stock in conjunction with
the conversion to a corporation. The Spirit Warrant is
exercisable from January 1, 2005 through June 28, 2024
(the last day of the Spirit lease term). The Spirit Warrant, and
any shares issuable upon exercise of the Spirit Warrant, are
subject to repurchase at a fixed price of $16,000 at any time
prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the Spirit
Warrant or three years after the Spirit Warrant is exercised.
This repurchase option may be exercised in whole or in part,
first, by the group of stockholders that constitute the former
holders of the Companys membership interests and, second,
if they do not exercise the option upon the occurrence of
certain liquidity transactions, including an underwritten public
offering that results in net cash proceeds of not less than
$30,000, by the Company. As of December 31, 2007 and
June 30, 2008, the warrant had not been exercised nor had
any of the repurchase rights been executed.
Investor
Rights Agreement
The Company is a party to an investor rights agreement with
certain of its investors, pursuant to which the Company has
granted those persons or entities the right to register shares
of common stock held by them under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the Securities Act). Certain of the
holders of these rights are entitled to demand that the Company
register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act,
while others are entitled to piggyback registration
rights in which they may require the Company to include their
shares of common stock in future registration statements that
may be filed, either for its own account or for the account of
other security holders exercising registration rights. In
addition, after an initial public offering, certain of these
holders have the right to request that their shares of common
stock be registered on a
Form S-3
registration statement so long as the anticipated aggregate
sales price of such registered shares as of the date of filing
of the
Form S-3
registration statement is at least $1,000. The foregoing
registration rights are subject to various conditions and
limitations, including the right of underwriters of an offering
to limit the number of registrable securities that may be
included in an offering. The registration rights terminate as to
any particular shares on the date on which the holder sells such
shares to the public in a registered offering or pursuant to
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Company is generally
required to bear all of the expenses of these registrations,
except underwriting commissions, selling discounts, and transfer
taxes.
The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect
the net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability
assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of
deferred tax liabilities is principally dependent upon
achievement of projected future taxable income. The Company has
no valuation allowance at December 31, 2006 and 2007, or at
June 30, 2008.
F-25
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Ended June 30
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
219
|
|
|
$
|
2,221
|
|
|
$
|
2,194
|
|
|
$
|
494
|
|
|
$
|
1,814
|
|
State
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
2,672
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(3,024
|
)
|
|
|
(1,792
|
)
|
|
|
(1,358
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(669
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
(298
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,693
|
)
|
|
|
(2,148
|
)
|
|
|
(1,656
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
$
|
529
|
|
|
$
|
1,016
|
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
$
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of income tax computed at the
U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate (benefit)
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Recognition of deferred taxes upon charter conversion
|
|
|
(24.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss prior to charter conversion not subject to tax
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non deductible expenses
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate (benefit)
|
|
|
(44.5
|
)%
|
|
|
46.9
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
38.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Significant components of the Companys deferred income tax
assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2006 and 2007,
and at June 30, 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
3,023
|
|
|
$
|
4,981
|
|
|
$
|
4,981
|
|
State taxes
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Redemption of Institute warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
1,146
|
|
|
|
1,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
2,806
|
|
|
|
5,308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
5,819
|
|
|
$
|
7,446
|
|
|
$
|
9,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB
interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48),
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an
interpretation of FASB Statement 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty
in tax positions. FIN 48 requires that the Company
recognize the impact of a tax position in our financial
statements if that position is more-likely-than-not of being
sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the
position.
The adoption of FIN 48 did not result in an adjustment to
opening retained earnings. The Company recognizes interest and
penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax
expense. As of June 30, 2008, the unrecognized tax benefit
recorded was approximately $52, which, if reversed, would impact
the effective tax rate. The Companys uncertain tax
positions are related to tax years that remain subject to
examination by tax authorities. As of June 30, 2008, the
earliest tax year still subject to examination for federal and
state purposes is 2005. During the second quarter ended
June 30, 2008, the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) commenced an examination of our 2005 income
tax return.
The Company is subject to extensive regulation by federal and
state governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In
particular, the Higher Education Act and the regulations
promulgated thereunder by the Department of Education subject
the Company to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of
numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order to
participate in the various federal student financial assistance
programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution
must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the
relevant agency of the state in which it is located, accredited
by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department of
Education and certified as eligible by the Department of
Education. The Department of Education will certify an
institution to participate in the Title IV programs only
after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the
Higher Education Act and the Department of Educations
extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An
institution must also demonstrate its compliance to
F-27
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
the Department of Education on an ongoing basis. As of
December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, management
believes the Company is in compliance with the applicable
regulations in all material respects.
The Higher Education Act requires accrediting agencies to review
many aspects of an institutions operations in order to
ensure that the training offered is of sufficiently high quality
to achieve satisfactory outcomes, and that the institution is
complying with accrediting standards. Failure to demonstrate
compliance with accrediting standards may result in the
imposition of probation or Show Cause orders, or the
requirements of periodic reports, and ultimately the loss of
accreditation if deficiencies are not remediated.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the
Title IV programs. Congress must reauthorize the student
financial assistance programs of the Higher Education Act
approximately every five to six years. The last comprehensive
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act took place in 1998,
and it has been temporarily extended several times since then.
Congress has been considering a comprehensive reauthorization of
the Higher Education Act.
A significant component of Congress initiative to reduce
abuse in the Title IV programs has been the imposition of
limitations on institutions whose former students default on the
repayment of their federally guaranteed or funded student loans
above specific rates (cohort default rate). Although the Company
is not obligated to repay any of its students or former
students defaults on payments of their federally
guaranteed student loans, if such default rates equal or exceed
25% for three consecutive years, the institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in, and its students will be denied
access to, the federally guaranteed and funded student loan
programs and the Federal Pell Grant program. An institution
whose cohort default rate for any federal fiscal year exceeds
40% may have its eligibility to participate in all of the
Title IV programs limited, suspended or terminated by the
Department of Education.
All institutions participating in the Title IV programs
must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The
Department of Education evaluates institutions for compliance
with these standards each year, based on the institutions
annual audited financial statements, and also following a change
in ownership, as defined by the Department of Education.
The Department of Education calculates the institutions
composite score for financial responsibility based on its
(i) equity ratio, which measures the institutions
capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;
(ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the
institutions ability to support current operations from
expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which
measures the institutions ability to operate at a profit.
An institution that does not meet the Department of
Educations minimum composite score may demonstrate its
financial responsibility by posting a letter of credit in favor
of the Department of Education and possibly accepting other
conditions on its participation in the Title IV programs.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company satisfied each of the
Department of Educations standards of financial
responsibility. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the
Company received $69,696 of Title IV funds, out of total
eligible cash receipts of $94,216, resulting in a Title IV
percentage of 74.0%.
Because the Company operates in a highly regulated industry, it,
like other industry participants, may be subject from time to
time to investigations, claims of non-compliance, or lawsuits by
governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory
violations, regulatory infractions, or common law causes of
action. While there can be no assurance that regulatory agencies
or third parties will not undertake investigations or make
claims against the Company, or that such claims, if made, will
not have a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, results of operations or financial condition,
management believes it has materially complied with all
regulatory requirements.
F-28
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Employee
Benefit Plan
|
Effective February 1, 2004 the Company adopted a 401(k)
Defined Contribution Benefit Plan (the Plan). The
Plan provides eligible employees, upon date of hire, with an
opportunity to make tax-deferred contributions into a long-term
investment and savings program. All employees over the age of 21
are eligible to participate in the plan. The Plan allows
eligible employees to contribute to the Plan subject to Internal
Revenue Code restrictions and the Plan allows the Company to
make discretionary matching contributions. No employer
contributions were made for the years ended December 31,
2005 and 2006. The Company made discretionary matching
contributions to the plan of $250 for the year ended
December 31, 2007. No matching contribution was made to the
plan during the first six months of 2007 or 2008.
|
|
15.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Related party transactions include transactions between the
Company and certain of its shareholders and affiliates. The
following transactions were in the normal course of operations
and were measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of
consideration established and agreed to by the parties.
As of and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and
2007, and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2008,
related party transactions consisted of the following:
Shareholders
Significant Education Holding, LLC (Sig Ed)
At December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, Sig Ed holds
18,260,000 shares of the Companys common stock. The
Company has not engaged in any transactions with Sig Ed, but has
engaged in certain transactions with members of Sig Ed, as
discussed below.
220 Partners, LLC (220 Partners) 220
Partners, which is affiliated with several entities that hold
membership interests in Sig Ed and a former director of the
Company, received management, consulting fees, and reimbursed
expenses of $299, $299, $0 and $0 in the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and in the six months
ended June 30, 2008, respectively. There were no amounts
due from or payable to 220 Partners at December 31, 2006,
and 2007 or at June 30, 2008.
Affiliates of 220 Partners purchased 632 shares of
Series C for $2,212 in 2007, of which $1,409 was due as of
December 31, 2007 and was included in the due from related
parties on the accompanying balance sheet. This amount was paid
January 6, 2008. There were no other amounts due from or
payable to an affiliate of 220 Partners at
December 31, 2006 and 2007 or at June 30, 2008.
Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC (Rich Crow)
Members of Rich Crow include the Executive Chairman and General
Counsel of the Company who are also both Directors. Rich Crow
also is a member of Sig Ed. A member of Rich Crow is also
related to the owner of a company that provided marketing
services totaling $454, $115 and $218 in the year ended
December 31, 2007, and the six months ended June 30,
2007 and 2008, respectively, of which $72 and $20 were owed at
December 31, 2007, and June 30, 2008, respectively.
The Company had a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for
administrative facilities with Arrowhead Holdings Management
Co., LLC (Arrowhead), a management company owned by, among
others, irrevocable trust for the benefit of the Companys
Executive Chairman and General Counsel. The Company paid $155,
$0, $0 and $0 for services and reimbursements during the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, and the six months
ended June 30, 2008, respectively.
Members of Rich Crow had a $2,000 irrevocable letter of credit
in favor of the Company as discussed further in Note 6.
During 2006, this letter of credit was transferred from Rich
Crow and collateralized by cash of the Company and secured by
the lease facilities of the Company.
F-29
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
Significant Ventures, LLC (Significant
Ventures) Significant Ventures is a member of
Sig Ed. In the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and
2007, and the six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company made
payments of $124, $390, $0, and $0, respectively, to Significant
Ventures for services and reimbursement of expenses. There were
no amounts due from or payable to Significant Ventures as of
December 31, 2006, and 2007 or June 30, 2008.
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, LP, Endeavour Associated Fund IV,
LP, and Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, LP
(Endeavour) Members of the Companys Board
of Directors are also employees of Endeavour. In March 2005, the
Company obtained $14,000 from Endeavour in exchange for the
issuance of senior secured promissory notes. The Company paid
interest of $340 to Endeavour in relation to the notes. On
August 24, 2005, the principal balance on the promissory notes
was exchanged for Series A. The Company also paid Endeavour
management and reimbursed fees of $88, $269, $296, and $211 for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, and the six
months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. As of
December 31, 2006 and 2007 and June 30, 2008 there
were no amounts due from or payable to Endeavour.
Affiliates
Mind Streams, LLC (Mind Streams) and 21st Century, LLC (21st
Century) Mind Streams and 21st Century are
owned and operated, in part, by the father of the Companys
Executive Chairman and General Counsel. See further discussion
in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies Selling and Promotional.
Youth In Motion Youth In Motion is owned by
the Chief Operating Officer (COO) of the Company. The Company
paid consulting fees and expense reimbursements to Youth In
Motion of $188, $113, $0 and $0 in the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007, and the six months ended June 30,
2008, respectively. There were no amounts due from or payable to
Youth In Motion at December 31, 2006 and 2007 or June 30,
2008.
The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC
(CEE) Members of CEE include the COO of the
Company. The Company paid $607 and $183 of expenses on
CEEs behalf during the year ended December 31, 2007 and
the six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively, and was
reimbursed $331, and $4, respectively, and was owed $276 and
$455, respectively, included in due from related parties at
December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008.
|
|
16.
|
Valuation
and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Deductions(1)
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
2,868
|
|
|
|
2,632
|
|
|
|
(1,132
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,368
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
4,368
|
|
|
|
4,664
|
|
|
|
(1,652
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,380
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
7,380
|
|
|
|
6,257
|
|
|
|
(1,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,158
|
|
Six months ended June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
12,158
|
|
|
|
4,052
|
|
|
|
(768
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,442
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Deductions represent accounts written off, net of recoveries. |
Higher Education Opportunity Act: On
July 31, 2008, Congress passed the Higher Education
Opportunity Act (the 2008 Act), which reauthorized
and made numerous changes to the HEA and its
F-30
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
programs. President Bush signed the 2008 Act on August 14,
2008. The HEA, as reauthorized and amended by the 2008 Act,
continues the access of the Company and its students to
Title IV funds. In addition, changes made to the HEA will
affect how the Company complies with the requirement that it
receives a certain proportion of its revenue from other than the
Title IV programs and with the cohort default rate
requirement. Prior to the enactment of the 2008 Act, changes
made by Congress have expanded the access of the Company and its
students to Title IV funds by increasing loan limits for
first and second year students and lifting restrictions on
on-line education programs and students.
Litigation: On August 14, 2008,
the Office of Inspector General (OIG) served an
administrative subpoena on the Company requiring it to provide
certain records and information related to performance reviews
and salary adjustments for all of its enrollment counselors and
managers from January 1, 2004 to the present. The Company
is currently in the early stages of reviewing documents and
emails that may be responsive to the OIGs subpoena. The
outcome of the OIG investigation may depend in part on
information contained in these materials or in any information
or testimony that may be provided by former employees or other
third parties.
On September 11, 2008, the Company was served with a qui
tam lawsuit that had been filed against it in
August 2007, in the United States District Court for the
District of Arizona by a then-current employee on behalf of the
federal government. A qui tam action is always filed
under seal and remains under seal until the government decides
whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes,
it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the
government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may
nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation on behalf
of the government. In this case, the qui tam lawsuit was
initially filed under seal in August 2007 and was unsealed and
served on the Company following the governments decision
not to intervene at this time.
While the Company does not believe it has had significant, if
any, violations, if it were determined that any of the
Companys compensation practices violated the incentive
compensation law, the Company could be subject to substantial
monetary liabilities, fines, and other sanctions or could suffer
monetary damages if there were to be an adverse outcome in the
qui tam litigation.
Charter Amendment: On
September 26, 2008 the Companys Board of Directors
approved an amendment to the Companys charter to increase
the Companys authorized common stock to 100,000,000 common
shares. This charter amendment was approved by the
Companys stockholders on September 27, 2008 and
became effective on September 29, 2008.
Stock Split: On September 26,
2008, the Companys Board of Directors declared a 1,826 for
one stock split of its outstanding common stock, which became
effective on September 29, 2008. This stock split resulted
in the issuance of approximately 19.2 million additional
shares of common stock. All information presented in the
accompanying financial statements have been adjusted to reflect
the 1,826 for one stock split.
Initial Public Offering and Distribution of
Dividends: In 2008, the Company commenced
preparation for an initial public offering. On
September 26, 2008 the Companys Board of Directors
approved the payment of a special distribution to its
stockholders of record as of September 26, 2008 to be paid
from the proceeds of the initial public offering in the amount
of 75% of the gross offering proceeds, if and when it is
completed.
Adoption of Equity Plans: On
September 27, 2008 the Companys stockholders approved
the adoption of the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (Incentive
Plan) and the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase
(ESPP).
A total of 4,199,937 shares of our common stock has been
authorized for issuance under the Incentive Plan. This reserve
will automatically increase on a cumulative basis on
January 1, 2009 and each subsequent anniversary through
2017, by an amount equal to the smaller of (a) 2.5% of the
number of shares of common
F-31
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding
December 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by our
board of directors. Shares subject to awards that expire or are
cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance
under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan allows for
incentive stock options to be granted to employees and allows
for nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock
units, performance shares, performance units, and cash-based
awards to be granted to employees, officers, directors or
consultants. Only members of the board of directors who are not
employees at the time of grant will be eligible to participate
in the non-employee director awards component of the Incentive
Plan. The board of directors or the compensation committee will
set the amount and type of non-employee director awards to be
awarded on a periodic, non-discriminatory basis. In the event of
a change in control, as described in the Incentive Plan, the
acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any
awards outstanding under the Incentive Plan or substitute
substantially equivalent awards. Any awards that are not assumed
or continued in connection with a change in control or are not
exercised or settled prior to the change in control will
terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. The
compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of
vesting of any or all outstanding awards at its discretion
including, but not limited to, upon a change in control. Upon a
change in control, the vesting of all non-employee director
awards will automatically be accelerated in full. The Incentive
Plan also authorizes the compensation committee, in its
discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel
each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a
change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant
with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an
amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per
share of common stock in the change in control transaction over
the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.
A total of 1,049,984 shares of our common stock has been
authorized for sale under the ESPP. In addition, the ESPP will
provide for an automatic annual increase in the number of shares
available for issuance under the plan on January 1 of each year
beginning in 2009 and continuing through and including
January 1, 2017 equal to the lesser of (a) 1.0% of our
then issued and outstanding shares of common stock on the
immediately preceding December 31, or (b) a number of
shares as our board of directors may determine. Our employees,
and the employees of any future parent or subsidiary corporation
or other affiliated entity, will be eligible to participate in
the ESPP if they are customarily employed by us, or such other
entity, if applicable, for more than 20 hours per week and
more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee
may not be granted a right to purchase stock under the ESPP if:
(a) the employee immediately after such grant would own
stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power
or value of all classes of our capital stock, or (b) the
employees rights to purchase stock under the ESPP and
Incentive Plan would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 in
value for each calendar year of participation in such plans. The
ESPP will be implemented through a series of sequential offering
periods, generally three months in duration beginning on the
first trading days of February, May, August, and November each
year. Amounts accumulated for each participant, generally
through payroll deductions, will be credited toward the purchase
of shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period
at a price generally equal to 95% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the purchase date. Prior to commencement of
an offering period, the compensation committee has been
authorized to change the purchase price discount for that
offering period, but the purchase price may not be less than 85%
of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock at the
beginning of the offering period or at the end of the offering
period.
|
|
18.
|
Pro Forma
Information (Unaudited)
|
As the special distribution referred to in Note 17
represents distributions to existing shareholders to be made
from the proceeds of an initial public offering the accompanying
pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2008 reflecting the
distribution, but not giving effect to the offering proceeds, is
presented. In addition, as the
F-32
Grand
Canyon Education, Inc.
Notes to 2005, 2006, and 2007 Financial Statements (Restated)
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Month
Periods Ended June 30, 2007 and 2008
(In thousands of dollars, except share and per share
data) (Continued)
amount of distribution exceeds net income for the twelve-month
period ended June 30, 2008, pro forma earnings per common
share, basic and diluted, are presented in the accompanying
statements of operations for the year ended December 31,
2007 and for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008,
giving effect to the number of shares that would be required to
be issued at an assumed initial public offering price of
$19.00 per share to pay the amount of dividends that
exceeds net income for the twelve-month period ended
June 30, 2008. The calculations of the pro forma earnings
per common share, basic and diluted, discussed above are as
follows:
Calculation
of number of additional shares to be issued:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders for the year ended
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less net income available to common stockholders for the
six-month period ended June 30, 2007
|
|
|
(734
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Plus net income available to common stockholders for the
six-month period ended June 30, 2008
|
|
|
2,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders for the twelve-month
period ended June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
3,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of dividends to be paid
|
|
|
149,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of dividends over earnings
|
|
$
|
146,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares required to be issued at $19 per share to pay
excess of dividends over earnings
|
|
|
7,709,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation
of pro forma earnings per common share, basic and
diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,177
|
|
|
$
|
2,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per common share
historical:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
18,922,838
|
|
|
|
19,089,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
35,143,196
|
|
|
|
32,623,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per common share
pro forma:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
26,632,259
|
|
|
|
26,798,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
42,852,617
|
|
|
|
40,332,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following are the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities
registered under this registration statement, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are
estimates except the SEC registration fee and the Financial
Industry Regulatory, Inc. filing fee. The following expenses
will be borne solely by the registrant.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
9,491
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
23,500
|
|
Nasdaq listing fee
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
2,406,000
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
2,410,000
|
|
Printing expenses
|
|
|
528,000
|
|
Transfer agent fees and expenses
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Miscellaneous expenses
|
|
|
248,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,800,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a
corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or
completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in
the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a
director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys fees), judgments, fines, and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, if
he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or
her conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a
corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or
completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was
a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or
is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense
or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good
faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except
that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim,
issue, or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged
to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent
that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court
determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses
which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall
deem proper.
Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a
corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against such person
and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out
of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation
would have the power to indemnify the person against such
liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.
II-1
Section 8.1 of our bylaws that will be in effect upon
completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify,
to the fullest extend permitted by the DGCL, any person who was
or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise
involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the
fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal
representative, is or was one of our directors or officers or,
while serving as one of our directors or officers, is or was
serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or
agent of another corporation or of another entity, against all
liability and loss suffered and expenses (including
attorneys fees) reasonably incurred by such person,
subject to limited exceptions relating to indemnity in
connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such
person. Section 8.1 of our bylaws that will be in effect
upon completion of this offering will further provide for the
advancement of expenses to each of our officers and directors.
Article IX of our charter that will be in effect upon
completion of this offering will provide that, to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may be
amended from time to time, our directors shall not be personally
liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director. Under Section 102(b)(7) of
the DGCL, the personal liability of a director to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty can be limited or eliminated except
(i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty
to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under
Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to unlawful payment of
dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption); or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.
We also intend to maintain a general liability insurance policy
which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of
our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in
their capacities as directors or officers, whether or not we
would have the power to indemnify such person against such
liability under the DGCL or the provisions of charter or bylaws.
In connection with the sale of common stock being registered
hereby, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with
each of our directors and our executive officers. These
agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our
directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by
law and by our charter and bylaws.
In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with
the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the
underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions,
us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us,
within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain
liabilities.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities.
|
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration
statement, we have issued the following securities that were not
registered under the Securities Act:
Preferred
Stock
On March 31, 2005, we sold $14.0 million aggregate
principal amount of notes to the Endeavour Entities. On
August 24, 2005, we sold 5,953 shares of our newly
designated Series A convertible preferred stock at a
purchase price of $3,233.67 per share, or $19.3 million
total, of which 4,948 shares were sold to the Endeavour
Entities and 1,005 shares were sold to 220 GCU, L.P. A
substantial portion of the purchase price paid by the Endeavour
Entities was paid through the contributions to us of the notes
that were previously issued to the Endeavour Entities. The sales
were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
On December 31, 2005, we issued 2,163 shares of our
newly designated Series B preferred stock and received
gross proceeds of approximately $7.0 million, or
$3,236.25 per share, in the form of a stock subscription
receivable. The receivable was subsequently paid in April 2006.
Of these shares, 1,298 were sold to the Endeavour Entities and
865 were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC. The sales were made
in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
On December 18, 2007, we sold an aggregate of
3,829 shares of our newly designed Series C preferred
stock at a purchase price of $3,500 per share, or approximately
$13.4 million total, of which 1,675 shares were sold
to the Endeavour Entities, 834 shares were sold to Rich
Crow Enterprises, LLC, and 935 shares were sold to the 220
Entities. The purchase price payable by Rich Crow Enterprises
for its shares of Series C
II-2
preferred stock was paid in part by the exchange of the 865
outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock it purchased
in 2006. The sales were made in reliance on Rule 506 of
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules.
|
(a) Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement#
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen of Stock Certificate
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated
September 17, 2008, by and among Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. and the other parties named therein
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated
September 10, 2008, by and between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and Brent Richardson
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated
September 10, 2008, by and between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and Christopher Richardson
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Senior Management Agreement, dated
September 10, 2008, by and between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and John Crowley
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Lease Agreement, effective June 28, 2004, by and between
Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC and Significant Education, LLC#
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective September 24,
2004, by and between Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC and
Significant Education, LLC#
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective August 23,
2005, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, LLC#
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective June 2006, by and
between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant Education,
Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective August 9,
2006, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective December 31,
2006, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective September 30,
2007, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Seventh Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective March 28,
2008, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
License Agreement, dated June 30, 2004, by and between
Blanchard Education, LLC and Significant Education, LLC#
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, by and between
The Ken Blanchard Companies and Grand Canyon University#
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Amendment to License Agreement, dated May 8, 2008, by and
between Blanchard Education, LLC and Grand Canyon Education,
Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Collaboration Agreement, dated July 11, 2005, by and
between Mind Streams, LLC and Significant Education, LLC (as
supplemented by Project One and Project Two)#
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Daniel E. Bachus#
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Brian E.
Mueller#
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and W. Stan
Meyer#
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Form of Director and Officer Indemnity Agreement
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney#
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Consent of David J. Johnson#
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Jack A. Henry#
|
Significant Education, LLC is the predecessor to Significant
Education, Inc., which is the former name of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan,
contract or arrangement. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not
applicable or, the information is included in the financial
statements or the notes thereto.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and
controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a
director, officer, or controlling person of us in the successful
defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question
whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
We hereby undertake that:
(i) for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(ii) for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Phoenix, State of Arizona on
September 29, 2008.
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
Brian E. Mueller
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
registration statement and the Power of Attorney has been signed
by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Brent
D. Richardson
|
|
Executive Chairman
|
|
September 29, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brian
E. Mueller
Brian
E. Mueller
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
September 29, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Daniel
E. Bachus
Daniel
E. Bachus
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Principal
Accounting Officer)
|
|
September 29, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher
C. Richardson
Christopher
C. Richardson
|
|
General Counsel and Director
|
|
September 29, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
D.
Mark Dorman
|
|
Director
|
|
September 29, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Chad
N. Heath
|
|
Director
|
|
September 29, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By: /s/ Christopher
C. Richardson
Christopher
C. Richardson
Attorney-in-fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement#
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen of Stock Certificate
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated
September 17, 2008, by and among Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. and the other parties named therein
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated
September 10, 2008, by and between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and Brent Richardson
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated
September 10, 2008, by and between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and Christopher Richardson
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Senior Management Agreement, dated
September 10, 2008, by and between Grand Canyon Education,
Inc. and John Crowley
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Lease Agreement, effective June 28, 2004, by and between
Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC and Significant Education, LLC#
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective September 24,
2004, by and between Spirit Finance Acquisitions, LLC and
Significant Education, LLC#
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective August 23,
2005, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, LLC#
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective June 2006, by and
between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant Education,
Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective August 9,
2006, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective December 31,
2006, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective September 30,
2007, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Seventh Amendment to Lease Agreement, effective March 28,
2008, by and between Spirit Master Funding, LLC and Significant
Education, Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
License Agreement, dated June 30, 2004, by and between
Blanchard Education, LLC and Significant Education, LLC#
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, by and between
The Ken Blanchard Companies and Grand Canyon University#
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Amendment to License Agreement, dated May 8, 2008, by and
between Blanchard Education, LLC and Grand Canyon Education,
Inc.#
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Collaboration Agreement, dated July 11, 2005, by and
between Mind Streams, LLC and Significant Education, LLC (as
supplemented by Project One and Project Two)#
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Daniel E. Bachus#
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Brian E.
Mueller#
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2008, by and
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and W. Stan
Meyer#
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Form of Director and Officer Indemnity Agreement
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney#
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Consent of David J. Johnson#
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Jack A. Henry#
|
Significant Education, LLC is the predecessor to Significant
Education, Inc., which is the former name of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan,
contract or arrangement. |
exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation is Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is 615 South
Dupont Highway, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such
address is Capitol Services, Inc.
ARTICLE III
The nature of the business of the Corporation and the purposes for which it is organized are
to engage in any business and in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
under the Delaware General Corporation Law and to possess and employ all powers and privileges now
or hereafter granted or available under the laws of the State of Delaware to such corporations.
ARTICLE IV
The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated Common Stock,
with a par value of $0.001 per share, and Preferred Stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share.
The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is
100,000,000, and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation shall have
authority to issue is 10,000,000.
The Corporations Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by
law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a
certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish from time to time
the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers,
preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of any class of capital stock of the
Corporation may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then
outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock
of the Corporation, without the approval of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series
thereof, unless the approval of any such holders is required pursuant to the certificate or
certificates establishing any series of Preferred Stock.
ARTICLE V
The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of
the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers
of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
1
A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of
the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by
statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, the directors
are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be
exercised or done by the Corporation.
B. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the By-Laws
so provide.
C. Effective upon the closing of the Corporations initial public offering of Common Stock
pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Initial Public Offering), any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders
of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of
the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. At all
times prior to the closing of the Corporations Initial Public Offering, any action which may be
taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without
prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders
of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were
present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation and
shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action
without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who
have not consented in writing.
D. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by either the Board
of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.
ARTICLE VI
A. The number of directors shall initially be four (4) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from
time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors. All directors shall hold office until the
expiration of the term for which elected, and until their respective successors are elected, except
in the case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director.
B. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding,
newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or
any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation or other cause (including
removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the
directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director and
directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of
stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires, and
until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation, or
removal of any director. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of
Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
2
C. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any
directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for
cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of
all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally
in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE VII
The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws of the
Corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the
Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of By-Laws of the Corporation by the stockholders
shall require, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the
Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the
then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE VIII
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability
(i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii)
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General
Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the
liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or
limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article EIGHTH by the stockholders
of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the
Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE IX
The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained
in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware
and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation;
provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in
addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation
required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, effective as of the closing of the Initial
Public Offering, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all
of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally
in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or
repeal this Article NINTH, Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, Article SEVENTH or Article EIGHTH.
3
exv3w2
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
A Delaware Corporation
PREAMBLE
These amended and restated bylaws (the Bylaws) are subject to, and governed by, the General
Corporate Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL) and the amended and restated certificate of
incorporation (the Certificate) of Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Corporation). In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of these Bylaws and the
mandatory provisions of the DGCL or the provisions of the Certificate, such provisions of the DGCL
or the Certificate, as the case may be, will be controlling.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
1.1 Registered Office and Agent. The registered office and registered agent of the
Corporation shall be designated from time to time by the appropriate filing by the Corporation in
the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at
such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as
the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the
business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place (if
any) within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors or the President and Chief Executive Officer.
2.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors
and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall
be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time and place to be fixed by the
Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. In lieu of holding an annual meeting
of stockholders at a designated place, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion,
determine that any annual meeting of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote
communication.
2.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by
the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President or the holders of record of not
less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, for any purpose or purposes
prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place (if any), on such date and
at such time as the Board may fix. In lieu of holding a special meeting of stockholders at a
designated place, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any special
meeting of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication. Business transacted
at any special meeting
of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.
Upon request in writing sent by registered mail to the President or Chief Executive Officer by any
stockholder or stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to this
Section 2.3, and containing the information required pursuant to Sections 2.11 and 3.15, as
applicable, the Board of Directors shall determine a place and time for such meeting, which time
shall be not less than 100 nor more than 120 days after the receipt of such request, and a record
date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting shall be fixed by the
Board of Directors, in advance, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before
the date of such meeting. Following such receipt of a request and determination by the Secretary
of the validity thereof, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to present the request to the Board
of Directors, and upon Board action as provided in this Section 2.3, to cause notice to be given to
the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in the manner set forth in Section 2.4 hereof,
that a meeting will be held at the place, if any, and time so determined, for the purposes set
forth in the stockholders request, as well as any purpose or purposes determined by the Board of
Directors in accordance with this Section 2.3.
2.4 Notice of Meetings.
(a) Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given
not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each
stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by
law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the DGCL or the Certificate).
The notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the
means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be
present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in
addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when
deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her or
its address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.
(b) Notice to stockholders may be given by personal delivery, mail, or, with the consent of
the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission.
If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder
at such stockholders address as it appears in the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed
given when deposited in the United States mail. Notice given by electronic transmission pursuant
to this subsection shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a
facsimile telecommunication number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if
by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has
consented to receive notice; (3) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate
notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the
giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when
directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Secretary or an assistant Secretary or of the
transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by personal
delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima
facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
(c) Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by
such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic
2
transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by
electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with
information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the
stockholder.
2.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation
shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of
stock and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name
of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any
purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days
prior to the meeting, in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be produced and kept at
the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any
stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to
vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.
2.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a
majority of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business. Where a separate class vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of
the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall
constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.
2.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and
to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the
chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or
to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present
or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is
adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting
if the date, time, and place and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders
and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are
announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of
any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally
noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place,
if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by
which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such
adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity with Section 2.4 hereof. At the adjourned meeting,
the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
2.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock
entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional
share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate. Each stockholder of record
entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person
or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by written proxy executed by the stockholder or its
authorized
agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.
Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission
created pursuant to this Section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original
3
writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used,
provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete
reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
2.9 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the
determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders
or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive
payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change,
concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date
shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not
be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior
to any other action to which such record date relates. If no record date is fixed by the Board of
Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice
is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the
meeting is held. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary shall be the day on which the
first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution relating to such purpose. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
2.10 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election of
directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote
at the election, and any other matter shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the
shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter (or if there
are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each
such class, a majority of the shares of each such class present in person or represented by proxy
and entitled to vote on the matter) shall decide such matter, except when a different vote is
required by express provision of law, the Certificate or these Bylaws. All voting, except on the
election of directors and where otherwise prohibited by law, may be by a voice vote; provided,
however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his, her or its proxy, a
vote by ballot shall be taken. Each ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting
and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The
Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of
stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report
thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace
any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of
stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall,
appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the
discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of
inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.
4
2.11 Notice of Stockholder Business.
(a) At an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted
as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual
meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given
by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) properly brought before the meeting by or at
the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) properly brought before the meeting by a
stockholder of record. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a
stockholder, it must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL and the stockholder
must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be
timely, a stockholder proposal to be presented at an annual meeting shall be received at the
Corporations principal executive offices not less than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of
the date that the Corporations (or its predecessors) proxy statement was released to stockholders
in connection with the previous years annual meeting of stockholders, except that if no annual
meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days
earlier than the date contemplated at the time of the previous years proxy statement, notice by
the stockholders to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the 10th day
following the day on which the date of the annual meeting is publicly announced. Public
announcement for purposes hereof shall have the meaning set forth in Article III, Section 3.15(c)
of these Bylaws. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an
annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a
stockholders notice as described above. For business to be properly brought before a special
meeting by a stockholder, the business must be limited to the purpose or purposes set forth in a
request under Section 2.3.
(b) A stockholders notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth as to each
matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business
desired to be brought before the meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the
Companys books, of the stockholder proposing such business and the name and address of the
beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business is being brought, (iii) the class and number
of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and such
other beneficial owner, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder and such other beneficial
owner in such business.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, a stockholder shall also
comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)
and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section
2.11. Nothing in this Section 2.11 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request
inclusion of proposals in the Corporations proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the
Exchange Act.
2.12 Conduct of Business. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the
Board, or, in his or her absence, the President, or, in his or her absence, such other person as
may be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the
Corporation or a person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as Secretary of the
meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the chairman of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders
meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 2.8
of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the Corporation. The chairman of the meeting shall
call the
5
meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in
accordance therewith or, at the chairmans discretion, it may be conducted otherwise in accordance
with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of
the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced
at the meeting. The chairman shall also conduct the meeting in an orderly manner, rule on the
precedence of, and procedure on, motions and other procedural matters, and exercise discretion with
respect to such procedural matters with fairness and good faith toward all those entitled to take
part. Without limiting the foregoing, the chairman may (a) restrict attendance at any time to bona
fide stockholders of record and their proxies and other persons in attendance at the invitation of
the presiding officer or Board of Directors, (b) restrict use of audio or video recording devices
at the meeting, and (c) impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on
discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become
unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the chairman shall have the power to have such person
removed from the meeting. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business
shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section
2.12 and Section 2.11 above. The chairman of a meeting may determine and declare to the meeting
that any proposed item of business was not brought before the meeting in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 2.12 and Section 2.11, and if he or she should so determine, he or she
shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall
not be transacted.
2.13 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Effective upon the closing of the
Corporations initial public offering of its common stock, any action required or permitted to be
taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special
meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by
such stockholders. At all times prior to the closing of the Corporations initial public offering
of its common stock, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders
may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the
actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum
number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all
shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the
Secretary of the Corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of
the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be
given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. An electronic transmission
consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other
person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the
purpose of this Section 2.13, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered
with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was
transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the
date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The
date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which
such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been
delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be
delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its
principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books
in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.
6
2.14 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and
subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders
not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication,
participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such
meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided
that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed
present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or
proxy holder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders
and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters
submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the
meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy
holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of
such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by
or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the
Corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate. In the event of a vacancy in
the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise
the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.
3.2 Number and Term of Office. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall
initially be four (4) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of
Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized
directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the
time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). Effective upon the date of the
closing of the Corporations initial public offering of its common stock (the Effective Date),
the directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock
under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the
first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date;
the term of office of the second class to expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held
after the Effective Date; the term of office of the third class to expire at the third annual
meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; and thereafter for each such term to expire
at each third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after such election. All directors shall
hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until their respective
successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.
At each annual meeting of stockholders commencing with the first annual meeting held after the
Effective Date, (i) directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be
elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after
their election, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly
elected and qualified, and (ii) if authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, directors
may be elected to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors, regardless of how such vacancy shall
have been created.
7
3.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders
of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting
from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (including removal from office
by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in
office, though less than a quorum (and not by stockholders), or by the sole remaining director, and
directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of
stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires or
until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the
number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
3.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by
electronic transmission to the President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation
shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon
the happening of some other event.
3.5 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock
then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at
any time, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting
from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a
quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next
annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been
elected expires.
3.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without
notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent
when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of
the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the
annual meeting of stockholders.
3.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the
Chairman of the Board, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and
place, within or without the State of Delaware.
3.8 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be
given to each director by whom it is not waived by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the
directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (i) giving notice to
such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least
24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile to his or her last known facsimile
number, or delivering written notice by hand to his or her last known business or home address, at
least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his or her last known
business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of
notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless
otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special
meeting.
8
3.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of
Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may
participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference
telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at
such meeting.
3.10 Quorum. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute
a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting,
a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested
directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of
Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.
3.11 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is
present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a
different vote is specified by law, the Certificate or these Bylaws.
3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any
meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken
without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the
action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are
filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper
form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are
maintained in electronic form.
3.13 Committees. The Board of Directors shall designate an Audit Committee, a
Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and whatever other
committees the Board of Directors deems advisable, each of which shall have and may exercise the
powers and authority of the Board of Directors to the extent provided in the charters of each
committee adopted by the Board of Directors in one or more resolutions.. The Board of Directors
may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any
absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification
of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously
appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such
absent or disqualified member. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the
Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise
determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise
provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as
is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.
3.14 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their
services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors
may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and
receiving compensation for such service.
9
3.15 Nomination of Director Candidates.
(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock then
outstanding, nominations for the election of directors at an annual meeting may be made by (i) the
Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote
in the election of directors generally who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section
3.15 and who is a stockholder of record at the time notice is delivered to the Secretary of the
Corporation. Any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors generally may nominate
one or more persons for election as directors at an annual meeting only if timely notice of such
stockholders intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given in writing to the
Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder nomination for a director to be elected
at an annual meeting shall be received at the Corporations principal executive offices not less
than 120 calendar days in advance of the first anniversary of the date that the Corporations (or
the Corporations predecessors) proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with
the previous years annual meeting of stockholders, except that if no annual meeting was held in
the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been advanced by more than 30 calendar days
from the date contemplated at the time of the previous years proxy statement, notice by the
stockholders to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the tenth day
following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each
such notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the
nomination, or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and of
the person or persons to be nominated; (ii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of
record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors on the date of
such notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or
persons specified in the notice; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between
the stockholder or such beneficial owner and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming
such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the
stockholder; (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as
would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by
the Board of Directors; (v) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation
if so elected; and (vi) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned
beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner. In no event shall the
public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time
period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above.
Notwithstanding the third sentence of this Section 3.15(a), in the event that the number of
directors to be elected at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by
the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 130 days prior to the
first anniversary of the date that the Corporations (or its predecessors) proxy statement was
released to stockholders in connection with the previous years annual meeting, a stockholders
notice required by this Section 3.15(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to
nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close
of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made
by the Corporation.
10
(b) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special
meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporations notice
of meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or any
stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice
procedures set forth in this Section 3.15 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such
notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a
special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of
Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election
to such position(s) as are specified in the Corporations notice of meeting, if the stockholders
notice as required by paragraph (a) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special
meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 70th day prior to such special
meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of
the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such
meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special
meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders
notice as described above.
(c) For purposes of these Bylaws, public announcement shall mean disclosure in a press
release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news
service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.15, a stockholder shall also
comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 3.15. Nothing in this Section
3.15 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the
Corporations proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
(e) Only persons nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.15
shall be eligible to serve as directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the
meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.15 and (b) if any proposed nomination was not made
in compliance with this Section 3.15, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded.
(f) If the chairman of the meeting for the election of directors determines that a nomination
of any candidate for election as a director at such meeting was not made in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Section 3.15, such nomination shall be void; provided, however, that
nothing in this Section 3.15 shall be deemed to limit any voting rights upon the occurrence of
dividend arrearages provided to holders of preferred stock pursuant to the preferred stock
designation for any series of preferred stock.
11
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
4.1 Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive
Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers
with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of
the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant
Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.
4.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its
first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board
of Directors at any other meeting.
4.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be
held by the same person.
4.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate or by these
Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, unless
a different term is specified in the vote appointing him or her, or until his or her earlier death,
resignation or removal.
4.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written
resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such
resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other
time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may
be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.
4.6 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the
Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he or she shall perform such
duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors. Unless
otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he or she shall preside at all meetings of the Board
of Directors.
4.7 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall,
subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control
of the business and the officers of the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the
Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in
the chief executive officer of a Corporation, including general supervision, direction and control
of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation, and shall have such other
powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.
4.8 President. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and such
supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the
Board or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall
have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers
of the Corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be
the Chief
12
Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall have such other powers and duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He or she shall have power to sign
stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and
shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of
the Corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.
4.9 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such
powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of
the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be
more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform
the duties of the President and when so performing shall have the powers of and be subject to all
the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the
title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board
of Directors.
4.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and
shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe.
In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the
office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all
meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the
proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger
and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate
records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents. Any Assistant
Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief
Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of
the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there
shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of
Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. In the absence of
the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person
presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary Secretary to keep a record of the meeting.
4.11 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are
incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and
be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, to maintain the financial records
of the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse
such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the
Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the
Corporation.
4.12 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties
and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of
Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board
of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation.
4.13 Salaries. Officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to such salaries,
compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of
Directors.
4.14 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate
the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision
hereof.
13
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
5.1 Issuance of Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate, the whole or any
part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the whole or any
part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation held in its
treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of
Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may
determine.
5.2 Certificates of Stock. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by
certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that
some or all of any class or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares; provided, however,
that no such resolution shall apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate
is surrendered to the Corporation. Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any
restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any
agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the Corporation shall have
conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction
or a statement of the existence of such restriction.
5.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by
the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the
books of the Corporation: (i) in the case of shares represented by a certificate, by the surrender
to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly
endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with
such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may
reasonably require; and (ii) in the case of uncertificated shares, upon the receipt of proper
transfer instructions from the registered owner thereof. Except as may be otherwise required by
law, the Certificate or the Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of
stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of
dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or
other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the
Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.
5.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new
certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost,
stolen, or destroyed, or it may issue uncertificated shares if the shares represented by such
certificate have been designated as uncertificated shares in accordance with Section 5.2, upon such
terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of
reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the
Board of Directors may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or
registrar.
14
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of
Directors.
6.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by
the Board of Directors.
6.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law,
by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the
person entitled to such notice or such persons duly authorized attorney, or by electronic
transmission or any other method permitted under the DGCL, whether before, at or after the time
stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by
proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any
meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of
notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness of notice.
6.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board of
Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the
Corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and
otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act
as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this Corporation (with
or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect
to any action of stockholders) of any other Corporation or organization, the securities of which
may be held by this Corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this
Corporation may possess by reason of this Corporations ownership of securities in such other
Corporation or other organization.
6.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary,
or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any
officer or representative of the Corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in
good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.
6.6 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate
shall be deemed to refer to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.
6.7 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any
reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of
these Bylaws.
6.8 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the
masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may
require.
6.9 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all
notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in
15
writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof,
by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial
courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to
stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the
DGCL. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent
at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time
when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such
stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf
of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial
courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without
limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder
shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has
consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address
at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic
network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later
of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; (4) if by any other form of
electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (5) if by mail, when deposited in
the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholders address as it appears
on the records of the Corporation.
6.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any
committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the
performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of
account or other records of the Corporation as provided by law, including reports made to the
Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an
appraiser selected with reasonable care.
6.11 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an
act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during
a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of
the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.
6.12 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile
signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer
or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or
a committee thereof.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
7.1 By the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these
Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of
a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at
which a quorum is present.
7.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws
may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the
16
Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting
together as a single class. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any
special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or
adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
8.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened
to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (proceeding), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of
whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or
is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another
Corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is
alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while
serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the
fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the
case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to
provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to
such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such
person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors
and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 of
this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection
with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is
expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in
its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the DGCL, or (d) the
proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or
advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under
Section 145 of the DGCL. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right
to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition;
provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or
officer of the Corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other
capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including,
without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of
such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on
behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined
ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such
director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.
8.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 8.1 is not paid in full
by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, or 20
days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter
bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is
not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense
of prosecuting such
17
claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a
claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where
the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this Corporation) that the claimant has not
met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to
indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is
proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth
in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,
independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable
standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not
met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an
advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled
to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to
appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the
DGCL. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an
advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of
expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not
entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the Corporation.
8.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent
authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the
advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent
of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of
expenses to directors and officers of the Corporation.
8.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article
VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute, provision of the Certificate, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise.
8.5 Indemnification Contracts. The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a
contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at
the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing
for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than,
those provided for in this Article VIII.
8.6 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably
available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation or another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to
indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
8.7 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of
this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or his or her
successor existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
18
exv4w1
Exhibit
4.1
.016570| 003590|127C|RESTRICTED||4|057-423 NNNNN
COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $0.01 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN ADD 4 ADD 3 ADD 2 ADD 1CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND GOLDEN, CO
Certificate Shares
MR A SAMPLENumber * * 6 0 0 6 2 0 * * * * * * ZQ 000000 * * * 6 0 0 6 2 0 * * * * * * * * * 6 0 0 6 2 0 * * * *
DESIGNATION (IF ANY) GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC. * * * * * 6 0 0 6 2 0 * * *
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE * * * * * * 6 0 0 6 2 0 * *
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****
Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David
Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander
David Sample MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE &**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David
Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. CUSIP 38526M 10 6
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander
David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander
David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004
Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.
Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample is the owner of
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**
Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares***
*600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**S
hares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****
600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Sh
ares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****6
00620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Sha
res****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****60 * * * SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND
0620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shar
es****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600
620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Share
s***600620**Shares****600620**Shares****60062
0**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares*
***600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620
**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620*
*Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares***
*600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620** SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY* * *
Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****
600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**S
hares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****6
00620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Sh
FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARE
S OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (hereinafter called the Company), transferable on the books of the
DTC Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly
endorsed. This CUSIP Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held
subject to all of the provisions of the Holder ID Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and
restated from time to time, and the Bylaws, as amended and restated from time to time, of the
Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Total Transaction
Number of Shares Insurance Value Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof,
assents. This Certificate is not valid unless Certificate Numbers countersigned and registered by
the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the
facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
DATED <<Month Day, Year>>
65 4 3 2 1 COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
Num/No. COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, Chief Executive Officer
65 4 3 2 1 Denom.
76 5 4 3 2 1
Total 12345678 123456789012345 123456 1,000,000.00 XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXX XX X By
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
Secretary
.
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE
POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF
EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH
PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR
EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND
THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF
A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO
INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM
ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be
construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN
COM as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT- . . . . . . . . . .Custodian . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
(Cust) (Minor)
TEN ENT as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(State)
JT TEN as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .Custodian (until age. . . ). . . . . . . . . . . and not as tenants in common
(Cust)
(Minor) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act. . . . . . . . . .
(State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
For value received, ___hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
___
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
___
___
___Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and
do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___Attorney to transfer the
said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the
premises.
Dated: ___20___Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers,
Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
Signature: ___
Signature: ___Notice: The signature to this
assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of
the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or
enlargement, or any change whatever.
exv4w2
Exhibit 4.2
Execution Copy
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
DATED: SEPTEMBER 17, 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
SECTION 1 AGREEMENT GENERAL |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2 REGISTRATION |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 Demand Registration |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 Piggyback Registrations |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 Form S-3 Registration |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 Expenses of Registration |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 Obligations of the Company |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 Termination of Registration Rights |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.8 Indemnification |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.11 Market Stand-Off Agreement |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.12 SEC Compliance |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3 COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 Inspection Rights |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3 Taxes |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.4 Insurance |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.5 Compliance With Laws |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.6 Corporate Existence |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7 Business Plan |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.8 Meetings of the Board of Directors |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.9 Confidentiality of Records |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.10 Reservation of Common Stock |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.11 Negative Covenants of the Company |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.12 Termination of Covenants |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4 MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 Governing Law; Venue |
|
|
18 |
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
4.2 Successors and Assigns |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.3 Severability |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 Amendment and Waiver |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5 Delays or Omissions |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.6 Notices |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.7 Headings |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.8 Complete Agreement |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.9 Counterparts; Facsimile Copies |
|
|
19 |
|
-ii-
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is entered into
as of September 17, 2008, by and among GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation
formerly known as Significant Education, Inc. (the Company); each person listed on
Schedule A hereto as an Investor (the Investors); each holder of Common Stock
set listed on Schedule A hereto as a Common Stockholder (the Common
Stockholders); and SPIRIT MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Maryland corporation (Spirit).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide to the Investors, the Common Stockholders and
Spirit registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties,
covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties mutually agree as follows:
SECTION 1
AGREEMENT GENERAL
1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the
following respective meanings:
Affiliate of a Holder means any member, manager, general or limited partner of such
Holder or any other person, entity or investment fund controlling, controlled by or under common
control with such Holder.
Business Plan has the meaning specified in Section 3.7 hereof.
Common Stock means the Companys Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and any
other common equity securities issued by the Company, and any other shares of stock issued or
issuable with respect thereto (whether by way of stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for
or upon conversion of such shares or otherwise in connection with a combination of shares,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other corporate reorganization).
DOE shall mean the United States Department of Education.
Endeavour Directors shall have the meaning specified in the Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement dated the date hereof by and among the Company and the other parties named
therein.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Form S-3 means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or
any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which
permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents
filed by the Company with the SEC.
HLC means the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools.
Holder means any Common Stockholder, any Investor, Spirit or any holder of
Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement to a Common
Stockholder or Spirit have been transferred in compliance with Section 2.9 hereof.
Initial Offering means the Companys first firm commitment underwritten public
offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.
Initiating Holders has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 hereof.
Material Adverse Effect means, when used in connection with the Company or any other
person, any event, circumstance, change or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be materially
adverse to the business (including, but not limited to, governmental and student relations and
their effect thereon), condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities, or result of
operations of such person.
Qualified Public Offering has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 hereof.
Registrable Securities means (i) shares of Common Stock held by any Holder as of the
date of this Agreement, (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the
Shares, (iii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Warrant,
and (iv) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon any stock split, stock dividend,
recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Common Stock covered by (i), (ii) and (iii)
above and any other securities issued in exchange of or replacement of such Common Stock. As to
any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities
when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to a public offering registered under the
Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with
Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force).
Registration Expenses shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying
with Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing
fees (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions), printing expenses, fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special
counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident
to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the
Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).
Regulatory Approvals shall mean any licenses, permits, authorizations, approvals,
clearances, consents, certificates and other evidences of approvals or authority issued by any
Regulatory Entities.
Regulatory Entities shall mean any person, entity or organization, whether
governmental, government chartered, private, or quasi-private, that engages in granting or
2
withholding Regulatory Approvals for and regulates post-secondary schools, their agents, or
employees in accordance with standards relating to the performance, operation, financial condition,
or academic standards of such schools, and the provision of financial assistance by and to such
schools, including but not limited to the DOE, the HLC, and any other approval, licensing, or
accrediting authority.
School shall mean the single institution, with the Office of Postsecondary
Identification Number 00107400, including all of its locations and educational programs.
SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Selling Expenses shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and
stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of
counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of counsel included in the
Registration Expenses).
Series A Preferred Stock shall mean the Companys Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and any other shares of stock issued or issuable with respect
thereto (whether by way of stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for or upon conversion of
such shares or otherwise in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, or other corporate reorganization).
Series C Preferred Stock shall mean the Companys Series C Preferred Stock, par
value $0.01 per share, and any other shares of stock issued or issuable with respect thereto
(whether by way of stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for or upon conversion of such
shares or otherwise in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, or other corporate reorganization).
Shares shall mean shares of the Companys Series A Preferred Stock and Series C
Preferred Stock.
Warrant means the warrant to purchase Common Stock of the Company issued to Spirit,
dated June 2004, as amended and/or amended and restated from time to time and as adjusted in
accordance with that certain Notice of Adjustment dated August 12, 2005.
SECTION 2
REGISTRATION
2.1 Demand Registration.
(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive a written
request from the Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by
Investors that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the
registration of Registrable Securities and the aggregate offering price to the public of any such
offering would exceed $10,000,000 (a Qualified Public Offering), then the Company shall,
within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all
Investors,
3
and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.1, use its reasonable commercial efforts to
effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable
Securities that the Investors request to be registered. The Investors requesting registration
pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be referred to as the Initiating Holders.
(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their
request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request
made pursuant to this Section 2.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written
notice referred to in Section 2.1(a). In such event, the right of any Investor to include its
Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Investors participation
in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Investors Registrable Securities in the
underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders
and such Investor) to the extent provided herein. All Investors proposing to distribute their
securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form
with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of
the Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriter advises the
Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten
(including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Investors whose
Registrable Securities would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares
that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to such Investors on a pro rata basis
based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Investors (including the Initiating
Holders). Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be
withdrawn from the registration.
(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:
(i) after the Company has effected two (2) such registrations, and such registrations
have been declared or ordered effective;
(ii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date
ninety (90) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to
the Initial Offering; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause
such registration statement to become effective;
(iii) if, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating
Holders pursuant to Section 2.1(a), the Company gives notice to the Investors of the
Companys intention to make a Qualified Public Offering within ninety (90) days;
(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Investors requesting a registration statement
pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that,
in the good faith judgment of a majority of the Directors of the Company, it would be
seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to
be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such
filing for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after receipt of
4
the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request
shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; or
(v) Until the Company has completed its Initial Offering or August 24, 2009, whichever
is sooner.
2.2 Piggyback Registrations.
(a) The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty
(30) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes
of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration
statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration
statements relating to employee benefit plans or with respect to corporate reorganizations or other
transactions under Rule 145 of the Securities Act) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity
to include in such registration statement all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such
Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the
Registrable Securities held by it shall, within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the
above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state
the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder. If a Holder
decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter
filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any
Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may
be filed by the Company with respect to offering of its securities, all upon the terms and
conditions set forth herein.
(b) If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.2
is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities.
In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this
Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holders participation in such underwriting and the
inclusion of such Holders Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided
herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting
shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters
selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Agreement, if the underwriter and/or the Company determine in good faith that marketing factors
require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be
included in the underwriting shall be allocated first, among the Investors, if any, seeking
registration under Section 2.1 hereof on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable
Securities held by the Investors and second, to the Common Stockholders and Spirit, if any, seeking
registration under this Section 2.2 hereof on a pro rata basis based on the total number of
Registrable Securities held by the Common Stockholders and Spirit. No such reduction shall reduce
the securities being offered by the Company for its own account to be included in the registration
and underwriting, and in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in
the registration be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included
in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not
include shares of any other selling stockholder (other than the stockholder(s), if any, invoking
the demand registration), in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Investors
may be excluded. In no event will shares of any
5
other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of
shares that may be included by Holders without the prior written consent of Holders of not less
than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Securities on an as-converted basis proposed to
be sold in the offering.
(c) Upon an affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Company, the Company shall
have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2
prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include
securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be
borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof.
2.3 Form S-3 Registration. Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.3 and after
the Company has completed its Initial Offering, in the event the Company receives from any Holder
or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a
registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration
statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the
Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:
(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification
or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and
(b) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable commercial efforts to effect such registration
and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or
facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders or Holders
Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the
Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a
written request given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the
Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such
registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.3:
(i) if Form S-3 (or any successor or similar form) is not available for such offering
by the Holders or if the Company is not eligible to use such form;
(ii) if the Holders propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities
(if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000;
(iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman
of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the
Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its
stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the
Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for
a period of not more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or
Holders under this Section 2.3; provided, that such right to delay a request shall be
exercised by the Company not more than twice in any twelve (12) month period; or
(iv) after the Company has effected two (2) such registrations for Investors pursuant
to this Section 2.3 and two (2) such registrations for the Common
6
Stockholders and Spirit, collectively, pursuant to this Section 2.3, and such
registrations have been declared or ordered effective.
(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement
covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as
practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders.
2.4 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with
any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.1 or any registration under
Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in
connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so
registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered.
2.5 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required by the provisions of this Agreement
to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as
reasonably possible:
(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable
Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective,
and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered
thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days or, if earlier,
until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto.
(b) Subject to Section 2.7 hereof, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such
registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with
respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.
(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary
prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as
they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned
by them.
(d) Use all reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such
registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall
be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in
connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general
consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.
(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations
under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of
such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform
its obligations under such an agreement.
(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any
time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the
happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such
7
registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.
(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or
automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.
(h) Promptly provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not
later than the effective date of the registration statement.
(i) Furnish, at the request of a majority of the Holders participating in the registration, on
the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such
securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through
underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes
effective, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the
purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an
underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders
requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting
registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated as of such date, from the
independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily
given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public
offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting
registration addressed to the underwriters, if any, and if permitted by applicable accounting
standards, to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.
(j) Promptly following the effectiveness of such registration statement, notify each Holder of
such Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of such registration statement and thereafter,
notify each Holder of such Registrable Securities of any request by the SEC for the amending or
supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus.
2.6 Termination of Registration Rights. All registration rights granted under this
Section 2 shall terminate on, and be of no further force and effect after, August 24, 2015, unless
otherwise set forth herein.
2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.
(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise
delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to
the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.
(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action
pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such
information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method
of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their
Registrable Securities.
8
(c) If the Company shall notify a Holder pursuant to Section 2.5(f) of this Agreement that a
prospectus required to be delivered includes an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, the Holders shall not make any sales of
Registrable Securities using such prospectus; provided, however, that the Company must furnish the
Holder with a prospectus that may be used to sell Registrable Securities within thirty (30) days
after notifying the Holder pursuant to Section 2.5(f) hereof, and provided further, that the
Company may not delay the Holders ability to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section
2.7(c) for more than sixty (60) days in any twelve month period.
2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a
registration statement under Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3:
(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder,
the partners, managers, officers, directors and legal counsel of each Holder, any underwriter (as
defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses,
claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the
following statements omissions or violations (each a Violation) by the Company: (i) any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration
statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any
amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such
registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, officer or
director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case for any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises solely out of or is based solely
upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, director,
underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.
(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such
Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is
being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers, and
legal counsel and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the
Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration
statement or any of such other Holders partners, directors or officers or any person who controls
such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the
Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or
partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may
9
become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law,
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of
or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such
Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such
Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder (or its authorized agent) and stated to be
specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer,
controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling
person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action if it is finally judicially determined that there was such a Violation;
provided, however, in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds
from the offering received by such Holder.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the
commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8,
deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying
party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires,
jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with
counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall
have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying
party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying
party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such
indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure
to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of
any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such
indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, but the
omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any
liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.
(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages
or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one
hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) that resulted in
such loss claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a
court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access
to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that in
no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the proceeds from the offering
received by such Holder.
10
(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion
of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement. No indemnifying party, in
the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified
party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a
release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. No indemnifying party shall be
liable to any indemnified party in respect of any amounts due in settlement of any claim or
litigation without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register
Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Investor to a transferee or
assignee of Registrable Securities; provided, however, (a) the transferor shall, within fifteen
(15) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of
such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are
being assigned, and (b) such transferee shall agree in writing to be subject to all rights and
restrictions applicable to Investors set forth in this Agreement, and such transferee or assignee
shall thereby become an Investor for purposes of this Agreement. The rights to cause the Company
to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may not be assigned by any Common
Stockholder or Spirit to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities; provided,
however, that any Common Stockholder or Spirit may elect to transfer its rights pursuant to
this Section 2 to any other Common Stockholder or an Affiliate of such Common Stockholder or
Spirit, if (a) the transferor shall, within fifteen (15) days after such transfer, furnish to the
Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities
with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and (b) such transferee shall
agree in writing to remain subject to all rights and restrictions applicable to the Common
Stockholders set forth in this Agreement, and such transferee or assignee shall thereby become a
Common Stockholder for purposes of this Agreement.
2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. After the date of this Agreement,
the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Investors of at least fifty percent
(50%) of the Registrable Securities held by Investors and the prior written consent of the Holders
of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities held by Holders, enter into any
agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant
such holder registration rights senior to those granted to the Investors hereunder.
2.11 Market Stand-Off Agreement. If requested by the Company or the representative
of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall not
sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held
by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the
representative of the underwriters not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the
effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, provided
that
(a) such agreement shall apply only to the Companys Initial Offering; and
11
(b) all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the
Companys voting securities enter into similar agreements.
The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a registration relating
solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated
in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar
forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions
with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing
restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period.
2.12 SEC Compliance. After the earliest of (i) the closing of the sale of securities
of the Company pursuant to a registration statement, (ii) the registration by the Company of a
class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (iii) the issuance by the Company of
an offering circular pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act, the Company agrees to:
(a) make and keep current public information about the Company available, as those terms are
understood and defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act;
(b) use its best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other
documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after
it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
(c) furnish to any Holder of Registrable Securities upon request (i) a written statement by
the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and of the Securities
Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements),
(ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other
reports and documents of the Company as such holder may reasonably request to avail itself of any
similar rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.
SECTION 3
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.
(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct
entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting
established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and which
shall be true and correct in all material respects and will set aside on its books all such proper
accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles.
(b) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, as soon as practicable
after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within ninety (90) days
thereafter, the Company will furnish the Investors a consolidated balance sheet of the Company, as
at the end of such fiscal year, and a consolidated statement of income and a consolidated statement
of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and setting forth in each case in comparative form
12
the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements
shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of regional
standing that is familiar with DOE regulatory and audit issues selected by the Companys Board of
Directors, and a Company-prepared comparison to the Companys operating plan for such year.
(c) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will furnish
the Investors, as soon as practicable after the end of each calendar month and in any event within
thirty (30) days thereafter, (i) historical financial statements of the Company, including a
consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each month, and a consolidated statement
of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the
current fiscal year to date prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
and (ii) a projected statement of cash flows of the Company for the next twelve (12) months
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with the exception that no
notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.
(d) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will furnish
to the Investors (i) no later than thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, a
copy of the Business Plan, and as soon as available, any subsequent revisions or supplements
thereto, (ii) all material correspondence with the Companys lenders within ten (10) business days
after the date of such correspondence, and (iii) as soon as practicable after the end of each
month, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the
Company as of the end of each such month, and a consolidated statement of income and a consolidated
statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date,
including a comparison to plan figures for such period, prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with the exception that no notes need be
attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.
(e) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will furnish
to the Investors, reasonably promptly in advance of any meeting of the Board of Directors, copies
of the materials provided to the Board members for any such meeting.
(f) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will furnish
to the Investors, promptly upon receipt thereof, any written report, so-called management letter,
and any material written communication submitted to the Company by its independent public
accountants relating to the business, prospects or financial condition of the Company.
(g) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will furnish
to the Investors, promptly upon receipt thereof, any written report and any material written
communication submitted to the Company by any Regulatory Entity, including, but not limited to, any
assertion by any Regulatory Entity that the Company or the School is not in material compliance
with the terms of its Regulatory Approval or with any laws, regulations or requirements
administered by such Regulatory Entity.
13
(h) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will furnish
to the Investors, promptly upon the occurrence or commencement thereof, notice of (i) all actions,
suits and proceedings before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau,
agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting the Company which, if successful, could
have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company; (ii) all material defaults by the Company (whether
or not declared) under any agreement for money borrowed (unless waived or cured within applicable
grace periods); (iii) all material defaults by the Company or third party under any contract,
agreement or arrangement which are material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
or to the business or operations of the Company.
(i) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will furnish
to the Investors, promptly upon sending, making available or filing the same, all reports and
financial statements as the Company shall send or make available generally to the stockholders of
the Company as such.
(j) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will furnish
to the Investors as soon as reasonably practicable, (but in any event at least one (1) Business Day
prior to release), a draft of any press release of the Company pertaining to any significant
development with regard to the Companys operations, management or financial condition.
(k) So long as any Investor or its Affiliates shall own any Shares, the Company will provide
to the Investors such other information with regard to the business, properties or the condition or
operations, financial or otherwise, of the Company, as Endeavour may from time to time reasonably
request.
(l) So long as any Common Stockholder or its Affiliates shall own any shares of Common Stock,
the Company will provide to the Common Stockholders copies of information provided to the Investors
or their Affiliates under this Section 3.1.
3.2 Inspection Rights. The Investors shall have the right to visit and inspect any of
the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and
accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such
information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be
reasonably requested.
3.3 Taxes. The Company will pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging
to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid,
might become a lien or charge upon any properties of the Company, provided that the Company shall
not be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being contested in
good faith and by proper proceedings if the Company shall have set aside on its books adequate
reserves with respect thereto.
14
3.4 Insurance. The Company will obtain and maintain with financially sound and
reputable insurers directors and officers liability insurance in a reasonable amount determined by
the Board of Directors.
3.5 Compliance With Laws. The Company will comply with all applicable laws, rules,
regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which could have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
3.6 Corporate Existence. The Company will at all times preserve and keep in full
force and effect its corporate existence, and rights and franchises material to the business of the
Company, and will qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where the
failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
3.7 Business Plan. Prior to the end of each fiscal year, the Company will prepare and
submit to its Board of Directors for its approval prior to such year end an operating plan and
budget, cash flow projections and profit and loss projections, all itemized in reasonable detail
for the immediately following year (collectively referred to herein as the Business
Plan).
3.8 Meetings of the Board of Directors. The directors shall schedule regular meetings
not less frequently than once every quarter, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors,
provided, however, that the Endeavour Directors or the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to call additional meetings of
the Board of Directors by giving at least twenty-four (24) hour notice in the form and manner set
forth in the Companys Bylaws. The Company shall reimburse directors for all reasonable direct out
of pocket expenses incurred in attending such meetings.
3.9 Confidentiality of Records. The Investors each agree to use, and to use its best
efforts to ensure that its authorized representatives use, the same degree of care as each uses to
protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to it which
the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in
the public domain), except that each of the Investors may disclose such proprietary or confidential
information to any partner, subsidiary or parent of it for the purpose of evaluating its investment
in the Company as long as such partner, subsidiary or parent is advised of the confidentiality
provisions of this Section 3.9 and agrees to comply with this Section 3.9.
3.10 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep
available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Shares, all Common Stock
issuable from time to time upon such conversion.
3.11 Negative Covenants of the Company.
(a) Without limiting any other covenants and provisions hereof, the Company covenants and
agrees that it shall comply with each of the provisions of this Section 3.11(a) until the
consummation of the Initial Offering unless failure to comply with any such covenant is waived by
at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a
separate class:
15
(i) The Company shall not redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for value (or pay into
or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) or declare and pay or set aside funds for
the payment of any dividend with respect to, any share or shares of capital stock, purchase,
redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire for value any of its capital stock (or rights, options
or warrants to purchase capital stock) now or hereafter outstanding, return any capital to
its stockholders as such, or make any distribution of assets to is stockholders as such.
(ii) The Company shall not authorize or issue, or obligate itself to authorize or
issue, (A) additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, (B)
any new class or series of stock, or any other securities convertible into equity securities
of the Company, ranking on parity with or senior to the Series A Preferred Stock and Series
C Preferred Stock in right of redemption, liquidation preference, dividends, or right of
voting; or (C) any shares of Common Stock (or rights, options or warrants to purchase Common
Stock) if such issuance (or exercise of such right, option or warrant) would result in the
Company having more than 18,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding (such number
to be adjusted in respect of any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization
or the like).
(iii) The Company shall not amend, restate, modify or alter the rights, preferences and
privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock.
(iv) The Company shall not merge or consolidate with any other corporation, or sell,
assign, license, lease or otherwise dispose of or voluntarily part with the control of
(whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all, or any significant portion,
of its assets (whether now owned or hereinafter acquired), including without limitation
sales of the Companys intellectual property and technology, or consent to any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, or effect any transaction or series of
transactions in which the holders of the Companys voting interests prior to such
transaction or series of transactions hold less than 50% of the voting interests of the
Company following such transaction or series of transactions.
(v) The Company shall not increase or decrease the number of directors constituting the
Companys Board of Directors.
(vi) The Company shall not amend, restate, modify or alter the bylaws or the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in a manner which adversely affects the rights
and preferences of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.
(vii) The Company shall not enter into any transaction or amend any existing agreement
with any officer or director of the Company or holder of any shares of capital stock of the
Company, or any member of their respective immediate families or any corporation or other
entity directly or indirectly controlled by one or more of such officers, directors or
stockholders or members of their immediate families except for compensation arrangements
approved by the Board of Directors and entered into in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practice.
16
(viii) The Company shall not enter into a line of business that does not relate to its
operation of a regionally accredited higher or post-secondary education business or enact
material changes to its current programs or operations, unless such material changes are
described in the Business Plan, or an amendment or supplement thereto, and approved by the
Board of Directors.
(b) Without limiting any other covenants and provisions hereof, the Company covenants and
agrees until the consummation of the Initial Offering, that unless the following action is approved
by the Endeavour Directors, the Company shall not:
(i) Enter into or amend, restate, modify or alter any agreement or arrangement with any
governmental authority or any contract, agreement or arrangement valued at more than
$250,000 or which obligates the Company to make aggregate expenditures in excess of
$250,0000 (each, a Material Contract);
(ii) Make, enter into or amend any contract, agreement or arrangement which obligates
the Company to make, any capital expenditure in any single transaction in excess of
$250,000, or in the aggregate amount per year in excess of $500,000;
(iii) Incur indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding trade debt, debt pursuant to
revolving credit facilities approved by the Board, or other debt incurred in the ordinary
course of business) in any single transaction in excess of $250,000, or in the aggregate
amount per year in excess of $500,000;
(iv) Acquire or sell, or enter into or amend any contract, agreement or arrangement
which obligates the Company to acquire or sell, any equity interest in any subsidiary;
(v) Grant, enter into or amend any contract, agreement or arrangement which obligates
the Company to grant, any lien or security interest on any material asset of the Company;
(vi) Hire or terminate any officer of the Company or any other employee or consultant
with gross annual compensation in excess of $150,000 or increase the compensation of any
such officer, employee or consultant in excess of that compensation customarily paid to
management in companies of similar size, or similar maturity, and in similar business, all
as reasonably determined by the Endeavour Directors;
(vii) Retain or terminate the Companys auditor;
(viii) Retain or terminate any accounting, legal or lobbying organization providing
services to the Company;
(ix) Approve any Business Plan; or
(x) Issue any press release pertaining to any significant development with regard to
the Companys operations, management or financial condition.
17
3.12 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in this Section
3 shall expire and terminate on the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the
Initial Offering.
SECTION 4
MISCELLANEOUS
4.1 Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the
laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such State). The
parties agree and consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Delaware
and acknowledge that such courts shall constitute proper and convenient forums for the resolution
of any actions between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and agree that
such courts shall be the sole and exclusive forums for the resolution of any actions between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
4.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns,
heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time;
provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the
transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the
Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the
absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or
any redemption price.
4.3 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is deemed or held to be illegal,
invalid or unenforceable, this Agreement shall be considered divisible and inoperative as to such
provision to the extent it is deemed to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, and in all other
respects this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that if any
provision of this Agreement is deemed or held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable there shall
be added hereto automatically a provision as similar as possible to such illegal, invalid or
unenforceable provision and be legal, valid and enforceable. Further, should any provision
contained in this Agreement ever be reformed or rewritten by any judicial body of competent
jurisdiction, such provision as so reformed or rewritten shall be binding upon all parties hereto.
4.4 Amendment and Waiver. Any amendment, change or modification of this Agreement
shall be void unless in writing and signed by all parties hereto. No failure or delay by any party
hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (and no course of dealing between or
among any of the parties) shall operate as a waiver of any such right, power or privilege. No
waiver of any default on any one occasion shall constitute a wavier of any subsequent or other
default. No single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege shall preclude the
further or full exercise thereof.
4.5 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any
right, power, or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach, default or noncompliance of the
Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be
construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance or any acquiescence
18
therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is
further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any
Holders part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such
Holders part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be
effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under
this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to Holders, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
4.6 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, or three business days after
deposit in the United States mail, first-class, postage prepaid and one business day after deposit
with a reputable overnight courier service, or by facsimile (with proof of transmission), upon
transmission, addressed to the respective parties hereto at the addresses indicated by the
Companys records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient
party has specified by prior written notice to the other parties hereto.
4.7 Headings. The descriptive section headings are for convenience of reference only
and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
4.8 Complete Agreement. This Agreement and the other agreements referred to herein,
constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersede all prior agreements,
representations, warranties, statements, promises, information, arrangements and understandings,
whether oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
4.9 Counterparts; Facsimile Copies. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one
instrument. Signatures sent to the other parties by facsimile shall be binding as evidence of
acceptance of the terms hereof by such signatory party.
[Signature page follows]
19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the
date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Executive Chairman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENDEAVOUR CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ D. Mark Dorman |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
D. Mark Dorman
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Principal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENDEAVOUR ASSOCIATES FUND IV, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ D. Mark Dorman
D. Mark Dorman
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Principal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENDEAVOUR CAPITAL PARALLEL FUND, IV, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ D. Mark Dorman
D. Mark Dorman
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Principal |
|
|
Signature Page Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220 GCU, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
220 GCU GP, L.P |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
220 Management, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Charles M. Preston III |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Charles M. Preston III
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMON STOCKHOLDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RICH CROW LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Brent Richardson
Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MASTERS ONLINE, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Brent Richardson |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Brent Richardson
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220 EDUCATION, LP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
220 Management, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Charles M. Preston III |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Charles M. Preston III
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Managing Director |
|
|
Signature Page Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220-SIGED, LP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
220 Education, LP |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
220 Management, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Charles M. Preston III |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Charles M. Preston III
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNIFICANT VENTURES, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael Clifford |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Michael Clifford
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Chairman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SV ONE, LP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SV One GP, LP |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SV Holdings, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Charles M. Preston III |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Charles M. Preston III
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAREY FAMILY TRUST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Jack Carey |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Jack Carey
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Trustee |
|
|
Signature Page Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LAVACA SIGED, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Bryan W. Lee |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Bryan W. Lee
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BLANCHARD EDUCATION, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Thomas McKee |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Thomas McKee
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPIRIT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPIRIT MANAGEMENT COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael T. Bennett |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Michael T. Bennett
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
Signature Page Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
SCHEDULE A
Investors
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P.
Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund, IV, L.P.
220 GCU, L.P.
Common Stockholders
Rich Crow LLC
Masters Online, LLC
220 Education, LP
220-SigEd, LP
Significant Ventures, LLC
SV One, LP
Carey Family Trust
Lavaca SigEd, LLC
Blanchard Education, LLC
exv5w1
Exhibit 5.1
|
|
|
|
|
DLA Piper US LLP
2415 East Camelback Road, Suite 700
Phoenix, Arizona 85016-4245
www.dlapiper.com |
September 29, 2008
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
3300 W. Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-150876)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company),
in connection with the proposed issuance and sale of those certain shares (the Shares) of the
Companys newly-issued common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the Common Stock), as set forth
in the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-150876) initially filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) on May 13, 2008 (as amended and supplemented from
time to time, the Registration Statement) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Act). The Shares include Shares that are subject to an over-allotment option granted to the
underwriters in the offering.
This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 16(a) of Form S-1 and
Item 601(b)(5)(i) of Regulation S-K.
In connection with this opinion, we have reviewed and relied upon the Registration Statement and
related prospectus, the Companys charter documents, as amended and restated to date, and records
of its corporate proceedings in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares. We have
assumed the authenticity of all records, documents, and instruments submitted to us as originals,
the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons and the conformity to the
originals of all records, documents, and instruments submitted to us as copies. Based on such
review, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized, and if, as, and when
issued by the Company in accordance with the related prospectus (as amended and supplemented
through the date of issuance) will be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.
We consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the
reference to this firm under the caption Legal Matters in the prospectus that is part of the
Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of
persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder, or Item 509 of Regulation S-K.
This opinion is given to you solely for use in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares
in accordance with the Registration Statement and the related prospectus and is not to be relied on
for any other purpose. Our opinion is expressly limited to the matters set forth above, and we
render no opinion, whether by implication or otherwise, as to any other matters relating to the
Company, the Shares, or the Registration Statement.
Very truly yours,
DLA Piper LLP (US)
/s/ DLA Piper LLP (US)
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(Executive Chairman)
This Executive Employment Agreement (the Agreement) is entered into on September 10,
2008, by and between Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company),
and Brent D. Richardson (Executive).
The parties agree as follows:
1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts
such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
2. Duties.
2.1 Position. Executive is employed as Executive Chairman and shall have the duties
and responsibilities assigned by the Companys Board of Directors as may be reasonably assigned
from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to
Executive. The Company reserves the right to modify Executives position and duties at any time in
its sole and absolute discretion, except that any material diminution in Executives duties shall
be subject to Section 7.3(ii) below.
2.2 Board. Executive shall serve as a member and Chairman of the Board of Directors,
subject to the review and recommendation of the Companys Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee.
2.3 Best Efforts/Full-time. Executive will expend Executives best efforts on behalf
of the Company, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by the Company, as well as all
applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the
best interest of the Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executives full business time
and efforts to the performance of Executives assigned duties for the Company, unless Executive
notifies the Company in advance of Executives intent to engage in other paid work and receives the
Companys express written consent to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive will be
permitted to serve as an outside director on the board of directors for corporate, civic, nonprofit
or charitable entities, so long as Executive obtains the consent of the Company and provided such
entities are not competitive with the Company and subject to the provisions of section 9 below.
2.4 Work Location. Executives principal place of work shall be located in Phoenix,
Arizona, or such other location as the Company may direct from time to time.
3. Term.
3.1 Initial Term. The employment relationship pursuant to this Agreement shall be for
an initial term commencing on September 10, 2008 (the Effective Date) and continuing for
a period of four (4) years following such date (Initial Term), unless sooner terminated
in accordance with section 7 below.
3.2 Renewal. On expiration of the Initial Term specified in subsection 3.1 above,
this Agreement will automatically renew for subsequent one (1) year terms (each a Renewal
Term) unless either party provides thirty (30) days advance written notice to the
1
other that the Company or Executive does not wish to renew the Agreement for subsequent
Renewal Term. In the event either party gives notice of nonrenewal pursuant to this subsection
3.2, this Agreement will expire at the end of the then current term. The Initial Term and each
subsequent Renewal Term are referred to collectively as the Term.
4. Compensation.
4.1 Base Salary. As compensation for Executives performance of Executives duties
hereunder, the Company shall pay to Executive an initial Base Salary at the rate of Two-Hundred
Ninety-Seven Thousand Five-Hundred Dollars ($297,500.00) per year payable in accordance with the
normal payroll practices of the Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding
tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions. In the event
Executives employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason,
Executive will earn the Base Salary prorated to the date of termination, except as otherwise set
forth herein. Executives Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee of
the Companys Board of Directors (the Compensation Committee).
4.2 Incentive Compensation. Executive will be eligible to earn incentive compensation
in the form of an annual bonus for each fiscal year of the Company as determined by the
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will base such determination upon both the
Companys achievement of overall performance metrics for the year and Executives achievement of
individual performance metrics as agreed upon by the Compensation Committee and the Executive.
Bonus amounts, if any, are to be awarded annually and payment shall be made within two and one-half
months following the end of the applicable Company fiscal year.
5. Customary Fringe Benefits. Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual
fringe benefits generally available to senior management of the Company, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Companys benefit plan documents. The Company reserves the right to change or
eliminate fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.
6. Business Expenses. Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket
business expenses incurred in the performance of Executives duties on behalf of the Company. To
obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation
and will be reimbursed in accordance with the Companys policies. Any reimbursement Executive is
entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of Executives tax year following
the tax year in which the expense was incurred, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are
eligible for reimbursement in any tax year, and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for
another benefit.
7. Termination of Executives Employment.
7.1 Termination for Cause by Company. Although the Company anticipates a mutually
rewarding employment relationship with Executive, the Company may terminate Executives employment
immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Cause is defined as:
(a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part
of Executive with respect to Executives obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the
Company; (b) Executives material breach of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any
breach of Section 8, Section 9, or Section 11; (c) Executives
2
breach of the Companys Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement; (d) Executives
conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or
any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (e) Executives inability to perform the essential
functions of Executives position, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a mental or
physical disability; (f) Executives willful neglect of duties as determined in the sole and
exclusive discretion of the Board of Directors, provided that Executive has received written notice
of the action or omission giving rise to such determination and has failed to remedy such situation
to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors within thirty (30) days following receipt of such
written notice, unless Executives action or omission is not subject to cure, in which case no such
notice shall be required, or (g) Executives death. In the event Executives employment is
terminated in accordance with this subsection 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive only
Executives Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and all fringe
benefits through the date of termination. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to
this Agreement will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be
entitled to receive the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 below. Any termination
pursuant to this subsection 7.1 shall be evidenced by a resolution or written consent of the Board
of Directors of the Company, and the Company shall provide Executive with a copy of such resolution
or written consent, certified by the Secretary of the Company, upon Executives written request.
7.2 Termination Without Cause by Company/Severance. The Company may terminate
Executives employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time upon written notice to
Executive. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive Executives Base Salary then
in effect, prorated to the date of termination of employment. In addition, Executive will receive
a Severance Package that shall include (a) a severance payment equivalent to twelve (12)
months of Executives Base Salary then in effect on the date of termination, payable in accordance
with the Companys regular payroll cycle commencing with the first payroll date occurring on or
after the 60th day following the date of Executives termination of employment, and (b) payment by
the Company of the premiums required to continue Executives group health care coverage for a
period of twelve (12) months following Executives termination, under the applicable provisions of
the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA), provided that Executive
timely elects to continue and remains eligible for these benefits under COBRA, and does not become
eligible for health coverage through another employer during this period. Executive will only
receive the Severance Package if Executive: (i) complies with all surviving provisions of this
Agreement as specified in subsection 14.8 below; and (ii) executes a full general release,
releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against the Company arising out of
or any way related to Executives employment or termination of employment with the Company, and
such release has become effective in accordance with its terms prior to the 60th day following the
termination date. All other Company obligations to Executive will be automatically terminated and
completely extinguished.
7.3 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance. Executive may
voluntarily resign Executives position with the Company for Good Reason at any time on thirty (30)
days advance written notice to the Company. In the event of Executives resignation for Good
Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executives Base Salary then in effect, prorated to
the date of termination of employment, and the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above,
provided Executive complies with all of the conditions described in subsection 7.2 above. All
other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will be automatically terminated
and completely extinguished. Executive will be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason if
Executive voluntarily terminates his employment
3
with the Company within ninety (90) days following the first occurrence of a condition
constituting Good Reason. Good Reason means the occurrence of any of the following
conditions without Executives written consent, which condition(s) remain(s) in effect thirty (30)
days after Executive provides written notice to the Company of such condition(s): (i) a material
reduction in Executives Base Salary as then in effect prior to such reduction, other than as part
of a salary reduction program among similar management employees, (ii) a material diminution in
Executives authority, duties or responsibilities as an employee of the Company as they existed
prior to such change, or (iii) a relocation of Executives principal place of work which increases
Executives one-way commute distance by more than fifty (50) miles. Executive will be deemed to
have given consent to any condition(s) described in this subsection if Executive does not provide
written notice to the Company of his intent to exercise his rights pursuant to this subsection
within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of such condition(s).
7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. Executive may voluntarily
resign Executives position with the Company without Good Reason at any time on thirty (30) days
advance written notice to the Company. In the event of Executives resignation without Good
Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only Executives Base Salary, prorated to the date of
termination of employment, and all fringe benefits through the date of termination. All other
Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will be automatically terminated and
completely extinguished. In addition, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance
Package described in subsection 7.2 above.
7.5 Termination After a Change in Control.
(a) Severance Payment; Option Vesting Acceleration. If, upon or within twelve (12)
months after a Change in Control (as that term is defined below), Executives employment is
terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined in subsection 7.1 above) or Executive
resigns for Good Reason (as defined in subsection 7.3 above), then (i) Executive shall be entitled
to receive (A) Executives Base Salary, prorated to the date of termination of employment, and (B)
the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above, provided Executive complies with all of
the conditions described in subsection 7.2 above, and (ii) to the extent not yet vested, any stock
options or equity grants granted to Executive by the Company shall vest in full as of the date of
such termination of employment, provided Executive complies with the conditions described in
subsection 7.2 above.
(b) Parachute Payments. If, due to the benefits provided under subsection 7.5(a) and
any other payments or benefits, Executive would be subject to any excise tax pursuant to Section
4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) due to characterization
of any such amounts as excess parachute payments pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, the amounts
payable under subsection 7.5(a) will be reduced (to the least extent possible) in order to avoid
any excess parachute payment under Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code.
(c) Change in Control. A Change in Control is defined as any one of the following
occurrences:
(i) Any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)), becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined
in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total combined
voting power of the Companys then-outstanding securities
4
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that a Change in
Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from
any of the following: (A) an acquisition of securities by any person who on the Effective Date is
the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition of
securities directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection
with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition of securities by the Company, (D) any
acquisition of securities by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of the
Company, or (E) any acquisition of securities by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the
stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting
securities of the Company; or
(ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets (other than a
sale or disposition to one or more subsidiaries of the Company), or any transaction having similar
effect is consummated; or
(iii) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation that results in the holders of voting
securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent
(either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving
entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such
surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
(iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.
7.6 Termination of Employment Upon Nonrenewal. In the event either party decides not
to renew this Agreement for a subsequent term in accordance with subsection 3.2 above, this
Agreement will expire, Executives employment with the Company will terminate and Executive will
only be entitled to Executives Base Salary then in effect paid through the last day of the then
current term. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will be
automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to receive
the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above, but shall be subject to the surviving
provisions of this Agreement as set forth in section 14.8 below.
7.7 Resignation of Board or Other Positions. Executive agrees that should Executives
employment terminate for any reason, Executive will immediately resign all other positions
(including board membership) Executive may hold on behalf of the Company.
7.8 Application of Section 409A.
(a) Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, no amount payable
pursuant to this Agreement on account of Executives termination of employment with the Company
which constitutes a deferral of compensation within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations
issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (the Section 409A Regulations) shall be paid
unless and until Executive has incurred a separation from service within the meaning of the
Section 409A Regulations. Furthermore, if Executive is a specified employee within the meaning
of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of Executives separation from service, no amount
that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of Executives separation
from service shall be paid to Executive before the date (the Delayed Payment Date) which
is first day of the seventh month after the date of Executives separation from service or, if
earlier, the date of Executives death following such separation from service. All such amounts
that would, but for this subsection, become
5
payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment
Date.
(b) The Company intends that income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will not
be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the
Code. However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to
Executive pursuant to this Agreement. In any event, except for the Companys responsibility to
withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to Executive,
the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes incurred by Executive
on compensation paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.
8. No Violation of Rights of Third Parties. Executive represents and warrants to the
Company that Executive is not currently a party, and will not become a party, to any other
agreement that is in conflict with, or will prevent Executive from complying with, with this
Agreement. Executive further represents and warrants to the Company that Executives performance
of all of the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach
any agreement to keep in confidence any proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by
Executive in confidence or trust prior to Executives employment with the Company. Executive
acknowledges and agrees that the representations and warranties in this Section 8 are a material
part of this Agreement.
9. Other Covenants. Executive hereby makes the following covenants, each of which
Executive acknowledges and agrees are a material part of this Agreement:
9.1 During the Term of Executives employment with the Company, Executive will not (a) breach
any agreement to keep in confidence any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data
acquired by Executive prior to Executives employment with Company, or (b) disclose to the Company,
or use or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material
belonging to any previous employer or any other third party. Executive acknowledges that the
Company has specifically instructed Executive not to breach any such agreement or make any such
disclosures to the Company.
9.2 During the Term of Executives employment with the Company, Executive will not engage in
any work or activity, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company.
Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company
in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer,
lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct
competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes
engaged during the term of Executives employment with the Company, as may be determined by the
Company in its sole discretion. If the Company believes such a conflict exists during the term of
this Agreement, the Company may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or activity
or resign employment with the Company.
9.3 During the Term of Executives employment with the Company and after the termination
thereof, neither Executive nor the Company will disparage each other, or the Companys products,
services, agents or employees.
6
9.4 During the Term of Executives employment with the Company and after the termination
thereof, at the Companys expense and upon its reasonable request, Executive will cooperate and
assist the Company in its defense or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims,
charges, or complaints between the Company and any third party, which assistance will include
testifying on the Companys behalf in connection with any such matter or performing any other task
reasonably requested by the Company in connection therewith.
10. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights. Executive agrees to read, sign and abide
by the Companys Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this
Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.
11. Non-Competition; Nonsolicitation of Companys Employees. Executive acknowledges
that in the course of his employment with the Company he will serve as a member of the Companys
senior management and will become familiar with the Companys trade secrets and with other
confidential and proprietary information and that his services will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to the Company. Executive further acknowledges that the Companys business, a
substantial portion of which is conducted online, is national in scope and that the Company, in the
course of such business, recruits students and faculty throughout the United States, works with
vendors throughout the United States, and competes with other companies located throughout the
United States. Therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, Executive agrees that, during the
Term, and during the twelve-month (12) month period following the Term, he shall not directly or
indirectly anywhere within the United States of America (a) own (except ownership of less than 1%
of any class of securities which are listed for trading on any securities exchange or which are
traded in the over-the-counter market), manage, control, participate in, consult with, render
services for, be employed by, or in any manner engage in the operation of (i) a for-profit,
post-secondary education institution, or (ii) any other business of the Company in which Executive
had significant involvement prior to Executives separation; (b) solicit funds on behalf of, or for
the benefit of, any for-profit, post-secondary education institution (other than the Company) or
any other entity that competes with the Company; (c) solicit individuals who are current or
prospective students of the Company to be students for any other for-profit, post-secondary
education institution; (d) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the
employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any
employee thereof, or (e) induce or attempt to induce any student, customer, supplier, licensee or
other business relation of the Company to cease doing business with, or modify its business
relationship with, the Company, or in any way interfere with or hinder the relationship between any
such student, customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company.
12. Injunctive Relief. Executive acknowledges that Executives breach of the
covenants contained in sections 9-11 hereof (collectively Covenants) would cause
irreparable injury to the Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, the Company
shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without the
necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security in addition to any other
relief to which the Company may be entitled and other remedies Company may exercise under this
Agreement or otherwise.
7
13. Insurance; Indemnification.
13.1 During the Term of Executives employment hereunder, Executive will be covered by the
Companys director and officer insurance policy to the same extent as all other senior executive
officers of the Company
13.2 Following the execution of this Agreement, the Company will execute and deliver a
director and officer indemnification agreement with Executive in a form approved by the Board of
Directors for the senior executive officers of the Company.
14. General Provisions.
14.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company under this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the
Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executives rights or obligations under
this Agreement.
14.2 Waiver. Either partys failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall
not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter
from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.
14.3 Attorneys Fees. In the event of a dispute involving the interpretation or
enforcement of this Agreement, a court shall award attorneys fees and costs to the prevailing
party.
14.4 Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be
unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the
extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the
parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a
deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such court, the unenforceable provision
shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not
be affected thereby.
14.5 Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been
drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has participated in the
negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an
opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired,
and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.
14.6 Governing Law; Forum. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of Arizona . Each party consents to
the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Phoenix, Arizona, if applicable, in
any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and agrees that the
state or federal courts in Phoenix, Arizona shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute
arising between the parties related to this Agreement or Executives employment with the Company.
8
14.7 Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery
when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by
telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or
(d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt.
Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth under the signatures below, or such other address
as either party may specify in writing.
14.8 Survival. Sections 9 (Other Covenants), 10 (Confidentiality and Proprietary
Rights), 11 (Non-Competition; Nonsolicitation), 12 (Injunctive Relief), 13 (Insurance;
Indemnification), 14 (General Provisions) and 15 (Entire Agreement) of this Agreement shall
survive termination of Executives employment with the Company.
15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Employee Nondisclosure and
Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations,
discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral. This agreement may be amended
or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board. No oral waiver, amendment or
modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.
THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN
BELOW.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BRENT D. RICHARDSON
|
|
Dated: September 10, 2008 |
By: |
/s/ Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
Dated: September 10, 2008 |
By |
/s/ Brian E. Mueller
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Brian E. Mueller |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
3300 West Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017 |
|
|
9
exv10w2
Exhibit 10.2
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(General Counsel)
This Executive Employment Agreement (the Agreement) is entered into on September 10,
2008, by and between Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company),
and Christopher C. Richardson (Executive).
The parties agree as follows:
1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts
such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
2. Duties.
2.1 Position. Executive is employed as General Counsel and Secretary and shall have
the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Companys Executive Chairman or Chief Executive
Officer as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and
diligently all duties assigned to Executive. The Company reserves the right to modify Executives
position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, except that any material
diminution in Executives duties shall be subject to Section 7.3(ii) below.
2.2 Board. Executive shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors, subject to
the review and recommendation of the Companys Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
2.3 Best Efforts/Full-time. Executive will expend Executives best efforts on behalf
of the Company, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by the Company, as well as all
applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the
best interest of the Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executives full business time
and efforts to the performance of Executives assigned duties for the Company, unless Executive
notifies the Company in advance of Executives intent to engage in other paid work and receives the
Companys express written consent to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive will be
permitted to serve as an outside director on the board of directors for corporate, civic, nonprofit
or charitable entities, so long as Executive obtains the consent of the Company and provided such
entities are not competitive with the Company and subject to the provisions of section 9 below.
2.4 Work Location. Executives principal place of work shall be located in Phoenix,
Arizona, or such other location as the Company may direct from time to time.
3. Term.
3.1 Initial Term. The employment relationship pursuant to this Agreement shall be for
an initial term commencing on September 10, 2008 (the Effective Date) and continuing for
a period of four (4) years following such date (Initial Term), unless sooner terminated
in accordance with section 7 below.
3.2 Renewal. On expiration of the Initial Term specified in subsection 3.1 above,
this Agreement will automatically renew for subsequent one (1) year terms (each a
1
Renewal Term) unless either party provides thirty (30) days advance written notice
to the other that the Company or Executive does not wish to renew the Agreement for subsequent
Renewal Term. In the event either party gives notice of nonrenewal pursuant to this subsection
3.2, this Agreement will expire at the end of the then current term. The Initial Term and each
subsequent Renewal Term are referred to collectively as the Term.
4. Compensation.
4.1 Base Salary. As compensation for Executives performance of Executives duties
hereunder, the Company shall pay to Executive an initial Base Salary at the rate of Two-Hundred
Ninety-Seven Thousand Five-Hundred Dollars ($297,500.00) per year payable in accordance with the
normal payroll practices of the Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding
tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions. In the event
Executives employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason,
Executive will earn the Base Salary prorated to the date of termination, except as otherwise set
forth herein. Executives Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee of
the Companys Board of Directors (the Compensation Committee).
4.2 Incentive Compensation. Executive will be eligible to earn incentive compensation
in the form of an annual bonus for each fiscal year of the Company as determined by the
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will base such determination upon both the
Companys achievement of overall performance metrics for the year and Executives achievement of
individual performance metrics as agreed upon by the Compensation Committee and the Executive.
Bonus amounts, if any, are to be awarded annually and payment shall be made within two and one-half
months following the end of the applicable Company fiscal year.
5. Customary Fringe Benefits. Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual
fringe benefits generally available to senior management of the Company, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Companys benefit plan documents. The Company reserves the right to change or
eliminate fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.
6. Business Expenses. Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket
business expenses incurred in the performance of Executives duties on behalf of the Company. To
obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation
and will be reimbursed in accordance with the Companys policies. Any reimbursement Executive is
entitled to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of Executives tax year following
the tax year in which the expense was incurred, (b) not be affected by any other expenses that are
eligible for reimbursement in any tax year, and (c) not be subject to liquidation or exchange for
another benefit.
7. Termination of Executives Employment.
7.1 Termination for Cause by Company. Although the Company anticipates a mutually
rewarding employment relationship with Executive, the Company may terminate Executives employment
immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Cause is defined as:
(a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part
of Executive with respect to Executives obligations or otherwise relating to the business of the
Company; (b) Executives material breach of this Agreement,
2
including, without limitation, any breach of Section 8, Section 9, or Section 11; (c)
Executives breach of the Companys Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement; (d)
Executives conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or
embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (e) Executives inability to perform the
essential functions of Executives position, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a
mental or physical disability; (f) Executives willful neglect of duties as determined in the sole
and exclusive discretion of the Board of Directors, provided that Executive has received written
notice of the action or omission giving rise to such determination and has failed to remedy such
situation to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors within thirty (30) days following receipt
of such written notice, unless Executives action or omission is not subject to cure, in which case
no such notice shall be required, or (g) Executives death. In the event Executives employment is
terminated in accordance with this subsection 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive only
Executives Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and all fringe
benefits through the date of termination. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to
this Agreement will be automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be
entitled to receive the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 below. Any termination
pursuant to this subsection 7.1 shall be evidenced by a resolution or written consent of the Board
of Directors of the Company, and the Company shall provide Executive with a copy of such resolution
or written consent, certified by the Secretary of the Company, upon Executives written request.
7.2 Termination Without Cause by Company/Severance. The Company may terminate
Executives employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time upon written notice to
Executive. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive Executives Base Salary then
in effect, prorated to the date of termination of employment. In addition, Executive will receive
a Severance Package that shall include (a) a severance payment equivalent to twelve (12)
months of Executives Base Salary then in effect on the date of termination, payable in accordance
with the Companys regular payroll cycle commencing with the first payroll date occurring on or
after the 60th day following the date of Executives termination of employment, and (b) payment by
the Company of the premiums required to continue Executives group health care coverage for a
period of twelve (12) months following Executives termination, under the applicable provisions of
the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA), provided that Executive
timely elects to continue and remains eligible for these benefits under COBRA, and does not become
eligible for health coverage through another employer during this period. Executive will only
receive the Severance Package if Executive: (i) complies with all surviving provisions of this
Agreement as specified in subsection 14.8 below; and (ii) executes a full general release,
releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against the Company arising out of
or any way related to Executives employment or termination of employment with the Company, and
such release has become effective in accordance with its terms prior to the 60th day following the
termination date. All other Company obligations to Executive will be automatically terminated and
completely extinguished.
7.3 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance. Executive may
voluntarily resign Executives position with the Company for Good Reason at any time on thirty (30)
days advance written notice to the Company. In the event of Executives resignation for Good
Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executives Base Salary then in effect, prorated to
the date of termination of employment, and the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above,
provided Executive complies with all of the conditions described in subsection 7.2 above. All
other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will be automatically terminated
and completely extinguished. Executive will be
3
deemed to have resigned for Good Reason if Executive voluntarily terminates his employment
with the Company within ninety (90) days following the first occurrence of a condition constituting
Good Reason. Good Reason means the occurrence of any of the following conditions without
Executives written consent, which condition(s) remain(s) in effect thirty (30) days after
Executive provides written notice to the Company of such condition(s): (i) a material reduction in
Executives Base Salary as then in effect prior to such reduction, other than as part of a salary
reduction program among similar management employees, (ii) a material diminution in Executives
authority, duties or responsibilities as an employee of the Company as they existed prior to such
change, or (iii) a relocation of Executives principal place of work which increases Executives
one-way commute distance by more than fifty (50) miles. Executive will be deemed to have given
consent to any condition(s) described in this subsection if Executive does not provide written
notice to the Company of his intent to exercise his rights pursuant to this subsection within
thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of such condition(s).
7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. Executive may voluntarily
resign Executives position with the Company without Good Reason at any time on thirty (30) days
advance written notice to the Company. In the event of Executives resignation without Good
Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only Executives Base Salary, prorated to the date of
termination of employment, and all fringe benefits through the date of termination. All other
Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will be automatically terminated and
completely extinguished. In addition, Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance
Package described in subsection 7.2 above.
7.5 Termination After a Change in Control.
(a) Severance Payment; Option Vesting Acceleration. If, upon or within twelve (12)
months after a Change in Control (as that term is defined below), Executives employment is
terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined in subsection 7.1 above) or Executive
resigns for Good Reason (as defined in subsection 7.3 above), then (i) Executive shall be entitled
to receive (A) Executives Base Salary, prorated to the date of termination of employment, and (B)
the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above, provided Executive complies with all of
the conditions described in subsection 7.2 above, and (ii) to the extent not yet vested, any stock
options or other equity grants granted to Executive by the Company shall vest in full as of the
date of such termination of employment, provided Executive complies with the conditions described
in subsection 7.2 above.
(b) Parachute Payments. If, due to the benefits provided under subsection 7.5(a) and
any other payments or benefits, Executive would be subject to any excise tax pursuant to Section
4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) due to characterization
of any such amounts as excess parachute payments pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, the amounts
payable under subsection 7.5(a) will be reduced (to the least extent possible) in order to avoid
any excess parachute payment under Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code.
(c) Change in Control. A Change in Control is defined as any one of the following
occurrences:
(i) Any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)), becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined
in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total
4
fair market value or total combined voting power of the Companys then-outstanding securities
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that a Change in
Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from
any of the following: (A) an acquisition of securities by any person who on the Effective Date is
the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition of
securities directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection
with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition of securities by the Company, (D) any
acquisition of securities by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of the
Company, or (E) any acquisition of securities by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the
stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting
securities of the Company; or
(ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets (other than a
sale or disposition to one or more subsidiaries of the Company), or any transaction having similar
effect is consummated; or
(iii) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation that results in the holders of voting
securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent
(either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving
entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such
surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
(iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.
7.6 Termination of Employment Upon Nonrenewal. In the event either party decides not
to renew this Agreement for a subsequent term in accordance with subsection 3.2 above, this
Agreement will expire, Executives employment with the Company will terminate and Executive will
only be entitled to Executives Base Salary then in effect paid through the last day of the then
current term. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will be
automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to receive
the Severance Package described in subsection 7.2 above, but shall be subject to the surviving
provisions of this Agreement as set forth in section 14.8 below.
7.7 Resignation of Board or Other Positions. Executive agrees that should Executives
employment terminate for any reason, Executive will immediately resign all other positions
(including board membership) Executive may hold on behalf of the Company.
7.8 Application of Section 409A.
(a) Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, no amount payable
pursuant to this Agreement on account of Executives termination of employment with the Company
which constitutes a deferral of compensation within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations
issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (the Section 409A Regulations) shall be paid
unless and until Executive has incurred a separation from service within the meaning of the
Section 409A Regulations. Furthermore, if Executive is a specified employee within the meaning
of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of Executives separation from service, no amount
that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of Executives separation
from service shall be paid to Executive before the date (the Delayed Payment Date) which
is first day of the seventh month after the date of Executives separation from service or, if
earlier, the date of Executives death following
5
such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this subsection, become
payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.
(b) The Company intends that income provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will not
be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the
Code. However, the Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect for income provided to
Executive pursuant to this Agreement. In any event, except for the Companys responsibility to
withhold applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to Executive,
the Company shall not be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes incurred by Executive
on compensation paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.
8. No Violation of Rights of Third Parties. Executive represents and warrants to the
Company that Executive is not currently a party, and will not become a party, to any other
agreement that is in conflict with, or will prevent Executive from complying with, with this
Agreement. Executive further represents and warrants to the Company that Executives performance
of all of the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach
any agreement to keep in confidence any proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by
Executive in confidence or trust prior to Executives employment with the Company. Executive
acknowledges and agrees that the representations and warranties in this Section 8 are a material
part of this Agreement.
9. Other Covenants. Executive hereby makes the following covenants, each of which
Executive acknowledges and agrees are a material part of this Agreement:
9.1 During the Term of Executives employment with the Company, Executive will not (a) breach
any agreement to keep in confidence any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data
acquired by Executive prior to Executives employment with Company, or (b) disclose to the Company,
or use or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material
belonging to any previous employer or any other third party. Executive acknowledges that the
Company has specifically instructed Executive not to breach any such agreement or make any such
disclosures to the Company.
9.2 During the Term of Executives employment with the Company, Executive will not engage in
any work or activity, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual conflict of interest with the Company.
Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company
in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer,
lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct
competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes
engaged during the term of Executives employment with the Company, as may be determined by the
Company in its sole discretion. If the Company believes such a conflict exists during the term of
this Agreement, the Company may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or activity
or resign employment with the Company.
9.3 During the Term of Executives employment with the Company and after the termination
thereof, neither Executive nor the Company will disparage each other, or the Companys products,
services, agents or employees.
6
9.4 During the Term of Executives employment with the Company and after the termination
thereof, at the Companys expense and upon its reasonable request, Executive will cooperate and
assist the Company in its defense or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims,
charges, or complaints between the Company and any third party, which assistance will include
testifying on the Companys behalf in connection with any such matter or performing any other task
reasonably requested by the Company in connection therewith.
10. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights. Executive agrees to read, sign and abide
by the Companys Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this
Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.
11. Non-Competition; Nonsolicitation of Companys Employees. Executive acknowledges
that in the course of his employment with the Company he will serve as a member of the Companys
senior management and will become familiar with the Companys trade secrets and with other
confidential and proprietary information and that his services will be of special, unique and
extraordinary value to the Company. Executive further acknowledges that the Companys business, a
substantial portion of which is conducted online, is national in scope and that the Company, in the
course of such business, recruits students and faculty throughout the United States, works with
vendors throughout the United States, and competes with other companies located throughout the
United States. Therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, Executive agrees that, during the
Term, and during the twelve-month (12) month period following the Term, he shall not directly or
indirectly anywhere within the United States of America (a) own (except ownership of less than 1%
of any class of securities which are listed for trading on any securities exchange or which are
traded in the over-the-counter market), manage, control, participate in, consult with, render
services for, be employed by, or in any manner engage in the operation of (i) a for-profit,
post-secondary education institution, or (ii) any other business of the Company in which Executive
had significant involvement prior to Executives separation; (b) solicit funds on behalf of, or for
the benefit of, any for-profit, post-secondary education institution (other than the Company) or
any other entity that competes with the Company; (c) solicit individuals who are current or
prospective students of the Company to be students for any other for-profit, post-secondary
education institution; (d) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the
employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any
employee thereof, or (e) induce or attempt to induce any student, customer, supplier, licensee or
other business relation of the Company to cease doing business with, or modify its business
relationship with, the Company, or in any way interfere with or hinder the relationship between any
such student, customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company.
12. Injunctive Relief. Executive acknowledges that Executives breach of the
covenants contained in sections 9-11 hereof (collectively Covenants) would cause
irreparable injury to the Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, the Company
shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without the
necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security in addition to any other
relief to which the Company may be entitled and other remedies Company may exercise under this
Agreement or otherwise.
7
13. Insurance; Indemnification.
13.1 During the Term of Executives employment hereunder, Executive will be covered by the
Companys director and officer insurance policy to the same extent as all other senior executive
officers of the Company
13.2 Following the execution of this Agreement, the Company will execute and deliver a
director and officer indemnification agreement with Executive in a form approved by the Board of
Directors for the senior executive officers of the Company.
14. General Provisions.
14.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company under this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the
Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executives rights or obligations under
this Agreement.
14.2 Waiver. Either partys failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall
not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter
from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.
14.3 Attorneys Fees. In the event of a dispute involving the interpretation or
enforcement of this Agreement, a court shall award attorneys fees and costs to the prevailing
party.
14.4 Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be
unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the
extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the
parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a
deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such court, the unenforceable provision
shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not
be affected thereby.
14.5 Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been
drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has participated in the
negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an
opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired,
and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.
14.6 Governing Law; Forum. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of Arizona . Each party consents to
the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Phoenix, Arizona, if applicable, in
any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and agrees that the
state or federal courts in Phoenix, Arizona shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute
arising between the parties related to this Agreement or Executives employment with the Company.
8
14.7 Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery
when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by
telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or
(d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt.
Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth under the signatures below, or such other address
as either party may specify in writing.
14.8 Survival. Sections 9 (Other Covenants), 10 (Confidentiality and Proprietary
Rights), 11 (Non-Competition; Nonsolicitation), 12 (Injunctive Relief), 13 (Insurance;
Indemnification), 14 (General Provisions) and 15 (Entire Agreement) of this Agreement shall
survive termination of Executives employment with the Company.
15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Employee Nondisclosure and
Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations,
discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral. This agreement may be amended
or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board. No oral waiver, amendment or
modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.
THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN
BELOW.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHRISTOPHER C. RICHARDSON
|
|
Dated: September 10, 2008 |
By: |
/s/ Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
|
|
Dated: September 10, 2008 |
By |
/s/ Brian E. Mueller
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Brian E. Mueller |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
3300 West Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017 |
|
|
9
exv10w3
Exhibit 10.3
AMENDED AND RESTATED
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Senior Management Agreement (Agreement) is entered into
September 10, 2008, between Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Company), and John Crowley (Executive). Terms used in this Agreement and not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive previously entered into an agreement to provide for the
terms and conditions of Executives at will employment with the Company;
WHEREAS, the success of the business of the Company is dependent on the goodwill established
by Executive and the Companys directors, executive officers and employees with the Companys
customers and the public generally; and
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to amend and restate the agreement on the terms set
forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and
Executive hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
EMPLOYMENT
1.1 Employment. The Company hereby engages Executive to serve as Chief Operating
Officer and Executive Vice President of the Company, and Executive agrees to serve the Company as
such at the direction of the Board of Directors (Board), for the period beginning on the
date hereof and until Separation, in the capacities, and subject to the terms and conditions, set
forth in this Agreement (such period to be referred to as the Service Term). The Company
and Executive agree that this Agreement supersedes any employment agreement previously existing
between Executive and Company or any of its predecessors (including Significant Education, LLC),
and such employment agreement(s) shall be deemed to terminate as of the date of this Agreement.
1.2 Services. During the Service Term, Executive shall have all of the duties and
responsibilities customarily rendered by senior management of companies of similar size and nature,
with similar title and responsibility and as are provided in the Companys Bylaws and/or may be
delegated from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board; provided, however, the
following actions of the Company must be approved in advance by the Board:
(a) Acquisitions or dispositions of the assets or Capital Stock of any entity (other than
inventory or transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business);
(b) Agreements to borrow money on behalf of the Corporation;
(c) Senior management agreements or employment agreements (other than standard confidentiality
and non-competition agreements with employees), including any amendments thereof;
(d) Appointment, separation and remuneration of senior management;
(e) Bonus or other incentive plans for senior management or other employees;
(f) Increase the compensation of any of the Companys employees in excess of that compensation
customarily paid to employees in companies of similar size, or similar maturity, and in a similar
business;
(g) Make, enter into or amend any joint venture agreement or contract, agreement or
arrangement with any consultant providing for gross compensation in excess of $50,000 over the term
of the agreement;
(h) Issuances of Capital Stock, stock options, warrants or other securities or plans or
agreements relating to the same;
(i) The establishment of annual corporate objectives;
(j) The establishment of annual operating and capital expenditure budgets;
(k) Enter into any agreement or arrangement with any governmental authority;
(l) Dividends, distributions and redemptions of Capital Stock; and
(m) All actions involving statutory corporate matters, including but not limited to,
amendments to the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or qualifying to do business in
other jurisdictions.
Executive will devote substantially all of his business time and attention (except for
vacation periods and periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided that such activities do not unreasonably interfere with
the fulfillment of Executives obligations hereunder, including the non-compete provisions below,
Executive may serve as a director or trustee of any charitable or non-profit entity with the
consent of the Board, acquire investment interests in one or more entities which are not, directly
or indirectly, in competition with the Company or are customers or suppliers of the Company, own up
to 5% of the outstanding voting securities of any publicly-held company, and from time to time,
consult with other non-competing businesses (including Crowley Transportation Systems, LLC).
Executive will perform his services for the Company at the Companys principal place of business in
Phoenix, Arizona (Current Location) or any other location mutually agreed by Executive
and the Company. Executive will travel to such other locations as may be reasonably necessary in
order to discharge his duties hereunder. In the event that the Company proposes a location for
Executive to perform services hereunder that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Current
Location and Executive agrees to relocate, the Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable
relocation expenses incurred by Executive, including but
2
not limited to moving expenses and real estate brokerage commissions. In all other events,
relocation expenses shall be borne by Executive, provided, however, that Executive will be provided
with all applicable moving and relocation benefits in accordance with the Companys policies in
existence at the time of the relocations.
1.3 Salary, Bonus and Benefits. During the Service Term, the Company will pay
Executive a base salary (the Annual Base Salary) as the Board may designate from time to
time, at the rate of not less than Two Hundred Ninety Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars
($297,500) per annum. The Annual Base Salary shall be subject to review annually by the Board;
provided, however, that the Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced during the Service Term.
Executive will be eligible to receive performance bonuses as determined by the Board based upon the
Companys achievement of performance, budgetary and other objectives set by the Board. In
addition, during the Service Term, Executive will be entitled to the insurance, vacation, holidays
and other benefits consistent with the Companys past practice for its employees generally and as
approved by the Board.
1.4 Separation.
(a) Events of Separation. Executives employment with the Company shall cease upon
the occurrence of any of the following (a Separation):
(i) Executives death.
(ii) Executives disability, which means his incapacity due to physical or mental
illness or condition such that he is unable to perform his previously assigned duties where
(1) such incapacity has been determined to exist by either (x) the Companys disability
insurance carrier or (y) by the concurring opinions of two licensed physicians (one selected
by the Company and one by Executive), and (2) the Board has determined, based on competent
medical advice, that such incapacity will continue for such period of time of at least three
(3) continuous months and that it would have a material adverse effect on the Company;
provided, however, that in the event Executive is insured pursuant to any disability
insurance coverage maintained or paid for by the Company, any such Separation shall occur
only upon eligibility of Executive to receive payment of such disability insurance benefits,
subject to compliance with the terms and requirements of such disability insurance. Any
such Separation for disability shall be only as expressly permitted by the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
(iii) Separation by the Company upon the Boards determination, in its good faith
judgment, that such separation is in the best interests of the Company. Such Separation
will require delivery to Executive of a written notice from the Board that Executive has
been terminated (Notice of Separation) with or without Cause.
(iv) Executives voluntary resignation by the delivery to the Board of a written notice
from Executive that Executive has resigned with or without Good Reason.
3
(b) Rights on Separation.
(i) In the event that Separation is by Executive with Good Reason or a termination by
the Company without Cause, the Company will continue to pay to Executive a monthly portion
of the Annual Base Salary for a period equal to six (6) months commencing on the date of
Separation, subject, however, to Section 1.4(c) below. In addition, the Company shall have
the option, in its sole discretion, exercisable by delivering written notice to Executive
within thirty (30) days after the date of Separation by Executive with Good Reason or by the
Company without Cause, to pay to Executive a monthly portion of the Annual Base Salary for
an additional period of six (6) months commencing on the date which is six (6) months after
the date of Separation (the Extension Severance), in which case the Non-compete
Period (as defined in Section 3.1) shall be extended as provided by Section 3.1. Executive
and the Company agree that the amounts payable pursuant to this subparagraph (i) shall, for
all purposes of Section 409A (as defined below), be treated as a right to a series of
separate payments.
(ii) If the Company terminates Executives employment for Cause, if Executive dies or
is disabled, if Executive resigns without Good Reason or in the event of a Sale of the
Company (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), the Companys obligations to pay any
compensation or benefits under this Agreement will cease effective the date of Separation.
Executives right to receive any other benefits will be determined under the provisions of
applicable plans, programs or other coverages.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Companys obligation to Executive for
severance pay or other rights under either subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above (the Severance
Pay) shall cease if Executive is in violation of the provisions of Articles 2 or 3 hereof.
The Severance Pay, if any, shall be paid by the Company to Executive in equal installments
payable commencing on the Companys regularly scheduled payroll date next following the date
of Executives Separation, subject, however, to Section 1.4(c) below.
(iv) Until such time as Executive has received all of his Severance Pay, he will be
entitled to continue to receive the benefits to which he is entitled or is participating in
accordance with the provisions of Section 1.3 of this Agreement, subject, however, to
Section 1.4(c) below.
(c) Compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (Section 409A).
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the provision, time and
manner of payment or distribution of all compensation and benefits provided by this Agreement that
constitute deferred compensation subject to and not exempted from the requirements of Section 409A
(Section 409A Deferred Compensation) shall be subject to, limited by and construed in
accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including the following:
(i) Payments and benefits constituting Section 409A Deferred Compensation otherwise
payable or provided pursuant to Section 1.4(b) shall be paid or
4
provided only at or following the time that Executive has experienced a separation
from service within the meaning of Section 409A (Separation from Service).
(ii) Payments and benefits constituting Section 409A Deferred Compensation to be paid
or provided pursuant to Section 1.4(b) at a time when Executive is a specified employee
within the meaning of Section 409A shall be paid or provided commencing on the later of
(1) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of Executives Separation
from Service or, if earlier, the date of death of Executive (in either case, the
Delayed Payment Date), or (2) the date or dates on which such Section 409A
Deferred Compensation would otherwise be paid or provided in accordance with Section 1.4(b).
All such amounts that would, but for this subparagraph (ii), become payable prior to the
Delayed Payment Date shall be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.
(iii) To the extent that all or any portion of the Companys payment or reimbursement
to Executive for the cost of the Companys obligation to provide benefits pursuant to
Section 1.4(b)(iv) (the Company-Provided Benefits) would exceed an amount for
which, or continue for a period of time in excess of which, such Company Provided Benefits
would qualify for an exemption from treatment as Section 409A Deferred Compensation, the
Company shall, for the duration of the applicable period, pay or reimburse Executive for the
applicable Company-Provided Benefits in an amount not to exceed $3,800 per calendar year or
any portion thereof included in the applicable period. The amount of Company-Provided
Benefits furnished in any taxable year of Executive shall not affect the amount of
Company-Provided Benefits furnished in any other taxable year of Executive. Any right of
Executive to Company-Provided Benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for
another benefit. Any reimbursement for Company-Provided Benefits to which Executive is
entitled shall be paid no later than the last day of Executives taxable year following the
taxable year in which Executives expense for such Company-Provided Benefits was incurred.
ARTICLE 2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Executive acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him as an
employee and owner of the Company, or during the course of his performance under this Agreement,
concerning the business and affairs of the Company and its Affiliates or acquisition opportunities
in or reasonably related to the Companys business or industry (Confidential Information)
are the confidential and proprietary trade secrets and other property of the Company. Therefore,
except as may be required by the lawful order of a court or agency of competent jurisdiction,
Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for his own account
any Confidential Information without the Boards written consent unless and to the extent that the
aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as
a result of Executives acts or omissions. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company on the date
of Separation, or at any other time the Company may request in writing after the date of
Separation, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other
5
documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of the Company and its Affiliates, or
their acquisition prospects which he may then possess or have under his control.
ARTICLE 3
NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND NON-DISPARAGEMENT
3.1 Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation. Executive acknowledges that in the course of
his employment with the Company he will serve as a member of the Companys senior management and
will become familiar with the Companys trade secrets and with other Confidential Information and
that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company. Therefore,
Executive agrees that, during the Service Term, and during the twelve (12) month period following
the Service Term, or if the Company elects to pay Extension Severance, the twenty-four (24) month
period following the Service Term (collectively, the Non-compete Period), he shall not
directly or indirectly (A) own (except ownership of less than 5% of any class of securities which
are listed for trading on any securities which are listed for trading on any securities exchange or
which are traded in the over-the-counter market), manage, control, participate in, consult with,
render services for, or in any manner engage in the operation of a regionally accredited higher
education institution or any business in which Executive had significant involvement in the
Companys or any of its predecessors business prior to Executives Separation; (B) solicit funds
on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any regionally accredited higher education institution other
than the Company or any other entity that competes with the Company; (C) solicit individuals who
are current or prospective students of the Company to be students for any other regionally
accredited higher education institution; (D) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the
Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between
the Company and any employee thereof, or (E) induce or attempt to induce any student, customer,
supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company to cease doing business with, or
modify its business relationship with, the Company, or in any way interfere with or hinder the
relationship between any such student, customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the
Company.
3.2 Non-Disparagement. Following Separation, Executive agrees not to make to any
Person, including but not limited to customers of the Company, any statement that disparages the
Company or which reflects negatively upon the Company or the Investors, including but not limited
to statements regarding the Companys financial condition, its officers, directors, stockholders,
employees and affiliates.
3.3 Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of Articles 2 or 3 of this Agreement,
a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then
existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope or geographical area reasonable
under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the
court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration,
scope and area permitted by law. Because Executives services are unique and because Executive has
access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would be an
inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event a breach or threatened
breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in
6
addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent
jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce, or
prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).
ARTICLE 4
DEFINITIONS
Affiliate means any other person, entity or investment fund controlling, controlled by or
under common control with the Company, including without limitation, any of its Subsidiaries.
Capital Stock shall mean all shares of all classes of the Companys capital stock,
including, without limitation, the Companys preferred stock and common stock.
Cause shall mean:
|
(1) |
|
Executives (i) commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or
the commission of any other willful act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud with
respect to the Company or any of its customers or suppliers, or (ii) misappropriation
of any funds or assets of the Company for personal use, or (iii) engaging in any
conduct bringing the Company into substantial public disgrace or disrepute; |
|
|
(2) |
|
Executives (i) continued and repeated neglect of his duties in breach of this
Agreement following notice of such breach and a failure to cure such breach following a
reasonable opportunity to cure, (ii) gross misconduct in the performance of his duties
hereunder, or (iii) his material and repeated failure to perform his duties in breach
of this Agreement as directed by the Board following notice of such breach and failure
to cure such breach following a reasonable opportunity to cure; or |
|
|
(3) |
|
Executives engaging in conduct constituting cause for Separation under
applicable law; or |
|
|
(4) |
|
Executives engaging in conduct constituting a breach of Article 2 or 3 of this
Agreement. |
Good Reason shall mean Executives resignation from employment with the Company within
ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any one of the following conditions, provided that
Executive has given written notice to the Company of such condition within thirty (30) days of its
first occurrence and the Company has failed to remedy such condition within fifteen (15) days of
the delivery of such written notice:
|
(1) |
|
The failure of the Company to pay a material amount owing to Executive
hereunder; |
7
|
(2) |
|
The assignment to Executive by the Company of duties materially and adversely
inconsistent with Executives title or duties from those set forth in this Agreement or
the failure to elect or reelect Executive to such position, except in the event of a
termination for Cause, death, disability or by Executive other than for Good Reason; or |
|
|
(3) |
|
The Companys requirement that Executive perform services under this Agreement
at a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Current Location, and
Executives failure to do so. |
Investors means Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P., Endeavour Associates Fund IV, L.P.,
Endeavour Capital Parallel Fund IV, L.P. and 220 GCU, L.P.
Person means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an
association, a joint stock company, an investment fund, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated
organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
Stockholders Agreement means the Stockholders Agreement, dated August 24, 2005, by and among
the Company, Significant Education Holding, LLC, and the Investors, as amended or restated from
time to time.
ARTICLE 5
NOTICES
Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally
delivered, mailed by first class United States mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable
overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or by facsimile to the recipient at the address below
indicated:
If to the Company:
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
3300 West Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
Telephone: (602) 589-2755
Facsimile: (602) 589-2458
with a copy to each of:
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC
920 SW Sixth Ave
Suite 1400
Portland, OR 97204
Attention: D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath
Telephone: (503) 223-2721
8
Facsimile: (503) 223-1384
Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP
1550 Seventeenth Street, Suite 500
Denver, Colorado 80202-1500
Attention: Ronald R. Levine, II
Telephone: 303-892-9400
Facsimile: 303-893-1379
If to Executive:
John Crowley
8154 Via de Viva
Scottsdale, AZ 85258
Attention: John Crowley
Telephone: 413-478-5002
or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have
specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.1 Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business,
promotional, travel and entertainment expenses incurred or paid by him during the Service Term and
the performance of his services under this Agreement, provided that Executive furnishes to the
Company in a timely fashion appropriate documentation required by the Internal Revenue Code in
connection with such expenses and shall furnish such other reasonable documentation and accounting
as the Company, from time to time, may reasonably request. Any reimbursement Executive is entitled
to receive shall (a) be paid no later than the last day of Executives taxable year following the
taxable year in which the expense was incurred, (b) not be affected by the amount of expenses
eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year and (c) not be subject to liquidation or
exchange for another benefit.
6.2 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein
and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the
parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or
among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of
which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same
agreement.
9
6.4 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any
applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will
not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed,
construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision
had never been contained herein.
6.5 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the
benefit of and be enforceable by the Company, and its successors and assigns. Executive may not
assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.
6.6 Choice of Law. The construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement
and the exhibit hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of Arizona, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or
rule (whether of the State of Arizona or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application
of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Arizona.
6.7 Remedies. Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce its
rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including attorneys fees)
caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing
in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate
remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole
discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond
or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent
any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.
6.8 Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived
only with the prior written consent of the Company and Executive.
6.9 Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder
expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday in the state in which the Companys chief
executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day
immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.
6.10 Termination. All of the provisions of this Agreement shall terminate after the
expiration of the Service Term or upon the Separation of Executives employment with the Company,
except Article 2 and Section 3.2 shall survive indefinitely, and Section 3.1 shall terminate upon
expiration of the Non-compete Period.
[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Senior
Management Agreement on the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Brian Mueller |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Brian Mueller |
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John Crowley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Crowley |
|
|
Signature Page Amended and Restated Senior Management Agreement (J. Crowley)
exv10w4
Exhibit 10.4
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC.
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1.1 Establishment |
|
|
1 |
|
1.2 Purpose |
|
|
1 |
|
1.3 Term of Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Definitions and Construction |
|
|
1 |
|
|
2.1 Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
2.2 Construction |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Administration |
|
|
9 |
|
|
3.1 Administration by the Committee |
|
|
9 |
|
3.2 Authority of Officers |
|
|
9 |
|
3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders |
|
|
9 |
|
3.4 Committee Complying with Section 162(m) |
|
|
9 |
|
3.5 Powers of the Committee |
|
|
9 |
|
3.6 Indemnification |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Shares Subject to Plan |
|
|
11 |
|
|
4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable |
|
|
11 |
|
4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable |
|
|
11 |
|
4.3 Share Accounting |
|
|
11 |
|
4.4 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Eligibility, Participation and Award Limitations |
|
|
12 |
|
|
5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards |
|
|
12 |
|
5.2 Participation in the Plan |
|
|
12 |
|
5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Stock Options |
|
|
13 |
|
|
6.1 Exercise Price |
|
|
13 |
|
6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options |
|
|
14 |
|
6.3 Payment of Exercise Price |
|
|
14 |
|
6.4 Effect of Termination of Service |
|
|
15 |
|
6.5 Transferability of Options |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. Stock Appreciation Rights |
|
|
16 |
|
|
7.1 Types of SARs Authorized |
|
|
16 |
|
7.2 Exercise Price |
|
|
16 |
|
7.3 Exercisability and Term of SARs |
|
|
16 |
|
7.4 Exercise of SARs |
|
|
17 |
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
7.5 Deemed Exercise of SARs |
|
|
17 |
|
7.6 Effect of Termination of Service |
|
|
17 |
|
7.7 Transferability of SARs |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Restricted Stock Awards |
|
|
18 |
|
|
8.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized |
|
|
18 |
|
8.2 Purchase Price |
|
|
18 |
|
8.3 Purchase Period |
|
|
18 |
|
8.4 Payment of Purchase Price |
|
|
18 |
|
8.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer |
|
|
18 |
|
8.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions |
|
|
19 |
|
8.7 Effect of Termination of Service |
|
|
19 |
|
8.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Restricted Stock Unit Awards |
|
|
19 |
|
|
9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards |
|
|
20 |
|
9.2 Purchase Price |
|
|
20 |
|
9.3 Vesting |
|
|
20 |
|
9.4 Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions |
|
|
20 |
|
9.5 Effect of Termination of Service |
|
|
21 |
|
9.6 Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards |
|
|
21 |
|
9.7 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Performance Awards |
|
|
21 |
|
|
10.1 Types of Performance Awards Authorized |
|
|
22 |
|
10.2 Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units |
|
|
22 |
|
10.3 Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance
Award Formula |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4 Measurement of Performance Goals |
|
|
22 |
|
10.5 Settlement of Performance Awards |
|
|
24 |
|
10.6 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions |
|
|
25 |
|
10.7 Effect of Termination of Service |
|
|
26 |
|
10.8 Nontransferability of Performance Awards |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards |
|
|
27 |
|
|
11.1 Grant of Cash-Based Awards |
|
|
27 |
|
11.2 Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards |
|
|
27 |
|
11.3 Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards |
|
|
27 |
|
11.4 Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards |
|
|
27 |
|
11.5 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions |
|
|
28 |
|
11.6 Effect of Termination of Service |
|
|
28 |
|
-ii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
11.7 Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Nonemployee Director Awards |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Standard Forms of Award Agreement |
|
|
29 |
|
|
13.1 Award Agreements |
|
|
29 |
|
13.2 Authority to Vary Terms |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. Change in Control |
|
|
29 |
|
|
14.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards |
|
|
29 |
|
14.2 Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards |
|
|
30 |
|
14.3 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. Compliance with Securities Law |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. Compliance with Section 409A |
|
|
32 |
|
|
16.1 Awards Subject to Section 409A |
|
|
32 |
|
16.2 Deferral and/or Distribution Elections |
|
|
32 |
|
16.3 Subsequent Elections |
|
|
33 |
|
16.4 Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
17. Tax Withholding |
|
|
35 |
|
|
17.1 Tax Withholding in General |
|
|
35 |
|
17.2 Withholding in Shares |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. Amendment or Termination of Plan |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
19. Miscellaneous Provisions |
|
|
36 |
|
|
19.1 Repurchase Rights |
|
|
36 |
|
19.2 Forfeiture Events |
|
|
36 |
|
19.3 Provision of Information |
|
|
36 |
|
19.4 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director |
|
|
36 |
|
19.5 Rights as a Stockholder |
|
|
37 |
|
19.6 Delivery of Title to Shares |
|
|
37 |
|
19.7 Fractional Shares |
|
|
37 |
|
19.8 Retirement and Welfare Plans |
|
|
37 |
|
19.9 Beneficiary Designation |
|
|
37 |
|
19.10 Severability |
|
|
37 |
|
19.11 No Constraint on Corporate Action |
|
|
37 |
|
19.12 Unfunded Obligation |
|
|
38 |
|
19.13 Choice of Law |
|
|
38 |
|
-iii-
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.
1.1 Establishment. The Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan)
is hereby established effective as of September 26, 2008, the date of its approval by the
stockholders of the Company (the Effective Date).
1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company
Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons
performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to
contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan seeks to
achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights,
Restricted Stock Purchase Rights, Restricted Stock Bonuses, Restricted Stock Units, Performance
Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards and Nonemployee Director Awards.
1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee;
provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the
Effective Date.
2. Definitions and Construction.
2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective
meanings set forth below:
(a) Affiliate means (i) an entity, other than a Parent Corporation, that directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediary entities, controls the Company or (ii) an entity, other
than a Subsidiary Corporation, that is controlled by the Company directly or indirectly through one
or more intermediary entities. For this purpose, the term control (including the term
controlled by) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of the relevant entity, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise; or shall have such other meaning assigned such term
for the purposes of registration on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.
(b) Award means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Purchase Right,
Restricted Stock Bonus, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Cash-Based
Award, Other Stock-Based Award or Nonemployee Director Award granted under the Plan.
(c) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a
Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award granted to the
Participant.
1
(d) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e) Cash-Based Award means an Award denominated in cash and granted pursuant to Section 11.
(f) Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to
an Award by the Participants Award Agreement or by a written contract of employment or service,
any of the following: (i) the Participants theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of
fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or
records; (ii) the Participants material failure to abide by a Participating Companys code of
conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and
reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participants unauthorized use, misappropriation,
destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a
Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participants improper use or disclosure
of a Participating Companys confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by
the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Companys reputation or
business; (v) the Participants repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned
duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure,
such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment, service,
non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement between the
Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such
agreement; or (vii) the Participants conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere)
of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which
impairs the Participants ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.
(g) Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined
with respect to an Award by the Participants Award Agreement or by a written contract of
employment or service, the occurrence of any of the following:
(i) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)
becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total combined voting power of the Companys
then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided,
however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such level of beneficial
ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective
Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any
acquisition directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection
with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a
trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any
acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or
(ii) an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a
Transaction) in which the stockholders of the Company
2
immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or
indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power
of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the
case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(dd)(iii), the entity to which the assets
of the Company were transferred (the Transferee), as the case may be; or
(iii) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described
in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(g) in which a majority of the members of the board
of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after
such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors. For purposes of the preceding sentence,
indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from
ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own
the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more
subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall determine whether multiple
sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are
related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
(h) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations
or administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.
(i) Committee means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of
the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as
shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then
authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the
powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise
any or all of such powers.
(j) Company means Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor
corporation thereto.
(k) Consultant means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than
as an Employee or a member of the Board) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of
such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would
not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in
reliance on registration on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.
(l) Covered Employee means, at any time the Plan is subject to Section 162(m), any Employee
who is or may reasonably be expected to become a covered employee as defined in Section 162(m),
or any successor statute, and who is designated, either as an individual Employee or a member of a
class of Employees, by the Committee no later than (i) the date that is ninety (90) days after the
beginning of the Performance Period, or (ii) the date on which twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Performance Period has elapsed, as a Covered Employee under this Plan for such applicable
Performance Period.
3
(m) Director means a member of the Board.
(n) Disability means the permanent and total disability of the Participant, within the
meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
(o) Dividend Equivalent Right means the right of a Participant, granted at the discretion of
the Committee or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to receive a credit for the account of such
Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one share of Stock for each share of
Stock represented by an Award held by such Participant.
(p) Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a member of
the Board who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with
respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of
Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a member of the Board nor
payment of a directors fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.
The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an
individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individuals
employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individuals
rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Companys determination of
whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be
final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any
court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such
individuals status as an Employee.
(q) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(r) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property
as determined by the Committee, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such
determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:
(i) Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if, on such date, the Stock is listed or
quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of
a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or
regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as
reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the
relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or
quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last
day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other
appropriate day as shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion.
(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine the Fair
Market Value on the basis of the opening, closing, or average of the high and low sale prices of a
share of Stock on such date or the preceding trading day, the actual sale price of a share of Stock
received by a Participant, any other reasonable basis using
4
actual transactions in the Stock as reported on a national or regional securities exchange or
quotation system, or on any other basis consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. The
Committee may also determine the Fair Market Value upon the average selling price of the Stock
during a specified period that is within thirty (30) days before or thirty (30) days after such
date, provided that, with respect to the grant of an Option or SAR, the commitment to grant such
Award based on such valuation method must be irrevocable before the beginning of the specified
period. The Committee may vary its method of determination of the Fair Market Value as provided in
this Section for different purposes under the Plan to the extent consistent with the requirements
of Section 409A.
(iii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed or quoted on a national or regional securities
exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by
the Committee in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by
its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.
(s) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award
Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of
the Code.
(t) Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the
Effective Date, or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative
votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination,
but who was not elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest
relating to the election of directors of the Company.
(u) Insider means an Officer, Director or any other person whose transactions in Stock are
subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
(v) Insider Trading Policy means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the
purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Companys equity securities by Directors,
Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information
regarding the Company or its securities.
(w) Net-Exercise means a procedure by which the Participant will be issued a number of
shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option determined in accordance with the following formula:
N = X*((A-B)/A), where
N = the number
of shares of Stock to be issued to the Participant upon exercise of the Option;
X = the total
number of shares with respect to which the Participant has elected to exercise the Option;
A = the Fair
Market Value of one (1) share of Stock determined on the exercise date; and
B = the
exercise price per share (as defined in the Participants Award Agreement)
5
(x) Nonemployee Director means a Director who is not an Employee.
(y) Nonemployee Director Award means a Nonstatutory Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right,
Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award granted to a Nonemployee Director pursuant to
Section 12 of the Plan.
(z) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award
Agreement) an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
(aa) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.
(bb) Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant
to the Plan.
(cc) Other Stock-Based Award means an Award denominated in shares of Stock and granted
pursuant to Section 11.
(dd) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the
Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions
by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the
Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale,
exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale,
exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).
(ee) Parent Corporation means any present or future parent corporation of the Company, as
defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(ff) Participant means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.
(gg) Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation, Subsidiary
Corporation or Affiliate.
(hh) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, the Company and all other
entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.
(ii) Performance Award means an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units.
(jj) Performance Award Formula means, for any Performance Award, a formula or table
established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 which provides the basis for computing the
value of a Performance Award at one or more threshold levels of attainment of the applicable
Performance Goal(s) measured as of the end of the applicable Performance Period.
6
(kk) Performance-Based Compensation means compensation under an Award that satisfies the
requirements of Section 162(m) for certain performance-based compensation paid to Covered
Employees.
(ll) Performance Goal means a performance goal established by the Committee pursuant to
Section 10.3.
(mm) Performance Period means a period established by the Committee pursuant to Section 10.3
at the end of which one or more Performance Goals are to be measured.
(nn) Performance Share means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10 to
receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Share, as determined by the Committee, based
on performance.
(oo) Performance Unit means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10 to
receive a payment equal to the value of a Performance Unit, as determined by the Committee, based
upon performance.
(pp) Restricted Stock Award means an Award of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock
Purchase Right.
(qq) Restricted Stock Bonus means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8 or
Section 12.
(rr) Restricted Stock Purchase Right means a right to purchase Stock granted to a
Participant pursuant to Section 8 or Section 12.
(ss) Restricted Stock Unit or Stock Unit means a right granted to a Participant pursuant
to Section 9 or Section 12 to receive a share of Stock on a date determined in accordance with the
provisions of such Sections, as applicable, and the Participants Award Agreement.
(tt) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or
any successor rule or regulation.
(uu) SAR or Stock Appreciation Right means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to
Section 7 or Section 12 to receive payment, for each share of Stock subject to such SAR, of an
amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of
exercise of the SAR over the exercise price.
(vv) Section 162(m) means Section 162(m) of the Code.
(ww) Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code.
(xx) Section 409A Deferred Compensation means compensation provided pursuant to an Award
that constitutes deferred compensation subject to and not exempted from the requirements of Section
409A.
7
(yy) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(zz) Service means a Participants employment or service with the Participating Company
Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise
provided by the Committee, a Participants Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely
because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders such Service or a change in
the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no
interruption or termination of the Participants Service. Furthermore, a Participants Service
shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or
other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by
the Committee, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the
ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participants Service shall be
deemed to have terminated, unless the Participants right to return to Service is guaranteed by
statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or
required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of
determining vesting under the Participants Award Agreement. A Participants Service shall be
deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity
for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the
foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participants Service has
terminated and the effective date of such termination.
(aaa) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in
accordance with Section 4.4.
(bbb) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future subsidiary corporation of the
Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
(ccc) Ten Percent Owner means a Participant who, at the time an Option is granted to the
Participant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock of a Participating Company (other than an Affiliate) within the meaning of
Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.
(ddd) Vesting Conditions mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior
to the satisfaction of which shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a
repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participants monetary purchase
price, if any, for such shares upon the Participants termination of Service.
2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated
by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.
Use of the term or is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires
otherwise.
8
3. Administration.
3.1 Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All
questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement
or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall
be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon
all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith.
Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of
its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than
determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding
and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection
with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.
3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the
Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the
responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent
authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election. The Board or
Committee may, in its discretion, delegate to a committee comprised of one or more Officers the
authority to grant one or more Awards, without further approval of the Board or the Committee, to
any Employee, other than a person who, at the time of such grant, is an Insider or a Covered
Person; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share of each such Award which is an
Option or SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the effective
date of grant (or, if the Stock has not traded on such date, on the last day preceding the
effective date of grant on which the Stock was traded), (b) each such Award shall be subject to the
terms and conditions of the appropriate standard form of Award Agreement approved by the Board or
the Committee and shall conform to the provisions of the Plan, and (c) each such Award shall
conform to guidelines as shall be established from time to time by resolution of the Board or the
Committee.
3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the
Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to
Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements,
if any, of Rule 16b-3.
3.4 Committee Complying with Section 162(m). If the Company is a publicly held corporation
within the meaning of Section 162(m), the Board may establish a Committee of outside directors
within the meaning of Section 162(m) to approve the grant of any Award intended to result in the
payment of Performance-Based Compensation.
3.5 Powers of the Committee. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and
subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the full and final power and
authority, in its discretion:
(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted
and the number of shares of Stock, units or monetary value to be subject to each Award;
9
(b) to determine the type of Award granted;
(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;
(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need
not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the
exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares
purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding
obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares
of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or
any shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the Performance Measures, Performance Period, Performance
Award Formula and Performance Goals applicable to any Award and the extent to which such
Performance Goals have been attained, (vi) the time of the expiration of any Award, (vii) the
effect of the Participants termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (viii) all other
terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not
inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;
(e) to determine whether an Award will be settled in shares of Stock, cash, or in any
combination thereof;
(f) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;
(g) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or
conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;
(h) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any
shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participants
termination of Service;
(i) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to
adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without
limitation, as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws or regulations of
or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose
citizens may be granted Awards; and
(j) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or
any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect
to the Plan or any Award as the Committee may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.
3.6 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as
members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company
Group, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating
Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated
shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys fees,
actually and necessarily incurred in connection
10
with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein,
to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under
or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by
them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel
selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or
proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or
proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in
duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit
or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own
expense to handle and defend the same.
4. Shares Subject to Plan.
4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3
and 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be
equal to 4,199,937 and shall consist of authorized but unissued or
reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof.
4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided
in Section 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan
as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased on January 1, 2009 and on each
subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2018, by a number of shares (the Annual
Increase) equal to the smaller of (a) two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the number of shares of
Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) an amount determined
by the Board.
4.3 Share Accounting. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or
canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if shares of Stock acquired pursuant
to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an
amount not greater than the Participants purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the
terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be
available for issuance under the Plan. Shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued
pursuant to the Plan (a) with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash or (b) to
the extent such shares are withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding
obligations pursuant to Section 17.2. Upon payment in shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of
an SAR, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced only by the
number of shares actually issued in such payment. If the exercise price of an Option is paid by
tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the
Participant, or by means of a Net-Exercise, the number of shares available for issuance under the
Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares for which the Option is exercised.
4.4 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the
stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent
applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by
the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization,
11
reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse
stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar
change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or
distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash
dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and
proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to
any outstanding Awards, in the Award limits set forth in Section 5.3 and in the exercise or
purchase price per share under any outstanding Award in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of
Participants rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible
securities of the Company shall not be treated as effected without receipt of consideration by the
Company. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject
to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not
pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares), the
Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New
Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or
purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable
manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an
adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no
event may the exercise or purchase price under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the
par value, if any, of the stock subject to such Award. The Committee in its discretion, may also
make such adjustments in the terms of any Award to reflect, or related to, such changes in the
capital structure of the Company or distributions as it deems appropriate, including modification
of Performance Goals, Performance Award Formulas and Performance Periods. The adjustments
determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section shall be final, binding and conclusive.
The Committee may, without affecting the number of shares of Stock reserved or available
hereunder, authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any
merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and
conditions as it may deem appropriate, subject to compliance with Section 409A and any other
applicable provisions of the Code.
5. Eligibility, Participation and Award Limitations.
5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards, other than Nonemployee Director Awards, may be
granted only to Employees and Consultants. Nonemployee Director Awards may be granted only to
persons who, at the time of grant, are Nonemployee Directors.
5.2 Participation in the Plan. Subject to Section 3.2 above, Awards are granted solely at the
discretion of the Committee. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However,
eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award,
or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.
5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.
(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 4.4, the maximum aggregate
12
number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of
Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 4,199,937, cumulatively
increased on January 1, 2009 and on each subsequent January 1, through and including January 1,
2018, by a number of shares equal to the smaller of the Annual Increase determined under
Section 4.2 or 4,199,937 shares. The maximum aggregate number of
shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock
Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to
adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4.
(b) Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the
effective date of grant, is an Employee of the Company, a Parent Corporation or a Subsidiary
Corporation (each being an ISO-Qualifying Corporation). Any person who is not an Employee of an
ISO-Qualifying Corporation on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be
granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
(c) Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock
Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the
Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock
having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of
such options which exceeds such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For
purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account
in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as
of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide
for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be
deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or
permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in
part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this
Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising.
In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive
Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise, shares issued pursuant to each such
portion shall be separately identified.
6. Stock Options.
Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock
covered thereby, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements
evidencing Options may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall
comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion
of the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share shall be not less than
the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no
Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall have an exercise price per share less
than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective
date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock
Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum
exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted
13
pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the
provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times,
or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and
restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement
evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the
expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (b) no Incentive
Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5)
years after the effective date of grant of such Option. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise
specified by the Committee in the grant of an Option, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years
after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its
provisions.
6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.
(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the
exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be
made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to
the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than
the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with
irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of
a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the
Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of
Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System) (a Cashless Exercise), (iv) by delivery of a properly executed notice electing a
Net-Exercise, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Committee from time to time
to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Committee may
at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of
consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more
forms of consideration.
(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.
(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender
to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or
attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement
restricting the redemption of the Companys stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an
Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of
Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months (or
such other period, if any, as the Committee may permit) and not used for another Option exercise by
attestation during such period, or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the
Companys sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program
or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless
14
Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company
notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.
6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.
(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided
herein and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an Option shall terminate immediately upon
the Participants termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be
exercisable after the Participants termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only
during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall
terminate.
(i) Disability. If the Participants Service terminates because of the Disability of the
Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on
which the Participants Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the
Participants guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12)
months after the date on which the Participants Service terminated, but in any event no later than
the date of expiration of the Options term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such
Option (the Option Expiration Date).
(ii) Death. If the Participants Service terminates because of the death of the Participant,
the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the
Participants Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participants legal representative or
other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participants death at
any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participants
Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participants
Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three
(3) months after the Participants termination of Service.
(iii) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
if the Participants Service is terminated for Cause or if, following the Participants termination
of Service and during any period in which the Option otherwise would remain exercisable, the
Participant engages in any act that would constitute Cause, the Option shall terminate in its
entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service or act.
(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Participants Service terminates for any reason,
except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested
shares on the date on which the Participants Service terminated, may be exercised by the
Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the
Participants Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than
termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods
set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 15 below, the Option shall
remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such
15
exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the
applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration
Date.
6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be
exercisable only by the Participant or the Participants guardian or legal representative. An
Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer,
assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the
Participants beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set
forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be
assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in the General
Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act.
7. Stock Appreciation Rights.
Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of
shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time
establish. Award Agreements evidencing SARs may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by
reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
7.1 Types of SARs Authorized. SARs may be granted in tandem with all or any portion of a
related Option (a Tandem SAR) or may be granted independently of any Option (a Freestanding
SAR). A Tandem SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option.
7.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each SAR shall be established in the discretion of
the Committee; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share subject to a Tandem SAR
shall be the exercise price per share under the related Option and (b) the exercise price per share
subject to a Freestanding SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on
the effective date of grant of the SAR.
7.3 Exercisability and Term of SARs.
(a) Tandem SARs. Tandem SARs shall be exercisable only at the time and to the extent, and
only to the extent, that the related Option is exercisable, subject to such provisions as the
Committee may specify where the Tandem SAR is granted with respect to less than the full number of
shares of Stock subject to the related Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, provide in
any Award Agreement evidencing a Tandem SAR that such SAR may not be exercised without the advance
approval of the Company and, if such approval is not given, then the Option shall nevertheless
remain exercisable in accordance with its terms. A Tandem SAR shall terminate and cease to be
exercisable no later than the date on which the related Option expires or is terminated or
canceled. Upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR with respect to some or all of the shares subject to
such SAR, the related Option shall be canceled automatically as to the number of shares with
respect to which the Tandem SAR was exercised. Upon the exercise of an Option related to a Tandem
SAR as to some or all of the shares subject
16
to such Option, the related Tandem SAR shall be canceled automatically as to the number of
shares with respect to which the related Option was exercised.
(b) Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon
such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions
as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR;
provided, however, that no Freestanding SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10)
years after the effective date of grant of such SAR.
7.4 Exercise of SARs. Upon the exercise (or deemed exercise pursuant to Section 7.5) of an
SAR, the Participant (or the Participants legal representative or other person who acquired the
right to exercise the SAR by reason of the Participants death) shall be entitled to receive
payment of an amount for each share with respect to which the SAR is exercised equal to the excess,
if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the
exercise price. Payment of such amount shall be made (a) in the case of a Tandem SAR, solely in
shares of Stock in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR and (b) in the case of a
Freestanding SAR, in cash, shares of Stock, or any combination thereof as determined by the
Committee, in a lump sum upon the date of exercise of the SAR. When payment is to be made in
shares of Stock, the number of shares to be issued shall be determined on the basis of the Fair
Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR. For purposes of Section 7, an
SAR shall be deemed exercised on the date on which the Company receives notice of exercise from the
Participant or as otherwise provided in Section 7.5.
7.5 Deemed Exercise of SARs. If, on the date on which an SAR would otherwise terminate or
expire, the SAR by its terms remains exercisable immediately prior to such termination or
expiration and, if so exercised, would result in a payment to the holder of such SAR, then any
portion of such SAR which has not previously been exercised shall automatically be deemed to be
exercised as of such date with respect to such portion.
7.6 Effect of Termination of Service. Subject to earlier termination of the SAR as otherwise
provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an SAR shall be exercisable after a
Participants termination of Service only to the extent and during the applicable time period
determined in accordance with Section 6.4 (treating the SAR as if it were an Option) and thereafter
shall terminate.
7.7 Transferability of SARs. During the lifetime of the Participant, an SAR shall be
exercisable only by the Participant or the Participants guardian or legal representative. An SAR
shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer,
assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the
Participants beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Committee, in its discretion, and set
forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award, a Tandem SAR related to a Nonstatutory Stock
Option or a Freestanding SAR shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable
limitations, if any, described in the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act.
17
8. Restricted Stock Awards.
Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is
a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock
subject to the Award, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time establish. Award
Agreements evidencing Restricted Stock Awards may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan
by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
8.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in
the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock
Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without
limitation, upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4. If
either the grant of or satisfaction of Vesting Conditions applicable to a Restricted Stock Award is
to be contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow
procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).
8.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted
Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee in its discretion. No monetary payment
(other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of
Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually
rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required
by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash
or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less
than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.
8.3 Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period
established by the Committee, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective
date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.
8.4 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase
price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase
Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as
may be approved by the Committee from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or
(c) by any combination thereof.
8.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock
Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such
Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without
limitation, Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the
Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which
shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such
shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other
than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 8.8. The Committee, in its
discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing
18
a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any
shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of
such shares would violate the provisions of the Insider Trading Policy, then satisfaction of the
Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of
such shares would not violate the Insider Trading Policy. Upon request by the Company, each
Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt
of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates
representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of
appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.
8.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section,
Section 8.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a
Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the
rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such
shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares.
However, in the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or
any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in
Section 4.4, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than
normal cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participants
Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares
subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were
paid or adjustments were made.
8.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the Award
Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participants Service terminates for any
reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participants death or disability), then
(a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant
any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain
subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participants termination of Service and
(b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to
a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the
Participants termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any
repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons
as may be selected by the Company.
8.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock
pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors
of the Participant or the Participants beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent
and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant
hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the
Participants guardian or legal representative.
9. Restricted Stock Unit Awards.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of
Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award, in such form as the
19
Committee shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements evidencing Restricted Stock
Units may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be
subject to the following terms and conditions:
9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may be granted upon
such conditions as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the
attainment of one or more Performance Goals described in Section 10.4. If either the grant of a
Restricted Stock Unit Award or the Vesting Conditions with respect to such Award is to be
contingent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals, the Committee shall follow
procedures substantially equivalent to those set forth in Sections 10.3 through 10.5(a).
9.2 Purchase Price. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) shall
be required as a condition of receiving a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the consideration for which
shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish
consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its
benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued upon settlement of
the Restricted Stock Unit Award.
9.3 Vesting. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting
Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or
performance criteria, including, without limitation, Performance Goals as described in
Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement
evidencing such Award.
9.4 Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no
voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Restricted Stock Units until the date
of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company
or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its discretion,
may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Restricted Stock Unit Award that the Participant
shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on
Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to
each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on
which it is terminated. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid by crediting the
Participant with additional whole Restricted Stock Units as of the date of payment of such cash
dividends on Stock. The number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded to the nearest whole
number) to be so credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on
such date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the Restricted Stock Units
previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such
date. Such additional Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions and
shall be settled in the same manner and at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally
subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in
shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital
structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the
Participants Restricted Stock Unit Award so that it represents the right to receive upon
settlement any and all
20
new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than normal cash dividends)
to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon
settlement of the Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property
shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as are applicable to the Award.
9.5 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set
forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award, if a Participants Service
terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participants death or
disability), then the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any Restricted Stock Units pursuant
to the Award which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participants
termination of Service.
9.6 Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Company shall issue to a Participant on
the date on which Restricted Stock Units subject to the Participants Restricted Stock Unit Award
vest or on such other date determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and set forth in the
Award Agreement one (1) share of Stock (and/or any other new, substituted or additional securities
or other property pursuant to an adjustment described in Section 9.4) for each Restricted Stock
Unit then becoming vested or otherwise to be settled on such date, subject to the withholding of
applicable taxes, if any. If permitted by the Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent
with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the shares of
Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such
deferred issuance date(s) and amount(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide for
settlement of any Restricted Stock Unit Award by payment to the Participant in cash of an amount
equal to the Fair Market Value on the payment date of the shares of Stock or other property
otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section. The Committee, in its discretion,
may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award that, if the
satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to the Award would otherwise
occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Insider Trading
Policy, then the satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the
first to occur of (a) the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the
Insider Trading Policy or (b) the later of (i) last day of the calendar year in which the original
vesting date occurred or (ii) the last day of the Companys taxable year in which the original
vesting date occurred.
9.7 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The right to receive shares pursuant
to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation,
sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the
Participant or the Participants beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit Award granted to a Participant
hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the
Participants guardian or legal representative.
10. Performance Awards.
Performance Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall
from time to time establish. Award Agreements evidencing Performance
21
Awards may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with
and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
10.1 Types of Performance Awards Authorized. Performance Awards may be granted in the form of
either Performance Shares or Performance Units. Each Award Agreement evidencing a Performance
Award shall specify the number of Performance Shares or Performance Units subject thereto, the
Performance Award Formula, the Performance Goal(s) and Performance Period applicable to the Award,
and the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.
10.2 Initial Value of Performance Shares and Performance Units. Unless otherwise provided by
the Committee in granting a Performance Award, each Performance Share shall have an initial
monetary value equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock, subject to adjustment as
provided in Section 4.4, on the effective date of grant of the Performance Share, and each
Performance Unit shall have an initial monetary value established by the Committee at the time of
grant. The final value payable to the Participant in settlement of a Performance Award determined
on the basis of the applicable Performance Award Formula will depend on the extent to which
Performance Goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance
Period established by the Committee.
10.3 Establishment of Performance Period, Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula. In
granting each Performance Award, the Committee shall establish in writing the applicable
Performance Period, Performance Award Formula and one or more Performance Goals which, when
measured at the end of the Performance Period, shall determine on the basis of the Performance
Award Formula the final value of the Performance Award to be paid to the Participant. Unless
otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements under Section 162(m) with respect to each
Performance Award intended to result in the payment of Performance-Based Compensation, the
Committee shall establish the Performance Goal(s) and Performance Award Formula applicable to each
Performance Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date ninety (90) days after the commencement
of the applicable Performance Period or (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has
elapsed, and, in any event, at a time when the outcome of the Performance Goals remains
substantially uncertain. Once established, the Performance Goals and Performance Award Formula
applicable to a Covered Employee shall not be changed during the Performance Period. The Company
shall notify each Participant granted a Performance Award of the terms of such Award, including the
Performance Period, Performance Goal(s) and Performance Award Formula.
10.4 Measurement of Performance Goals. Performance Goals shall be established by the
Committee on the basis of targets to be attained (Performance Targets) with respect to one or
more measures of business or financial performance (each, a Performance Measure), subject to the
following:
(a) Performance Measures. Performance Measures shall have the same meanings as used in the
Companys financial statements, or, if such terms are not used in the Companys financial
statements, they shall have the meaning applied pursuant to generally accepted accounting
principles, or as used generally in the Companys industry. Performance Measures shall be
calculated with respect to the Company and each Subsidiary Corporation
22
consolidated therewith for financial reporting purposes or such division or other business
unit as may be selected by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, the Performance Measures
applicable to a Performance Award shall be calculated in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, if applicable, but prior to the accrual or payment of any Performance Award
for the same Performance Period and excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) of any
change in accounting standards or any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring item, as determined by
the Committee, occurring after the establishment of the Performance Goals applicable to the
Performance Award. Each such adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of providing
a consistent basis from period to period for the calculation of Performance Measures in order to
prevent the dilution or enlargement of the Participants rights with respect to a Performance
Award. Performance Measures may be one or more of the following, as determined by the Committee:
(i) revenue;
(ii) sales;
(iii) expenses;
(iv) operating income;
(v) gross margin;
(vi) operating margin;
(vii) earnings before any one or more of: stock-based compensation expense, interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization;
(viii) pre-tax profit;
(ix) net operating income;
(x) net income;
(xi) economic value added;
(xii) free cash flow;
(xiii) operating cash flow;
(xiv) balance of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities;
(xv) stock price;
(xvi) earnings per share;
(xvii) return on stockholder equity;
(xviii) return on capital;
23
(xix) return on assets;
(xx) return on investment;
(xxi) employee satisfaction;
(xxii) employee retention;
(xxiii) market share;
(xxiv) customer satisfaction;
(xxv) product development;
(xxvi) research and development expenses;
(xxvii) completion of an identified special project; and
(xxviii) completion of a joint venture or other corporate transaction.
(b) Performance Targets. Performance Targets may include a minimum, maximum, target level and
intermediate levels of performance, with the final value of a Performance Award determined under
the applicable Performance Award Formula by the level attained during the applicable Performance
Period. A Performance Target may be stated as an absolute value or as a value determined relative
to an index, budget or other standard selected by the Committee.
10.5 Settlement of Performance Awards.
(a) Determination of Final Value. As soon as practicable following the completion of the
Performance Period applicable to a Performance Award, the Committee shall certify in writing the
extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained and the resulting final value
of the Award earned by the Participant and to be paid upon its settlement in accordance with the
applicable Performance Award Formula.
(b) Discretionary Adjustment of Award Formula. In its discretion, the Committee may, either
at the time it grants a Performance Award or at any time thereafter, provide for the positive or
negative adjustment of the Performance Award Formula applicable to a Performance Award granted to
any Participant who is not a Covered Employee to reflect such Participants individual performance
in his or her position with the Company or such other factors as the Committee may determine. If
permitted under a Covered Employees Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the discretion, on
the basis of such criteria as may be established by the Committee, to reduce some or all of the
value of the Performance Award that would otherwise be paid to the Covered Employee upon its
settlement notwithstanding the attainment of any Performance Goal and the resulting value of the
Performance Award determined in accordance with the Performance Award Formula. No such reduction
may result in an increase in the amount payable upon settlement of another Participants
Performance Award that is intended to result in Performance-Based Compensation.
24
(c) Effect of Leaves of Absence. Unless otherwise required by law or a Participants Award
Agreement, payment of the final value, if any, of a Performance Award held by a Participant who has
taken in excess of thirty (30) days in unpaid leaves of absence during a Performance Period shall
be prorated on the basis of the number of days of the Participants Service during the Performance
Period during which the Participant was not on an unpaid leave of absence.
(d) Notice to Participants. As soon as practicable following the Committees determination
and certification in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), the Company shall notify each
Participant of the determination of the Committee.
(e) Payment in Settlement of Performance Awards. As soon as practicable following the
Committees determination and certification in accordance with Sections 10.5(a) and (b), but in any
event within the Short-Term Deferral Period described in Section 16.1 (except as otherwise provided
below or consistent with the requirements of Section 409A), payment shall be made to each eligible
Participant (or such Participants legal representative or other person who acquired the right to
receive such payment by reason of the Participants death) of the final value of the Participants
Performance Award. Payment of such amount shall be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination
thereof as determined by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement
evidencing a Performance Award, payment shall be made in a lump sum. If permitted by the
Committee, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer
receipt of all or any portion of the payment to be made to Participant pursuant to this Section,
and such deferred payment date(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award
Agreement. If any payment is to be made on a deferred basis, the Committee may, but shall not be
obligated to, provide for the payment during the deferral period of Dividend Equivalent Rights or
interest.
(f) Provisions Applicable to Payment in Shares. If payment is to be made in shares of Stock,
the number of such shares shall be determined by dividing the final value of the Performance Award
by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock determined by the method specified in the Award
Agreement. Shares of Stock issued in payment of any Performance Award may be fully vested and
freely transferable shares or may be shares of Stock subject to Vesting Conditions as provided in
Section 8.5. Any shares subject to Vesting Conditions shall be evidenced by an appropriate Award
Agreement and shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 8.5 through 8.8 above.
10.6 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no
voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Performance Share Awards until the
date of the issuance of such shares, if any (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of
the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However, the Committee, in its
discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Performance Share Award that the
Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash
dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date the Award is granted and ending, with
respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date on which the Performance
Shares are settled or the date on which they are forfeited. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if
any, shall be credited to the Participant in the form of additional whole Performance Shares as of
the date of payment of such
25
cash dividends on Stock. The number of additional Performance Shares (rounded to the nearest
whole number) to be so credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends
paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the
Performance Shares previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of
Stock on such date. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be paid currently or may be accumulated and
paid to the extent that Performance Shares become nonforfeitable, as determined by the Committee.
Settlement of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be made in cash, shares of Stock, or a combination
thereof as determined by the Committee, and may be paid on the same basis as settlement of the
related Performance Share as provided in Section 10.5. Dividend Equivalent Rights shall not be
paid with respect to Performance Units. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares
of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of
the Company as described in Section 4.4, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participants
Performance Share Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new,
substituted or additional securities or other property (other than normal cash dividends) to which
the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the
Performance Share Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property
shall be immediately subject to the same Performance Goals as are applicable to the Award.
10.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set
forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Performance Award, the effect of a Participants
termination of Service on the Performance Award shall be as follows:
(a) Death or Disability. If the Participants Service terminates because of the death or
Disability of the Participant before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the
Performance Award, the final value of the Participants Performance Award shall be determined by
the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been attained with respect to the entire
Performance Period and shall be prorated based on the number of months of the Participants Service
during the Performance Period. Payment shall be made following the end of the Performance Period
in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.
(b) Other Termination of Service. If the Participants Service terminates for any reason
except death or Disability before the completion of the Performance Period applicable to the
Performance Award, such Award shall be forfeited in its entirety; provided, however, that in the
event of an involuntary termination of the Participants Service, the Committee, in its discretion,
may waive the automatic forfeiture of all or any portion of any such Award (e.g., by determining
the final value of the Performance Award in the manner provided by Section 10.7(a)) and provide for
payment following the end of the Performance Period in any manner permitted by Section 10.5.
10.8 Nontransferability of Performance Awards. Prior to settlement in accordance with the
provisions of the Plan, no Performance Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors
of the Participant or the Participants beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Performance Award granted to a Participant
hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the
Participants guardian or legal representative.
26
11. Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards.
Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such
form as the Committee shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements evidencing Cash-Based
Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by
reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
11.1 Grant of Cash-Based Awards. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any
time and from time to time, may grant Cash-Based Awards to Participants in such amounts and upon
such terms and conditions, including the achievement of performance criteria, as the Committee may
determine.
11.2 Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant other types of equity-based
or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan (including the grant or
offer for sale of unrestricted securities, stock-equivalent units, stock appreciation units,
securities or debentures convertible into common stock or other forms determined by the Committee)
in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. Such
Awards may involve the transfer of actual shares of Stock to Participants, or payment in cash or
otherwise of amounts based on the value of Stock and may include, without limitation, Awards
designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than
the United States.
11.3 Value of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based Awards. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a
monetary payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee. Each Other Stock-Based
Award shall be expressed in terms of shares of Stock or units based on such shares of Stock, as
determined by the Committee. The Committee may require the satisfaction of such Service
requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, including, without limitation,
Performance Goals as described in Section 10.4, as shall be established by the Committee and set
forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. If the Committee exercises its discretion to
establish performance criteria, the final value of Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards
that will be paid to the Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance criteria
are met. The establishment of performance criteria with respect to the grant or vesting of any
Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award intended to result in Performance-Based Compensation
shall follow procedures substantially equivalent to those applicable to Performance Awards set
forth in Section 10.
11.4 Payment or Settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Payment or
settlement, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award or an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made
in accordance with the terms of the Award, in cash, shares of Stock or other securities or any
combination thereof as the Committee determines. The determination and certification of the final
value with respect to any Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award intended to result in
Performance-Based Compensation shall comply with the requirements applicable to Performance Awards
set forth in Section 10. To the extent applicable, payment or settlement with respect to each
Cash-Based Award and Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in compliance with the requirements of
Section 409A.
27
11.5 Voting Rights; Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no
voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Other Stock-Based Awards until the
date of the issuance of such shares of Stock (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of
the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), if any, in settlement of such
Award. However, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing
any Other Stock-Based Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights
with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such
Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the
date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights,
if any, shall be paid in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 9.4. Dividend
Equivalent Rights shall not be granted with respect to Cash-Based Awards.
11.6 Effect of Termination of Service. Each Award Agreement evidencing a Cash-Based Award or
Other Stock-Based Award shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to
retain such Award following termination of the Participants Service. Such provisions shall be
determined in the discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Cash-Based Awards or
Other Stock-Based Awards, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination,
subject to the requirements of Section 409A, if applicable.
11.7 Nontransferability of Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Prior to the
payment or settlement of a Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based Award, the Award shall not be
subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge,
encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participants beneficiary,
except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee may impose such
additional restrictions on any shares of Stock issued in settlement of Cash-Based Awards and Other
Stock-Based Awards as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period
requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any
stock exchange or market upon which such shares of Stock are then listed and/or traded, or under
any state securities laws applicable to such shares of Stock.
28
12. Nonemployee Director Awards.
From time to time, the Board or the Committee shall set the amount(s) and type(s) of
Nonemployee Director Awards that shall be granted to all Nonemployee Directors on a periodic,
nondiscriminatory basis pursuant to the Plan, as well as the additional amount(s) and type(s) of
Nonemployee Director Awards, if any, to be awarded, also on a periodic, nondiscriminatory basis, in
consideration of one or more of the following: (a) the initial election or appointment of an
individual to the Board as a Nonemployee Director, (b) a Nonemployee Directors service as Chairman
or Lead Director of the Board, (c) a Nonemployee Directors service as the chairman of a committee
of the Board, and (d) a Nonemployee Directors service other than as the chairman of a committee of
the Board. The terms and conditions of each Nonemployee Director Award shall comply with the
applicable provisions of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, the Board or the Committee shall
grant Nonemployee Director Awards having such terms and conditions as it shall from time to time
determine.
13. Standard Forms of Award Agreement.
13.1 Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Committee and as
amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of
the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement. Any Award Agreement may consist
of an appropriate form of Notice of Grant and a form of Agreement incorporated therein by
reference, or such other form or forms, including electronic media, as the Committee may approve
from time to time.
13.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Committee shall have the authority from time to time to
vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or
amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or
forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended
standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.
14. Change in Control.
14.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of
Section 409A, if applicable, the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:
(a) Accelerated Vesting. In its discretion, the Committee may provide in the grant of any
Award or at any other time may take such action as it deems appropriate to provide for acceleration
of the exercisability, vesting and/or settlement in connection with a Change in Control of each or
any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions,
including termination of the Participants Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in
Control, and to such extent as the Committee shall determine.
(b) Assumption, Continuation or Substitution. In the event of a Change in Control, the
surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent
thereof, as the case may be (the
Acquiror), may, without the consent
29
of any Participant, either assume or continue the Companys rights and obligations under each
or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or
substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent
award with respect to the Acquirors stock, as applicable. For purposes of this Section, if so
determined by the Committee in its discretion, an Award denominated in shares of Stock shall be
deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject
to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock
subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock,
cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock
on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such
consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of
the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the
Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, to consist solely of common stock of the
Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock
pursuant to the Change in Control. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or
continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised or settled as of
the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding
effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control.
(c) Cash-Out of Outstanding Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion and
without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control,
each or any Award denominated in shares of Stock or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior
to the Change in Control and not previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange for
a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the
Committee) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a
corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property
which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market
Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not
below zero) by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. In the event
such determination is made by the Committee, an Award having an exercise or purchase price per
share equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of
Stock in the Change in Control may be canceled without payment of consideration to the holder
thereof. Payment pursuant to this Section (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall
be made to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as
practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of
their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.
14.2 Effect of Change in Control on Nonemployee Director Awards. Subject to the requirements
and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, in the event of a Change in Control, each
outstanding Nonemployee Director Award shall become immediately exercisable and vested in full and,
except to the extent assumed, continued or substituted for pursuant to Section 14.1(b), shall be
settled effective immediately prior to the time of consummation of the Change in Control.
30
14.3 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.
(a) Excess Parachute Payment. In the event that any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an
Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject
the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization
of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an excess parachute payment under Section
280G of the Code, the Participant may elect to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting
called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.
(b) Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election
called for under Section 14.3(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might
reasonably be anticipated to result in an excess parachute payment to the Participant as
described in Section 14.3(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by independent
public accountants selected by the Company (the
Accountants). As soon as practicable thereafter,
the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such
acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit
to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on
reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the
Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and
documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination.
The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection
with their services contemplated by this Section.
15. Compliance with Securities Law.
The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject
to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to
such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock
may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award
unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or
issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award, or (b) in the
opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in
accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having
jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Companys legal counsel to be necessary to the
lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in
respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not
have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the
Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence
compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with
respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
31
16. Compliance with Section 409A.
16.1 Awards Subject to Section 409A. The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the
Plan shall either be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, and the Plan shall be so construed.
The provisions of this Section 16 shall apply to any Award or portion thereof that constitutes or
provides for payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation. Such Awards may include, without
limitation:
(a) A Nonstatutory Stock Option or SAR that includes any feature for the deferral of
compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (i) the exercise
or disposition of the Award or (ii) the time the stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the
Award first becomes substantially vested.
(b) Any Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, Cash-Based Award or Other Stock-Based
Award that either (i) provides by its terms for settlement of all or any portion of the Award at a
time or upon an event that will or may occur later than the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period
(as defined below) or (ii) permits the Participant granted the Award to elect one or more dates or
events upon which the Award will be settled after the end of the Short-Term Deferral Period.
Subject to the provisions of Section 409A, the term Short-Term Deferral Period means the 21/2
month period ending on the later of (i) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the
Participants taxable year in which the right to payment under applicable portion of the Award is
no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (ii) the 15th day of the third month
following the end of the Companys taxable year in which the right to payment under the applicable
portion of the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. For this purpose,
the term substantial risk of forfeiture shall have the meaning provided by Section 409A.
16.2 Deferral and/or Distribution Elections. Except as otherwise permitted or required by
Section 409A, the following rules shall apply to any compensation deferral and/or payment elections
(each, an Election) that may be permitted or required by the Committee pursuant to an Award
providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation:
(a) Elections must be in writing and specify the amount of the payment in settlement of an
Award being deferred, as well as the time and form of payment as permitted by this Plan.
(b) Elections shall be made by the end of the Participants taxable year prior to the year in
which services commence for which an Award may be granted to such Participant.
(c) Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in Election is
received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in Election must be received by
the Company prior to the last day for making the Election determined in accordance with
paragraph (b) above or as permitted by Section 16.3.
32
16.3 Subsequent Elections. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, any
Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation which permits a subsequent Election to delay the
payment or change the form of payment in settlement of such Award shall comply with the following
requirements:
(a) No subsequent Election may take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on
which the subsequent Election is made.
(b) Each subsequent Election related to a payment in settlement of an Award not described in
Section 16.4(a)(ii), 16.4(a)(iii) or 16.4(a)(vi) must result in a delay of the payment for a period
of not less than five (5) years from the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.
(c) No subsequent Election related to a payment pursuant to Section 16.4(a)(iv) shall be made
less than twelve (12) months before the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made.
(d) Subsequent Elections shall continue in effect until a written revocation or change in the
subsequent Election is received by the Company, except that a written revocation or change in a
subsequent Election must be received by the Company prior to the last day for making the subsequent
Election determined in accordance the preceding paragraphs of this Section 16.3.
16.4 Payment of Section 409A Deferred Compensation.
(a) Permissible Payments. Except as otherwise permitted or required by Section 409A, an Award
providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation must provide for payment in settlement of the Award
only upon one or more of the following:
(i) The Participants separation from service (as such term is defined by Section 409A);
(ii) The Participants becoming disabled (as such term is defined by Section 409A);
(iii) The Participants death;
(iv) A time or fixed schedule that is either (i) specified by the Committee upon the grant of
an Award and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award or (ii) specified by the
Participant in an Election complying with the requirements of Section 16.2 or 16.3, as applicable;
(v) A change in the ownership or effective control or the Company or in the ownership of a
substantial portion of the assets of the Company determined in accordance with Section 409A; or
(vi) The occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency (as such term is defined by Section 409A).
33
(b) Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee Pursuant to Separation from Service.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, except as
otherwise permitted by Section 409A, no payment pursuant to Section 16.4(a)(i) in settlement of an
Award providing for Section 409A Deferred Compensation may be made to a Participant who is a
specified employee (as such term is defined by Section 409A) as of the date of the Participants
separation from service before the date (the
Delayed Payment Date) that is six (6) months after
the date of such Participants separation from service, or, if earlier, the date of the
Participants death. All such amounts that would, but for this paragraph, become payable prior to
the Delayed Payment Date shall be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.
(c) Payment Upon Disability. All distributions payable by reason of a Participant becoming
disabled shall be paid in a lump sum or in periodic installments as established by the
Participants Election. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions upon
becoming disabled, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon the determination that
the Participant has become disabled.
(d) Payment Upon Death. If a Participant dies before complete distribution of amounts payable
upon settlement of an Award subject to Section 409A, such undistributed amounts shall be
distributed to his or her beneficiary under the distribution method for death established by the
Participants Election upon receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the
Participants death. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions upon
death, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum upon receipt by the Committee of
satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participants death.
(e) Payment Upon Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award
Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any amount constituting Section 409A Deferred
Compensation would become payable under this Plan by reason of a Change in Control, such amount
shall become payable only if the event constituting a Change in Control would also constitute a
change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A.
(f) Payment Upon Unforeseeable Emergency. The Committee shall have the authority to provide
in the Award Agreement evidencing any Award providing for Section 409A Deferred Compensation for
payment in settlement of all or a portion of such Award in the event that a Participant
establishes, to the satisfaction of the Committee, the occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency.
In such event, the amount(s) distributed with respect to such unforeseeable emergency cannot exceed
the amounts reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes
reasonably anticipated as a result of such distribution(s), after taking into account the extent to
which such emergency need is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance
or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participants assets (to the extent the liquidation of such
assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under the
Award. All distributions with respect to an unforeseeable emergency shall be made in a lump sum as
soon as practicable following the Committees determination that an unforeseeable emergency has
occurred. The Committees decision with respect to whether an unforeseeable emergency has occurred
and the manner in
34
which, if at all, the payment in settlement of an Award shall be altered or modified, shall be
final, conclusive, and not subject to approval or appeal.
(g) Prohibition of Acceleration of Payments. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an
Award Agreement to the contrary, this Plan does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule
of any payment under an Award providing Section 409A Deferred Compensation, except as permitted by
Section 409A.
17. Tax Withholding.
17.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all
payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash
payment or otherwise, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes,
if any, required by law to be withheld by any Participating Company with respect to an Award or the
shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock,
to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement, or to make
any payment in cash under the Plan until the Participating Company Groups tax withholding
obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.
17.2 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise or settlement of an
Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a
Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding
obligations of any Participating Company. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or
tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by
the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.
18. Amendment or Termination of Plan.
The Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the
approval of the Companys stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate
number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions
of Section 4.4), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options,
and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Companys stockholders
under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or market
system upon which the Stock may then be listed. No amendment, suspension or termination of the
Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Committee. Except as
provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely
affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion
and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect
retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the
Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the
Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A.
35
19. Miscellaneous Provisions.
19.1 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to one or more repurchase
options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion at
the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any
repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons
as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any
agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder
and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock
acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any
such transfer restrictions.
19.2 Forfeiture Events.
(a) The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participants rights, payments,
and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or
recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting
or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, but shall not be limited to,
termination of Service for Cause or any act by a Participant, whether before or after termination
of Service, that would constitute Cause for termination of Service.
(b) If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material
noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement
under the securities laws, any Participant who knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in the
misconduct, or who knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent the misconduct, and any
Participant who is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, shall reimburse the Company for (i) the amount of any payment in
settlement of an Award received by such Participant during the twelve- (12-) month period following
the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
(whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting
requirement, and (ii) any profits realized by such Participant from the sale of securities of the
Company during such twelve- (12-) month period.
19.3 Provision of Information. Each Participant shall be given access to information
concerning the Company equivalent to that information generally made available to the Companys
common stockholders.
19.4 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to
Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be
selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall
confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with
or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participants Service at
any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company
receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean
that the Company is the Employees employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship
with the Company.
36
19.5 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with
respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as
evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer
agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights
for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in
Section 4.4 or another provision of the Plan.
19.6 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company
shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall
deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the
following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to
the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the
Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by
delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.
19.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the
exercise or settlement of any Award.
19.8 Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or
cash paid pursuant to such Awards may be included as compensation for purposes of computing the
benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Companys retirement plans (both
qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides
that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participants benefit.
19.9 Beneficiary Designation. Subject to local laws and procedures, each Participant may file
with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any benefit under the
Plan to which the Participant is entitled in the event of such Participants death before he or she
receives any or all of such benefit. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the
same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when
filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participants lifetime. If a
married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participants spouse, the effectiveness
of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participants spouse. If a Participant
dies without an effective designation of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the
Participants death, the Company will pay any remaining unpaid benefits to the Participants legal
representative.
19.10 Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan
shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so
as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.
19.11 No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to:
(a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Companys or another Participating Companys right or
power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or
business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer
37
all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or
another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or
appropriate.
19.12 Unfunded Obligation. Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors
of the Company. Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan shall be considered
unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. No Participating Company shall be required to
segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special
accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial
ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill
its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or
any Participant account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between
the Committee or any Participating Company and a Participant, or otherwise create any vested or
beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participants creditors in any assets of any
Participating Company. The Participants shall have no claim against any Participating Company for
any changes in the value of any assets which may be invested or reinvested by the Company with
respect to the Plan.
19.13 Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity,
interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Arizona, without regard to its conflict of law rules.
38
exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION,
INC.
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1.1 Establishment |
|
|
1 |
|
1.2 Purpose |
|
|
1 |
|
1.3 Term of Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Definitions and Construction |
|
|
1 |
|
|
2.1 Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
2.2 Construction |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Administration |
|
|
5 |
|
|
3.1 Administration by the Committee |
|
|
5 |
|
3.2 Authority of Officers |
|
|
6 |
|
3.3 Power to Adopt Sub-plans |
|
|
6 |
|
3.4 Policies and Procedures Established by the Company |
|
|
6 |
|
3.5 Indemnification |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Shares Subject to Plan |
|
|
7 |
|
|
4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable |
|
|
7 |
|
4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable |
|
|
7 |
|
4.3 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Eligibility |
|
|
8 |
|
|
5.1 Employees Eligible to Participate |
|
|
8 |
|
5.2 Exclusion of Certain Stockholders |
|
|
8 |
|
5.3 Determination by Company |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Offerings |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. Participation in the Plan |
|
|
9 |
|
|
7.1 Initial Participation |
|
|
9 |
|
7.2 Continued Participation |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Right to Purchase Shares |
|
|
10 |
|
|
8.1 Grant of Purchase Right |
|
|
10 |
|
8.2 Calendar Year Purchase Limitation |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Purchase Price |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Accumulation of Purchase Price through Payroll Deduction |
|
|
11 |
|
|
10.1 Amount of Payroll Deductions |
|
|
11 |
|
10.2 Commencement of Payroll Deductions |
|
|
11 |
|
10.3 Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions |
|
|
11 |
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
10.4 Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions |
|
|
12 |
|
10.5 Participant Accounts |
|
|
12 |
|
10.6 No Interest Paid |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Purchase of Shares |
|
|
12 |
|
|
11.1 Exercise of Purchase Right |
|
|
12 |
|
11.2 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares |
|
|
13 |
|
11.3 Delivery of Certificates |
|
|
14 |
|
11.4 Return of Plan Account Balance |
|
|
14 |
|
11.5 Tax Withholding |
|
|
14 |
|
11.6 Expiration of Purchase Right |
|
|
14 |
|
11.7 Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Withdrawal from Plan |
|
|
15 |
|
|
12.1 Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan |
|
|
15 |
|
12.2 Return of Plan Account Balance |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Termination of Employment or Eligibility |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. Nontransferability of Purchase Rights |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. Compliance with Securities Law |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
17. Rights as a Stockholder and Employee |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. Notification of Disposition of Shares |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
19. Legends |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20. Designation of Beneficiary |
|
|
17 |
|
|
20.1 Designation Procedure |
|
|
17 |
|
20.2 Absence of Beneficiary Designation |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21. Notices |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22. Amendment or Termination of the Plan |
|
|
18 |
|
-ii-
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.
1.1 Establishment. The Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
Plan) is hereby established effective as of the effective date of the initial registration by the
Company of its Stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Effective Date).
1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its
stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward Eligible Employees of the
Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and
profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan provides such Eligible Employees with
an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of Stock. The
Company intends that the Plan qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the
Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so
construed.
1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee.
2. Definitions and Construction.
2.1 Definitions. Any term not expressly defined in the Plan but defined for purposes of
Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. Whenever used herein, the following
terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:
(a) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(b) Cash Exercise Notice means a written notice in such form as specified by the Company
which states a Participants election to exercise, as of the next Purchase Date, a Purchase Right
granted to such Participant with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period.
(c) Change in Control means the occurrence of any of the following:
(i) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)
becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total combined voting power of the Companys
then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided,
however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such level of beneficial
ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective
Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty
1
percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the Company, including,
without limitation, pursuant to or in connection with a public offering of securities, (C) any
acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee
benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or
indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or
(ii) an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a
Transaction) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not
retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in
Section 2.1(p)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the
Transferee), as the case may be; or
(iii) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described
in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(c) in which a majority of the members of the board
of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after
such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without
limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more
corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may
be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The
Committee shall determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the
Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final,
binding and conclusive.
(d) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(e) Committee means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of
the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as
shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then
authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the
powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise
any or all of such powers.
(f) Company means Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor
corporation thereto.
(g) Compensation means, with respect to any Offering Period, base wages or salary, overtime,
bonuses, commissions, shift differentials, payments for paid time off, payments in lieu of notice,
and compensation deferred under any program or plan, including, without limitation, pursuant to
Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code. Compensation shall be limited to amounts actually
payable in cash or deferred during the Offering Period.
2
Compensation shall not include moving allowances, payments pursuant to a severance agreement,
termination pay, relocation payments, sign-on bonuses, any amounts directly or indirectly paid
pursuant to the Plan or any other stock purchase, stock option or other stock-based compensation
plan, or any other compensation not included above.
(h) Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in Section 5
for eligibility to participate in the Plan.
(i) Employee means a person treated as an employee of a Participating Company for purposes
of Section 423 of the Code. A Participant shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee either
upon an actual termination of employment or upon the corporation employing the Participant ceasing
to be a Participating Company. For purposes of the Plan, an individual shall not be deemed to have
ceased to be an Employee while on any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of
absence approved by the Company of ninety (90) days or less. If an individuals leave of absence
exceeds ninety (90) days, the individual shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee on the
ninety-first (91st) day of such leave unless the individuals right to reemployment with the
Participating Company Group is guaranteed either by statute or by contract.
(j) Fair Market Value means, as of any date:
(i) Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if, on such date, the Stock is listed or
quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the closing price of a
share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system
constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other
source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the
Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market
Value is established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the
relevant date, or such other appropriate day as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.
(ii) If, on the relevant date, the Stock is not then listed on a national or regional
securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as
determined in good faith by the Committee.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the initial Offering Period commences on the Effective
Date, then the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such date shall be deemed to be the public
offering price set forth in the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
in connection with the Companys initial public offering of the Stock.
(k) Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the
Effective Date, or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative
votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination,
but who was not elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest
relating to the election of directors of the Company.
3
(l) Offering means an offering of Stock pursuant to the Plan, as provided in Section 6.
(m) Offering Date means, for any Offering Period, the first day of such Offering Period.
(n) Offering Period means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with
Section 6, during which an Offering is outstanding.
(o) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.
(p) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the
Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions
by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the
Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale,
exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale,
exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).
(q) Parent Corporation means any present or future parent corporation of the Company, as
defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(r) Participant means an Eligible Employee who has become a participant in an Offering
Period in accordance with Section 7 and remains a participant in accordance with the Plan.
(s) Participating Company means the Company and any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary
Corporation designated by the Committee as a corporation the Employees of which may, if Eligible
Employees, participate in the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine from time
to time which Parent Corporations or Subsidiary Corporations shall be Participating Companies.
(t) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, the Company and all other
corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.
(u) Pre-Registration Offering Period means an Offering Period commencing prior to the
Registration Date with respect to the shares of Stock issuable pursuant to such Offering Period.
(v) Purchase Date means, for any Offering Period, the last day of such Offering Period, or,
if so determined by the Committee, the last day of each Purchase Period occurring within such
Offering Period.
(w) Purchase Period means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with
Section 6, included within an Offering Period and on the final date of which outstanding Purchase
Rights are exercised.
4
(x) Purchase Price means the price at which a share of Stock may be purchased under the
Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 9.
(y) Purchase Right means an option granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan to purchase
such shares of Stock as provided in Section 8, which the Participant may or may not exercise during
the Offering Period in which such option is outstanding. Such option arises from the right of a
Participant to withdraw any payroll deductions or other funds accumulated on behalf of the
Participant and not previously applied to the purchase of Stock under the Plan, and to terminate
participation in the Plan at any time during an Offering Period.
(z) Registration Date means the effective date of the registration on Form S-8 of shares of
Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan.
(aa) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(bb) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in
accordance with Section 4.3.
(cc) Subscription Agreement means a written or electronic agreement, in such form as is
specified by the Company, stating an Employees election to participate in the Plan and authorizing
payroll deductions under the Plan from the Employees Compensation or other method of payment
authorized by the Committee pursuant to Section 11.1(c).
(dd) Subscription Date means the last business day prior to the Offering Date of an Offering
Period or such earlier date as the Company shall establish.
(ee) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future subsidiary corporation of the
Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated
by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.
Use of the term or is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires
otherwise.
3. Administration.
3.1 Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All
questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any form of agreement or other document employed by the
Company in the administration of the Plan, or of any Purchase Right shall be determined by the
Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having
an interest in the Plan or the Purchase Right, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Subject to
the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine all of the relevant terms and conditions
of Purchase Rights; provided, however, that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an
Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of Section 423(b)(5) of the
Code. Any and all actions, decisions
5
and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant
to the Plan or any agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation
pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.1) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon
all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the
administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.
3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the
Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the
responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has
apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.
3.3 Power to Adopt Sub-Plans. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to adopt
on or more sub-plans of the Plan as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the
laws or regulations, tax policy, accounting principles or custom of foreign jurisdictions
applicable to employees of a subsidiary business entity of the Company, provided that any such
sub-plan shall not be within the scope of an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of
Section 423 of the Code. Any of the provisions of any such sub-plan may supersede the provisions
of this Plan, other than Section 4. Except as superseded by the provisions of a sub-plan, the
provisions of this Plan shall govern such sub-plan.
3.4 Policies and Procedures Established by the Company. Without regard to whether any
Participants Purchase Right may be considered adversely affected, the Company may, from time to
time, consistent with the Plan and the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, establish, change
or terminate such rules, guidelines, policies, procedures, limitations, or adjustments as deemed
advisable by the Company, in its discretion, for the proper administration of the Plan, including,
without limitation, (a) a minimum payroll deduction amount required for participation in an
Offering, (b) a limitation on the frequency or number of changes permitted in the rate of payroll
deduction during an Offering, (c) an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or paid in a
currency other than United States dollars, (d) a payroll deduction greater than or less than the
amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for the Companys delay or mistake in
processing a Subscription Agreement or in otherwise effecting a Participants election under the
Plan or as advisable to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and
(e) determination of the date and manner by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is
determined for purposes of administration of the Plan. All such actions by the Company shall be
taken consistent with the requirement under Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants
granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within
the meaning of such section.
3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as
members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company
Group, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating
Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated
shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys fees,
actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding,
or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of
any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted
hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them
6
in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel
selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or
proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or
proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in
duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit
or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own
expense to handle and defend the same.
4. Shares Subject to Plan.
4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.32
and 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be
1,049,984 and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares
of Stock, or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Purchase Right for any reason expires or
is terminated or canceled, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of that
Purchase Right shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.
4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided
in Section 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan
as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased on January 1, 2009 and on each
subsequent January 1, through and including January 1, 2017, by a number of shares (the Annual
Increase) equal to the smallest of (a) one percent (1.0%) of the number of shares of Stock issued
and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, (b) 1,049,984 shares, or (c) an amount determined by the Board.
4.3 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the
stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 424 of the Code to the extent
applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by
the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation,
recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up,
split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital
structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the
stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a
material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate
adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, the Annual
Increase, the limit on the shares which may be purchased by any Participant during an Offering (as
described in Sections 8.1 and 8.2) and each Purchase Right, and in the Purchase Price in order to
prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants rights under the Plan. For purposes of the
foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as
effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. If a majority of the shares which are
of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Purchase Rights are exchanged for,
converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares
of another corporation (the New Shares), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding
Purchase Rights to provide that such Purchase Rights are for New Shares. In the event of any such
amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding
Purchase Rights shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as
7
determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an
adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in
no event may the Purchase Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the
stock subject to the Purchase Right. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this
Section 4.3 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
5. Eligibility.
5.1 Employees Eligible to Participate. Each Employee of a Participating Company is eligible
to participate in the Plan and shall be deemed an Eligible Employee, except the following:
(a) Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for twenty
(20) hours or less per week; or
(b) Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for not more
than five (5) months in any calendar year.
5.2 Exclusion of Certain Stockholders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, no Employee shall be treated as an Eligible Employee and granted a Purchase Right under
the Plan if, immediately after such grant, the Employee would own, or hold options to purchase,
stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation possessing five percent
(5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of such
corporation, as determined in accordance with Section 423(b)(3) of the Code. For purposes of this
Section 5.2, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the
stock ownership of such Employee.
5.3 Determination by Company. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise
of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee or an Eligible
Employee and the effective date of such individuals attainment or termination of such status, as
the case may be. For purposes of an individuals participation in or other rights, if any, under
the Plan as of the time of the Companys determination of whether or not the individual is an
Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such
rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency
subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individuals status as an Employee.
6. Offerings.
The Plan shall be implemented by sequential Offerings of approximately three (3) months
duration or such other duration as the Committee shall determine. Offering Periods shall commence
on or about the first trading days of February, May, August and November of each year and end on or
about the last trading days of the next April, July, October and January, respectively, occurring
thereafter. However, if so determined by the Committee, the initial Offering Period shall commence
on the Effective Date and end on or about October 31, 2008. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Committee may establish additional or alternative sequential or overlapping Offering Periods, a
different duration for one or more Offering Periods or different commencing or ending dates for
such Offering Periods; provided, however, that no
8
Offering Period may have a duration exceeding twenty-seven (27) months. If the Committee
shall so determine in its discretion, each Offering Period may consist of two (2) or more
consecutive Purchase Periods having such duration as the Committee shall specify, and the last day
of each such Purchase Period shall be a Purchase Date. If the first or last day of an Offering
Period or a Purchase Period is not a day on which the principal stock exchange or quotation system
on which the Stock is then listed is open for trading, the Company shall specify the trading day
that will be deemed the first or last day, as the case may be, of the Offering Period or Purchase
Period.
7. Participation in the Plan.
7.1 Initial Participation.
(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 7.1(b), an Eligible Employee may become a
Participant in an Offering Period by delivering a properly completed written or electronic
Subscription Agreement to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including
a third-party administrator designated by the Company) not later than the close of business on the
Subscription Date established by the Company for that Offering Period. An Eligible Employee who
does not deliver a properly completed Subscription Agreement in the manner permitted or required on
or before the Subscription Date for an Offering Period shall not participate in the Plan for that
Offering Period or for any subsequent Offering Period unless the Eligible Employee subsequently
delivers a properly completed Subscription Agreement to the appropriate Company office or
representative on or before the Subscription Date for such subsequent Offering Period. An Employee
who becomes an Eligible Employee after the Offering Date of an Offering Period shall not be
eligible to participate in that Offering Period but may participate in any subsequent Offering
Period provided the Employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of such
subsequent Offering Period.
(b) Automatic Participation in Pre-Registration Offering Period. Notwithstanding
Section 7.1(a), each Employee who is an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of a
Pre-Registration Offering Period shall automatically become a Participant in the Pre-Registration
Offering Period and shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to
purchase the lesser of (i) a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with
Section 8, or (ii) a number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing twenty percent (20%) of
such Participants Compensation paid during the Pre-Registration Offering Period by the Purchase
Price applicable to the Pre-Registration Offering Period. The Company shall not require or permit
any Participant to deliver a Subscription Agreement for participation in the Pre-Registration
Offering Period; provided, however, that following the applicable Registration Date a Participant
may deliver a Subscription Agreement to the office designated by the Company if the Participant
wishes to change the terms of the Participants participation in the Pre-Registration Offering
Period. Such changes may include, for example, an election to commence payroll deductions in
accordance with Section 10.
7.2 Continued Participation.
(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 7.2(b), a Participant shall automatically
participate in the next Offering Period commencing immediately after the
9
final Purchase Date of each Offering Period in which the Participant participates provided
that the Participant remains an Eligible Employee on the Offering Date of the new Offering Period
and has not either (a) withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, or (b) terminated
employment or otherwise ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 13. A Participant
who may automatically participate in a subsequent Offering Period, as provided in this Section, is
not required to deliver any additional Subscription Agreement for the subsequent Offering Period in
order to continue participation in the Plan. However, a Participant may deliver a new Subscription
Agreement for a subsequent Offering Period in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Section 7.1(a) if the Participant desires to change any of the elections contained in the
Participants then effective Subscription Agreement.
(b) Participation Following Pre-Registration Offering Period. Notwithstanding Section 7.2(a),
an Eligible Employee who was automatically enrolled in a Pre-Registration Offering Period and who
wishes to participate in an Offering Period which begins after the Pre-Registration Offering Period
shall deliver a Subscription Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1(a) no earlier than the
applicable Registration Date and no later than the Subscription Date for such Offering Period,
unless the Employee delivered a Subscription Agreement with respect to the Pre-Registration
Offering Period as provided in Section 7.1(b).
8. Right to Purchase Shares.
8.1 Grant of Purchase Right. Except as provided in Section 7.1 with respect to a
Pre-Registration Offering Period or as otherwise provided below, on the Offering Date of each
Offering Period, each Participant in such Offering Period shall be granted automatically a Purchase
Right consisting of an option to purchase the lesser of (a) that number of whole shares of Stock
determined by dividing the Dollar Limit (determined as provided below) by the Fair Market Value of
a share of Stock on such Offering Date or (b) the Share Limit (determined as provided below). The
Committee may, in its discretion and prior to the Offering Date of any Offering Period, (i) change
the method of, or any of the foregoing factors in, determining the number of shares of Stock
subject to Purchase Rights to be granted on such Offering Date, or (ii) specify a maximum aggregate
number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants in an Offering or on any Purchase Date
within an Offering Period. No Purchase Right shall be granted on an Offering Date to any person
who is not, on such Offering Date, an Eligible Employee. For the purposes of this Section, the
Dollar Limit shall be
determined by multiplying $1,979.17 by the number of months (rounded to
the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar, and the
Share Limit shall be
determined by multiplying one hundred (100) shares by the number of
months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest
whole share.
8.2 Calendar Year Purchase Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, no Participant shall be granted a Purchase Right which permits his or her right to
purchase shares of Stock under the Plan to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated with such
Participants rights to purchase shares under all other employee stock purchase plans of a
Participating Company intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, exceeds
Twenty-Three Thousand Seven Hundred and Fifty Dollars ($23,750) in Fair Market Value (or such other limit, if any, as may be
imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such Purchase Right is outstanding at any
time. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of shares
10
purchased during a given Offering Period shall be determined as of the Offering Date for such
Offering Period. The limitation described in this Section shall be applied in conformance with
applicable regulations under Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.
9. Purchase Price.
The Purchase Price at which each share of Stock may be acquired in an Offering Period upon the
exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee; provided,
however, that the Purchase Price on each Purchase Date shall not be less than eighty-five percent
(85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the
Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date. Subject to
adjustment as provided by the Plan and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the Purchase
Price for each Offering Period shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair Market Value of a
share of Stock on the Purchase Date.
10. Accumulation of Purchase Price through Payroll Deduction.
Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period and
in Section 11.1(c) with respect to non-United States Participants for whom payroll deductions are
prohibited by applicable law, shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any
portion of a Purchase Right may be paid for only by means of payroll deductions from the
Participants Compensation accumulated during the Offering Period for which such Purchase Right was
granted, subject to the following:
10.1 Amount of Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount to be
deducted under the Plan from a Participants Compensation on each pay day during an Offering Period
shall be determined by the Participants Subscription Agreement. The Subscription Agreement shall
set forth the percentage of the Participants Compensation to be deducted on each pay day during an
Offering Period in whole percentages of not less than one percent (1%) (except as a result of an
election pursuant to Section 10.3 to stop payroll deductions effective following the first pay day
during an Offering) or more than twenty percent (20%). The Committee may change the foregoing
limits on payroll deductions effective as of any Offering Date.
10.2 Commencement of Payroll Deductions. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first pay
day following the Offering Date and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner
altered or terminated as provided herein; provided, however, that with respect to a
Pre-Registration Offering Period, payroll deductions shall commence as soon as practicable
following the Companys receipt of the Participants Subscription Agreement (delivered no earlier
than the applicable Registration Date), if any.
10.3 Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions. During an Offering Period, a
Participant may elect to decrease the rate of or to stop deductions from his or her Compensation by
delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a
third-party administrator designated by the Company) an amended Subscription Agreement authorizing
such change on or before the Change Notice Date. The Change Notice Date shall be a date prior
to the beginning of the first pay period for which such election
11
is to be effective as established by the Company from time to time and announced to the
Participants. A Participant who elects, effective following the first pay day of an Offering
Period, to decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions to zero percent (0%) shall
nevertheless remain a Participant in such Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws from the
Plan as provided in Section 12.1.
10.4 Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions. The Company may, in its discretion,
suspend a Participants payroll deductions under the Plan as the Company deems advisable to avoid
accumulating payroll deductions in excess of the amount that could reasonably be anticipated to
purchase the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted (a) under the Participants Purchase
Right, or (b) during a calendar year under the limit set forth in Section 8.2. Unless the
Participant has either withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1 or has ceased to be an
Eligible Employee, payroll deductions shall be resumed at the rate specified in the Participants
then effective Subscription Agreement either (i) at the beginning of the next Offering Period if
the reason for suspension was clause (a) in the preceding sentence, or (ii) at the beginning of the
next Offering Period having a first Purchase Date that falls within the subsequent calendar year if
the reason for suspension was clause (b) in the preceding sentence.
10.5 Participant Accounts. Individual bookkeeping accounts shall be maintained for each
Participant. All payroll deductions from a Participants Compensation (and other amounts received
from the Participant in a Pre-Registration Offering Period pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or a
non-United States Participant pursuant to Section 11.1(c)) shall be credited to such Participants
Plan account and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. All such amounts
received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.
10.6 No Interest Paid. Interest shall not be paid on sums deducted from a Participants
Compensation pursuant to the Plan or otherwise credited to the Participants Plan account.
11. Purchase of Shares.
11.1 Exercise of Purchase Right.
(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) and Section 11.1(c), on each Purchase
Date of an Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose
participation in the Offering has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall
automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participants Purchase Right the number of
whole shares of Stock determined by dividing (a) the total amount of the Participants payroll
deductions accumulated in the Participants Plan account during the Offering Period and not
previously applied toward the purchase of Stock by (b) the Purchase Price. However, in no event
shall the number of shares purchased by the Participant during an Offering Period exceed the number
of shares subject to the Participants Purchase Right. No shares of Stock shall be purchased on a
Purchase Date on behalf of a Participant whose participation in the Offering or the Plan has
terminated before such Purchase Date.
12
(b) Purchase in Pre-Registration Period. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), on the Purchase
Date of a Pre-Registration Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan
and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase
Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participants Purchase Right (i) a
number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the
total amount of the Participants payroll deductions accumulated in the Participants Plan account
during the Pre-Registration Offering Period, if any, and not previously applied toward the purchase
of Stock, and (ii) such additional shares of Stock (not exceeding in the aggregate the
Participants Purchase Right) as determined in accordance with a Cash Exercise Notice delivered to
the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party
administrator designated by the Company) no earlier than the applicable Registration Date and not
later than the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the Purchase Date or
such earlier date as the Company shall establish, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for
such additional shares in cash or by check. However, in no event shall the number of shares
purchased by a Participant during the Pre-Registration Offering Period exceed the number of shares
subject to the Participants Purchase Right. In addition, if a Participant delivers a Subscription
Agreement to the Company after the applicable Registration Date, the Participant may not elect to
exercise a Purchase Right pursuant to a Cash Exercise Notice in an amount which, when aggregated
with payroll deductions pursuant to such Subscription Agreement, exceeds twenty percent (20%) of
the Participants Compensation during the Pre-Registration Offering Period. The Company shall
refund to the Participant in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment
received from the Participant.
(c) Purchase by Non-United States Participants for Whom Payroll Deductions Are Prohibited by
Applicable Law. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), where payroll deductions on behalf of
Participants who are residents for income tax purposes of countries other than the United States
are prohibited by applicable law (each, a non-United States Participant), the Committee shall
provide another method for payment of the Purchase Price of the shares with such terms and
conditions as shall be administratively convenient and comply with applicable law. On each
Purchase Date of an Offering Period, each such non-United States Participant who has not withdrawn
from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before
such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participants
Purchase Right a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to
the extent of the total amount of the Participants Plan account balance accumulated during the
Offering Period in accordance with the method established by the Committee and not previously
applied toward the purchase of Stock. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by
a non-United States Participant during the Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to
the Participants Purchase Right. The Company shall refund to the non-United States Participant in
accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from such Participant.
11.2 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the number of shares of Stock which might be purchased
by all Participants on a Purchase Date exceeds the number of shares of Stock available in the Plan
as provided in Section 4.1 or the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be purchased
on such Purchase Date pursuant to a limit established by the Committee pursuant to Section 8.1, the
Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares
13
available in as uniform a manner as practicable and as the Company determines to be equitable.
Any fractional share resulting from such pro rata allocation to any Participant shall be
disregarded.
11.3 Delivery of Certificates. As soon as practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company
shall arrange the delivery to each Participant of a certificate representing the shares acquired by
the Participant on such Purchase Date; provided that the Company may deliver such shares to a
broker designated by the Company that will hold such shares for the benefit of the Participant.
Shares to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan shall be registered in the name of the
Participant, or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her
spouse, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.
11.4 Return of Plan Account Balance. Any cash balance remaining in a Participants Plan
account following any Purchase Date shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable
after such Purchase Date. However, if the cash balance to be returned to a Participant pursuant to
the preceding sentence is less than the amount that would have been necessary to purchase an
additional whole share of Stock on such Purchase Date, the Company may retain the cash balance in
the Participants Plan account to be applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock in the
subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period.
11.5 Tax Withholding. At the time a Participants Purchase Right is exercised, in whole or in
part, or at the time a Participant disposes of some or all of the shares of Stock he or she
acquires under the Plan, the Participant shall make adequate provision for the federal, state,
local and foreign tax withholding obligations, if any, of the Participating Company Group which
arise upon exercise of the Purchase Right or upon such disposition of shares, respectively. The
Participating Company Group may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participants
compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations.
11.6 Expiration of Purchase Right. Any portion of a Participants Purchase Right remaining
unexercised after the end of the Offering Period to which the Purchase Right relates shall expire
immediately upon the end of the Offering Period.
11.7 Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants. Each Participant who
has exercised all or part of his or her Purchase Right shall receive, as soon as practicable after
the Purchase Date, a report of such Participants Plan account setting forth the total amount
credited to his or her Plan account prior to such exercise, the number of shares of Stock
purchased, the Purchase Price for such shares, the date of purchase and the cash balance, if any,
remaining immediately after such purchase that is to be refunded or retained in the Participants
Plan account pursuant to Section 11.4. The report required by this Section may be delivered in
such form and by such means, including by electronic transmission, as the Company may determine.
In addition, each Participant shall be provided information concerning the Company equivalent to
that information provided generally to the Companys common stockholders.
14
12. Withdrawal from Plan .
12.1 Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan. A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by signing
and delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a
third-party administrator designated by the Company) a written or electronic notice of withdrawal
on a form provided by the Company for this purpose. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time
prior to the end of an Offering Period; provided, however, that if a Participant withdraws from the
Plan after a Purchase Date, the withdrawal shall not affect shares of Stock acquired by the
Participant on such Purchase Date. A Participant who voluntarily withdraws from the Plan is
prohibited from resuming participation in the Plan in the same Offering from which he or she
withdrew, but may participate in any subsequent Offering by again satisfying the requirements of
Sections 5 and 7.1. The Company may impose, from time to time, a requirement that the notice of
withdrawal from the Plan be on file with the Company office or representative designated by the
Company for a reasonable period prior to the effectiveness of the Participants withdrawal.
12.2 Return of Plan Account Balance. Upon a Participants voluntary withdrawal from the Plan
pursuant to Section 12.1, the Participants accumulated Plan account balance which has not been
applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as
practicable after the withdrawal, without the payment of any interest, and the Participants
interest in the Plan and the Offering shall terminate. Such amounts to be refunded in accordance
with this Section may not be applied to any other Offering under the Plan.
13. Termination of Employment or Eligibility.
Upon a Participants ceasing, prior to a Purchase Date, to be an Employee of the Participating
Company Group for any reason, including retirement, disability or death, or upon the failure of a
Participant to remain an Eligible Employee, the Participants participation in the Plan shall
terminate immediately. In such event, the Participants Plan account balance which has not been
applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall, as soon as practicable, be returned to the
Participant or, in the case of the Participants death, to the Participants beneficiary designated
in accordance with Section 20, if any, or legal representative, and all of the Participants rights
under the Plan shall terminate. Interest shall not be paid on sums returned pursuant to this
Section 13. A Participant whose participation has been so terminated may again become eligible to
participate in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1.
14. Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights.
In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing
corporation or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation), may, without the
consent of any Participant, either assume or continue the Companys rights and obligations under
outstanding Purchase Rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights for the
Acquiring Corporations stock. If the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or continue the
Companys rights and obligations under outstanding Purchase Rights, the Purchase Date of the then
current Offering Period shall be accelerated to a date before the date of the Change in Control
specified by the Committee, but the number of shares of Stock subject to
15
outstanding Purchase Rights shall not be adjusted. All Purchase Rights which are neither
assumed or continued by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor
exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding
effective as of the date of the Change in Control.
15. Nontransferability of Purchase Rights.
Neither payroll deductions or other amounts credited to a Participants Plan account nor a
Participants Purchase Right may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any
manner other than as provided by the Plan or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. (A
beneficiary designation pursuant to Section 20 shall not be treated as a disposition for this
purpose.) Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without
effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan as
provided in Section 12.1. A Purchase Right shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the
Participant only by the Participant.
16. Compliance with Securities Law.
The issuance of shares under the Plan shall be subject to compliance with all applicable
requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. A Purchase Right
may not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of
any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the
requirements of any securities exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed.
In addition, no Purchase Right may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the
Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Purchase Right be in effect with respect to the
shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the
Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right may be issued in accordance with
the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of said Act. The inability
of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed
by the Companys legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares under
the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such
shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the
exercise of a Purchase Right, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications
that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation,
and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
17. Rights as a Stockholder and Employee.
A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder by virtue of the Participants
participation in the Plan until the date of the issuance of the shares of Stock purchased pursuant
to the exercise of the Participants Purchase Right (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the
books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall
be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date
such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.3. Nothing herein shall confer upon a
Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Participating Company Group or interfere
16
in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participants
employment at any time.
18. Notification of Disposition of Shares.
The Company may require the Participant to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition
of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right. The Company may require that until
such time as a Participant disposes of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of a Purchase Right,
the Participant shall hold all such shares in the Participants name (or, if elected by the
Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse but not in the name of any
nominee) until the later of two years after the date of grant of such Purchase Right or one year
after the date of exercise of such Purchase Right. The Company may direct that the certificates
evidencing shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right refer to such requirement to
give prompt notice of disposition.
19. Legends.
The Company may at any time place legends or other identifying symbols referencing any
applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions or any provision convenient in the
administration of the Plan on some or all of the certificates representing shares of Stock issued
under the Plan. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the
Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to a Purchase Right in the
possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless
otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include but shall not
be limited to the following:
THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER
UPON THE PURCHASE OF SHARES UNDER AN EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AS DEFINED IN SECTION 423 OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY
SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY OF ANY TRANSFER OF THE SHARES BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER
HEREOF. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN IN THE REGISTERED
HOLDERS NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE).
20. Designation of Beneficiary.
20.1 Designation Procedure. Subject to local laws and procedures, a Participant may file a
written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive (a) shares and cash, if any, from the
Participants Plan account if the Participant dies subsequent to a Purchase Date but prior to
delivery to the Participant of such shares and cash, or (b) cash, if any, from the Participants
Plan account if the Participant dies prior to the exercise of the Participants Purchase Right. If
a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participants spouse, the
effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participants spouse. A
Participant may change his or her beneficiary designation at any time by written notice to the
Company.
17
20.2 Absence of Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant dies without an effective
designation pursuant to Section 20.1 of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the
Participants death, the Company shall deliver any shares or cash credited to the Participants
Plan account to the Participants legal representative or as otherwise required by applicable law.
21. Notices.
All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection
with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the
Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.
22. Amendment or Termination of the Plan.
The Committee may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that (a) no such
amendment, suspension or termination shall affect Purchase Rights previously granted under the Plan
unless expressly provided by the Committee, and (b) no such amendment, suspension or termination
may adversely affect a Purchase Right previously granted under the Plan without the consent of the
Participant, except to the extent permitted by the Plan or as may be necessary to qualify the Plan
as an employee stock purchase plan pursuant to Section 423 of the Code or to comply with any
applicable law, regulation or rule. In addition, an amendment to the Plan must be approved by the
stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment if such
amendment would authorize the sale of more shares than are then authorized for issuance under the
Plan or would change the definition of the corporations that may be designated by the Committee as
Participating Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Committee determines
that continuation of the Plan or an Offering would result in unfavorable financial accounting
consequences to the Company, the Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any
Participant, including with respect to an Offering Period then in progress: (i) terminate the Plan
or any Offering Period, (ii) accelerate the Purchase Date of any Offering Period, (iii) reduce the
discount or the method of determining the Purchase Price in any Offering Period (e.g., by
determining the Purchase Price solely on the basis of the Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date),
(iv) reduce the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased in any Offering Period, or
(v) take any combination of the foregoing actions.
18
exv10w21
Exhibit 10.21
INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of , 2008 (this Agreement), is
made by and between GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company),
and (the the Indemnitee).
RECITALS
A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to
serve as directors, officers or agents of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive
liability insurance or indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks
resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently
bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors, officers and other agents.
B. The statutes and judicial decisions regarding the duties of directors and officers are
often difficult to apply, ambiguous, or conflicting, and therefore fail to provide such directors,
officers and agents with adequate, reliable knowledge of legal risks to which they are exposed or
information regarding the proper course of action to take.
C. Plaintiffs often seek damages in such large amounts and the costs of litigation may be so
enormous (whether or not the case is meritorious), that the defense and/or settlement of such
litigation are often beyond the personal resources of directors, officers and other agents.
D. The Company believes that it is unfair for its directors, officers and agents and the
directors, officers and agents of its subsidiaries to assume the risk of huge judgments and other
expenses that may occur in cases in which the director, officer or agent received no personal
profit and in cases where the director, officer or agent was not culpable.
E. The Company recognizes that the issues in controversy in litigation against a director,
officer or agent of a corporation such as the Company or its subsidiaries are often related to the
knowledge, motives and intent of such director, officer or agent, that the Indemnitee is usually
the only witness with knowledge of the essential facts and exculpating circumstances regarding such
matters, and that the long period of time that usually elapses before the trial or other
disposition of such litigation often extends beyond the time that the director, officer or agent
can reasonably recall such matters and may extend beyond the normal time for retirement for such
director, officer or agent with the result that the Indemnitee, after retirement or in the event of
the Indemnitees death, the Indemnitees spouse, heirs, executors or administrators, may be faced
with limited ability and undue hardship in maintaining an adequate defense, that may discourage
such a director, officer or agent from serving in that position.
F. Based upon their experience as business managers, the Board of Directors of the Company
(the Board) has concluded that, to retain and attract talented and experienced
individuals to serve as directors, officers and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries and to
encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and
its subsidiaries, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify its directors,
officers and agents and the directors, officers and agents of its subsidiaries, and to assume for
1
itself maximum liability for expenses and damages in connection with claims against such
directors, officers and agents in connection with their service to the Company and its
subsidiaries, and has further concluded that the failure to provide such contractual
indemnification could result in great harm to the Company and its subsidiaries and the Companys
stockholders.
G. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, under which the Company is
organized (Section 145), empowers the Company to indemnify its directors, officers,
employees and agents by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the
Company, as the directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and
expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive.
H. The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a
director, officer or agent of the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company free from
undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company
and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company.
I. The Indemnitee is willing to serve, or to continue to serve, the Company and/or one or more
subsidiaries of the Company, provided that the Indemnitee is furnished the indemnity provided for
herein.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions.
(a) Agent. For the purposes of this Agreement, agent of the Company means any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of
the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the
interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise;
or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a
predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent
the interests of such predecessor corporation.
(b) Expenses. For purposes of this Agreement, expenses include all out-of-pocket
costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys fees and
related disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with
either the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to
indemnification under this Agreement or Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that
expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid
in settlement of a proceeding.
2
(c) Proceeding. For the purposes of this Agreement, proceeding means any
threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative.
(d) Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, subsidiary means any corporation of
which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the
Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries.
2. Agreement to Serve. the Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as
agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the
capacity the Indemnitee currently serves as an agent of the Company, so long as the Indemnitee is
duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws
of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as the Indemnitee tenders the
Indemnitees resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is
intended to create any right to continued employment by the Indemnitee.
3. Liability Insurance.
(a) Maintenance of D&O Insurance. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so
long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an agent of the Company and thereafter so long as
the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that the
Indemnitee was an agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(c), shall promptly obtain
and maintain in full force and effect directors and officers liability insurance (D&O
Insurance) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers. In the event the
Company is acquired, this provision shall be fulfilled by the purchase of a six year tail policy of
D&O Insurance. At Indemnitees request, Company shall arrange for an annual review of the D&O
Insurance by a party other than the procuring brokers, and share the results of that review with
Indemnitee.
(b) Rights and Benefits. In all policies of D&O Insurance, the Indemnitee shall be
named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as
are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Companys directors, if the Indemnitee is a
director; or of the Companys officers, if the Indemnitee is not a director of the Company, but is
an officer; or of the Companys key employees, if the Indemnitee is not a director or officer, but
is a key employee.
(c) Notice. The Company shall give prompt notice as required under the D&O Insurance
of such claims as may be covered under such policies and which may be trigger the indemnification
or advancement obligations in this Agreement. On request, the Company shall provide to Indemnitee
a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers, and on request from Indemnitee shall
provide copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the
claim, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.
(d) Limitation on Required Maintenance of D&O Insurance. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the
3
Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium
costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, the coverage
provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or
the Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company.
4. Mandatory Indemnification. Subject to Section 9 below, the Company shall indemnify
the Indemnitee as follows:
(a) Third Party Actions. If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the
Company) by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason
of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify
the Indemnitee against any and all expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but
not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement)
actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense,
settlement or appeal of such proceeding, provided the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a
manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Company and its stockholders, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitees conduct was unlawful.
(b) Derivative Actions. If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of the
fact that the Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not
done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation,
defense, settlement, or appeal of such proceeding, provided the Indemnitee acted in good faith and
in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Company and its stockholders; except that no indemnification under this subsection 4(b) shall be
made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been finally
adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction unless and only to the
extent that the court in which such proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that,
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person
is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts that the court shall deem proper.
(c) Actions where the Indemnitee is Deceased. If the Indemnitee is a person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that the
Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by the
Indemnitee in any such capacity, and if prior to, during the pendency of after completion of such
proceeding the Indemnitee becomes deceased, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitees heirs,
executors and administrators against any and all expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts
paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred to the extent the Indemnitee would have been
entitled to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4(a) or 4(b) above were the Indemnitee still
alive.
4
(d) Limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to
indemnify the Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not
limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) for
which payment is actually made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible
insurance policy of D&O Insurance, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, bylaw or
agreement.
(e) Witness. If Indemnitee is subpoenaed to appear as a witness or produce documents,
he shall be considered a party to that proceeding under the advancement and indemnification
provisions herein, subject to all other restrictions and requirements.
(f) Taxes. To the extent allowed by law, if any advancement or indemnification is
subject to taxes to be paid by Indemnitee, then Company agrees to advance or indemnify such tax
payments to Indemnitee as an expense. Indemnitee will take all reasonable measures to minimize
or eliminate such tax liability.
(g) Investigations. Both formal and so-called informal investigations shall be
considered Proceedings under the advancement and indemnification language herein, subject to all
other restrictions and requirements.
5. Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this
Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any expenses or liabilities of
any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and
penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnitee in the investigation,
defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding, but not entitled, however, to indemnification for
all of the total amount hereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for such
total amount except as to the portion hereof to which the Indemnitee is not entitled.
6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(a) below, the Company
shall advance all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation,
defense, settlement or appeal of any proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party or is threatened
to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company.
The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it
shall be determined ultimately by final disposition that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby. Such undertaking shall not be secured and, to the
extent allowed by law, shall not be subject to interest. The advances to be made hereunder shall
be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) days following delivery of a written
request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company, accompanied by invoices received by Indemnitee
in connection with such Expenses (but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services,
any references to specific legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee
to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). In the
event that the Company fails to pay expenses as incurred by the Indemnitee as required by this
paragraph, the Indemnitee may seek mandatory injunctive relief from any court having jurisdiction
to require the Company to pay expenses as set forth in this paragraph. If the Indemnitee seeks
mandatory injunctive relief or specific performance pursuant to this paragraph, it shall not be a
defense to enforcement of the
5
Companys obligations set forth in this paragraph that the Indemnitee has an adequate remedy
at law for damages or will not suffer irreparable harm, nor shall Indemnitee be required to post a
bond in connection with seeking or obtaining such relief.
7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.
(a) Notice by the Indemnitee. Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of
the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if the
Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under
this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.
(b) Notice by Company. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement
of a proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the
Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter
take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee,
all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c) Defense. In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the expenses of any
proceeding against the Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the
defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by the Indemnitee, upon the delivery to the
Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of
such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will
not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred
by the Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that (i) the Indemnitee shall have
the right to employ the Indemnitees counsel in any such proceeding at the Indemnitees expense;
and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the
Company, (B) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of
interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the
Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then
the fees and expenses of the Indemnitees counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The
Company agrees, to the extent allowed by law, to allocate all defense expenses, incurred jointly
with Indemnitee, solely to the defense of the Company.
8. Determination of Right to Indemnification.
(a) Successful Defense. To the extent the Indemnitee has been successful on the
merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in
the right of the Company) to which the Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that the
Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company at any time, the Company shall indemnify the
Indemnitee against all expenses of any type whatsoever actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such proceeding.
6
(b) Other Situations. In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company
shall also indemnify the Indemnitee unless, and except to the extent that, the Company shall prove
by clear and convincing evidence in a forum listed in Section 8(c) below that the Indemnitee has
not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle the Indemnitee to such
indemnification.
(c) Selection of Forum. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which
the validity of the Companys claim under Section 8(b) hereof that the Indemnitee is not entitled
to indemnification will be heard from among the following:
(i) A quorum of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties to the proceeding for
which indemnification is being sought;
(ii) The stockholders of the Company;
(iii) Legal counsel selected by the Indemnitee, and reasonably approved by the Board, which
counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion; or
(iv) A panel of three arbitrators, one of whom is selected by the Company, another of whom is
selected by the Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so
selected.
(d) Submission to Forum. As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty
(30) days after written notice of the Indemnitees choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above,
the Company shall, at its own expense, submit to the selected forum in such manner as the
Indemnitee or the Indemnitees counsel may reasonably request, its claim that the Indemnitee is not
entitled to indemnification; and the Company shall act in the utmost good faith to assure the
Indemnitee a complete opportunity to defend against such claim.
(e) Application to Court of Chancery. Notwithstanding a determination by any forum
listed in Section 8(c) hereof that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect
to a specific proceeding, the Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery of
Delaware, the court in which that proceeding is or was pending or any other court of competent
jurisdiction, for the purpose of enforcing the Indemnitees right to indemnification pursuant to
this Agreement. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such
proceeding.
(f) Expenses Related to this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision in this
Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all expenses incurred
by the Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving the
Indemnitee and against all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any other
proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of
the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds
that each of the claims and/or defenses of the Indemnitee in any such proceeding was frivolous or
made in bad faith.
7
9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
(a) Claims Initiated by the Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to the
Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee
and not by way of defense, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law,
(ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the
Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the General
Corporation Law of Delaware or (iv) the proceeding is brought to establish or enforce a right to
indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under
Section 145;
(b) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify the Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by the
Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this
Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions
made by the Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous; or
(c) Unauthorized Settlements. To indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for
any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
10. Non-exclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses
set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights that the Indemnitee
may have under any provision of law, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote
of the Companys stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as
to action in the Indemnitees official capacity and to action in another capacity while occupying
the Indemnitees position as an agent of the Company, and the Indemnitees rights hereunder shall
continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as an agent of the Company and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee.
11. Enforcement. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Agreement
to the Indemnitee shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in any court of competent
jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or
(ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The
Indemnitee, in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be
paid also the expense of prosecuting the Indemnitees claim. It shall be a defense to any action
for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement (other than an action brought to
enforce a claim for expenses pursuant to Section 6 hereof, provided that the required undertaking
has been tendered to the Company) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification because of
the limitations set forth in Sections 4 and 9 hereof. Neither the failure of the Company
(including its Board of Directors or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the
commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the
circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors or its
stockholders) that such indemnification is improper, shall
8
be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.
12. Subrogation. In the event the Company is obligated to make a payment under this
Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of
recovery under an insurance policy or any other indemnity agreement covering the Indemnitee, who
shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such
rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
13. Survival of Rights.
(a) All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the
period the Indemnitee is an agent of the Company and shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to
be so, so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to
herein.
(b) The Company shall require any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets
of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to
the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken
place.
14. Interpretation of Agreement. It is understood that the parties hereto intend this
Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to the Indemnitee to the
fullest extent permitted by law including those circumstances in which indemnification would
otherwise be discretionary. This includes, without limitation, retroactive extension of
Indemnitees rights to advancement and indemnification for allegations of otherwise qualified acts
or omissions that predate this Agreement. In the event of any change after the date of this
Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation
to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is
the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits
afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which
narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an
officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such
law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the
parties rights and obligations hereunder.
15. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including without limitation, all
portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of
this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement
containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves
9
invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent
manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 14
hereof.
16. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this
Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of
any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
17. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted
for by the party addressee or (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid,
on the third business day after the mailing date. Addresses for notice to either party are as
shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice.
18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed
according to the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents
entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.
The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first
above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC, a |
|
|
|
|
Delaware corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE INDEMNITEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use of our report
dated May 12, 2008 (except for Note 3, as to which the date is
August 11, 2008, and Note 17, as
to which the date is September 29, 2008), in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1
No. 333-150876) and related Prospectus of Grand Canyon
Education, Inc. for the registration of 10,500,000 shares of its common stock.
/s/
Ernst
& Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
September 29, 2008
corresp
September 29, 2008
Via EDGAR and by courier
Larry Spirgel
Assistant Director
United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Mail Stop 3720
100 F Street NE
Washington, D.C. 20549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RE:
|
|
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 |
|
|
|
|
Filed on August 13, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
File No. 333-150876 |
Dear Mr. Spirgel:
This letter responds to the letter of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
Staff), dated August 21, 2008, to Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (the Company)
regarding Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-150876 (the
Registration Statement), filed by the Company on August 13, 2008.
This letter sets forth each comment of the Staff in the comment letter (numbered in accordance
with the comment letter) and, following each comment, sets forth the Companys response. We are
enclosing a copy of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, together with a copy
that is marked to show the changes from the filing made on August 13, 2008.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, page 47
Staff Comment:
1. We note your disclosure on page F-15 regarding errors in the accounting for the shares to
be issued in connection with the license agreement with Blanchard Education, LLC and in the
accounting for deferred taxes at the date of your conversion from a limited liability company to a
corporation. Please expand your disclosure to discuss these errors and their impact in your
internal control over financial reporting.
Securities and Exchange Commission
Page 2
Company Response:
The accounting errors relating to the shares to be issued in connection with the license agreement
with Blanchard Education, LLC were summarized in the fourth bullet point in the list of accounting
errors that started on what was page 47 of the Registration
Statement. In response to the Staffs comment, however, the Company deleted the phrase 2004 and
2005 in this fourth bullet point, which now appears on
page 50 of the Registration Statement, and replaced it with the phrase in all periods to help link the
summary with the recent accounting errors relating to the shares to
be issued to Blanchard Education, LLC. In addition, in
response to the Staffs comment, the Company has amended the
Registration Statement and expanded
its disclosure to discuss the errors in the accounting for deferred taxes
at the date of its conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation.
Regulation
State Education Licensure and Regulation, page 81
Staff Comment:
2. We
note your response to comment 14 in our letter dated June 10, 2008. Please revise your
disclosure to discuss the information set forth in your response regarding your belief that none of
the states in which you are currently licensed or authorized, other than Arizona, are material to
your operations, and that you will be able to comply with additional state licensing or
authorization requirements that may arise or be asserted in the future.
Company Response:
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has amended the Registration Statement to
include a statement that the Company believes that none of the states in which it is currently
licensed or authorized, other than Arizona, are individually material to its operations, and that
it believes it will be able to comply with additional state licensing or authorization requirements
that may arise or be asserted in the future.
Consolidated Financial Statements
Balance Sheet, page F-3
Staff Comment:
3. We note your response to comment 24 in our letter dated June 10, 2008 and disclosures in
Note 17(b) on page F-30. Please delete the pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2007.
Company Response:
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has amended the Registration Statement to
delete the pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2007.
Securities and Exchange Commission
Page 3
Note 11. Series B Preferred Stock, page F-23
Staff Comment:
4. We note your response to comment 33 in our letter dated June 10, 2008. Please disclose
that the fair value of Series C preferred stock issued was equal to the carrying amount of the
Series B preferred stock at the date of the exchange.
Company Response:
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has amended the Registration Statement to
disclose that the fair value of Series C preferred stock issued was equal to the carrying amount of
the Series B preferred stock at the date of the exchange.
* * * *
If you require any additional information on these issues, or if we can provide you with any
other information that will facilitate your continued review of this filing, please advise us at
your earliest convenience. You may reach me at (602) 639-6820.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Christopher C. Richardson
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
General Counsel |
|
|
Enclosures
|
|
|
cc:
|
|
DLA Piper US LLP |
|
|
Steven D. Pidgeon, Esq. (via e-mail: steven.pidgeon@dlapiper.com) |
|
|
David P. Lewis, Esq. (via e-mail: david.lewis@dlapiper.com) |
|
|
Latham & Watkins LLP |
|
|
Mark A. Stegemoeller, Esq. (via e-mail: mark.stegemoeller@lw.com) |
|
|
Steven B. Stokdyk, Esq. (via e-mail: steven.stokdyk@lw.com) |